tm2037889-4_s1 - none - 33.1564038s
TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2021
No. 333-                              
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
8000
81-0710819
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
8950 E. Lowry Boulevard
Denver, CO 80230
Telephone: (844) 803-8745
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Maureen Hewitt
President and Chief Executive Officer
8950 E. Lowry Boulevard
Denver, CO 80230
Telephone: (844) 803-8745
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:
Robert M. Hayward, P.C.
Robert E. Goedert, P.C.
Craig J. Garvey
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 North LaSalle
Chicago, IL 60654
(312) 862-2000
Arthur D. Robinson, Esq.
Jean Park, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 455-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☐
If this Form is filed to registered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller Reporting Company
Emerging Growth Company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
Title of each class of securities to be registered
Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
Price(1)(2)
Amount of
registration fee
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
$ 100,000,000 $ 10,910
(1) Includes the aggregate offering price of shares of common stock subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion. Dated                 , 2021
           shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_innovage-4clr.jpg]
Common stock
This is an initial public offering of InnovAge Holding Corp. We are selling                 shares of our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “INNV.”
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
Immediately after this offering, our equity sponsors, Apax Partners and Welsh, Carson, Anderson and Stowe (collectively, our “Sponsors”), will beneficially own, through TCO Group Holdings, L.P. (the “Selling Stockholder”), the investment vehicle of the Sponsors, approximately    % of our common stock (or    % of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Sponsors through the Selling Stockholder is exercised in full). As a result, assuming an offering size as set forth above, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per share
Total
Initial public offering price $ $
Underwriting discount(1) $ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to InnovAge Holding Corp. $ $
(1)
See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.
Our Sponsors, through the Selling Stockholder, have granted the underwriters the option for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase from the Selling Stockholder up to an additional                 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2021. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by our Sponsors.
J.P. MorganBarclaysGoldman Sachs & Co. LLCCitigroup
Baird William Blair Piper Sandler Capital One Securities
 Loop Capital Markets Siebert Williams Shank Roberts & Ryan
Prospectus dated                 , 2021.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Table of contents
Page
1
27
63
65
66
67
Capitalization 68
Dilution 70
72
75
Business 109
Management 136
143
152
154
157
161
168
170
175
185
Experts 185
185
F-1
We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.
For investors outside of the United States, neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
Through and including                           , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”
Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “InnovAge,” the “Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to InnovAge Holding Corp. and, where appropriate, its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Sponsors” refers to the investment funds affiliated with Apax Partners (“Apax”) and Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (“WCAS”), respectively.
Overview
We are the leading healthcare delivery platform by number of participants focused on providing all-inclusive, capitated care to high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We directly address two of the most pressing challenges facing the U.S. healthcare industry: rising costs and poor outcomes. Our patient-centered care delivery approach meaningfully improves the quality of care our participants receive, while keeping them in their homes for as long as safely possible and reducing over-utilization of high-cost care settings such as hospitals and nursing homes. Our patient-centered approach is led by our interdisciplinary care teams, who design, manage and coordinate each participant’s personalized care plan. We directly manage and are responsible for all healthcare needs and associated costs for our participants. We directly contract with government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and do not rely on third-party administrative organizations or health plans. We believe our model aligns with how healthcare is evolving, namely (1) the shift toward value-based care, in which coordinated, outcomes-driven, high-quality care is delivered while reducing unnecessary spend, (2) eliminating excessive administrative costs by contracting directly with the government, (3) focusing on the patient experience and (4) addressing social determinants of health.
We deliver our patient-centered care through the InnovAge Platform.   The InnovAge Platform consists of (1) our Interdisciplinary Care Teams (“IDTs”) and (2) our community-based care delivery model. The key attributes of the InnovAge Platform include:

Our participant focus.   Our model is focused on caring for frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We define dual-eligible seniors as individuals who are 55+ and qualify for benefits under both Medicare and Medicaid. Our target participant population is the frail, nursing home-eligible subset of dual-eligible seniors to whom we refer as “high-cost, dual-eligibles” given their high healthcare acuity and the associated high level of spend. Our participants are among the most frail and medically complex individuals in the U.S. healthcare system. The typical InnovAge participant has, on average, nine chronic conditions and requires, on average, assistance with three or more Activities of Daily Living (“ADLs”), defined as basic tasks that must be accomplished daily for an individual to thrive. As a result, the average InnovAge participant has a Medicare risk adjustment factor (“RAF”) of 2.53. A higher RAF score indicates poorer health and higher predicted health care costs. The average InnovAge participant’s RAF is over 2.3 times higher than the 1.08 RAF of the average Medicare fee-for-service non-dual enrollee according to a 2019 analysis.

Our interdisciplinary care teams.   Our IDTs are the core of our comprehensive clinical model. They design, manage and coordinate all aspects of each participant’s customized care plan. Our IDT structure is designed to enhance access to care for our participants and eliminate the information silos and gaps in care that often occur in traditional fee-for-service models. We are responsible for the totality of our participants’ medical and social needs, including primary and specialist care, in-home care, hospital visits, nutrition, transportation to our care centers and other medical appointments, pharmacy and behavioral health support.
 
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

The composition of our IDTs reflects our comprehensive mandate and the complexity of our participants’ care needs. Each IDT convenes, at minimum, experts across at least 11 disciplines, from the primary care physician to the social worker, who are collectively responsible for managing all aspects of our participant’s care.

Our care plans seek to mitigate challenges presented by participants’ social determinants of health. We provide food, transportation and in-home assistance to remove barriers to accessing care and promote a safe in-home living environment for our participants.

Our community-based care delivery model.   Our model delivers care across a continuum of community-based settings. Our multimodal approach leverages our care centers, the participant’s home, and telehealth to deliver comprehensive care to our participants in the most appropriate and cost-effective setting, while enabling participants to live in their homes and communities. The InnovAge Platform is designed to be a higher touch care model compared to many of our peers, and our providers interact with our participants daily across multiple settings. As an example, a representative participant (1) visits the center approximately six times per month (prior to the COVID-19 pandemic), (2) receives daily in-home support and (3) has 24/7 virtual access to an IDT member. Each care plan is individualized by the IDT to include a set of interactions tailored to each participant’s needs. We believe our high-touch, integrated approach results in high-quality care and better outcomes for our participants.

Our direct contracting relationships with federal and state governments.   We directly contract with government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, through the Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (“PACE”) and receive a capitated payment to manage the totality of a participant’s medical care. The capitated payment model gives us flexibility to invest in a comprehensive care delivery model, which delivers value-added services that are not typically covered in a fee-for-service environment. As a result of our direct contracts with government payors, we capture 100% of the premium and do not rely on administrative intermediaries, such as health plans, to recruit participants or administer our contracts. Our model is designed to generate savings for federal and state governments compared to the nursing home alternative. For the year ended June 30, 2020, approximately 99.5% of our total revenue was derived from capitation agreements with government payors. We have developed strong relationships with Medicare and Medicaid agencies through our participation in PACE and believe we are well positioned to participate in future direct contracting opportunities with government payors.
According to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), healthcare spending in the United States was greater than $3.6 trillion in 2018, and Medicare and Medicaid combined accounted for greater than $1.3 trillion spent on the care of approximately 125 million individuals. In 2018, there were approximately 12 million individuals simultaneously enrolled in Medicare and Medicaid that we estimate accounted for approximately $464 billion, representing 34% of combined Medicare and Medicaid spend. Our focus is on the most frail, complex subset of dual-eligible seniors who represent some of the highest-cost individuals in the U.S. healthcare system. Based on our estimated market of approximately 2.2 million PACE-eligibles in the United States, we estimate that our total addressable market is approximately $200 billion. Currently, only approximately 55,000 individuals among the 2.2 million nursing home-eligible, dual-eligible seniors we target receive care from a PACE provider, based on a November 2020 report from the National PACE Association. Over the next eight years, the National PACE Association is targeting a PACE enrollment increase at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 17%.
We believe the traditional fee-for-service reimbursement model in healthcare does not adequately incentivize providers to efficiently manage this complex population. Dual-eligible seniors must navigate a disjointed, separately administered set of Medicare and Medicaid benefits, which often results in uncoordinated care delivered in silos. Our vertically integrated care model and full-risk contracts incentivize us to coordinate and proactively manage all aspects of a participant’s health. Costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower on average than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid,
 
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
based on an analysis of available data by the National PACE Association as of November 2020, and our costs are estimated to be approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries, based on our analysis of the most recent Dartmouth Atlas data from 2017. Importantly, we believe we deliver significantly better health outcomes. Our care model reduces unnecessary or avoidable medical spend. We estimate that across our mature markets, our participants on average have 16% fewer hospital admissions and 73% fewer low- to medium-severity emergency room visits relative to a comparable Medicare fee-for-service population with similar risk scores for which data is available. In addition, our participants have a 25% lower 30-day hospital readmission rate compared to a frail, dual-eligible or disabled waiver population. In addition to reducing spend, we also focus on ensuring our participants are satisfied and receive high-quality care. Our participant satisfaction, based on a survey of a random sample of participants and administered by an independent third party as of June 30, 2020, is 89%. Our participants live, on average, 1.5 years longer than comparable populations who choose nursing home care, based on a U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) report dated June 27, 2017.
We believe the InnovAge Platform has enabled us to create a healthcare model where all constituencies involved—participants, their families, providers and government payors—“Win.”

Participants.   We enable our participants to remain in their homes and communities and age independently. We leverage our differentiated care delivery model to improve the health of our participants, avoid unnecessary hospitalizations and nursing home stays, and greatly improve our participants’ experience with the healthcare system.

Families.   By taking over many aspects of care, such as transportation to appointments, we reduce the caregiving burden on participants’ family members. We believe families receive “peace of mind” knowing their loved ones are well taken care of and that they have a clear point of contact with our IDTs.

Providers.   We enable our providers to focus on taking care of patients by providing them with meaningful clinical and administrative support.

Government payors.   We provide government payors with fiscal certainty through our capitated payment arrangements and reduced medical and social costs for frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. Costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower on average than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid, and our costs are estimated to be approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries, based on our analysis of the most recent Dartmouth Atlas data from 2017.
We believe our strong value proposition to each constituency translates into a superior economic model. We directly contract with Medicare and Medicaid on a per member, per month (“PMPM”) basis, which creates recurring revenue streams and provides significant visibility into our revenue growth trajectory. We receive 100% of the pooled capitated payment to directly provide or manage the healthcare needs of our participants. By proactively providing high-quality care and addressing risks related to social determinants of health, we have demonstrated our ability to reduce avoidable utilization of high-cost care settings, such as hospitals and nursing homes. As a result, we create a surplus that can be used to invest in refining our care model and providing even greater social supports for our participants. These investments further improve participants’ experiences and health outcomes, which we believe will result in more savings that will drive our profitable growth. The virtuous cycle we have created enables us to consistently deliver high-quality care, achieve high participant satisfaction and retention, and attract new participants. We believe that continuing to drive medical cost savings over a growing participant census will deliver an even greater surplus to our organization, enabling us to invest in more participant programs, evolve our care model, enhance our technology and fund new centers.
We have a record of driving profitable growth and achieving compelling unit economics. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, all of our centers had a positive Center-level Contribution Margin, and our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years have generated positive Center-level Contribution Margins in
 
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
fewer than 12 months of operation. For a discussion of Center-level Contribution Margin, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key business metrics and non-GAAP measures—Center-level contribution margin.” For a discussion of our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —Key Factors Affecting Our Performance—Our Ability to Build De Novo Centers within Existing and New Markets.”
We have demonstrated an ability to scale successfully, expanding our model to a network of 16 centers in five states, which provided care for approximately 6,400 participants during the year ended June 30, 2020. As of December 2020, our eligible participant penetration rate is, on average, 13% across our existing markets, and as the only designated PACE provider in most of the MSAs that we serve, we believe there is significant runway for further growth. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, our total revenues were $465.6 million and $567.2 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 22%. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, our net income was $19.1 million and $25.8 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 35.1%, while Adjusted EBITDA was $51.7 million and $65.9 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 27.6%. Over the same period, our net income margin expanded from 4.1% to 4.5% and Adjusted EBITDA margin expanded from 11.1% to 11.7%. For the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our total revenues were $269.9 and $309.9, respectively, representing a period-over-period growth rate of 14.8%. For the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our net income was $5.8 million and $(40.2) million, respectively, while Adjusted EBITDA was $25.4 million and $45.7 million, respectively, representing a period over period growth rate of 80.1%. Over the same period, our net income margin changed from 2.1% to (13.0)% and Adjusted EBITDA Margin expanded from 9.4% to 14.8%. See “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and the definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin. Our experience driving profitable growth and expanding geographically underscores our confidence in our ability to successfully execute on the growth opportunities ahead. We intend to substantially increase the number of centers we operate in new and existing markets to bring our innovative care model to more frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors and their families across the country.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d4-tbl_trajec4clr.jpg]
Industry Challenges
Unsustainable and rising healthcare costs
Healthcare spending in the United States has grown at approximately 5% per year from 2013 to 2018, and in 2018 represented $3.6 trillion of annual spend, or 17.7% of U.S. GDP. The overall growth rate of healthcare spending is expected to accelerate due to the aging population. Furthermore, the government’s share of total healthcare spend through programs such as Medicare and Medicaid is expected to grow from
 
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
approximately 37% today to more than 40% as early as 2025, indicating faster growth in government-sponsored healthcare than the overall market.
Government healthcare spend is disproportionally concentrated in the dual-eligible population, who typically suffer from multiple chronic conditions and require long-term services and supports. In 2018, dual-eligible seniors represented 20% and 18% of the Medicare and Medicaid populations, respectively, but we estimate that they accounted for 34% and 35% of spending, respectively, in these programs. Medicare and Medicaid spend on average three times more per capita on a dual-eligible senior than a Medicare-only senior. Improved care management of dual-eligible seniors is critical to reducing the rapid growth in government healthcare spending in the United States.
Highly fragmented, uncoordinated healthcare system
The U.S. healthcare system is complex and highly fragmented, resulting in piecemeal care delivery across different providers who each lack a complete picture of the patient. Furthermore, this dynamic often makes the healthcare system difficult for patients to navigate. Primary, acute, behavioral and long-term care providers need to work together to effectively manage a patient’s care, yet, today, they work in silos. This lack of care coordination can result in missed or inaccurate diagnoses, gaps in care, unnecessary spend and ultimately sub-optimal patient outcomes.
High-cost, dual-eligible seniors are at high risk of falling through the cracks of the U.S. healthcare system. Few government-sponsored programs other than PACE bring together the Medicare and Medicaid benefit for these individuals, creating further barriers to delivering coordinated care. Dual-eligible beneficiaries are among the most medically complex, high-frequency users of healthcare services. The typical InnovAge participant has, on average, nine chronic conditions and requires, on average, assistance with three or more ADLs. A lack of coordination across providers can have severe consequences given the high occurrence of chronic illnesses and other underlying health issues in this population.
Prevalence of wasteful spending and sub-optimal outcomes
A 2019 study, published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, estimated that approximately 25% of all annual healthcare spending is for unnecessary services, excessive administrative costs, fraud and other inefficiencies creating waste. At current spending levels, this represents approximately $760 billion to $935 billion of wasteful spending. Furthermore, CMS’s national healthcare expenditure data indicate that in 2018, approximately 8.4% of healthcare spending was for administrative activities and health insurance expenditures, representing approximately $306 billion of healthcare spending that is not tied to the direct provision of care.
In 2019, based on projections made by the Office of the Actuary of CMS, hospital care was estimated to be the largest category of healthcare spending in the United States, representing 33% of the total spend. Proper management of chronic conditions and targeted interventions to mitigate challenges presented by social determinants of health can significantly reduce the incidence of acute episodes, which are the main driver of emergency room visits and hospitalization among the dual-eligible senior population. Healthcare spending on nursing care facilities and continuing care retirement communities reached approximately $175 billion in 2019, based on projections made by the Office of the Actuary of CMS. Similar to spend on hospitals and other high-acuity care settings, we believe many of these dollars can ultimately be saved by providing proactive treatment and investing in proper medical and social supports to enable frail seniors to live in their homes and communities.
Despite high levels of spending, the U.S. healthcare system struggles to produce better health outcomes and delivers low levels of patient and provider satisfaction. Life expectancy in the United States was 78.7 years in 2018, compared to 82.4 years in comparable developed countries, and patient satisfaction with the healthcare system is low.
 
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Payment structures are evolving to address healthcare issues
Policymakers and healthcare experts generally acknowledge that the fee-for-service model is not designed to deliver on the “triple aim” of providing low-cost, high-quality care while improving the patient experience. Historically, healthcare delivery was oriented around reactive care for acute events, which resulted in the development of a fee-for-service payment model. By linking payments to the volume of encounters and pricing for higher complexity interventions, the fee-for-service model does not incentivize providers to practice preventative medicine or manage patients in lower cost settings. Rather, many policymakers and healthcare experts believe it unintentionally creates the opposite result—acute, episodic care delivered in high-cost settings that unnecessarily drive up the total cost of healthcare.
High-cost, dual-eligible seniors require proactive, coordinated care plans to address their medical acuity, need for long term support and risks related to social determinants of health. Without personalized, patient-centered care that removes barriers to treatment, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors would continue to over-utilize healthcare in higher-cost settings, such as emergency rooms and nursing homes.
Government payors have responded by incentivizing a transition to value-based reimbursement models for dual-eligible seniors. A recent example of this has been the growth of the PACE program.
PACE is a government-sponsored, provider-led managed care program focused on enabling frail dual-eligible seniors who qualify to live in a nursing home to age independently in their homes. PACE providers receive a monthly risk-adjusted payment for each participant (PMPM) directly from Medicare and Medicaid to manage the totality of medical care an enrolled participant needs. Fully capitated models, such as PACE, incentivize organizations to better manage chronic conditions to avoid high-cost acute episodes and to invest in services that fall outside the scope of a fee-for-service model. These services, such as care coordination and ancillary support to remove barriers created by social determinants of health, can have a significant impact on a participant’s overall health.
InnovAge manages participants that are, on average, more complex and medically fragile than other Medicare-eligible patients, including those in Medicare Advantage (“MA”) programs. As a result, we receive larger payments for our participants compared to MA participants. This is driven by two factors: (1) we manage a higher acuity population, with an average RAF score of 2.53 compared to an average RAF score of 1.08 for Medicare fee-for-service non-dual enrollees; and (2) we manage Medicaid spend in addition to Medicare. Our comprehensive care model and globally capitated payments are designed to cover participants from enrollment until the end of life, including coverage for participants requiring hospice and palliative care.
The successful clinical approaches of PACE helped inform certain aspects of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation’s recently announced Direct Contracting Program set to begin in 2021. The Direct Contracting Program aims to create value-based payment arrangements directly with provider groups for their current Medicare fee-for-service patients. By transitioning from fee-for-service arrangements to value-based payments, CMS expects healthcare providers will be financially incentivized to simultaneously improve quality while lowering the cost of care and focusing on patient experience, as is done in PACE today.
Legacy healthcare delivery infrastructure has been slow to transition from fee-for-service to value-based care models
In order for the shift to value-based payment models to drive meaningful results, we believe there must be a corresponding shift in care delivery models. While there has been significant investment by providers, payors and technology companies in developing solutions to enable higher-quality and lower-cost care, the healthcare industry is still heavily reliant on fee-for-service reimbursement models.
The novel coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) pandemic has amplified several flaws in the current legacy healthcare delivery system. Traditional healthcare providers have faced dwindling fee-for-service visits in light of stay-at-home orders, government restrictions and general patient fear of medical settings. This has not only reduced revenues for traditional providers, but has strained their ability to provide necessary care for
 
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
their patients. Patients with chronic conditions in the fee-for-service system have found themselves unable to access care because the broader healthcare system could not rapidly shift services from institutions to home-based environments. Patients in long-term care facilities, such as nursing homes, have found themselves in an even worse position. The highly contagious nature of the virus that causes COVID-19 combined with the higher mortality rate in frail seniors created devastating conditions that led to many avoidable deaths. As of December 4, 2020, 5% of all U.S. COVID-19 cases could be linked to long-term care facilities, according to The New York Times, but those cases translated into 38% of all U.S. COVID-19-related deaths.
Providers that operate comprehensive value-based models, like us, were better positioned to quickly pivot their care delivery approach to safely treat patients in virtual and home-based settings without losing any revenue. We believe the COVID-19 pandemic has further highlighted the need for integrated, multimodal value-based care delivery models.
Our Market Opportunity
We have designed the InnovAge Platform to bring high-touch, comprehensive, value-based care to frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors, who are among the most medically complex patients in the U.S. healthcare system. We are one of the largest healthcare platforms focused on frail, dual-eligible seniors, and we serve participants primarily through PACE. We have built the largest PACE-focused operation in the country based on number of participants; we are twice the size of our closest PACE-focused competitor, more than 30 times larger than the typical PACE operator and the only for-profit PACE operator with a footprint in three or more states. Given our scale and track record of success across geographies, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on a significant market opportunity to provide care to frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors.
Our care model targets the most complex, frail subset of the dual-eligible senior population. Our target market is estimated at approximately 2.2 million, representing seniors who we believe are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid and meet the nursing home eligibility criteria for PACE. We prioritize high-density urban and suburban areas, where there are sizable numbers of frail dual-eligible seniors who would benefit most from our program. We leverage the InnovAge Platform to provide comprehensive, coordinated healthcare to enable our frail, nursing home-eligible seniors to live independently in their homes and communities. According to a 2011 study by the National Conference of State Legislatures and the AARP Public Policy Institute, 90% of people over age 65 want to stay in their home for as long as possible, and the InnovAge Platform empowers seniors to age independently in their own homes, on their own terms, for as long as possible.
Based on our experience and industry knowledge, we estimate an average annual revenue opportunity of $90,000 per participant ($7,500 PMPM). Based on our estimated market of approximately 2.2 million PACE eligibles in the United States, we estimate that our annual total addressable market is approximately $200 billion. Of these estimated PACE eligibles, only approximately 55,000 are enrolled in a PACE program, based on a November 2020 report from the National PACE Association. Historically, most of our participants received healthcare under fee-for-service Medicare and Medicaid prior to enrolling in our model. Over the next eight years, the National PACE Association is targeting a PACE enrollment increase at a CAGR of approximately 17%. As a result, we believe we have a substantial runway for growth by bringing our comprehensive value-based model of care to more frail, dual-eligible seniors across the country.
In addition to the sizable whitespace opportunity for growth in our market, a 2020 study conducted by The Commonwealth Fund found that the PACE model could effectively serve other high-cost, high-need populations, such as young adults with developmental or physical disabilities and adults with behavioral health conditions.
The InnovAge Platform:
Improving outcomes and reducing costs for high-cost, dual-eligible seniors
Our patient-centered approach is tailored to address the complex medical and social needs of our frail dual-eligible senior population. We leverage the InnovAge Platform to deliver comprehensive, highly coordinated
 
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
healthcare to our participants. The InnovAge Platform consists of (1) our interdisciplinary care teams and (2) our community-based care delivery model.
Our interdisciplinary care teams
The IDT structure is core to our clinical model. Our IDTs design, manage and coordinate all aspects of each participant’s unique care plan and function as the core group of care providers to our participants.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d1-fc_partici4c.jpg]
Our IDT structure is designed to enhance access to care for our participants and eliminate information silos and gaps in care that frequently occur in a fee-for-service model. We are responsible for all of our participants’ medical care, and we coordinate care delivery across multiple settings. We deliver individualized care for each participant that addresses his or her specific medical conditions and social determinants of health. We deliver or manage primary and specialist care, in-home care, hospital visits, nutrition, transportation to our care centers and to other medical appointments, pharmacy and behavioral health. We leverage a technology suite, which we believe is powered by industry-leading clinical and operational information technology solutions to collect and analyze data, streamline IDT workflows and empower our teams with timely participant insights that improve outcomes.
Each IDT convenes, at a minimum, experts across at least 11 disciplines to collectively manage the complex care needs of each participant. The IDTs meet multiple times per week to discuss each participant’s care plan and closely monitor key clinical metrics to ensure each participant receives optimal treatment based on his or her current conditions.
Our community-based care delivery model
Our high-touch model delivers care across a continuum of community-based settings. Our multimodal approach leverages (1) the care center, (2) the home and (3) virtual care capabilities to deliver comprehensive care to our participants. Our capitated payment model gives us the flexibility to invest in care coordination, transportation and other services to mitigate challenges presented by participants’ social determinants of health, regardless of what is traditionally covered by insurance. As a result, our capabilities are not limited to what we are able to offer inside of our centers.
Our community-based care centers.   Our purpose-built community-based care centers are designed for the specific needs of our target population and serve as a medical and social hub for our participants. Our
 
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
participants often spend the full day in these centers receiving medical treatment, meals and physical therapy and socializing with peers. Our care centers are larger than those of most other comparable care organizations and include dedicated spaces for medical care, physical therapy, behavioral health and dentistry, in addition to day-rooms and dining spaces for socialization among our participants. We incorporate population-specific design elements, such as grab bars and rounded hallways, to accommodate the frailty and the prevalence of dementia among our participant population. The size and design of our centers enable us to deliver a significant portion of our participants’ care in one location, simplifying the healthcare experience for participants and their families.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d1-ph_1houses4clr.jpg]
Our in-home care capabilities.   Our in-home care capabilities enable our participants to live safely in their homes and avoid nursing homes to the extent safely possible. We directly deliver or manage all skilled and unskilled care a participant may require to live independently at home. Additionally, we have dedicated strategic partnerships with “hospital-at-home” providers to deliver acute care in-home when appropriate. In
 
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
addition, we manage transportation not only to our centers but also to all third-party medical appointments. During the year prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, through February 29, 2020, in an average month, we provided over 61,000 one-way trips. Our capitated payment model gives us the flexibility to invest in home modifications, such as grab bars and shower chairs, to reduce falls and make the home safer for our seniors. We believe our presence in our participants’ homes gives us real-time insight into our participants’ health and enables us to positively influence many environmentally-driven social determinants of health.
Our virtual care capabilities.   Our virtual care capabilities give us the flexibility to deliver medical care and social services virtually when appropriate. Our physicians are equipped with several telehealth platforms to provide virtual care and utilize the option best suited for each individual participant’s preferences and needs. Our aim is to make virtual care access simple and convenient for our participants. In situations where a participant lacks access to a device or is unable to use telehealth technology on their own, we provide them with a device or dispatch a team member to their home to assist.
During the COVID-19 pandemic, we developed our telehealth capabilities to conduct more than 12,000 remote provider appointments, more than 62,500 telehealth visits, and more than 203,000 wellness phone calls as of November 22, 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the strength and adaptability of the InnovAge Platform and our community-based care delivery model. Though the COVID-19 pandemic has altered the mix of settings where we deliver care, our multimodal approach ensures our participants continue to receive the care they need.
Addressing social determinants of health.   We believe a key element of the success of our care delivery model is the provision of services that mitigate challenges presented by participants’ social determinants of health. According to America’s Health Insurance Plans (“AHIP”), social determinants of health are responsible for more than 70% of a person’s health. We designed our care delivery model to address the following areas:

Economic stability

Transportation

Physical environment

Community and social context

Food and nutrition

Health literacy

Fitness
Our technology suite
Our technology suite supports our ability to deliver consistent, high-quality care to our participants at scale. Our fully capitated care model is operationally complex; it requires coordination among dozens of different providers per participant, real-time integration of clinical data from disparate sources and predictive analytics to enable effective interventions. We license a suite of third-party clinical technologies that we use to create a comprehensive view of our participants’ health, empowering our IDTs to make optimal care decisions. We leverage what we believe to be industry-leading reporting and predictive analytics solutions to collect and analyze data, stratify our population and uncover actionable participant insights.
Our impact
Our care model has consistently demonstrated sound quality outcomes, consistent financial returns and high participant satisfaction scores.

Improving clinical outcomes and reducing unnecessary utilization.   Our care model is designed to proactively manage chronic conditions, which reduces unnecessary acute episodes, and to treat participants in the most appropriate care setting. We estimate that across our mature markets, our participants on average have 16% fewer hospital admissions and 73% fewer low- to medium-severity emergency room visits relative to a comparable Medicare fee-for-service population with similar risk
 
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
scores for which data is available. In addition, our participants have a 25% lower 30-day hospital readmission rate compared to a frail, dual-eligible or disabled waiver population from 2016 to 2019.

Reduction in cost.   The InnovAge Platform consistently lowers healthcare costs for the government, as described below:

Medicaid:   The capitation rates paid by Medicaid are designed to result in cost savings relative to expenditures that would otherwise be paid for a comparable nursing facility-eligible population not enrolled under the PACE program. On average, costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid.

Medicare:   We estimate that our program costs are approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries.

Families and individuals:   The majority of our participants and their families pay little to no out-of-pocket costs for our care.

Increased longevity.   Our participants live, on average, 1.5 years longer than comparable populations who choose nursing home care.

Participant satisfaction.   Our participants are highly satisfied with our service. Our participant satisfaction, based on a survey of a random sample of participants and administered by an independent third party as of June 30, 2020, was 89%.
Our track record of profitable growth
We have a record of driving profitable growth and achieving compelling unit economics. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and the six months ended December 31, 2020, our consolidated Center-level Contribution Margin, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was 24.9% and 27.3%, respectively, and all of our centers had a positive Center-level Contribution Margin (other than our expansion center in Pennsylvania, which opened in November 2020). Our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years have generated positive Center-level Contribution Margins in fewer than 12 months of operation.
We believe our track record of successfully operating across different markets gives us an advantage when opening centers in existing and new geographies. We aim to grow the InnovAge Platform to positively impact the lives of more frail, dual-eligible seniors and drive long-term value for our key stakeholders: participants and their families, government payors and providers.
Our Value Proposition
We believe that the InnovAge Platform has enabled us to create a healthcare model where all constituencies involved, including participants, their families, providers and government payors, have the ability to “Win.” Therefore, we “Win” through a virtuous cycle that promotes growth and drives our financial results.
Our participants “Win” by enjoying a better patient experience, improved health outcomes and remaining in their homes and communities for longer
We leverage our differentiated care delivery model to improve the health of our participants and help them avoid unnecessary hospitalizations and nursing home care. We enable our participants to remain in their homes and age independently. As a result, over 90% of our participants live in their preferred setting: their home or community. Our care model also delivers superior clinical outcomes: our participants have fewer hospital admissions, fewer low- to medium-severity emergency room visits and lower 30-day hospital readmission rates. Our participants live, on average, 1.5 years longer than comparable populations who choose nursing home care, based on the HHS report dated June 27, 2017. Our care model is not “one size fits all,” it is customized to the unique needs of each participant. This approach leads to high levels of participant satisfaction with our program.
 
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Families “Win” as we reduce their caregiving burden and provide “peace of mind”
We significantly reduce the caregiving burden on the families of our participants. Our model handles all transportation to and from medical appointments and center visits, helps participants with ADLs, and creates social outlets for participants to reduce isolation. Most importantly, we believe we offer “peace of mind” to our participants’ families who know their loved one’s complex needs are cared for. “Friends and family” of participants remain one of our largest referral sources for recruiting new participants.
Our providers “Win” as they are able to focus on improving the lives of their patients
We enable our providers to focus on taking care of patients by providing them with meaningful clinical and administrative support. We remove the pressure of trying to optimize visit volume by rewarding quality, not quantity, of care. We estimate that our providers (1) have a smaller number of participants to care for and spend more time with each participant than providers in similar care organizations, and (2) benefit from the support of a multidisciplinary team.
Government payors “Win” through fiscal certainty and lower costs
We provide fiscal certainty through our capitated payment arrangements and reduce the cost of both medical and long-term support and services for high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. Costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower on average than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid, based on an analysis of available data by the National PACE Association as of November 2020, and our costs are estimated to be approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries, based on our analysis of the most recent Dartmouth Atlas data from 2017.
Our Competitive Advantages
We are the leading healthcare delivery platform by number of participants focused on providing all-inclusive, capitated care to high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We are twice the size of our closest PACE-focused competitor and more than 30 times larger than the typical PACE operator. Our size and scale confer significant competitive advantages that further differentiate us in the marketplace.
Visionary leadership team with mission-focused culture
The members of our world-class senior leadership team, led by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Maureen Hewitt, have an average of 20 years of healthcare experience. Together, they have built one of the best run businesses in the healthcare provider industry. In 2016, Ms. Hewitt had the vision to convert InnovAge from a not-for-profit entity to a for-profit entity. This conversion allowed us to increase our agility in the marketplace and access the required capital to grow our footprint nationally and reach more participants. Since the for-profit conversion, the number of participants under our care grew 106.0% from the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. In the same period, our total revenues grew 143%, reflecting a 25% CAGR, and our revenue grew organically at a 16% CAGR, which excludes contribution from acquired centers.
Ms. Hewitt and the senior leadership team’s commitment have fostered a mission-focused, participant-centered culture that drives our leading performance in managing frail dual-eligible seniors. Our team is diverse and purpose-built to represent the communities we serve. Additionally, the majority of our senior leaders have had direct experience as a primary caregiver for a loved one. Our senior leadership team’s firsthand experiences providing care for elderly family members drives a dedicated commitment to our mission.
Our robust operating platform
We have standardized and streamlined our operations across markets and have invested meaningfully in the corporate infrastructure needed to drive participant satisfaction, manage healthcare costs and improve clinical outcomes at scale. Because of our scale, we have been able to invest in dedicated, well-staffed teams
 
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
for all of our corporate and market-level functions. As a result, our physicians can focus on providing care and are not as burdened with additional administrative demands. Our scale also enables us to make large, organization-wide investments in sales and marketing, technology and clinical infrastructure. We leverage established technology solutions to drive improvements in our operations. We have developed robust internal marketing and referral source development capabilities, including significant investments in digital marketing. Our regulatory expertise and de novo development engine differentiate us from other providers. Importantly, we have a robust compliance infrastructure and team. These platform advantages, coupled with our mission-focused culture, give us confidence in our ability to drive growth and bring our patient-centered care model to more frail, dual-eligible seniors.
Our ability to recruit and retain participants
Our ability to recruit and retain participants has resulted in 12% annual, organic census growth over the last four years. Despite our high levels of participant satisfaction, awareness of the PACE model among potential participants and their families has historically remained low. We estimate that approximately 3% of patients who are PACE-eligible are currently enrolled in a PACE program. Our scale enables us to invest in targeted sales and marketing capabilities to improve awareness of our program among potential eligible participants, which accelerates census growth. We take a multichannel approach to sales and marketing, relying on a mix of traditional provider referral sources in the community as well as leveraging targeted digital marketing. We have realigned our marketing strategy to focus more on digital channels during the COVID-19 pandemic and to reach those searching for senior care alternatives. For example, we increased the mix of marketing dollars spent on search engine advertising from 5% to 17% of our total media budget, helping to drive 145% year-over-year web traffic growth and over 20% year-over-year referral growth from this channel (each with respect to July through November 2020 as compared to the same period in 2019). We are proud of the fact that the friends and family of our participants remain one of our largest referral sources. We believe our average referral conversion rate of 38.5% across all referral sources is a testament to the value and attractiveness of our model. We experience very low levels of voluntary disenrollment, averaging 5% annually over the last two fiscal years, suggesting participants are highly satisfied with their care.
We have a diverse mix of referral sources as presented in the chart below, with an average referral conversion rate, as of September 30, 2020, of approximately 40% across all channels.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d4-pc_referral4c.jpg]
Access to capital
Although most companies in the broader managed healthcare industry operate as for-profit entities, the vast majority of our direct competitors are not-for-profit entities, which we believe limits their ability to access capital. Federal restrictions on for-profit PACE providers existed until 2015. We remain one of only five for-profit PACE providers in the country and are the largest multistate PACE-focused operator by number of participants. We are an early adopter of the for-profit PACE structure in a market with limited precedents. As
 
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
a result, we have devoted resources to engaging with our non-profit community partners, some of which are unaccustomed to working with for-profit organizations, to familiarize them with our business model.
As part of our growth-oriented mindset, we have strategically deployed our capital to achieve scale and make the PACE care delivery model accessible to more frail, dual-eligible seniors. As a result, we have attracted private investments from leading financial institutions and, upon completion of this offering, we expect we will be the largest publicly traded healthcare provider focused on serving frail, dual-eligible seniors. We believe our ability to attract investors and access capital will accelerate our growth plans and provides flexibility to simultaneously invest in sales and marketing efforts, de novo centers and strategic acquisitions, all of which will further solidify our leadership position in a fragmented, growing market.
We have a first mover advantage in an industry with high barriers to entry
Our industry has high barriers to entry driven by regulatory complexity, operating model complexity and to the cost associated with opening new locations. Furthermore, state and federal governments typically restrict the number of providers who can operate in a designated market service area, often allowing only a single provider per metropolitan statistical area (“MSA”). We believe this dynamic creates significant first-mover advantages in new markets and ample runway for future growth. We have invested significant time and resources in partnering with state and federal governments to launch operations in new MSAs. We believe that each new program we build reinforces our competitive position.
We are built to scale nationally
We have proven our ability to execute our model in multiple geographies, as evidenced by the strength of our center-level performance across markets. In all of our markets, our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years generated positive Center-level Contribution Margins in fewer than 12 months of operation. This consistent performance highlights the predictability of our model and gives us the conviction to continue investing in building centers, hiring top-tier talent and attracting participants in new markets in order to drive long-term value creation.
We are one of the few providers operating a globally capitated care model. We have a long track record of successfully managing medical risk, driven by the strength of our operational playbook as well as our risk pool, which is more diversified than other PACE organizations. We believe that we have created a repeatable, data-driven playbook to expand our brand and operations across the United States, and we have made substantial investments to support each key component of our approach. The fundamental aspects of our expansion playbook include deep regulatory knowledge, a disciplined approach to site selection, a targeted sales and marketing approach, a concerted effort to recruit and develop talent, scalable underlying clinical technology and an efficient, uniform operating model.
We have invested in multimodal care delivery capabilities
The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the advantages of our multimodal care delivery capabilities. The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted traditional channels of care delivery and created barriers to accessing care for many dual-eligible seniors. Our investment in in-home and virtual care capabilities outside of the four walls of our care centers has enabled us to execute on each participant’s care plan without disruption. We believe the adaptability of our model and our ability to effectively engage our participants in numerous ways, without negatively impacting our capitated revenue, differentiates us from other care providers.
Our Growth Strategy
Increase participant enrollment and capacity within existing centers

We have driven 12% annual, organic census growth over the last four years.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, our participant census was approximately 6,400 across our 16 centers in five states.
 
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Inclusive of two additional centers opened after June 30, 2020 and our in-progress and potential center expansion efforts, our centers are expected to have an average maximum capacity of 800 participants and are expected to be able to serve a total of approximately 14,500 participants, which we believe leaves ample runway to increase the number of participants we serve within our current footprint.
Build de novo centers

We have a successful track record of building de novo centers and have five new opportunities in our pipeline for development in the next 24 months, including three in two new states.

Given that our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years, on average, (1) required approximately $10 million to $20 million of upfront capital to build with less than 12 months to generate positive Center-level Contribution Margin, and (2) generate approximately $10 million to $20 million of annual Center-level Contribution Margin, we believe de novo centers generate compelling long-term unit economics and robust internal rates of return.

We have demonstrated the portability of our platform across different geographies and have a prioritized list of target markets that we believe are optimal environments to launch the InnovAge Platform.

Our approach to de novo developments includes building centers to our experience-based specifications, with flexibility for future center expansion factored into the blueprints where possible.
Execute tuck-in acquisitions

We believe we are the logical acquiror in a fragmented market made up of mostly small local operators.

Over the past two fiscal years, we have acquired and integrated three PACE organizations, expanding into one new state and four new markets through those acquisitions.

By bringing acquired organizations under the InnovAge Platform, we are able to realize significant census growth, and improve operational efficiency and care delivery post-integration.

We believe there is a robust landscape of potential tuck-in acquisitions to supplement our organic growth, and that our known track record for improving and integrating acquired businesses while continuing to prioritize patient care positions us as the acquirer of choice in this market.
Reinvest in the InnovAge Platform to optimize performance

We believe that our ongoing investment in the InnovAge Platform drives greater efficiency across our business, creating a virtuous cycle that allows us to continue growing.

We plan to continually invest in technology improvements and seek to unlock new insights through enhanced data analytics capabilities that will advance our care model.

We believe our investments will ultimately result in better health outcomes and lower medical costs for participants. As we continue to reduce medical costs, we expect to generate incremental savings that can be reinvested to support continuous improvement of the InnovAge Platform.
Impact of COVID-19
The rapid spread of COVID-19 around the world and throughout the United States has altered the behavior of businesses and people, with significant negative effects on federal, state and local economies, the duration of which is unknown at this time. The virus disproportionately impacts older adults, especially those with chronic illnesses, which describes our participants. To date, we have experienced or expect to experience the following impacts on our business model due to COVID-19.
Care Model.   Though the COVID-19 pandemic has altered the mix of settings where we deliver care, our multimodal model has ensured our participants continue to receive the care they need. As a result of the
 
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
COVID-19 pandemic, we have transitioned much of our care to in-home and telehealth services, while increasing participant visit volume and maintaining continuity of care. In addition to increased telehealth and in-home care, we repurposed our existing infrastructure and workforce to support care delivery during the COVID-19 pandemic. As an example, we leveraged our transportation infrastructure that normally drives participants to the centers to instead deliver food to participants in their homes, making over 117,000 deliveries since our centers were closed in March 2020.
Growth.   At the end of March 2020, we pivoted to a virtual enrollment model due to safety concerns for our employees and participants and to comply with local government ordinances. We have realigned our marketing strategy to focus more on digital channels during the COVID-19 pandemic and to reach those searching for senior care alternatives.
Revenue.   Our revenue is capitated and not determined by the number of times we interact with our participants face-to-face. As of June 30, 2020, we had not experienced a decline in revenue as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Expenses.   We experienced higher center level contribution margins during the COVID-19 pandemic as a result of lower center-level cost of care. While we retained and, in many cases, repurposed our center-based staff to deliver care to participants in-home and via telemedicine as a result of the pandemic, the closure of our centers resulted in reduced transportation and facility operating costs. We did not experience material changes in our aggregate external provider costs as a result of the nondeferrable nature of most of our participants’ third-party medical needs.
For more detail on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, see the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Impact of COVID-19.”
Summary of Risks Related to Our Business, Regulation, Our Indebtedness, Our Common Stock and This Offering
There are a number of risks related to our business, regulation, our indebtedness, this offering and our common stock that you should consider before you decide to participate in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:

Under our PACE contracts, we assume all of the risk that the cost of providing services will exceed our compensation.   Approximately 99.2% and 99.5% of our revenue for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and approximately 99.5% of our revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 is derived from capitation agreements with government payors in which we receive fixed PMPM fees. To the extent that our participants require more care than is anticipated and/or the cost of care increases, aggregate fixed capitation payments, may be insufficient to cover the costs associated with treatment. If, in aggregate, our expenses exceed the underlying capitation payment received, we will not be able to fund operations and pursue acquisitions.

Our revenues and operations are dependent upon a limited number of government payors, particularly Medicare and Medicaid.   When aggregating the revenue associated with Medicare and Medicaid by state, Colorado, California and Virginia accounted for a total of approximately 81.5% and 81.8% of our capitation revenue for the year ended June 30, 2020 and the six months ended December 31, 2020, respectively. A majority of our revenues will continue to be derived from a limited number of key government payors, which may terminate their contracts with us upon the occurrence of certain events. The sudden loss of any of our government contracts or the renegotiation of any of our contracts could adversely affect our operating results and limit our ability to expand into new markets.

Reductions in PACE reimbursement rates or changes in the rules governing PACE programs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.   We receive a substantial
 
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
portion of our revenue through the PACE program, which accounted for 99.2% and 99.5% of our revenue for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and for 99.5% of our revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. As a result, our operations are dependent on government funding levels for PACE programs. Any changes that limit or reduce general PACE rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, restrict our ability to continue providing high quality care to our participants and limit our opportunities for growth.

Our records and submissions to government payors may contain inaccurate or unsupportable information regarding risk adjustment scores of participants, which could cause us to overstate or understate our revenue and subject us to payment obligations or penalties.   The submission of erroneous data could result in inaccurate revenue and risk adjustment payments, which may be subject to correction or retroactive adjustment in later periods. CMS may audit PACE organizations’ risk adjustment data submissions. We could be required to refund a portion of the revenue that we received, which refund, depending on its magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Moreover, substantial changes in the risk adjustment mechanism, including changes that result from enforcement or audit actions, could materially affect our capitated reimbursement.

Non-renewal or termination of capitation agreements with government payors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.   If we enter into capitation contracts with unfavorable economic terms, or a capitation contract is adjusted to include unfavorable terms, we could suffer losses with respect to such contract. In addition, some states in which we operate undergo periodic reconciliations with respect to enrollments that present a risk to our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

If we fail to adhere to all of the complex government laws and regulations that apply to our business, we could suffer severe consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price.   Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local government laws and regulations. The various laws and regulations that apply to our operations are often subject to varying interpretations and additional laws and regulations potentially affecting providers continue to be promulgated that may impact us. A violation or departure from any of the legal requirements implicated by our business may result in, among other things, government audits, decreased payment rates, significant fines and penalties, the potential loss of certification, recoupment efforts, voluntary repayments, exclusion from governmental healthcare programs, and reputational harm, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to grow our business.

Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.   As of December 31, 2020, we had $299.3 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility and none outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility (each as defined herein). As discussed under the section entitled “Recent developments — Entry into new credit facilities,” we expect to repay and terminate our existing Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility and replace them with the New Credit Facilities (defined herein). Our indebtedness may (1) limit funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures and pursuing our growth strategies by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt, and (2) increase our vulnerability to rising interest rates. Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.   Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our
 
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in penalties or defaults, which would adversely impact our ability to incur additional indebtedness to fund our operating results or to support our growth strategies.

Our Sponsors control us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.   Immediately after this offering, our Sponsors will beneficially own approximately    % of our common stock, or    % if the underwriters’ exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from TCO Group Holdings, L.P. (the “Selling Stockholder”), which means that, based on their combined percentage voting power held after the offering, the Sponsors together will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, which will enable them to control the election of the members of the Company board of directors (the “Board”) and all other corporate decisions. Accordingly, for such period of time, the Sponsors will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.   The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock, which may impair our ability to raise capital to pursue our growth strategies, to continue to fund operations and to pursue acquisitions using our shares as consideration.
These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.
Recent developments
Entry into new credit facilities
We anticipate entering into a new $      million      -year term loan (the “New Term Loan Facility”) and $      million           -year revolving credit facility (the “New Revolver” and together with the New Term Loan Facility, the “New Credit Facilities”). Interest on our New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at a rate of                 (or a similar index for foreign currency borrowings) plus a margin that ranges from           basis points to           basis points, and borrowings under our New Revolver are expected to bear interest at a rate of                 (or a similar index for foreign currency borrowings) plus a margin that ranges from      basis points to           basis points, with a           floor of    %. Together with proceeds from this offering and borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility, we expect to repay all outstanding indebtedness under our existing Term Loan Facility and terminate the existing Credit Agreement. We expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities shortly after the closing of this offering; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into the New Credit Facilities on the terms described herein or at all. The closing of this offering is not contingent upon the effectiveness of the New Credit Facilities; however, entry into the New Credit Facilities is conditioned on the consummation of this offering. For more information relating to the New Credit Facilities, see the section entitled “Description of certain indebtedness.”
Our Sponsors
We have a valuable relationship with our Sponsors, Apax and WCAS, which initially invested in the Company in 2020 and 2016, respectively. Immediately following this offering, our Sponsors will beneficially
 
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
own approximately    % of our common stock (or    % of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Sponsors is exercised in full). We will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with the Sponsors that provides the Sponsors the right to designate: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own at least 40% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock collectively beneficially owned by the Sponsors upon completion of this offering (and the exercise of any option of the underwriters to purchase additional shares), as adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or similar changes in the Company’s capitalization (the “Original Amount”); (ii) 40% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as they collectively beneficially own less than 40% but at least 30% of the Original Amount; (iii) 30% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as they collectively beneficially own less than 30% but at least 20% of the Original Amount; (iv) 20% of the nominees for election to our board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 20% but at least 10% of the Original Amount; and (v) one of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own at least 5% of the Original Amount, which could result in representation on our Board that is disproportionate to our Sponsors’ beneficial ownership. If the investment vehicle through which the Sponsors hold their investment is dissolved after this offering, then each of Apax and WCAS will be permitted to nominate (i) up to three directors so long as it owns at least 25% of the Original Amount, (ii) up to two directors so long as it owns at least 15% of the Original Amount and (iii) one director so long as it owns at least 5% of the Original Amount, which could result in representation on our Board that is disproportionate to each of our Sponsors’ beneficial ownership. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement.”
Apax Partners
Apax is a leading global private equity advisory firm. For more than four decades, Apax has built specialist expertise across four industry sectors: Tech, Services, Healthcare and eConsumer. To date, Apax has raised and advised funds with aggregate commitments of more than $60 billion.
The Apax funds have a strong track record of investing in the healthcare sector, having committed 7.6 billion euro of equity and completed approximately 90 investments across multiple geographies, including the U.S., Europe and Asia. Apax is able to draw on its decades of investment experience and global reach to identify attractive opportunities in the healthcare sector. Apax’s healthcare team is focused on four core sub-sectors: Medical Technology, Pharmaceuticals, Healthcare IT and Healthcare Services. Selected healthcare investments include Trizetto Corporation, Encompass Health, Kepro, Neuraxpharm, Unilabs, Vyaire, Candela, Genex, and Acelity.
Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe
For over 40 years, WCAS has partnered with outstanding management teams to build leading healthcare and technology companies. WCAS has raised funds with aggregate commitments of approximately $27.0 billion. WCAS partners with healthcare companies that add value to the system by reducing costs and improving the quality of care. WCAS has made over 90 platform investments in the healthcare space representing more than $9.0 billion. Selected current and past healthcare investments related to InnovAge include Universal American, Matrix Medical, Ardent Healthcare, MultiPlan, naviHealth, CareSource and Partners in Primary Care.
General Corporate Information
InnovAge Holding Corp. was founded as a for-profit corporation in May 2016 for the purposes of purchasing all of the outstanding common stock of Total Community Options, Inc., which was formed in May 2007 as a not-for-profit. In connection with this offering, we changed the name of our company from TCO Group Holdings, Inc. to InnovAge Holding Corp. Our principal executive office is located at 8950 E. Lowry Boulevard, Denver, CO 80230. Our telephone number is (844) 803-8745. Our website address is www.InnovAge.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on,
 
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries.
This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks such as “InnovAge,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of us or our subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We will be deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” at such time that we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700.0 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) for a period of at least 12 months and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.
An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

a requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for any interim period and related discussion in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding financial statements (such as not being required to provide audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 or five years of Selected Consolidated Financial Data) and executive compensation in this prospectus and expect to elect to take advantage of other reduced burdens in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our shareholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.
 
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods permitted under the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.
 
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
THE OFFERING
Common stock offered
          shares.
Option to purchase additional shares from the Selling Stockholder
          shares.
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
          shares.
Use of proceeds
We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $      million assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders. We intend to use (i) approximately $      million of the net proceeds of this offering, together with proceeds from our New Credit Facilities, to repay all borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) (which borrowings had an interest rate of 7.75% as of December 31, 2020) and to fund the related prepayment fees and expenses, and (ii) $20.0 million of the net proceeds to satisfy an earn-out arrangement in connection with the August 2018 acquisition of NewCourtland LIFE Program in Pennsylvania (“NewCourtland”), and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by our Sponsors if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised.
Controlled company
After this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth in this section, an investment vehicle affiliated with our Sponsors will beneficially own approximately    % of our common stock (or    % of our common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Sponsors, through the Selling Stockholder, is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of          . See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”
Risk factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
Conflicts of interest
Affiliates of Capital One Securities, Inc. hold approximately $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the
 
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
existing Term Loan Facility, which will be repaid and terminated in connection with this offering. As a result, affiliates of Capital One Securities, Inc. will receive approximately      % of the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” Accordingly, Capital One Securities, Inc. is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Therefore, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a "qualified independent underwriter" is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, Capital One Securities, Inc. will not confirm sales of our common stock to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer. For more information, see “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”
Proposed trading symbol
“INNV.”
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and excludes           shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which will be adopted in connection with this offering.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our bylaws, each in connection with the closing of this offering; and

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to            additional shares of common stock from the Sponsors, through the Selling Stockholder.
 
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet dated as of June 30, 2020 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.
Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future periods, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any full year. You should read the summary historical financial data below in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Year ended
June 30,
Six months ended
December 31,
(dollars in thousands, except share and per
share amounts)
2019
2020
2019
2020
Revenues
Capitation revenue
$ 461,766 $ 564,834 $ 268,550 $ 308,459
Other service revenue
3,864 2,358 1,380 1,418
Total revenues
465,630 567,192 269,930 309,877
Expenses
External provider costs
222,232 272,832 133,365 148,826
Cost of care (excluding depreciation and
amortization)
132,770 153,056 75,180 76,357
Sales and marketing
16,460 19,001 9,777 8,743
Corporate, general and administrative
48,250 58,481 28,389 87,306
Depreciation and amortization
8,996 11,291 5,541 5,951
Equity loss
678 40 1,342
Other operating (income) expenses
(2,753) 920 (150) (1,011)
Total expenses
425,955 516,259 252,142 327,514
Operating Income
39,675 50,933 17,788 (17,637)
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
(9,594) (14,619) (8,926) (12,186)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(3,144) (991)
Other
(1,549) (681) (978) 44
Total other expense
(14,287) (15,300) (9,904) (13,133)
Income (loss) before income taxes
25,388 35,633 7,884 (30,770)
Provision for income taxes
6,317 9,868 2,087 9,423
Net Income (Loss)
$ 19,071 $ 25,765 $ 5,797 $ (40,193)
Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling
interests
(507) (513) (246) (243)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company
$ 19,578 $ 26,278 $ 6,043 $ (39,950)
Weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding — basic
132,315,101 132,616,431 132,616,431 130,214,967
 
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Year ended
June 30,
Six months ended
December 31,
(dollars in thousands, except share and per
share amounts)
2019
2020
2019
2020
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
134,034,459 135,233,630 133,174,001 130,214,967
Net Income per share — basic
$ 0.15 $ 0.20 $ 0.05 $ (0.31)
Net Income per share — diluted
$ 0.15 $ 0.19 $ 0.05 $ (0.31)
Pro Forma Per Share Data(1):
Pro forma net income (loss) per share:
Basic
$        $
Diluted
$        $
Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
Non-GAAP Financial Data:
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
$ 51,662 $ 65,909 $ 25,361 $ 45,673
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)
11.1% 11.7% 9.4% 14.8%
June 30, 2020
December 31, 2020
(dollars in thousands)
Actual
Actual
As adjusted(3)(4)
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 112,904 $ 77,321 $           
Working capital(5)
90,298 30,659
Total assets
409,634 374,707
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs (including current portion)
212,370 293,144
Total stockholders’ equity
107,750 (31,289)
(1)   Unaudited pro forma per share information gives effect to our sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
(2)   Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are supplemental measures of operating performance monitored by management that are not defined under GAAP and that do not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to net income or net income margin, respectively, as determined by GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income adjusted for interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and provision for income tax as well as addbacks for non-recurring expenses or exceptional items, including charges relating to management equity compensation, final determination of rates, M&A diligence, transaction and integration, business optimization, EMR transition, special employee bonuses, financing-related fees and contingent consideration. Adjusted EBITDA margin is Adjusted EBITDA expressed as a percentage of our total revenue less any exceptional, one-time revenue items. In the year ended June 30, 2020, we recognized a final determination of certain rates for capitation payments from the State of California in the amount of approximately $3.4 million, and in the six months ended December 31, 2020, we recognized the CMS settlement payment related to End-Stage Renal Disease beneficiaries for calendar years 2010 through 2020 in the amount of approximately $2.2 million, each of which is deducted from total revenue for the specified period solely for purposes of calculating the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA margin. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are appropriate measures of operating performance because the metrics eliminate the impact of revenue and expenses that do not relate to our ongoing business performance, allowing us to more effectively evaluate our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period. We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends.
Each of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, the analysis of other GAAP financial measures, including net income and net income margin. Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net income (loss) and our other GAAP results. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by the types of items excluded from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA. Our use of the term Adjusted EBITDA varies from others in our industry.
 
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated is as follows:
Years ended
June 30,
Six months
ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2019
2020
2019
2020
Net income
$ 19,071 $ 25,765 $ 5,797 $ (40,193)
Interest expense, net
9,594 14,619 8,926 12,186
Depreciation and amortization
8,996 11,291 5,541 5,951
Provision for income tax
6,317 9,868 2,087 9,423
Management equity plan
727 543 272 572
Rate determination(a)
(3,372) (2,158)
M&A diligence, transaction and integration(b)
2,528 2,718 1,465 58,784
Business optimization(c)
454 1,171 232 859
EMR transition(d)
1,078 638 269
Special employee bonuses(e)
3,127 1,278 523
Financing-related(f) 3,601 30 30 991
Contingent consideration(g)
(2,753) 920 (150) (1,011)
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 51,662 $ 65,909 $ 25,361 $ 45,673
(a) For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, this reflects the final determination of certain rates for capitation payments from the State of California of approximately $3.4 million relating to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, all of which we consider non-recurring. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, this reflects the CMS settlement payment of approximately $2.2 million related to End-Stage Renal Disease beneficiaries for calendar years 2010 through 2020.
(b) Reflects costs associated with due diligence, transaction and integration expenses for acquisitions explored or completed of approximately $2.5 million and $2.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, primarily reflects such expenses related to the July 27, 2020 transaction between us, an affiliate of Apax and our existing equity holders entering into a securities purchase agreement (the "Apax Transaction") in the amount of approximately $58.8 million, relating to $42.2 million from the cancellation of options and the redemption of shares, $1.8 million relates to transaction specific bonuses, and $13.1 million of transaction fees and expenses, along with $1.7 million relating to payroll taxes and other administrative items.
(c) Reflects charges related to business optimization initiatives. Such charges relate to one-time investments in projects designed to enhance our technology systems and improve the efficiency of our operations.
(d) Reflects non-recurring expenses relating to the transition to a new electronic medical record vendor.
(e) Reflects non-recurring special bonuses paid to certain of our employees relating to shareholder dividend transactions that occurred in fiscal years 2018 and 2019.
(f) With respect to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, such amount includes $0.5 million related to fees and expenses incurred in connection with amendments to our Credit Agreement and $3.1 million related to a loss on extinguishment of debt incurred in connection with the refinancing of the Credit Agreement. With respect to fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and the six months ended December 31, 2019, the amount reflects fees and expenses incurred in connection with amendments to our Credit Agreement. With respect to the six months ended December 31, 2020, the amount reflects a loss on extinguishment of debt incurred in connection with the refinancing of our Credit Agreement.
(g) Reflects fair value adjustment relating to the contingent consideration associated with our acquisition of NewCourtland.
(3)   Reflects our sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and reflecting the use of proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
(4)   A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity on an as adjusted basis by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity on an as adjusted basis by approximately $      million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $      , which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(5)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.
 
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Risk factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.
Because of the following factors, as well as other factors affecting our businesses, financial condition, operating results and prospects, past financial performance should not be considered a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not rely on historical trends to anticipate trends or results in the future.
Risks related to our business
Under our PACE contracts, we assume all of the risk that the cost of providing services will exceed our compensation.
Approximately 99.2% and 99.5% of our revenue for each of the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and approximately 99.5% of our revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 is derived from capitation agreements with government payors in which we receive fixed PMPM fees. While there are variations specific to each agreement, we generally contract with government payors to receive a fixed per member per month fee to provide or manage all healthcare services a participant may require while assuming financial responsibility for the totality of our participants’ healthcare expenses. This type of contract is often referred to as an “at-risk” or a “capitation” contract. To the extent that our participants require more care than is anticipated and/or the cost of care increases, aggregate fixed capitation payments, may be insufficient to cover the costs associated with treatment. If medical costs and expenses exceed the underlying capitation payment received, we will not be able to correspondingly increase our capitated payment and we could suffer losses with respect to such agreements.
Changes in our anticipated ratio of medical expense to revenue can significantly impact our financial results. Accordingly, the failure to adequately predict and control medical costs and expenses and to make reasonable estimates and maintain adequate accruals for incurred but not reported claims, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, the Medicare and Medicaid expenses of our participants may be outside of our control in the event that participants take certain actions that increase such expenses, such as emergency room visits or preventable hospital admissions.
Historically, our medical costs and expenses as a percentage of revenue have fluctuated. Factors that may cause medical expenses to exceed estimates include:

the health status of participants requiring higher levels of care, such as nursing home care or higher incidents of hospitalization;

higher than expected utilization of new or existing healthcare services;

more frequent catastrophic medical cases (e.g. transplants);

an increase in the cost of healthcare services and supplies, whether as a result of inflation, wage increases, purchases of vaccines and personal protective equipment (“PPE”) as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or otherwise;

changes to mandated benefits or other changes in healthcare laws, regulations and practices;
 
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

increased costs attributable to specialist physicians, hospitals and ancillary providers;

changes in the demographics of our participants and medical trends;

contractual or claims disputes with providers, hospitals or other service providers;

the occurrence of catastrophes, major epidemics or pandemics or acts of terrorism; and

the reduction of government payor payments.
Our revenues and operations are dependent upon a limited number of government payors, particularly Medicare and Medicaid.
Our operations are dependent on a limited number of government payors, particularly Medicare and Medicaid, with whom we directly contract to provide services to participants. We generally manage our contracts on a state by state basis, entering into a separate contract in each state. When aggregating the revenue associated with Medicare and Medicaid by state, Colorado, California and Virginia accounted for a total of approximately 81.5% and 81.8% of our capitation revenue for the year ended June 30, 2020 and the six months ended December 31, 2020, respectively. A majority of our revenues will continue to be derived from a limited number of key government payors, which may terminate their contracts with us upon the occurrence of certain events. The sudden loss of any of our government contracts or the renegotiation of any of our contracts could adversely affect our operating results. In the ordinary course of business, we engage in active discussions and renegotiations with government payors in respect of the services we provide and the terms of our agreements. As the states respond to market dynamics and financial pressures, and as government payors make strategic budgetary decisions in respect of the programs in which they participate, certain government payors may seek to renegotiate or terminate their agreements with us. Any reduction in the budgetary appropriations for our services, whether as a result of fiscal constraints due to recession, emergency situations such as the COVID-19 pandemic, changes in policy or otherwise, could result in a reduction in our capitated fee payments and possibly loss of contracts. These discussions could result in reductions to the fees and changes to the scope of services contemplated by our original contracts and consequently could negatively impact our revenues, business and prospects. See “—A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or worldwide, including the ongoing outbreak of COVID-19, could adversely affect our business” and “—We conduct a significant percentage of our operations in the State of Colorado and, as a result, we are particularly susceptible to any reduction in budget appropriations for our services or any other adverse developments in that state.”
Because we rely on a limited number of government-funded agencies, namely CMS and state Medicaid agencies, for a significant portion of our revenues, we depend on federal funding, as well as the financial condition of the states in which we operate, and each state’s commitment to its participation in the PACE program. Government-funded healthcare programs in the states in which we operate face a number of risks, including higher than expected health care costs and lack of predictability of tax basis and budget needs. If the financial condition of the states in which we operate declines, our credit risk could increase.
Reductions in PACE reimbursement rates or changes in the rules governing PACE programs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We receive a substantial portion of our revenue through the PACE program, which accounted for 99.2% and 99.5% of our revenue for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, and approximately 99.5% of our revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. As a result, our operations are dependent on government funding levels for PACE programs. Any changes that limit or reduce general PACE funding, such as reductions in or limitations of reimbursement amounts or rates under programs, reductions in funding of programs, expansion of benefits, services or treatments under programs without adequate funding, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The PACE programs and their respective reimbursement rates, payment structures and rules are subject to frequent change. These include statutory and regulatory changes, rate adjustments (including retroactive
 
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
adjustments), administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the PACE rates at which we are compensated for our services. Budget pressures can lead federal and state governments to reduce or place limits on reimbursement rates and payment structures under PACE. Implementation of these and other types of measures has in the past and could in the future result in substantial reductions in our revenue and operating margins. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, temporarily suspended the Medicare sequestration payment adjustment from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, which would have otherwise reduced payments to PACE programs by 2%, but extended sequestration through 2030. We cannot predict what other deficit reduction, other payment reduction or budget enforcement initiatives may be proposed by Congress, whether Congress will attempt to restructure or suspend sequestration or the impact sequestration, other payment reductions or budget enforcement initiatives may have on our business.
Each year, CMS establishes the Medicare PACE benchmark payment rates by county for the following calendar year. Because a substantial portion of our revenue is through the PACE program, any negative changes to the PACE benchmark payment rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, our PACE revenues may become volatile in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Reductions in reimbursement rates could have a material, adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations or even result in rates that are insufficient to cover our operating expenses. For example, our external provider costs are driven by rates set by Medicare and Medicaid, which are outside of our control and may be negotiated in a manner unfavorable to us. Additionally, any delay or default by state governments in funding our capitated payments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Recent legislative, judicial and executive efforts to enact further healthcare reform legislation have caused the future state of reforms under the Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”) and many core aspects of the current U.S. healthcare system to be unclear. While specific changes and their timing are not yet apparent, enacted reforms and future legislative, regulatory, judicial, or executive changes, particularly any changes to the PACE program, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Our records and submissions to government payors may contain inaccurate or unsupportable information regarding risk adjustment scores of participants, which could cause us to overstate or understate our revenue and subject us to repayment obligations or penalties.
The claims and encounter records that we submit to government payors impact data that support the Medicare RAF scores attributable to participants. These RAF scores determine the payment we are entitled for the provision of medical care to such participants. The data submitted to CMS is based on diagnosis codes and medical charts that our employed, contracted, and noncontracted providers identify, record and prepare. CMS may periodically audit PACE organizations’ risk adjustment submissions. The submission of inaccurate, incomplete or erroneous data could result in inaccurate revenue and risk adjustment payments, which may be subject to correction or retroactive adjustment in later periods. This corrected or adjusted information may be reflected in financial statements for periods subsequent to the period in which the revenue was recorded. We might also need to refund a portion of the revenue that we received, which refund, depending on its magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Historically, these true-up payments typically occur between May and August, but the timing of these payments is determined by CMS, and we have neither visibility nor control over the timing of such payments. From time to time, we may experience reconciliation issues as government payors modify or adopt new systems which may be reflected as provision for bad debt in our financial statements.
 
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
If CMS seeks repayment from us for payment adjustments as a result of its audits, we could also be subject to liability for penalties for inaccurate or unsupportable RAF scores provided by us or our providers. In addition, we could be liable for penalties to the federal government under the False Claims Act (the “FCA”) that range from $5,500 to $11,000 (periodically adjusted for inflation) for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim, which can be as much as the amounts received directly or indirectly from the government for each such false claim. Most recently, on June 19,2020, the Department of Justice issued a final rule announcing adjustments to FCA penalties, under which the per claim penalty range increases to a range from $11,665 to $23,331 for penalties assessed after June 19, 2020, so long as the underlying conduct occurred after November 2, 2015. There is a high potential for substantial penalties in connection with any alleged FCA violations.
Elements of the risk adjustment mechanism continue to be challenged, reevaluated, and revised by the U.S. Department of Justice, the HHS Office of the Inspector General (“HHS OIG”), and CMS. For example, CMS has indicated that payment adjustments will not be limited to errors identified in the sampled population, but that the error rate identified in the sample may also be extrapolated to all risk adjusted payments made under the PACE contract being audited. CMS has described its audit process as plan-year specific and stated that it will not extrapolate audit results for plan years prior to 2011. Because CMS has not stated otherwise, there is a risk that payment adjustments made as a result of one plan year’s audit would be extrapolated to prior plan years after 2011. In addition, proposed regulations relating to the Risk Adjustment Data Validation Audit (“RADV audit”) and extrapolation methodology have been outstanding since 2018 and may result in additional changes in recoupments arising from RADV audits.
There can be no assurance that a PACE organization will not be randomly selected or targeted for review by CMS or that the outcome of such a review will not result in a material adjustment in our revenue and profitability, even if the information we submitted to CMS is accurate and supportable. Substantial changes in the risk adjustment mechanism, including changes that result from enforcement or audit actions, could materially affect our capitated reimbursement.
Non-renewal or termination of capitation agreements with government payors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Under most of our capitation agreements with government payors, the state is generally permitted to adjust certain terms of the agreements from time to time. If a government payor exercises its right to adjust certain terms of the agreements, we are generally allowed a period of time to object to such adjustment. If we enter into capitation contracts with unfavorable economic terms, or a capitation contract is adjusted to include unfavorable terms, we could suffer losses with respect to such contract. In addition, some states in which we operate undergo periodic reconciliations with respect to enrollments that present a risk to our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Our contracts with government payors may be terminated to the extent that state or federal funds are not appropriated at sufficient levels to fund our contracts or PACE programs in general. Certain of our contracts are terminable immediately upon the occurrence of certain events. Government payors may terminate, suspend or cancel our contracts, in whole or in part, for cause in the event of our noncompliance with the terms, conditions or responsibilities under the contracts, or if we are debarred or suspended from providing services by state or federal government authorities. CMS may also impose sanctions for noncompliance with regulatory or contractual requirements, including the suspension of enrollment of participants, the occurrence of which would adversely affect our operating results and our ability to pursue our growth strategies. If any of our contracts with government payors are terminated or if the government payors seek to renegotiate their contract rates with us, we may suffer a significant loss of revenue, which may adversely affect our operating results.
State and federal efforts to reduce healthcare spending could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Most of our participants are dually-eligible, meaning they are qualified for coverage under both Medicare and Medicaid when enrolled in our PACE program, and nearly all our revenue is derived from government
 
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
payors. Medicaid is a joint federal and state funded program for healthcare services for the low income as well as certain higher-income individuals who qualify for nursing home level of care. Under broad federal criteria, states establish rules for eligibility, services and payment. PACE programs are administered at the state level and are financed by both state and federal funds. Medicaid spending has increased rapidly in recent years, becoming a significant component of state budgets. This, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led both the federal government and many states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth of Medicaid spending, and in some instances reducing aggregate Medicaid spending. Due to budget constraints, including those resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience negative Medicaid capitated rate payment pressure from certain states where we operate, such as Colorado, where we conduct a significant percentage of our operations.
In addition, as part of past attempts to repeal, replace or modify the ACA and as a means to reduce the federal budget deficit, there have in recent years been congressional efforts to move Medicaid from an open-ended program with coverage and benefits set by the federal government to one in which states receive a fixed amount of federal funds, either through block grants or per capita caps, and have more flexibility to determine benefits, eligibility or provider payments. If those changes are implemented, we cannot predict whether the amount of fixed federal funding to the states will be based on current payment amounts, or if it will be based on lower payment amounts, which would negatively impact those states that expanded their Medicaid programs in response to the ACA. We expect state and federal efforts to reduce healthcare spending to continue for the foreseeable future.
A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or worldwide, including the ongoing outbreak of COVID-19, could adversely affect our business.
The severity, magnitude and duration of the current COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain and rapidly changing. Because of our business model, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations and overall financial condition until future periods. Additionally, any future pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease may adversely affect our business if one of the geographies we serve is affected by the outbreak, particularly at the onset of any such outbreak before response protocols have been developed. Specifically, if our participants fall ill due to an outbreak, we may experience a high level of unexpected deaths, increased costs, and other effects, including a loss of revenue, negative publicity, litigation and inquiries from government regulators.
Adverse market conditions resulting from the spread of the virus that causes COVID-19 could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock. Numerous state and local jurisdictions, including all markets where we operate, have imposed, and others in the future may impose, travel bans and restrictions, “shelter-in-place” orders or shutdowns, quarantines, curfews, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of the virus that causes COVID-19. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in largely remote operations at our headquarters and centers, work stoppages among some vendors and suppliers, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of events and have restricted the ability of our front-line outreach teams to host and attend community events, among other effects, thereby significantly impacting our operations. In addition, the COVID-19 virus disproportionately impacts older adults, especially those with chronic illnesses, which describes many of our participants.
The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly and temporarily increased demand for our telehealth and in-home offerings. The telehealth market is relatively new, and it is uncertain whether it will achieve and sustain high levels of demand, consumer acceptance and market adoption. Although our pivot to telehealth services has been a useful tool for providing remote care during the COVID-19 pandemic, the COVID-19 pandemic has limited our ability to provide in-person care. If our participants do not perceive the benefits of telehealth services, or if our services are not competitive, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Similarly, individual and healthcare industry concerns or negative publicity regarding participant confidentiality and privacy in the context of telehealth could limit market acceptance of such healthcare services. In addition, some of our participants may lack access
 
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to telehealth devices, such as cell phones and/or computers, or may be unable to use the telehealth technology on their own. Because some of our participants may not be comfortable with a team member coming to their home to deliver face-to-face care or entering with a device to assist with using our telehealth services, participants may be reluctant to seek necessary care given their inability to use telehealth services, coupled with preference to stay at home due to the risks of the COVID-19 pandemic. This could have the effect of deferring healthcare costs that we will need to incur at later periods and may also affect the health of participants who defer treatment, which may cause our costs to increase in the future. Further, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience slowed growth or a decline in new participants.
Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we may not be able to document the health conditions of our participants as completely as we have in the past. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual participant. Participants with higher RAF scores necessitate larger capitated payments, and those with lower RAF scores necessitate smaller capitated payments. Medicare requires that a participant’s health issues be documented annually regardless of the permanence of the underlying causes. Historically, this documentation was required to be completed during an in-person visit with a participant, but CMS is now allowing documentation of conditions identified during qualifying telehealth visits with participants. However, given the disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the limitations relating to assessing the health needs of our participants through telehealth services described above, it is unclear whether we will be able to document the health conditions of our participants as comprehensively as we have historically, which may adversely impact our revenue in future periods. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our records and submissions to government payors may contain inaccurate or unsupportable information regarding risk adjustment scores of participants, which could cause us to overstate or understate our revenue and subject us to repayment obligations or penalties.”
On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law. The CARES Act provides for $100.0 billion in funding for healthcare providers, including hospitals on the front lines of the COVID-19 pandemic, and subsequent COVID-19 economic relief legislation authorized additional funding to be distributed to healthcare providers. The state of Pennsylvania enacted Act 24 of 2020 (“Act 24”), which allocates $10.0 million in federal CARES Act funding to Managed Long Term Care Organizations to cover COVID-19 related costs. Our Pennsylvania centers were granted $1.0 million of funding from Act 24. As of June 30, 2020, we recognized $0.7 million of such funds and for the six months ended December 31, 2020, we recognized the remaining funds of $0.3 million. As a result of receiving this funding, we may be subject to audits and oversight by the federal government and Pennsylvania regulators, and there is no guarantee that the funds we received could not be subject to recoupment. Recipients are not required to repay these funds, provided that they attest to and comply with certain terms and conditions, including not using funds received to reimburse expenses or losses that other sources are obligated to reimburse, as well as certain audit and reporting requirements.
As of June 30, 2020, we incurred $3.5 million of COVID-19 related costs, and for the six months ended December 31, 2020, we incurred an additional $2.4 million of COVID-19 related costs. We expect our COVID-19 related expenses to continue to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The extent and continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business will depend on certain developments, including: the duration and spread of the outbreak; government responses to the pandemic, including responses to state budget shortfalls; the impact on our participants and enrollment; the availability, effectiveness and receipt of vaccines by our participants and our employees; the impact on participant, industry or employee events; and the effect on our supply chains, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. Because of our business model, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations and overall financial condition until future periods.
To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of amplifying many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, including but not
 
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
limited to those relating to our ability to raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash flows necessary to fulfill our obligations under our existing indebtedness or to expand our operations.
We began operating as a for-profit company in 2016 and have limited operating history as a for-profit company. Accordingly, our historical and recent financial and business results may not be representative of what they may be in the future.
We were originally formed in 2007 as a not-for-profit company and converted to a for-profit company in 2016. Due to our relatively limited operating history as a for-profit company, our historical and recent financial and business results may not be representative of what they may be in the future. We have encountered and will continue to encounter significant risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing and highly regulated industries, such as determining appropriate investments for our limited resources, competition from other providers, acquiring and retaining participants, hiring, integrating, training and retaining skilled personnel, unforeseen expenses and challenges in forecasting accuracy. Although we have successfully expanded our footprint outside of Colorado and our other existing geographies and intend to continue to expand into new geographies, we cannot provide assurance that any new centers we open, centers that we acquire, or new geographies we enter will be successful. If we are unable to increase participant enrollment, successfully manage our external provider costs or successfully expand into new geographies, our revenue and our ability to sustain profitability could be impaired. If we make acquisitions to expand our footprint, we may experience operational difficulties or challenges with integrating and realizing the benefits of such acquisitions and we may need to expend resources to ensure such centers are operating in compliance with regulatory and contractual requirements, as well as any corrective action plans. Additional risks include, but are not limited to, our ability to effectively manage growth, process, store, protect and use personal data in compliance with governmental regulations and contractual obligations and manage our obligations as a provider of healthcare services under Medicare, Medicaid and PACE. If our assumptions regarding these and other similar risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change as we gain more experience operating a for-profit business or due to changes in our industry, or if we do not address these challenges successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our reputation and business could suffer materially.
We expect to continue to increase our headcount and to hire or contract with more physicians, nurses and other specialized medical personnel in the future as we grow our business and open or acquire new centers. We will need to continue to hire, train and manage additional qualified information technology, operations and marketing staff, and improve and maintain our technology and information systems to properly manage our growth. If our new hires perform poorly, if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, if we are not successful in retaining our existing employees, or if we are unable to provide the care and services that our participants require in compliance with regulatory requirements our business may be adversely affected.
Our growth strategy may not prove viable, and we may not realize expected results.
Our business strategy is to grow rapidly by expanding our network of centers and is significantly dependent on adding center capacity in our existing markets, expanding into new geographies by developing de novo centers, executing on tuck-in acquisitions, recruiting new participants and directly contracting with government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid. We seek growth opportunities both organically and through acquisitions, the availability and success of which may be impacted by factors outside of our control. Our ability to grow organically depends upon a number of factors, including recruiting new participants, finding suitable geographies that have aging populations and viable rate structures, entering into government payor arrangements in new jurisdictions, ensuring compliance with regulatory and contractual requirements, identifying appropriate facilities, purchasing facilities or obtaining leases, completing build-outs of new facilities within proposed timelines and budgets and hiring members of our IDTs and other employees. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in pursuing our growth strategy. If we fail to evaluate and execute new business opportunities properly, we may not achieve anticipated benefits and may incur increased costs.
 
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our growth strategy involves a number of risks and uncertainties, including that:

we may not be able to successfully enter into contracts with government payors and/or other healthcare providers on terms favorable to us or at all. In addition, we compete for government payor relationships with other potential players, some of whom may have greater resources than we do. This competition may intensify due to the ongoing consolidation in the healthcare industry, which may increase our costs to pursue such opportunities;

we may not be able to recruit or retain a sufficient number of new participants to execute our growth strategy, and we may incur substantial costs to recruit new participants and we may be unable to recruit a sufficient number of new participants to offset those costs;

we may not be able to identify optimal target markets for our de novo centers, have difficulty entering into our prioritized list of markets, or the de novo centers we build may require more capital than expected and not yield anticipated returns;

we may not be able to hire sufficient numbers of physicians and other clinical staff, particularly on account of heightened demand for healthcare platforms on account of the COVID-19 pandemic;

when expanding our business into new states, we may be required to comply with laws and regulations that may differ from states in which we currently operate; and

we may have difficulty identifying appropriate acquisition targets, or make investments in acquisitions that we are unable to effectively integrate, involve associated risks or liabilities that we are unable to uncover in advance, or that require greater resources than anticipated.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully capitalize on growth opportunities, which may negatively impact our business model, revenues, results of operations and financial condition.
If we are unable to attract new participants, our revenue growth will be adversely affected.
To increase our revenue, our business strategy is to expand the number of centers and participants in our network. In order to support such growth, we must continue to recruit and retain a sufficient number of new participants both within our existing centers and in new centers. Our ability to do so depends in large part on the success of our sales and marketing efforts, which are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations that impact marketing. We are focused on frail, dual-eligible senior population and face competition from other healthcare providers and payors in the recruitment of potential participants. Therefore, we must demonstrate that our services provide a viable solution for potential participants. If we are unable to convince the frail, dual-eligible senior population of the benefits of the InnovAge Platform or if potential or existing participants prefer the healthcare provider model of one of our competitors, we may not be able to effectively implement our growth strategy, which depends on our ability to attract new participants. Participant enrollment for PACE is ongoing each month and require states to verify eligibility, a process which can result in delays in enrollment. Our inability to identify and recruit new eligible participants and retain existing participants would harm our ability to execute our growth strategy and may have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial position.
We conduct a significant percentage of our operations in the State of Colorado and, as a result, we are particularly susceptible to any reduction in budget appropriations for our services or any other adverse developments in that state.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, 29.4% of our total revenues were derived from contracts with government agencies in the State of Colorado. Accordingly, any reduction in Colorado’s budgetary appropriations for our services, whether as a result of fiscal constraints due to recession, emergency situations such as the COVID-19 pandemic, changes in policy or otherwise, could result in a reduction in our capitated fee payments and possibly the loss of contracts. We recently completed negotiations relating to the capitated fee rates with government payors in the State of Colorado, which resulted in a low-single digit
 
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
rate decrease applicable for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2021. This rate decrease was the result of COVID‑ 19-related budget pressure borne by the State of Colorado.
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and participant satisfaction or adequately address competitive challenges.
We have experienced, and may continue to experience, rapid growth and organizational change, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. For example, we completed our conversion from a not-for-profit to a for-profit organization in 2016. Additionally, our organizational structure may become more complex as we expand our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures as a public company. We may require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and evolve in these areas. We must effectively increase our headcount, ensure our personnel have the necessary licenses and competencies and continue to effectively train and manage our employees. We will be unable to manage our business effectively if we are unable to alleviate the strain on resources caused by growth in a timely and successful manner. If we fail to effectively manage our anticipated growth and change or fail to ensure that the level of care and services provided by our employees complies with regulatory and contractual requirements, the quality of our services may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation, harm our ability to attract and retain participants and employees and lead to the need for corrective actions.
In addition, as we expand our business, it is important that we continue to maintain high levels of patient service and satisfaction. As our participant base continues to grow, we will need to expand our services and personnel to provide personalized participant care. If we are not able to continue to provide high quality healthcare that meets PACE requirements and generates high levels of participant satisfaction, our reputation, as well as our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.
The healthcare industry is highly competitive.
We compete directly with national, regional and local providers of healthcare for participants and clinical providers. We also compete directly with payors and other alternate managed care programs for participants. There are many other companies and individuals currently providing healthcare services, many of which have been in business longer and/or have substantially more resources. Given the regulatory environment, there may be high barriers to entry for PACE providers; however, since there are relatively modest capital expenditures required for providing healthcare services, there are less substantial financial barriers to entry in the healthcare industry generally. Other companies could enter the healthcare industry in the future and divert some or all of our business. Our ability to compete successfully varies from location to location and depends on a number of factors, including the number of payors who run competitive programs in the local market, our local reputation for quality participant care, the commitment and expertise of our medical staff or contracted health care providers, our local service offerings and community programs, the cost of care in each locality, and the physical appearance, location and condition of our centers. If we are unable to attract participants to our centers our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected. Some of our competitors may have greater brand recognition and be more established in their respective communities than we are, and may have greater financial and other resources than we have. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. Competing providers may also offer different programs or services than we do, which, combined with the foregoing factors, may result in our competitors being more attractive to our current participants, potential participants and referral sources. Furthermore, while we budget for routine capital expenditures at our centers to keep them competitive in their respective markets, to the extent that competitive forces cause those expenditures to increase in the future, our financial condition may be negatively affected. In addition, our contracts with government payors are not exclusive for PACE programs in California, and competitors in California could seek to establish contracts with the state Medicaid agency and CMS to serve PACE eligibles in our service areas. For example, the service area for our Sacramento, California center, opened July 1, 2020, overlaps with
 
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
an existing PACE program in the region. Additionally, as we expand into new geographies, we may encounter competitors with stronger local community relationships or brand recognition, which could give those competitors an advantage in attracting new participants. Individual physicians, physician groups and companies in other healthcare industry segments, some of which have greater financial, marketing and staffing resources, may become competitors in providing health care services, and this competition may have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial position.
Our presence is currently limited to Colorado, California, New Mexico, Pennsylvania and Virginia, and we may not be able to successfully establish a presence in new geographic markets.
We currently operate in Colorado, California, New Mexico, Pennsylvania and Virginia, and we recently announced plans to begin providing our services in Florida and Kentucky. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, a majority of our revenue was driven by our businesses in Colorado. As a result, our exposure to many of the risks described herein are not mitigated by a diversification of geographic focus. To continue to expand our operations to other regions of the United States, we will have to devote resources to identifying and exploring such perceived opportunities. Thereafter, we will have to, among other things, recruit and retain qualified personnel, develop new centers and establish new relationships or contracts with physicians and other healthcare and services providers. In addition, we will be required to comply with laws and regulations of states that may differ from the ones in which we currently operate, and could face competitors with greater knowledge of such local markets. We anticipate that further geographic expansion will require us to make a substantial investment of management time, capital and/or other resources. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to successfully expand our operations in any new geographic markets.
Our overall business results may suffer from an economic downturn.
During periods of high unemployment, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, governmental entities often experience budget deficits as a result of increased costs and lower than expected tax collections. These budget deficits at federal, state and local government entities have decreased, and may continue to decrease, spending for health and human service programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, PACE and similar programs, which represent nearly all of the payor sources for our centers.
Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or our participants, or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.
In the ordinary course of our business, we create, receive, maintain, transmit, collect, store, use, disclose, share and process (collectively, “Process”) sensitive data, including protected health information (“PHI”) and other types of personal data or personally identifiable information (collectively, “PII” and, together with PHI, “PHI/PII”) relating to our employees, participants and others. We also Process and contract with third-party service providers to Process sensitive information, including PHI/PII, confidential information and other proprietary business information. We manage and maintain PHI/PII and other sensitive data and information using our on premise systems, and we plan to implement cloud-based computing center systems in the future. Third-party service providers that serve our participants may Process PHI/PII data either in their own on-site systems, at managed or co-located data centers, or in the cloud.
We are highly dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the internet, to securely Process PHI/PII and other sensitive data and information. Security breaches of this infrastructure, whether ours or of our third-party service providers, including physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses, ransomware, attacks by hackers and similar breaches, and employee or contractor error, negligence or malfeasance, can create system disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized access, acquisition, use, disclosure or modifications of such data or information, and could cause PHI/PII to be accessed or acquired without authorization or to be made publicly available. We use third-party service providers for important aspects of the Processing of employee and participant PHI/PII and other confidential and sensitive data and
 
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
information, and therefore rely on third parties to manage functions that have material cybersecurity risks. Because of the sensitivity of the PHI/PII and other sensitive data and information that we and our service providers Process, the security of our technology platform and other aspects of our services, including those provided or facilitated by our third-party service providers, are important to our operations and business strategy. We implement certain administrative, physical and technological safeguards to address these risks, such as by requiring contractors and other third-party service providers who handle this PHI/PII and other sensitive data and information for us to enter into agreements that contractually obligate them to use reasonable efforts to safeguard such PHI/PII and other sensitive data and information. The training that we provide to our workforce and measures taken to protect our systems, the systems of our contractors or third-party service providers, or more generally the PHI/PII or other sensitive data or information that we or our contractors or third-party service providers Process may not adequately protect us from the risks associated with Processing sensitive data and information. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches, to safeguard the privacy, security, and confidentiality of PHI/PII and other sensitive data and information, to investigate, contain, remediate, and mitigate actual or potential security breaches, and/or to report security breaches to participants, employees, regulators, media, credit bureaus, and other third parties in accordance with applicable law and to offer complimentary credit monitoring, identity theft protection, and similar services to participants and/or employees where required by law or otherwise appropriate. Despite our implementation of security measures, cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated, and frequent, and we or our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate protective measures against them. Our information technology networks and systems used in our business may experience an increase in attempted cyber-attacks, seeking to take advantage of shifts to employees working remotely using their household or personal internet networks and to leverage fears promulgated by the COVID-19 pandemic. The success of any of these attempts could substantially impact our platform, and the privacy, security, or confidentiality of the PHI/PII and other sensitive data and information contained therein or otherwise Processed in the ordinary course of our business operations, and could ultimately harm our reputation and our business. In addition, any actual or perceived security incident or breach may cause us to incur increased expenses to improve our security controls and to remediate security vulnerabilities. We exercise limited control over our third-party service providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with services they provide.
A security breach, security incident, or privacy violation that leads to unauthorized use, disclosure, access, acquisition, loss or modification of, or that prevents access to or otherwise impacts the confidentiality, security, or integrity of, participant or employee information, including PHI/PII that we or our third-party service providers Process, could harm our reputation, compel us to comply with breach notification laws, cause us to incur significant costs for investigation, containment, remediation, mitigation, fines, penalties, settlements, notification to individuals, regulators, media, credit bureaus, and other third parties, complimentary credit monitoring, identity theft protection, training and similar services to participants and/or employees where required by law or otherwise appropriate, for measures intended to repair or replace systems or technology and to prevent future occurrences, potential increases in insurance premiums, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. If we are unable to prevent or mitigate such security breaches, security incidents or privacy violations or to implement satisfactory remedial measures, or if it is perceived that we have been unable to do so, our operations could be disrupted, we may be unable to provide access to our systems, and we could suffer a loss of participants, loss of reputation, adverse impacts on participant and investor confidence, financial loss, governmental investigations or other actions, regulatory or contractual penalties, and other claims and liability. In addition, security breaches and incidents and other compromise or inappropriate access to, or acquisition or processing of, PHI/PII or other sensitive data or information can be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying such breaches or incidents or in providing timely notification of such incidents may lead to increased harm and increased penalties.
Any such security breach or incident or interruption of our systems or those of any of our third-party service providers could compromise our networks or data security processes, and PHI/PII or other sensitive data and information could be made inaccessible or could be compromised, used, accessed, or acquired
 
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such interruption in access, compromise, use, improper access, acquisition, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings and/or liability or penalties under laws and regulations that protect the privacy, confidentiality, or security of PHI/PII, including, without limitation, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (the “HITECH Act”), and their implementing regulations (collectively, “HIPAA”), the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), other state PHI/PII privacy, security, or consumer protection laws, and state breach notification laws. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination of PHI/PII could also disrupt our operations, including our ability to perform our services, access, collect, process, and prepare company financial information, provide information about our current and future services and engage in other participant and clinician education and outreach efforts. Any such incident could also result in the compromise of our proprietary information, which could adversely affect our business and competitive position. While we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.
We may be subject to legal proceedings, enforcement actions and litigation, malpractice and privacy disputes, which are costly to defend and could materially harm our business and results of operations.
We may be party to lawsuits and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. These matters are often expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. We may face allegations, lawsuits and regulatory inquiries, requests for information, audits and investigations regarding care and services provided to participants, the FCA, data privacy, security, labor and employment, consumer protection or intellectual property. We may also face allegations or litigation related to our acquisitions, securities issuances or business practices, including public disclosures about our business. Litigation and regulatory proceedings may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict. Certain of these matters may include speculative claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages and include claims for injunctive relief. Additionally, our litigation costs could be significant. Adverse outcomes with respect to litigation or any of these legal proceedings may result in significant settlement costs or judgments, penalties, fines and sanctions. In the event of compliance issues, sanctions could include civil monetary penalties, corrective action plans, monitoring, contract termination, and/or CMS and/or Medicaid agencies suspending or restricting enrollment with us, which could negatively impact our geographical expansion and revenue growth. We may also become subject to periodic audits, which would likely increase our regulatory compliance costs and may require us to change our business practices, which could negatively impact our revenue growth. Managing legal proceedings, regulatory inquiries, litigation and audits, even if we achieve favorable outcomes, is time-consuming and diverts management’s attention from our business.
The results of regulatory proceedings, investigations, inquiries, litigation, claims, and audits cannot be predicted with certainty, and determining reserves for pending litigation and other legal, regulatory and audit matters requires significant judgment. There can be no assurance that our expectations will prove correct, and even if these matters are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our common stock.
We also may be subject to lawsuits under the FCA and comparable state laws for submitting allegedly fraudulent, inadequately supported or otherwise inappropriate bills for services to the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These lawsuits, which may be initiated by government authorities as well as private party relators, can involve significant monetary damages, fines, attorney fees and the award of bounties to private plaintiffs who successfully bring these suits, as well as to the government programs. In recent years, government oversight and law enforcement have become increasingly active and aggressive in investigating and taking legal action against potential fraud and abuse.
Furthermore, our business exposes us to potential medical malpractice, professional negligence or other related actions or claims that are inherent in the provision of healthcare services. The number of claims of
 
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
this nature may increase on account of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. These claims, with or without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain participants, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although we maintain third-party professional liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against us may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies. Even if any professional liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies typically have substantial deductibles for which we are responsible. Professional liability claims in excess of applicable insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any professional liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an increase of our professional liability insurance premiums. Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all. If our costs of insurance and claims increase, then our earnings could decline.
Our business depends on our ability to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems.
Our business is highly dependent on maintaining effective information systems as well as the integrity and timeliness of the data we use to serve our participants, support our care teams and operate our business. Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware or software failures or errors in our systems could result in data loss or corruption or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain significant inaccuracies. If our data were found to be inaccurate or unreliable due to fraud or other error, or if we, or any of the third-party service providers we engage, were to fail to maintain information systems and data integrity effectively, we could experience operational disruptions that may impact our participants and providers and hinder our ability to provide services, retain and attract participants, manage our participant risk profiles, establish reserves, report financial results timely and accurately and maintain regulatory compliance, among other things.
Our information technology strategy and execution are critical to our continued success. We must continue to invest in long-term solutions that will enable us to anticipate participant needs and expectations, enhance the participant experience, act as a differentiator in the market and protect against cybersecurity risks and threats. Our success is dependent, in large part, on maintaining the effectiveness of existing technology systems and continuing to deliver technology systems that support our business processes in a cost-efficient and resource-efficient manner, including through maintaining relationships with third-party providers of technology. Increasing regulatory and legislative changes will place additional demands on our information technology infrastructure that could have a direct impact on resources available for other projects tied to our strategic initiatives. In addition, recent trends toward greater participant engagement in health care require new and enhanced technologies, including more sophisticated applications for mobile devices. Connectivity among technologies is becoming increasingly important. Our failure to effectively invest in and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems could adversely affect our results of operations, financial position and cash flow.
A failure to accurately estimate incurred but not reported medical expenses or the risk scores of our participants could adversely affect our results of operations.
External provider costs include estimates of future medical claims that have been incurred by the participant but for which the provider has not yet billed. These claim estimates are made utilizing actuarial methods and are continually evaluated and adjusted by management, based upon our historical claims experience and other factors, including an independent assessment by a nationally recognized actuarial firm. Positive or negative adjustments, if necessary, are made when the assumptions used to determine our claims liability change and when actual claim costs are ultimately determined.
 
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Due to certain uncertainties associated with the factors used in these estimates and changes in the patterns and rates of medical utilization, materially different amounts could be reported in our financial statements for a particular period under different conditions or using different, but still reasonable, assumptions. It is possible that our estimates of this type of claim may be excessive or inadequate in the future and we may be obligated to repay certain amounts to CMS. In such event, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. Further, the inability to estimate these claims accurately may also affect our ability to take timely corrective actions, further exacerbating the extent of any adverse effect on our results of operations.
In addition, our operational and financial results will experience some variability depending upon the time of year in which they are measured. For example, medical costs vary seasonally depending primarily on the weather because certain illnesses, such as the influenza virus, are far more prevalent during colder months of the year. We typically expect to see higher levels of per-participant medical costs in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year.
Our use of “open source” software could adversely affect our ability to offer our services and subject us to possible litigation.
We may use open source software in connection with our services. Companies that incorporate open source software into their technologies have, from time to time, faced claims challenging the use of open source software and/or compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Such litigation could be costly and time consuming, divert the attention of management, and the outcomes may not be favorable. While the use of open source software may reduce development costs and speed up the development process, it may also present certain risks that may be greater than those associated with the use of third-party commercial software. For example, open source software is generally provided without any warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement or the quality of the code, including the existence of security vulnerabilities.
We lease approximately half of our centers and may experience risks relating to lease termination, lease expense escalators, lease extensions and special charges.
We currently lease approximately half of our centers. Our leases are typically on terms ranging from four to 15 years, with multiple extension options. Each of our lease agreements provides that the lessor may terminate the lease, subject to applicable cure provisions, for a number of reasons, including the defaults in any payment of rent, taxes or other payment obligations or the breach of any other covenant or agreement in the lease. If a lease agreement is terminated, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into a new lease agreement on similar or better terms or at all.
Our lease obligations often include annual fixed rent escalators ranging between 2% and 3%. These escalators could impact our ability to satisfy certain obligations and financial covenants. If the results of our operations do not increase at or above the escalator rates, it would place an additional burden on our results of operations, liquidity and financial position.
As we continue to expand and have leases with different start dates, it is likely that some number of our leases will expire each year. Our lease agreements often provide for renewal or extension options. There can be no assurance that these rights will be exercised in the future or that we will be able to satisfy the conditions precedent to exercising any such renewal or extension. In addition, if we are unable to renew or extend any of our leases, we may lose all of the facilities subject to that master lease agreement. If we are not able to renew or extend our leases at or prior to the end of the existing lease terms, or if the terms of such options are unfavorable or unacceptable to us, our business, financial condition and results of operation could be adversely affected.
Leasing facilities pursuant to binding lease agreements may limit our ability to exit markets. For instance, if one facility under a lease becomes unprofitable, we may be required to continue operating such facility or, if allowed by the landlord to close such facility, we may remain obligated for the lease payments on such
 
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
facility. We could incur special charges relating to the closing of such facility, including lease termination costs, impairment charges and other special charges that would reduce our profits and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our failure to pay the rent or otherwise comply with the provisions of any of our lease agreements could result in an “event of default” under such lease agreement and also could result in a cross default under other lease agreements and agreements for our indebtedness. Upon an event of default, remedies available to our landlords generally include, without limitation, terminating such lease agreement, repossessing and reletting the leased properties and requiring us to remain liable for all obligations under such lease agreement, including the difference between the rent under such lease agreement and the rent payable as a result of reletting the leased properties, or requiring us to pay the net present value of the rent due for the balance of the term of such lease agreement. The exercise of such remedies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
If certain of our suppliers do not meet our needs, if there are material price increases on supplies, if we are not reimbursed or adequately reimbursed for medical products we purchase or if we are unable to effectively access new technology or medical products, it could negatively impact our ability to effectively provide the services we offer and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We have significant suppliers that may be the sole or primary source of products critical to the services we provide, or to which we have committed obligations to make purchases, sometimes at particular prices. If any of these suppliers do not meet our needs for the products they supply, including in the event of a product recall, shortage or dispute, and we are not able to find adequate alternative sources, or if we experience material price increases from these suppliers that we are unable to mitigate, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, the technology related to the products critical to the services we provide is subject to new developments which may result in the availability of superior products. If we are not able to access superior products or new medical products, including biopharmaceuticals or medical devices, on a cost-effective basis or if suppliers are not able to fulfill our requirements for such products, including PPE, we could face attrition with respect to our participants or health care providers and other personnel and other negative consequences which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture and our business may be harmed.
We believe that our culture has been and will continue to be a critical contributor to our success. We expect to continue to hire additional personnel as we expand, and we believe our corporate culture has been crucial in our success and our ability to attract highly skilled personnel. If we do not continue to develop our corporate culture or maintain and preserve our core values as we grow and evolve, we may be unable to foster the innovation, curiosity, creativity, focus on execution, teamwork and the facilitation of critical knowledge transfer and knowledge sharing we believe we need to support our growth. Moreover, liquidity available to our employee shareholders following this offering could lead to disparities of wealth among our employees, which could adversely impact relations among employees and our culture in general. Our anticipated headcount growth and our transition from a private company to a public company may result in a change to our corporate culture, which could harm our business.
Competition for physicians and other clinical personnel or other factors could increase our labor costs and adversely affect our revenue, profitability and cash flows.
Our operations are dependent on the efforts, abilities and experience of our physicians and clinical personnel. We compete with other healthcare providers, primarily hospitals and other facilities, in attracting physicians, nurses and medical staff to support our centers, and recruiting and retaining qualified management and support personnel responsible for the daily operations of each of our centers. In some markets, the lack of
 
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
availability of clinical personnel, such as nurses and mental health professionals, has become a significant operating issue facing all healthcare providers, which situation has been further exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. This shortage may require us to continue to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain qualified personnel or to contract for more expensive temporary personnel. For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our total center-level employee costs represented 20.7% and 19.1%, respectively, and 19.7% and 18.0%, respectively, of our revenue. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled workers in each of the markets in which we operate.
If our labor costs increase, we may not be able to offset these increased costs. Because the vast majority of our revenue consists of prospective monthly capitated, or fixed, payments per participant, our ability to pass along increased labor costs is limited. In particular, if labor costs rise at an annual rate greater than our net annual consumer price index basket update from Medicare, our results of operations and cash flows will likely be adversely affected. Any union activity at our centers that may occur in the future could contribute to increased labor costs. Certain proposed changes in federal labor laws and the National Labor Relations Board’s modification of its election procedures could increase the likelihood of employee unionization attempts. Although none of our employees are currently represented by a collective bargaining agreement, to the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, it is possible our labor costs could increase materially. Our failure to recruit and retain or contract with qualified management and medical personnel, or to control our labor costs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
Negative publicity regarding the managed healthcare industry generally could adversely affect our results of operations or business.
Negative publicity regarding the managed healthcare industry generally, or the PACE program in particular, may result in increased regulation and legislative review of industry practices that further increase our costs of doing business and adversely affect our results of operations or business by:

requiring us to change our integrated healthcare services model;

increasing the regulatory, including compliance, burdens under which we operate, which, in turn, may negatively impact the manner in which we provide services and increase our costs of providing services;

adversely affecting our ability to market our products or services through the imposition of further regulatory restrictions or guidelines regarding the manner in which plans and providers market to PACE enrollees; or

adversely affecting our ability to attract and retain participants.
Our centers may be negatively impacted by pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, weather and other factors beyond our control.
Our results of operations may be adversely impacted by adverse conditions affecting our centers, including severe weather events such as tornadoes, hurricanes and widespread winter storms, earthquakes, public health concerns such as contagious disease outbreaks, epidemics and pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, violence or threats of violence or other factors beyond our control that cause disruption in provision of participant services, displacement of our participants, employees and care teams, or force certain of our centers to close temporarily. Our insurance coverage may not compensate us for losses that may occur in the event of an earthquake or other significant natural disaster. In certain geographic areas, we have a large concentration of centers that may be simultaneously affected by pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, adverse weather conditions or other events. Our future operating results may be adversely affected by these and other factors that disrupt the operation of our centers.
 
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Risks related to regulation
If we fail to adhere to all of the complex government laws and regulations that apply to our business, we could suffer severe consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price.
Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local government laws and regulations, such as:

Medicare, Medicaid, and PACE statutes and regulations;

federal and state anti-kickback laws, which prohibit, among other things, the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback or remuneration, whether in cash or in kind, for referring an individual, in return for ordering, leasing, purchasing or recommending or arranging for or to induce the referral of an individual or the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, or by any payor;

the federal Ethics in Patient Referral Act (“Stark Law”), which, subject to limited exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with an entity, and prohibit the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such “designated health services”;

state self-referral prohibition statutes, which generally follow the federal self-referral prohibition statute, but may apply to a smaller subset of financial relationships with physicians or a different set of services;

the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the FCA and associated regulations, which impose civil and criminal penalties through governmental, whistleblower or qui tam actions, on individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly submitting false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement in order to have a claim paid. When an entity is determined to have violated the FCA, the government may impose civil fines and penalties ranging from $11,665 to $23,331 for each false claim, plus treble damages, and exclude the entity from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs;

state false claims laws, which generally follow the FCA and apply to claims submitted to state healthcare programs, and state health insurance fraud laws that impose penalties for the submission of false or fraudulent claims by providers to commercial insurers or other payors of healthcare services;

the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute and associated regulations, which impose civil fines for, among other things, the offering or transfer of remuneration to a Medicare or state healthcare program beneficiary if the person knows or should know such remuneration is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider or supplier of services reimbursable by Medicare or a state healthcare program, unless an exception applies, and which authorize assessments and program exclusion for various forms of fraud and abuse involving the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

the federal health care fraud statute and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

federal and state laws regarding the Processing, protection, retention or destruction of health information or PHI/PII (e.g., HIPAA, CCPA) and the storage, handling, shipment, disposal and/or dispensing of pharmaceuticals and blood products and other biological materials, and many other applicable state and federal laws and requirements;

state and federal statutes and regulations that govern workplace health and safety;
 
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

federal and state laws and policies that require healthcare providers to maintain licensure, certification or accreditation to provide services to patients or to enroll and participate in the Medicaid programs, to report certain changes in their operations to the agencies that administer these programs and, in some cases, to re-enroll in these programs when changes in direct or indirect ownership occur;

federal and state scope of practice and other laws pertaining to the provision of services by qualified health care providers; and

federal and state laws pertaining to the provision of services by nurse practitioners and physician assistants in certain settings, including physician supervision of those services.
In addition to the above, federal and state manuals, guidance, coverage policies, and PACE contracts also impose complex and extensive requirements upon our operations. Moreover, the various laws, regulations and agency guidance that apply to our operations are often subject to varying interpretations, and additional laws and regulations potentially affecting healthcare organizations continue to be promulgated. A violation or departure from any of the legal requirements implicated by our business may result in, among other things, government audits, decreased payment rates, significant fines and penalties, the potential loss of licensure or certification, recoupment efforts, voluntary repayments, exclusion from governmental healthcare programs, corrective action plans, monitoring and reputational harm. These legal requirements are civil, criminal and administrative in nature depending on the law or requirement.
We endeavor to comply with all legal requirements. We further endeavor to structure all of our relationships with physicians, providers, and other third parties to comply with state and federal anti-kickback and physician referral laws and other applicable healthcare laws. We utilize considerable resources to monitor laws and regulations and implement necessary changes. However, the laws and regulations in these areas are complex, changing and often subject to varying interpretations, and any failure to satisfy applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and reputation. We may face penalties, including penalties under the FCA, for failure to report and return government overpayments within 60 days of when the overpayment is identified and quantified. Additionally, the federal government has used the FCA to prosecute a wide variety of alleged false claims and fraud allegedly perpetrated against Medicare, Medicaid and other federally funded health care programs. Moreover, amendments to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute in the ACA make claims tainted by Anti-Kickback Statute violations subject to liability under the FCA, including qui tam or whistleblower suits. Given the high volume of claims processed by our various operating units, the potential is high for substantial penalties in connection with any alleged FCA violations.
In addition to the provisions of the FCA, the federal government can use several criminal statutes to prosecute persons who are alleged to have submitted false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government.
If any of our operations are found to violate these or other government laws or regulations, we could suffer severe consequences that would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price, including:

suspension, termination or exclusion of our participation in government payment programs;

refunds of amounts received in violation of law or applicable payment program requirements dating back to the applicable statute of limitation periods;

loss of our licenses required to operate healthcare facilities, complete certain limited lab testing or administer prescription drugs in the states in which we operate;

criminal or civil liability, fines, damages or monetary penalties for violations of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the Stark Law, Anti-Kickback Statute, Civil Monetary Penalties Statute and FCA, or other failures to meet regulatory requirements;
 
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

enforcement actions by governmental agencies or state attorneys general and/or state law claims for monetary damages by patients or employees who believe their PHI/PII has been impermissibly used or disclosed or not properly safeguarded, or their rights with respect to PHI/PII have been protected, in violation of federal or state health privacy laws, including, for example and without limitation, HIPAA, CCPA, and the Privacy Act of 1974;

mandated changes to our practices or procedures that significantly increase operating expenses;

imposition of and compliance with corporate integrity agreements, monitoring agreements or corrective action plans that could subject us to ongoing audits and reporting requirements as well as increased scrutiny of our billing and business practices which could lead to potential fines, among other things;

termination of various relationships and/or contracts related to our business, including joint venture arrangements, real estate leases and consulting agreements; and

harm to our reputation, which could negatively impact our business relationships, affect our ability to attract and retain participants and healthcare professionals, affect our ability to obtain financing and decrease access to new business opportunities, among other things.
We are, from time to time, and may in the future be, a party to various lawsuits, demands, claims, governmental investigations, and audits (including investigations or other actions resulting from our obligation to self-report suspected violations of law) and other legal matters. Responding to subpoenas, requests for information, investigations and other lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings as well as defending ourselves in such matters will require management’s attention and cause us to incur significant legal expense. Negative findings or terms and conditions that we might agree to accept as part of a negotiated resolution of such matters could result in, among other things, substantial financial penalties or awards against us, substantial payments made by us, harm to our reputation, required changes to our business practices, exclusion from future participation in the Medicare, Medicaid and other healthcare programs and, in certain cases, criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. It is possible that criminal proceedings may be initiated against us and/or individuals in our business in connection with investigations by the federal government. The results of such lawsuits cannot be predicted and because qui tam suits are filed under seal, we could be subject to suits of which we are not aware.
We, our healthcare professionals and the facilities in which we operate are subject to various federal, state and local licensing, certification and other laws and regulations, relating to, among other things, the quality of medical care, equipment, privacy of health information, physician relationships, personnel and operating policies and procedures. Failure to comply with these licensing and certification laws, regulations and standards could result in cessation of our services, prior payments by government payors being subject to recoupment, corrective action plans, the suspension of participant enrollment or requirements to make significant changes to our operations and can give rise to civil or, in extreme cases, criminal penalties. We routinely take the steps we believe are necessary to retain or obtain all requisite licensure and operating authorities. While we endeavor to comply with federal, state and local licensing and certification laws and regulations and standards as we interpret them, the laws and regulations in these areas are complex, changing and often subject to varying interpretations. Any failure to satisfy applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and reputation.
If we are unable to effectively adapt to changes in the healthcare industry, including changes to laws and regulations regarding or affecting U.S. healthcare reform, our business may be harmed.
Due to the importance of the healthcare industry in the lives of all Americans, federal, state, and local legislative bodies frequently pass legislation and administrative agencies promulgate regulations relating to healthcare reform or that affect the healthcare industry. As has been the trend in recent years, it is reasonable to assume that there will continue to be increased government oversight and regulation of the healthcare
 
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
industry in the future. We cannot assure our stockholders as to the ultimate content, timing or effect of any new healthcare legislation or regulations, nor is it possible at this time to estimate the impact of potential new legislation or regulations on our business.
Since nearly all of our revenue is derived from government payors, we are always subject to regulatory changes. For example, as a result of the 2020 U.S. presidential and congressional elections, there are renewed and reinvigorated calls for healthcare reform, which could cause significant uncertainty in the U.S. healthcare market. We cannot predict with certainty what impact any federal and state healthcare reforms will have on us, but such changes could impose new and/or more stringent regulatory requirements on our activities or result in reduced capitated payments, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
It is possible that future legislation enacted by Congress or state legislatures, or regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities at the federal or state level, could adversely affect our business or could change the operating environment of our community centers. It is possible that the changes to Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental healthcare program reimbursement policies may serve as precedent to possible changes in other government payors’ programs in a manner that adversely impacts the capitation payment arrangements with us. Similarly, changes in private payor reimbursement policies could lead to adverse changes in Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental healthcare programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
While we believe that we have structured our agreements and operations in material compliance with applicable healthcare laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that regulators will agree with our approach or that we will be able to successfully address changes in the current legislative and regulatory environment. We believe that our business operations materially comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations. However, some of the healthcare laws and regulations applicable to us are subject to limited or evolving interpretations, and a review of our business or operations by a court, law enforcement or a regulatory authority might result in a determination that could have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, the healthcare laws and regulations applicable to us may be amended or interpreted in a manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
Laws regulating the corporate practice of medicine could restrict the manner in which we are permitted to conduct our business, and the failure to comply with such laws could subject us to penalties or require a restructuring of our business.
Some of the states in which we currently operate have laws that prohibit business entities, such as us, from practicing medicine, employing physicians to practice medicine, exercising control over medical decisions by physicians or engaging in certain arrangements, such as fee-splitting, with physicians (such activities generally referred to as the “corporate practice of medicine”). In some states these prohibitions are expressly stated in a statute or regulation, while in other states the prohibition is a matter of judicial or regulatory interpretation. For example, in Pennsylvania, the statutes that pertain to the employment of health care practitioners by health care facilities do not explicitly include a PACE organization in the list of health care facilities by which a health care practitioner may be employed. Other states in which we may operate in the future may also generally prohibit the corporate practice of medicine. While we endeavor to comply with state corporate practice of medicine laws and regulations as we interpret them, the laws and regulations in these areas are complex, changing, and often subject to varying interpretations. The interpretation and enforcement of these laws vary significantly from state to state.
Penalties for violations of the corporate practice of medicine vary by state and may result in physicians being subject to disciplinary action, as well as to forfeiture of revenues from payors for services rendered. For business entities, such as us, violations may also bring both civil and, in more extreme cases, criminal liability for engaging in medical practice without a license.
 
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Some of the relevant laws, regulations and agency interpretations in states with corporate practice of medicine restrictions have been subject to limited judicial and regulatory interpretation. State laws or regulations prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine may contemplate the employment of physicians by certain types of entities, but may not provide a specific exemption for PACE organizations. State laws and regulations are subject to change. Regulatory authorities and other parties may assert that our employment of physicians in some states means that we are engaged in the prohibited corporate practice of medicine. If this were to occur, we could be subject to civil and/or criminal penalties, our agreements with physicians could be found legally invalid and unenforceable (in whole or in part) or we could be required to restructure our arrangements with respect to the physicians that care for our participants, in each case in one or more of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Any of these outcomes may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and reputation.
Our use, disclosure, and other Processing of PHI/PII is subject to HIPAA, CCPA and other federal and state privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those laws and regulations or to adequately secure the information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, a material adverse effect on our participant base and revenue.
Numerous state and federal laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use, disclosure, destruction, retention, privacy, confidentiality, security, availability, integrity and other Processing of PHI/PII. These laws and regulations include HIPAA. HIPAA establishes a set of national privacy and security standards for the protection of PHI by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services.
HIPAA requires covered entities, such as ourselves, and their business associates to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets and standard identifiers that covered entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic healthcare transactions, including activities associated with the billing and collection of healthcare claims.
HIPAA imposes mandatory penalties for certain violations. Under a notice of enforcement discretion issued by the Trump Administration, penalties for violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations start at $100 (not adjusted for inflation) per violation and are not to exceed $50,000 (not adjusted for inflation) per violation, subject to a cap of $1.5 million (not adjusted for inflation) for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. It is not clear if President-Elect Biden’s Administration will continue to use these annual penalty limits or if the incoming Administration will revert to a $1.5 million cap (not adjusted for inflation) for each category of HIPAA violation. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents. Courts may award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI.
In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the civil monetary penalty fine paid by the violator.
HIPAA further requires that individuals be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals. HIPAA specifies that such notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach.” If a breach affects 500 individuals or more, it must be
 
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery, and HHS will automatically investigate the breach and post the name of the entity on its public breach portal. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually. Breaches affecting more than 500 residents in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media.
In addition to HIPAA, numerous other federal and state laws and regulations protect the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity and security of PHI/PII. State statutes and regulations vary from state to state, and these laws and regulations in many cases are more restrictive than, and may not be preempted by, HIPAA and its implementing rules. These laws and regulations are often uncertain, contradictory, and subject to changing or differing interpretations, and we expect new laws, rules and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and information security to be proposed and enacted in the future. For example, the CCPA provides certain exceptions for PHI, but is still applicable to certain PII we Process in the ordinary course of our business. The effects of the CCPA are wide-ranging and afford consumers certain rights with respect to PII, including a private right of action for data breaches involving certain personal information of California residents. The California voters also passed, on November 3, 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, which will come into effect on January 1, 2023, and will expand the rights of consumers under the CCPA and create a new enforcement agency. As new data security laws are implemented, we may not be able to timely comply with such requirements, or such requirements may not be compatible with our current processes. Changing our processes could be time consuming and expensive, and failure to implement required changes in a timely manner could subject us to liability for non-compliance. Consumers may also be afforded a private right of action for certain violations of privacy laws. This complex, dynamic legal landscape regarding privacy, data protection, and information security creates significant compliance issues for us and potentially restricts our ability to Process data and may expose us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. While we believe we have implemented data privacy and security measures in an effort to comply with applicable laws and regulations, and we have implemented measures to require our third-party service providers to maintain reasonable data privacy and security measures, we cannot guarantee that these efforts will be adequate, and we may be subject to cybersecurity, ransomware or other security incidents. Further, it is possible that laws, rules and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, or information security may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices or those of our third-party service providers. If we or these third parties are found to have violated such laws, rules or regulations, it could result in regulatory investigations, litigation awards or settlements, government-imposed fines, orders requiring that we or these third parties change our or their practices, or criminal charges, which could adversely affect our business. Complying with these various laws and regulations could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices, systems and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business.
We also publish statements to our participants that describe how we handle and protect PHI. If federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue, we may be subject to claims of deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims, and complying with regulatory or court orders. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results.
We face inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and contracts. These audits could require corrective actions or have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business, including our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and reputation.
As a result of our PACE contracts with CMS and state government agencies, state licenses, and participation in Medicaid, we are routinely subject to, or may be subject to in the future, various governmental inspections, reviews, audits, requests for information and investigations to verify our compliance with requirements of these programs and applicable laws and regulations, assess the quality of the services we are providing to our participants, and evaluate the accuracy of the risk adjustment data we have submitted to the government.
 
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We also periodically conduct internal audits and reviews of our regulatory compliance. An adverse inspection, review, audit, request for information or investigation could result in:

refunding amounts we have been paid by the government;

state or federal agencies imposing corrective action plans, fines, penalties, training, policies and procedures, and other requirements or sanctions on us;

temporary suspension of payments;

debarment or exclusion from participation in federal health care programs;

self-disclosure of violations to applicable regulatory authorities;

damage to our reputation;

the revocation of a facility’s license;

enrollment sanctions that may impede our ability to expand; and

loss of certain rights under, or termination of, our contracts with government payors.
We may be required to refund amounts we have been paid and/or pay fines and penalties as a result of these inspections, reviews, audits, requests for information and investigations. If adverse inspections, reviews, audits, requests for information or investigations occur and any of the results noted above occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. Furthermore, the legal, document production and other costs associated with complying with these inspections, reviews, audits, requests for information or investigations could be significant.
Risks related to our indebtedness
Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.
As of December 31, 2020, we had $299.3 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility and none outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, each of which is governed by the Credit Agreement (as defined herein). We anticipate entering into a new $     million New Term Loan Facility and $     million New Revolver in connection with the consummation of this offering and expect to repay all outstanding indebtedness under our existing Term Loan Facility and terminate our existing Credit Agreement. Our indebtedness, or any additional indebtedness we may incur, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service, impairing our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our indebtedness and the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt have important consequences, including:

limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures and pursuing our growth strategies by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt;

making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates; and

making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.
Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
 
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We expect to use cash flow from operations to meet current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements and capital expenditures necessary to grow and maintain our businesses. The ability to make these payments depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, economic and other factors beyond our control.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in penalties or defaults, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.
We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness.
We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
The terms of the Credit Agreement restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The Credit Agreement contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:

incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

create liens;

make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances;

consolidate, merge, liquidate or dissolve;

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of our assets;

pay dividends on our equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock; and

materially alter the business we conduct.
You should read the discussion under the heading “Description of Certain Indebtedness” for further information about these covenants.
 
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The restrictive covenants in the Credit Agreement require us to satisfy certain financial condition tests. Our ability to satisfy those tests can be affected by events beyond our control.
A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the Credit Agreement could result in an event of default under such document. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and terminate all commitments to extend credit thereunder and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event the holders of our indebtedness accelerate the repayment, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms acceptable to us. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:

limited in how we conduct our business;

unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or

unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
These restrictions, along with restrictions that may be contained in agreements evidencing or governing other future indebtedness, may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our growth strategy.
Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in participant services in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.
We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our operational flexibility and our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. In addition, the covenants in our Credit Agreement may limit our ability to obtain additional debt, and any failure to adhere to these covenants could result in penalties or defaults that could further restrict our liquidity or limit our ability to obtain financing. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

develop and enhance our participant services;

continue to expand our business either by increasing enrollment or building de novo centers;

hire, train and retain employees;

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

pursue acquisition opportunities.
In addition, if we issue additional equity to raise capital, your interest in us will be diluted.
Risks related to our common stock and this offering
Our Sponsors control us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.
Immediately following this offering, our Sponsors will beneficially own approximately    % of our common stock, or    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the Sponsors, through the Selling Stockholder, which means that, based on their combined percentage voting power held after the offering, the Sponsors together will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, which will enable them to control the election of the members of the Board and all other corporate decisions. This concentration of ownership may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other stockholders. The interests of the Sponsors may not always coincide with our interests
 
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or the interests of our other stockholders. Even when the Sponsors cease to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as the Sponsors continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, the Sponsors will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our Board and the approval of actions requiring shareholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, the Sponsors will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as the Sponsors continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, the Sponsors will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, this concentration of ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with significant stockholders.
In addition, in connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with the Sponsors that provides the Sponsors the right to designate: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as they collectively beneficially own at least 40% of the Original Amount; (ii) 40% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as they collectively beneficially own less than 40% but at least 30% of the Original Amount; (iii) 30% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as they collectively beneficially own less than 30% but at least 20% of the Original Amount; (iv) 20% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 20% but at least 10% of the Original Amount; and (v) one of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own at least 5% of the Original Amount. If the investment vehicle through which the Sponsors hold their investment is dissolved after this offering, then each of Apax and WCAS will be permitted to nominate (i) up to three directors so long as it owns at least 25% of the Original Amount, (ii) up to two directors so long as it owns at least 15% of the Original Amount and (iii) one director so long as it owns at least 5% of the Original Amount. The Sponsors may also assign such right to their affiliates. The Director Nomination Agreement will also provide for certain consent rights for each of the Sponsors so long as such stockholder owns at least 5% of the Original Amount, including for any increase to the size of our Board. Additionally, the Director Nomination Agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of the Sponsors for so long as either of our Sponsors holds at least 5% of the total outstanding voting power. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Nomination Agreement.
The Sponsors and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the healthcare industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Sponsors and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other shareholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that neither the Sponsors, any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both her or his director and officer capacities) or its affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. The Sponsors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, the Sponsors may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.
 
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Upon listing of our shares on Nasdaq, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of Nasdaq and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.
After completion of this offering, the Sponsors together will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.
We are an “emerging growth company” and we expect to elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we are eligible for certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, (iv) not being required to provide audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, or five years of Selected Consolidated Financial Data in this prospectus and (v) an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years after the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we would cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We have made certain elections with regard to the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. In addition, we will choose to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, the information that we provide to holders of our common stock may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a
 
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
result of any choice we make to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price for our common stock may be more volatile.
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”
As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not complete our analysis of our internal controls over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, you will not be able to depend on any attestation from our independent registered public accountants as to our internal controls over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.
When we become a public company following this initial public offering, we will be required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our second annual report following the completion of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by management in our internal controls over financial reporting. We will also be required to disclose changes
 
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. To comply with these requirements, we may need to undertake various costly and time-consuming actions, such as implementing new controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. The process of designing and implementing internal controls over financial reporting required to comply with this requirement will be time-consuming, costly and complicated. If during the evaluation and testing process we identify one or more other material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, our management will be unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting is effective. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest formally to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the filing of our second annual report following the completion of this offering or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Accordingly, you will not be able to depend on any attestation concerning our internal controls over financial reporting from our independent registered public accountants for the foreseeable future.
The existence of any material weaknesses or significant deficiency in internal controls over financial reporting would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expenses to remediate any such issue and management may not be able to remediate the issue in a timely manner. The existence of any material weaknesses or significant deficiency could cause us to reissue our financial statements, fail to meet reporting deadlines or undermine shareholders’ confidence in our reported financial statements, all of which could materially and adversely impact our stock price.
We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion due to ineffective internal controls over financial reporting, and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs in improving our internal control system and the hiring of additional personnel. Any such action could negatively affect our results of operations and cash flows.
Our executive management team does not have experience managing a public company.
Our executive management team does not have experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage us as a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our shareholders.
In addition to the Sponsors’ beneficial ownership of a combined     % of our common stock after this offering (or    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the
 
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Sponsors), our Director Nomination Agreement, certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board or the Sponsors, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. Among other things, these provisions:

allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without shareholder approval, and which may include supermajority voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of shareholders;

provide for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

prohibit shareholder action by written consent from and after the date on which the Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 35% of our common stock then outstanding;

provide that, from and after the date on which the Sponsors beneficially own less than 50% of our common stock then outstanding, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; and

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings, provided, however, that at any time when a Sponsor beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 5% of our common stock then outstanding, such advance notice procedure will not apply to that Sponsor.
Our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will contain a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the DGCL, and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person (excluding the Sponsors and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party) who acquires at least 85% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless board or shareholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws.” These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire, including actions that you may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our shareholders to replace current members of our management team.
These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for shareholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.
For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”
Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our shareholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any
 
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents, or a claim of aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the us or any of our directors or officers or other employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or our Bylaws (as either may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time), (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (v) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers or other employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (vi) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder; accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. Our certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above; however, our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. See “Description of Capital Stock—Forum Selection.” The forum selection provisions in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provision were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such a challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and Board.
If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.
The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $      per share, representing the difference between our as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed    % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately    % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. See “Dilution” for more detail.
An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “INNV,” an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over
 
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.
Our operating results and stock price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.
Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

market conditions in our industry or the broader stock market;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

introduction of new solutions or services by us or our competitors;

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

additions or departures of key personnel;

regulatory or political developments;

litigation and governmental investigations;

changing economic conditions;

investors’ perception of us and our prospects;

events beyond our control such as weather, public health events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and war; and

any default on our indebtedness.
These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our shareholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have     outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of      , 2021. This includes shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. Following
 
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the consummation of this offering, shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering described in “Underwriting” and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All of these shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by            on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. After this offering, we will have an aggregate of      shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans, and issuances pursuant to such plans will cause additional dilution. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to vesting, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
As further described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement,” we entered into a registration rights agreement with our Sponsors, which requires us to effect the registration of Sponsors’ shares in certain circumstances following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up.
Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.
 
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. In addition, we may seek to expand operations in the future to other markets which we would expect to finance through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness and/or cash from operations.
Issuing additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other shareholders may not approve.
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade and interest-bearing instruments. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our shareholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance shareholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.
General risk factors
If we are not able to maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition, our business and results of operations will be harmed.
We believe that maintaining and enhancing the InnovAge reputation and its brand recognition is critical to our relationships with our stakeholders and to our ability to attract new participants. The promotion of our brand may require us to make substantial investments, and we anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, these marketing initiatives may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Our marketing activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue, and to the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur and our results of operations could be harmed. We have made efforts to protect our brand through trademark registration, but we cannot guarantee that these efforts will prevent third parties from infringing our trademarks or using trademarks confusingly similar to ours, nor can we guarantee we will be successful in obtaining or maintaining trademark registrations that we believe are important to our business. If we cannot stop third parties from using trademarks confusingly similar to ours, patients and others could be confused and our reputation could be harmed. In addition, any factor that diminishes our reputation or that of our
 
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
management, including failing to meet the expectations of or provide quality medical care for our participants, adverse cyber or data security events, or any adverse publicity or litigation involving or surrounding us, one of our centers or our management, could harm our brand and make it substantially more difficult for us to attract new participants. Similarly, because our existing participants and their families often act as references for us with prospective new participants, any existing participant or family member of a participant that questions the quality of our care could impair our ability to secure additional new participants. In addition, negative publicity resulting from any adverse government payor audit could injure our brand and reputation. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition, our business may not grow and we could lose our relationships with participants, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are likely to experience increased expenditures in the future.
We expect to make significant investments in growing our business and increasing our participant base, expanding our operations, hiring additional employees and operating as a public company. As a result of these increased expenditures, we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to maintain our current profit margins. To date, we have financed our operations principally from the sale of our equity, revenue from our participant services and the incurrence of indebtedness. We may not continue to generate positive cash flow from operations, access sufficient capital or sustain our current levels of profitability in any given period, and our limited operating history as a for-profit company may make it difficult for you to rely on our historical results as indicative of future performance
We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing and highly regulated industries, including increasing expenses as we continue to grow our business. We expect our operating expenses to increase over the next several years as we continue to hire additional personnel, expand our operations and infrastructure, and continue to expand to reach more participants. In addition to the expected costs to grow our business, we also expect to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses as a newly public company. These investments may be more costly than we expect, and if we do not achieve the benefits anticipated from these investments, or if the realization of these benefits is delayed, our profitability could decline in future periods. If our growth rate were to decline significantly or become negative, it could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. If we are not able to maintain positive cash flow in the long term, we may require additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all and/or which would be dilutive to our stockholders. If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. Accordingly, we may not be able to maintain our current levels of profitability, and we may incur losses in the future, which could negatively impact the value of our common stock.
Disruptions in our disaster recovery systems or business continuity planning could limit our ability to operate our business effectively.
Our information technology systems facilitate our ability to conduct our business. While we have disaster recovery systems and business continuity plans in place, any disruptions in our disaster recovery systems or the failure of these systems to operate as expected could, depending on the magnitude of the problem, adversely affect our operating results by limiting our capacity to effectively monitor and control our operations. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our information technology systems could be subject to physical or electronic break-ins, ransomware and other cybersecurity incidents and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering or any weather-related disruptions in Denver, Colorado, where our headquarters is located. In addition, in the event that a significant number of our management personnel were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct business could be adversely affected.
 
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Changes in accounting principles and guidance could result in unfavorable accounting charges or effects.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and various bodies formed to create and interpret appropriate accounting principles and guidance. A change in these principles or guidance, or in their interpretations, may have a material effect on our reported results, as well as our processes and related controls, and may retroactively affect previously reported results. For example, during February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The updated standard requires the recognition of a liability for lease obligations and a corresponding right-of-use asset on the balance sheet, and disclosures of certain information regarding leasing arrangements. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact this pronouncement will have on our consolidated financial statements.
We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain other highly skilled employees could harm our business.
Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. We rely on our leadership team in the areas of operations, provision of medical services, information technology and security, marketing, and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. Our employment agreements with our executive officers and other key personnel do not require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss, whether as a result of voluntary termination or illness, of one or more of the members of our senior management team, or other key employees, could harm our business. In particular, the loss of the services of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Maureen Hewitt, could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic objectives. Changes in our executive management team may also cause disruptions in, and harm to, our business.
We must attract, retain and contract with highly qualified personnel in order to execute our growth plan.
Competition for highly qualified personnel is intense, especially for physicians and other medical professionals who are experienced in providing care services to older adults. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications or contracting with physicians to provide care for our participants. Many of the companies and healthcare providers with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies or healthcare providers, their former employees may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached certain legal obligations, potentially resulting in time-consuming and expensive litigation. If we fail to attract new personnel, fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, or fail to contract with qualified physicians, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.
 
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can have,” “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our expected use of proceeds, expected entry into the New Credit Facilities, estimated and projected costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties (many of which may be amplified on account of the COVID-19 pandemic) that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

the risk that the cost of providing services will exceed our compensation under PACE;

the dependence of our revenues and operations upon a limited number of government payors;

the effects of rules governing the Medicare, Medicaid or PACE programs;

the risk that our submissions to government payors may contain inaccurate or unsupportable information regarding risk adjustment scores of participants;

the impact on our business of non-renewal or termination of capitation agreements with government payors;

the impact of state and federal efforts to reduce healthcare spending;

the effects of a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease, including the ongoing outbreak of COVID-19;

the effect of our relatively limited operating history as a for-profit company on investors’ ability to evaluate our current business and future prospects;

the viability of our growth strategy and our ability to realize expected results;

our ability to attract new participants and grow our revenue;

reduction in budget appropriations or any other adverse developments in the state of Colorado;

our ability to manage our growth effectively, execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and participant satisfaction and adequately address competitive challenges;

our ability to compete in the healthcare industry;

the concentration of our presence in Colorado, California, New Mexico, Pennsylvania and Virginia;

the impact on our business of an economic downturn;

the impact on our business of security breaches, loss of data or other disruptions causing the compromise of sensitive information or preventing us from accessing critical information;

the potential adverse impact of legal proceedings, enforcement actions and litigation;

our ability to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems;

our ability to accurately estimate incurred but not reported medical expense or the risk scores of our participants;
 
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

risks associated with our use of “open-source” software;

the impact on our business of the termination of our leases, increases in rent or inability to renew or extend leases;

the impact of failures by our suppliers, material price increases on supplies or limitations on our ability to access new technology or medical products;

our ability to maintain our corporate culture;

the impact of competition for physicians and other clinical personnel and related increases in our labor costs;

the impact of negative publicity regarding the managed healthcare industry;

the impact of pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, weather and other factors beyond our control;

our ability to maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition;

our ability to maintain profitability in an environment of increasing expenses;

the impact on our business of disruptions in our disaster recovery systems or business continuity planning;

changes in accounting principles and guidance, resulting in unfavorable accounting charges or effects;

our dependence on our senior management team and other key employees;

our ability to attract, retain and contract with highly qualified personnel; and

other factors disclosed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
 
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the information presented in this prospectus is generally reliable, forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projects involve risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”
Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The sources of these independent industry publications are provided below:

AHIP, Social Determinants of Health, Stats and Facts, 2020;

National Conference of Legislatures and the AARP Public Policy Institute, Aging in Place: A State Survey of Livability Policies and Practices, December 2011; and

Dartmouth Atlas Project, Atlas Data - General Atlas Rates - Medicare Reimbursements, 2017.
 
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $      million assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders. We intend to use (i) approximately $       million of the net proceeds of this offering, together with proceeds from our New Credit Facilities, to repay any borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facility (which had an interest rate of 7.75% as of December 31, 2020) and to fund prepayment fees and expenses, and (ii) $20.0 million of the net proceeds to satisfy an earn-out arrangement in connection with the August 2018 acquisition of NewCourtland, and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. The existing Term Loan Facility would mature on May 2, 2025. The existing Term Loan Facility required quarterly amortization payments equal to approximately 25% of the original principal amount. As discussed under the section entitled “Summary—Recent developments—Entry into new credit facilities,” we expect to repay and terminate our existing Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility and replace them with the New Credit Facilities. At this time, we have not specifically identified a large single use for which we intend to use the net proceeds other than the repayment of outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and payment of the NewCourtland earn-out, and, accordingly, we are not able to allocate the net proceeds among any of these potential uses in light of the variety of factors that will impact how such net proceeds are ultimately utilized by us. Pending use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade and interest-bearing instruments.
We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, including other PACE organizations. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions or investments at this time.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by our Sponsors if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $      , which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our and our subsidiaries’ indebtedness (see “Description of Certain Indebtedness”) and requirements under Delaware law, and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. See “Risk Factors Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering.” Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.”
 
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

on an actual basis; and

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (x) our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds of the offering as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.” and (y) the entry into the New Credit Facilities and the repayment of the remaining outstanding borrowings under our existing Term Loan Facility with borrowings under the New Credit Facilities.
Our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Capital Stock.”
As of December 31, 2020
Actual
As adjusted
(in thousands, except share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 77,321 $       
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs, including current portion:
Credit Facilities:
Revolving Credit Facility(1)
Term Loan Facility(1)
290,758
New Revolver(1)
New Term Loan Facility(1)
Convertible Term Loan
2,386
Total long-term debt, including current portion, net of debt issuance costs(2)
293,144
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 149,847,000 shares authorized; 132,718,461 shares issued and outstanding, actual;      shares authorized,      shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
133
Additional paid-in capital
24,552
Retained earnings
15,330
Less: Treasury stock (     shares of common stock at $      per share,
actual and as adjusted)
(77,796)
Noncontrolling interests
6,492
Total stockholders’ equity
(31,289)
Total capitalization
$ 261,855 $       
(1) On an as adjusted basis, the amounts reflect the repayment of all outstanding amounts under the Term Loan Facility using a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and borrowings under the New Credit Facilities and the payment of related prepayment fees and expenses. We anticipate entering into the New Credit Facilities in connection with the consummation of this offering. For more information, see the sections entitled “Prospectus summary—Recent developments—Entry into new credit facilities” and “Description of certain indebtedness—New Credit Facilities.” On an as adjusted basis, there will be $      million outstanding under the New Term Loan Facility, and $       million will remain available under the New Revolver.
(2) Net of $8.5 million of debt issuance costs.
 
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      million, assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on an as adjusted basis by $      million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and table are based on                 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and excludes                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will be adopted in connection with this offering.
 
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.
As of December 31, 2020, we had a net tangible book value of $      million, or $      per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020.
After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been approximately $      million, or approximately $      per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $      per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $      per share to investors participating in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price per share
$        
Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020
$        
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the investors in this offering
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to the investors in this offering
$        
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      , and would increase or decrease the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $      , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      and would decrease or increase dilution per share to investors in this offering by $      , assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table presents, on a as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2020, the differences between our existing shareholders and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders or to be paid to us by investors purchasing shares in this offering at an assumed offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Shares purchases
Total consideration
Average price
per share
Number
Percentage
Amount
Percentage
Existing shareholders
   % $           % $       
New investors
Total
100% $           % $       
 
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
A $1.00 increase or in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $      million and increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by    % and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by    %, in each case assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Sponsors. After giving effect to sales of shares in this offering, assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Sponsors is exercised in full, our existing shareholders would own    % and our new investors would own    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
In addition, to the extent we issue any stock options or any stock options are exercised, or we issue any other securities or convertible debt in the future, investors participating in this offering may experience further dilution.
Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables are based on                 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and excludes                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will be adopted in connection with this offering.
 
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present our selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 and the selected consolidated balance sheets data as of June 30, 2020 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.
Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any full year. You should read the selected historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Years ended
June 30,
Six months ended
December 31,
2019
2020
2019
2020
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Revenues
Capitation revenue
$ 461,766 $ 564,834 $ 268,550 $ 308,459
Other Service Revenue
3,864 2,358 1,380 1,418
Total revenues
465,630 567,192 269,930 309,877
Expenses
External provider costs
222,232 272,832 133,365 148,826
Cost of care (excluding depreciation and amortization)
132,770 153,056 75,180 76,357
Sales and Marketing
16,460 19,001 9,777 8,743
Corporate, general and administrative
48,250 58,481 28,389 87,306
Depreciation and amortization
8,996 11,291 5,541 5,951
Equity loss (earnings)
678 40 1,342
Other operating expenses (income)
(2,753) 920 (150) (1,011)
Total expenses
425,955 516,259 252,142 327,514
Operating Income
39,675 50,933 17,788 (17,637)
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
(9,594) (14,619) (8,926) (12,186)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(3,144) (991)
Other
(1,549) (681) (978) 44
Total other expense
(14,287) (15,300) (9,904) (13,133)
Income (loss) before income taxes
25,388 35,633 7,884 (30,770)
Provision for income taxes
6,317 9,868 2,087 9,423
Net Income (Loss)
$ 19,071 $ 25,765 $ 5,797 $ (40,193)
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(507) (513) (246) (243)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company.
$ 19,578 $ 26,278 $ 6,043 $ (39,950)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — basic
132,315,101 132,616,431 132,616,431 130,214,967
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
134,034,459 135,233,630 133,174,001 130,214,967
Net Income per share — basic
$ 0.15 $ 0.20 $ 0.05 $ (0.31)
Net Income per share — diluted
$ 0.15 $ 0.19 $ 0.05 $ (0.31)
Pro Forma Per Share Data(1):
Pro forma net income (loss) per share:
Basic
$        $       
Diluted
$        $       
Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
Selected Other Data:
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
$ 51,662 $ 65,909 $ 25,361 $ 45,673
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)
11.1% 11.7% 9.4% 14.8%
 
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
June 30, 2020
December 31, 2020
Actual
Actual
(dollars in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 112,904 $ 77,321
Working capital(3)
90,298 30,659
Total assets
409,634 374,707
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs (including current portion)
212,370 293,144
Total stockholders’ equity
107,750 (31,289)
(1) Unaudited pro forma per share information gives effect to our sale of        shares of common stock in this offering at an annual initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are supplemental measures of operating performance that are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and that do not represent, and should not be considered as, alternatives to net loss or net income margin, respectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Financial and Other Data.”
(3) We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.
 
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may occur in the future and actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
We are the leading healthcare delivery platform by number of participants focused on providing all-inclusive, capitated care to high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We directly address two of the most pressing challenges facing the U.S. healthcare industry: rising costs and poor outcomes. Our patient-centered care delivery approach meaningfully improves the quality of care our participants receive, while keeping them in their homes for as long as safely possible and reducing over-utilization of high-cost care settings such as hospitals and nursing homes. Our patient-centered approach is led by our IDTs, who design, manage and coordinate each participant’s personalized care plan. We directly manage and are responsible for all healthcare needs and associated costs for our participants. We directly contract with government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and do not rely on third-party administrative organizations or health plans. We believe our model aligns with how healthcare is evolving, namely (1) the shift toward value-based care, in which coordinated, outcomes-driven, high-quality care is delivered while reducing unnecessary spend, (2) eliminating excessive administrative costs by contracting directly with the government, (3) focusing on the patient experience and (4) addressing social determinants of health.
We deliver our patient-centered care through the InnovAge Platform.   The InnovAge Platform consists of (1) our IDTs and (2) our community-based care delivery model. The key attributes of the InnovAge Platform include:

Our participant focus.   Our model is focused on caring for frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We define dual-eligible seniors as individuals who are 55+ and qualify for benefits under both Medicare and Medicaid. Our target participant population is the frail, nursing home-eligible subset of dual-eligible seniors to whom we refer as “high-cost, dual-eligibles” given their high healthcare acuity and the associated high level of spend. Our participants are among the most frail and medically complex individuals in the U.S. healthcare system. The typical InnovAge participant has, on average, nine chronic conditions and requires, on average, assistance with three or more ADLs. As a result, the average InnovAge participant has a Medicare RAF of 2.53. A higher RAF score indicates poorer health and higher predicted health care costs. The average InnovAge participant’s RAF is over 2.3 times higher than the 1.08 RAF of the average Medicare fee-for-service non-dual enrollee according to a 2019 analysis. Our platform enables participants to exercise their preference to age independently in their homes and stay active in their communities for as long as safely possible. All of our participants are certified as nursing home-eligible, but, as a result of the InnovAge Platform, over 90% of our participants are able to live safely in their homes and communities.

Our interdisciplinary care teams.   Our IDTs are the core of our comprehensive clinical model. They design, manage and coordinate all aspects of each participant’s customized care plan. Our IDT structure is designed to enhance access to care for our participants and eliminate the information silos and gaps in care that often occur in traditional fee-for-service models. We are responsible for the totality of our participants’ medical and social needs, including primary and specialist care, in-home care,
 
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
hospital visits, nutrition, transportation to our care centers and other medical appointments, pharmacy and behavioral health support. We leverage a technology suite powered by industry-leading clinical and operational information technology solutions to collect and analyze data, streamline IDT workflows and empower our teams with timely participant insights that improve outcomes.

The composition of our IDTs reflects our comprehensive mandate and the complexity of our participants’ care needs. Each IDT convenes, at minimum, experts across at least 11 disciplines, from the primary care physician to the social worker, who are collectively responsible for managing all aspects of our participant’s care.

Our care plans seek to mitigate challenges presented by participants’ social determinants of health. We provide food, transportation and in-home assistance to remove barriers to accessing care and promote a safe in-home living environment for our participants.

Our community-based care delivery model.   Our model delivers care across a continuum of community-based settings. Our multimodal approach leverages our care centers, the participant’s home, and telehealth to deliver comprehensive care to our participants in the most appropriate and cost-effective setting, while enabling participants to live in their homes and communities. The InnovAge Platform is designed to be a higher touch care model compared to many of our peers, and our providers interact with our participants daily across multiple settings. As an example, a representative participant (1) visits the center approximately six times per month (prior to the COVID-19 pandemic), (2) receives daily in-home support and (3) has 24/7 virtual access to an IDT member. Each care plan is individualized by the IDT to include a set of interactions tailored to each participant’s needs. We believe our high-touch, integrated approach results in high-quality care and better outcomes for our participants.

Our direct contracting relationships with federal and state governments.   We directly contract with government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, through PACE and receive a capitated payment to manage the totality of a participant’s medical care. The capitated payment model gives us flexibility to invest in a comprehensive care delivery model, which delivers value-added services that are not typically covered in a fee-for-service environment. As a result of our direct contracts with government payors, we capture 100% of the premium and do not rely on administrative intermediaries, such as health plans, to recruit participants or administer our contracts. Our model is designed to generate savings for federal and state governments compared to the nursing home alternative. For the year ended June 30, 2020, approximately 99.5% of our total revenue was derived from capitation agreements with government payors. We have developed strong relationships with Medicare and Medicaid agencies through our participation in PACE and believe we are well positioned to participate in future direct contracting opportunities with government payors.
According to CMS, healthcare spending in the United States was greater than $3.6 trillion in 2018, and Medicare and Medicaid combined accounted for greater than $1.3 trillion spent on the care of approximately 125 million individuals. In 2018, there were approximately 12 million individuals simultaneously enrolled in Medicare and Medicaid that we estimate accounted for approximately $464 billion, representing 34% of combined Medicare and Medicaid spend. Our focus is on the most frail, complex subset of dual-eligible seniors who represent some of the highest-cost individuals in the U.S. healthcare system. Based on our estimated market of approximately 2.2 million PACE eligibles in the United States, we estimate that our total addressable market is approximately $200 billion. Currently, only approximately 55,000 individuals among the 2.2 million nursing home-eligible, dual-eligible seniors we target receive care from a PACE provider, based on a November 2020 report from the National PACE Association. Over the next eight years, the National PACE Association is targeting a PACE enrollment increase at a CAGR of approximately 17%.
We believe the traditional fee-for-service reimbursement model in healthcare does not adequately incentivize providers to efficiently manage this complex population. Dual-eligible seniors must navigate a disjointed, separately administered set of Medicare and Medicaid benefits, which often results in uncoordinated care delivered in silos. Our vertically integrated care model and full-risk contracts incentivize us to coordinate and
 
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
proactively manage all aspects of a participant’s health. Costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower on average than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid, based on an analysis of available data by the National PACE Association as of November 2020, and our costs are estimated to be approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries, based on our analysis of the most recent Dartmouth Atlas data from 2017. Importantly, we believe we deliver significantly better health outcomes. Our care model reduces unnecessary or avoidable medical spend. We estimate that across our mature markets, our participants on average have 16% fewer hospital admissions and 73% fewer low- to medium-severity emergency room visits relative to a comparable Medicare fee-for-service population with similar risk scores for which data is available. In addition, our participants have a 25% lower 30-day hospital readmission rate compared to a frail, dual-eligible or disabled waiver population. In addition to reducing spend, we also focus on ensuring our participants are satisfied and receive high-quality care. Our participant satisfaction, based on a survey of a random sample of participants and administered by an independent third party as of June 30, 2020, is 89%. Our participants live, on average, 1.5 years longer than comparable populations who choose nursing home care, based on a HHS report dated June 27, 2017.
We believe the InnovAge Platform has enabled us to create a healthcare model where all constituencies involved—participants, their families, providers and government payors—“Win.”

Participants.   We enable our participants to remain in their homes and communities and age independently. We leverage our differentiated care delivery model to improve the health of our participants, avoid unnecessary hospitalizations and nursing home stays, and greatly improve our participants’ experience with the healthcare system.

Families.   By taking over many aspects of care, such as transportation to appointments, we reduce the caregiving burden on participants’ family members. We believe families receive “peace of mind” knowing their loved ones are well taken care of and that they have a clear point of contact with our IDTs.

Providers.   We enable our providers to focus on taking care of patients by providing them with meaningful clinical and administrative support.

Government payors.   We provide government payors with fiscal certainty through our capitated payment arrangements and reduced medical and social costs for frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. Costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower on average than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid, and our costs are estimated to be approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries, based on our analysis of the most recent Dartmouth Atlas data from 2017.
We believe our strong value proposition to each constituency translates into a superior economic model. We directly contract with Medicare and Medicaid on a PMPM basis, which creates recurring revenue streams and provides significant visibility into our revenue growth trajectory. We receive 100% of the pooled capitated payment to directly provide or manage the healthcare needs of our participants. By proactively providing high-quality care and addressing risks related to social determinants of health, we have demonstrated our ability to reduce avoidable utilization of high-cost care settings, such as hospitals and nursing homes. As a result, we create a surplus that can be used to invest in refining our care model and providing even greater social supports for our participants. These investments further improve participants’ experiences and health outcomes, which we believe will result in more savings that will drive our profitable growth. The virtuous cycle we have created enables us to consistently deliver high-quality care, achieve high participant satisfaction and retention, and attract new participants. We believe that continuing to drive medical cost savings over a growing participant census will deliver an even greater surplus to our organization, enabling us to invest in more participant programs, evolve our care model, enhance our technology and fund new centers.
We have a record of driving profitable growth and achieving compelling unit economics. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, all of our centers had a positive Center-level Contribution Margin, and our mature de
 
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
novo centers opened in the last six years have generated positive Center-level Contribution Margins in fewer than 12 months of operation. For a discussion of Center-level Contribution Margin, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key business metrics and non-GAAP measures—Center-level contribution margin.”
We have demonstrated an ability to scale successfully, expanding our model to a network of 16 centers in five states, which provided care for approximately 6,400 participants during the year ended June 30, 2020. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, our total revenues were $465.6 million and $567.2 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 22%. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, our net income was $19.1 million and $25.8 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 35.1%, while Adjusted EBITDA was $51.7 million and $65.9 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 27.6%. Over the same period, our net income margin expanded from 4.1% to 4.5% and Adjusted EBITDA margin expanded from 11.1% to 11.7%. For the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our total revenues were $269.9 and $309.9, respectively, representing a period-over-period growth rate of 14.8%. For the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our net income was $5.8 million and $(40.2) million, respectively, while Adjusted EBITDA was $25.4 million and $45.7 million, respectively, representing a period over period growth rate of 80.1%. Over the same period, our net income margin changed from 2.1% to (13.0)% and Adjusted EBITDA Margin expanded from 9.4% to 14.8%. See “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and the definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin. Our experience driving profitable growth and expanding geographically underscores our confidence in our ability to successfully execute on the growth opportunities ahead. We intend to substantially increase the number of centers we operate in new and existing markets to bring our innovative care model to more frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors and their families across the country.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d4-tbl_trajec4clr.jpg]
Key factors affecting our performance
Our historical financial performance has been, and we expect our financial performance in the future to be, driven by the following factors:
Our participants
We focus on providing all-inclusive care to frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We directly contract with government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, through PACE and receive a capitated risk-adjusted payment to manage the totality of a participant’s medical care across all settings. InnovAge manages participants that are, on average, more complex and medically fragile than other Medicare-eligible patients, including those in MA programs. As a result, we receive larger payments for our participants compared to MA participants. This is driven by two factors: (1) we manage a higher acuity population, with an average
 
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
RAF score of 2.53 compared to an average RAF score of 1.08 for Medicare fee-for-service non-dual enrollees; and (2) we manage Medicaid spend in addition to Medicare.
Our participants are managed on a capitated, or at-risk, basis, where InnovAge is financially responsible for all of their medical costs, including primary and specialist care, in-home care, hospital visits, nutrition, transportation to our care centers and to other medical appointments, pharmacy and behavioral health. Our care model and payments are designed to cover participants from enrollment until the end of life, including coverage for participants requiring hospice and palliative care. For dual-eligible participants, we receive a risk-adjusted PMPM payment directly from Medicare and Medicaid, which provides recurring revenue streams and significant visibility into our revenue growth trajectory.
The Medicare portion of our capitated payment is risk-adjusted based on the underlying medical conditions and frailty of each participant. Our interdisciplinary care teams (“IDTs”) develop an individualized care plan specific to the needs of each participant. Our high touch model involves daily interaction with our participants across multiple settings. This enables us to not only deliver coordinated, high quality care, but also to identify and proactively manage changes to each participant’s conditions, which further supports our ability to more precisely report our participants’ condition to obtain appropriate RAF scores.
Our model provides visibility on our financial and growth trajectory given the recurring nature of the capitated revenue we collect from our government payors. The following table sets out our growth in census since fiscal year 2016:
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d1-bc_totalbw.jpg]
Our ability to grow enrollment and capacity within existing centers
We believe our demonstrated ability to drive sustained, organic census growth is a key indicator of the attractiveness of the InnovAge Platform to our key constituents: participants, their families and government payors. Since 2015, we have achieved 12% annual, organic census growth. Eligible participants can enroll in our program year-round, allowing us to continuously attract new participants and reducing seasonal variability in our results of operations.
Awareness of PACE programs remains low among potential participants, despite high levels of patient satisfaction. To improve awareness of InnovAge and attract new participants, our sales and marketing teams educate prospective participants and their families on our powerful value proposition, superior health outcomes and participant satisfaction. Our scale enables us to invest in targeted sales and marketing capabilities, which accelerates census growth. We take a multichannel approach to sales and marketing, relying
 
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
on a mix of traditional community provider referrals and targeted direct-to-consumer digital marketing. We have realigned our marketing strategy to focus more on digital channels during the COVID-19 pandemic and to reach those searching for senior care alternatives. For example, we increased the mix of marketing dollars spent on search engine advertising from 5% to 17% of our total media budget, helping to drive 145% year-over-year web traffic growth and over 20% year-over-year referral growth from this channel (each with respect to July through November 2020 as compared to the same period in 2019). We are proud of the fact that the “friends and family” of our participants remain one of our largest referral sources. We believe our 38.5% average referral conversion rate reflects the attractiveness of our care model and our ability to appropriately target eligible participants.
We have a large, embedded growth opportunity within our existing center base. As of December 2020, our eligible participant penetration rate is, on average, 13% across our existing markets, and as the only designated PACE provider in most of the MSAs that we serve, we believe there is significant runway for further growth. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, our participant census was approximately 6,400 across our 16 centers in five states. Inclusive of two additional centers opened after June 30, 2020 and our in-progress and planned center expansion efforts, each of our centers would have an average maximum capacity of 800 participants, enabling us to serve approximately 14,500 participants in total, and thus leaving ample runway to increase enrollment within our current footprint. We also believe that we will continue to conduct a portion of visits via telehealth after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, which could potentially increase the average capacity of our centers.
Our ability to maintain high participant satisfaction and retention
Our comprehensive individualized care model and frequency of interaction with participants generates high levels of participant satisfaction. We have multiple touch points with participants and their families, which enhances participant receptivity to our services, leading to an 89% participant satisfaction rating as of June 30, 2020 and average participant tenure of 3.1 years as of September 30, 2020, among our centers that have been operated by us for at least five years. Furthermore, we experience low levels of voluntary disenrollment, averaging 5% annually over the last two fiscal years. Approximately 71% of our historical disenrollments have been involuntary, due primarily to participant death and otherwise to participants moving out of our service areas.
Effectively managing the cost of care for our participants
We receive capitated payments to manage the totality of a participant’s medical care across all settings. Our participants are among the most frail and medically complex individuals in the U.S. healthcare system. As a result, external provider costs and cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, represented approximately 75% of our revenue in the year ended June 30, 2020. Our care model focuses on delivering high-quality medical care in cost efficient, community-based settings as a means of avoiding costly inpatient and outpatient services. However, our participants retain the freedom to seek care at sites of their choice, including hospitals and emergency rooms; we do not restrict participant access to care. Since InnovAge bears the burden of all participant medical expenses, we are liable for potentially large medical claims, avoidable or not. We believe the risk of such large medical claims is mitigated by (1) our proactive care model, and (2) our scale, which diminishes the financial impact of any unexpected catastrophic care our participants may require.
Center-level contribution margin
We have a history of achieving profitable Center-level Contribution Margin. We define Center-level Contribution Margin as total revenues less external provider costs and cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, which includes all medical and pharmacy costs. For purposes of evaluating Center-level Contribution Margin on a center-by-center basis, we do not allocate our sales and marketing, corporate, or general and administrative expenses across our centers.
 
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In the year ended June 30, 2020, all of our centers generated positive Center-level Contribution Margin, with a consolidated Center-level Contribution Margin, expressed as a percentage of revenue, of 24.9%. Over time, we plan to both expand our number of centers and grow the number of participants at each center. As we add participants to existing centers, we further leverage our fixed cost base at those centers.
Our ability to build de novo centers within existing and new markets
We have proven our ability to expand and operationalize new centers across multiple geographies while generating consistent center-level performance. This performance highlights the predictability of our model and gives us conviction to continue investing in building new centers to drive long-term value creation.
We have a large addressable market with a target population estimated at approximately 2.2 million, representing seniors who we believe are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid and meet the nursing home level of care criteria for PACE. Of this target population, only approximately 55,000 individuals are enrolled in a PACE program, based on a November 2020 report from the National PACE Association, reflecting significant unmet demand for PACE services and creating opportunities for us to grow in new and existing markets. Based upon our success to date, we believe our innovative care model can scale nationally, and we expect to continue selectively and strategically expanding into new geographies. Our go to market approach prioritizes high-density urban and suburban areas, where there are sizable numbers of frail, dual-eligible seniors who would benefit from our program.
In our existing markets, we believe that we currently serve, on average, less than 15% of PACE-eligible participants. As a result, there is significant opportunity to expand our footprint in our existing markets by not only growing the physical footprint and participant census of existing centers, but also by developing new centers. These strategically developed new sites will allow us to leverage our established market brand and infrastructure. Our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years have generated positive Center-level Contribution Margins in less than 12 months of operation. The performance of these centers, which consist of our Loveland and San Bernardino centers that opened in calendar year 2015 and 2014, respectively, demonstrate how we expect our de novo centers to ramp. During the first five years of operations, the Loveland and San Bernardino centers achieved compound annual census growth rates of 54% and 50%, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, these centers had Center-level Contribution Margins of 37% and 33%, respectively, each expressed as a percentage of revenue.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d4-lc_census4clr.jpg]
We have a successful track record of building de novo centers with compelling unit economics. Once we have identified a location for a new center, it takes, on average, less than 27 months to open. Our Loveland and San Bernardino centers, which are our mature de novo centers that have opened in the last six years, on average, (1) required approximately $10 million to $20 million of upfront capital to build, (2) generated positive Center-level Contribution Margin in fewer than 12 months of operation, and (3) generate approximately $10 million to $20 million of annual Center-level Contribution Margin. As a result, we
 
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
believe investments in de novo centers generate robust internal rates of return and accretive cash-on-cash returns. We have five new developments in our pipeline slated for the next 24 months, including three in two new states.
Execute tuck-in acquisitions
We believe there is a sizeable landscape of potential tuck-in acquisitions to supplement our organic growth strategy. Over the past two fiscal years, we have acquired and integrated three PACE organizations, expanding our InnovAge Platform to one new state and four new markets through those acquisitions. We are disciplined in our approach to acquisitions and have executed multiple types of transactions, including turnarounds and non-profit conversions. When integrating acquired programs, we work closely with key constituencies, including local governments, health systems and senior housing providers, to ensure continuity of high-quality care for participants. Based on our experience, joining the InnovAge Platform enables census growth and improved operational efficiency and care delivery post-integration. We believe our track record of and reputation for integrating and improving acquired organizations, while continuing to prioritize high-quality patient care, positions us as the acquirer of choice in this market.
The acquired organizations detailed in the table below experienced census and revenue growth post-acquisition, as well as high participant satisfaction.
Acquired organization
Date of acquisition
Census CAGR
post-acquisition(1)
Revenue CAGR
post-acquisition(1)
Kissito PACE
Roanoke, VA
Apr.2017 17% 26%
NewCourtland LIFE
Philadelphia, PA
Aug.2018 7% 15%
Riverside PACE
Richmond, VA
Newport News, VA
Oct.2018 8% 7%
Blue Ridge PACE
Charlottesville, VA
Nov.2018 25% 26%
(1) As of June 30, 2020.
Contracting with government payors
Our economic model relies on our capitated arrangements with government payors, namely Medicare and Medicaid. We view the government not only as a payor but also as a key partner in our efforts to expand into new geographies and access more participants in our existing markets. Maintaining, supporting and growing these relationships, particularly as we enter new geographies, is critical to our long-term success. Our model is aligned with the interests of our government payors, as we drive better health outcomes for participants at lower cost and enhance participant satisfaction. We believe this alignment of interests and our highly effective care model resonates with government payors and will result in continued opportunities to open and acquire centers.
Investing to support growth
We intend to continue investing in our centers, value-based care model, and sales and marketing organization to support long-term growth. We expect our expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future to support our growth and due to additional costs we expect to incur as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq, additional corporate and director and officer insurance, investor relations and increased legal, audit, reporting and consulting fees. We plan to invest in future growth judiciously and maintain focus on managing our results of operations. Accordingly, in the short term we expect the activities noted above to
 
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
increase our expenses as a percentage of revenue, but in the longer term, we anticipate that these investments will positively impact our business and results of operations.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d1-bc_invest4c.jpg]
Seasonality to our business
Our operational and financial results will experience some variability depending upon the time of year in which they are measured. This variability is most notable in the following areas:
Medical costs
Medical costs will vary seasonally depending on a number of factors, and most significantly as a result of the weather. Certain illnesses, such as the influenza virus, are far more prevalent during colder months of the year, which will result in an increase in medical expenses during these time periods. We therefore expect higher per-participant medical costs in our second and third fiscal quarters. Medical costs also depend upon the number of business days in a period, and shorter periods will have lower medical costs. Business days can also create year-over-year comparability issues if a period in one year has a different number of business days compared to the same period in another. We would also expect medical costs to be impacted by a pandemic, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, which may result in increased or decreased total medical costs depending upon the severity of the infection, the proximity of the spread of the disease to our centers, the duration of the infection and the availability of healthcare services for our participants.
Timing of risk score revenue true-ups
The Medicare portion of the capitated payments we receive for each participant is determined by a participant’s RAF score, which is measured twice per year and is based on the evolving acuity of a participant. We estimate and accrue for the expected RAF scores of our participants. Based on the difference between the RAF score we estimate and the RAF score determined by CMS, we may receive incremental true-up revenue or be required to repay certain amounts. Though no assurances can be made in the future, we have historically used our best estimate for accruing participant RAF scores, and we had net positive true-up payments for the fiscal years ended 2019 and 2020. Historically, these true-up payments typically occur between May and August, but the timing of these payments is determined by CMS, and we have neither visibility nor control over the timing of such payments.
Key business metrics and non-GAAP measures
In addition to our GAAP financial information, we review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following key metrics and non-GAAP measures, to evaluate our business, measure our
 
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. We believe these metrics provide additional perspective and insights when analyzing our core operating performance from period to period and evaluating trends in historical operating results. These key business metrics and non-GAAP measures should not be considered superior to, or a substitute for, and should be read in conjunction with, the GAAP financial information presented herein. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies.
Fiscal
years ended
June 30,
Six months
ended
December 31,
2019
2020
2019
2020
(dollars in thousands)
Key Business Metrics:
Centers(1)
16 16 16 17
Census(1)(2)
5,900 6,400 6,300 6,600
Total Member Months(1)
65,100 74,900 36,900 39,100
Center-level Contribution Margin(3)
23.8% 24.9% 22.7% 27.3%
Non-GAAP Measures:
Adjusted EBITDA(4)
$ 51,662 $ 65,909 $ 25,361 $ 45,673
Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)
11.1% 11.7% 9.4% 14.8%
(1) This excludes non-consolidated joint ventures. As of December 31, 2020, the Company operated 17 PACE centers (18 centers when including our non-consolidated joint venture), across Colorado, California, New Mexico, Pennsylvania and Virginia.
(2) Participant numbers are approximate.
(3) Expressed as a percentage of revenue.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP measures. For a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to the closest GAAP equivalents for the period indicated, see below under “—Adjusted EBITDA.”
Centers
We define our centers as those centers open for business and attending to participants at the end of a particular period. As of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, 50% of our centers were located on sites that we own and the remaining 50% were located on sites that we leased.
Census
Our census is comprised of our capitated participants for whom we are financially responsible for their total healthcare costs.
Total member months
We define Total Member Months as the total number of participants multiplied by the number of months within a year in which each participant was enrolled in our program. We believe this is a useful metric as it more precisely tracks the number of participants we serve each year.
Center-level contribution margin
We define Center-level Contribution Margin as total revenues less external provider costs and cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, which includes all medical and pharmacy costs. For purposes of evaluating Center-level Contribution Margin on a center-by-center basis, we do not allocate our sales and marketing expense or corporate, general and administrative expenses across our centers. Center-level Contribution Margin was $110.6 million and $141.3 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $61.4 million and $84.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For more information relating to Center-level Contribution Margin, see Note 17, Segment Reporting, of our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Lifetime value to customer acquisition cost ratio
We define Lifetime Value to Customer Acquisition Cost Ratio, or the LTV to CAC Ratio, as the lifetime value of a participant (calculated as the average contribution margin PMPM multiplied by the average number of months a participant is enrolled) divided by the customer acquisition cost of a new participant (calculated as the total cost of enrollments divided by total participant enrollments), using a blended average of all markets. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, our LTV to CAC ratio was 6.3x. We believe this is a useful metric to present to investors in connection with this offering as it tracks the efficiency of our sales and marketing spend.
Adjusted EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income adjusted for interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and provision for income tax as well as addbacks for non-recurring expenses or exceptional items, including charges relating to management equity compensation, final determination of rates, M&A transaction and integration, business optimization, EMR transition, special employee bonuses, financing-related fees and contingent consideration. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, our net income was $19.1 million and $25.8 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 35.1%, while Adjusted EBITDA was $51.7 million and $65.9 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 27.6%. For the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our net income was $5.8 million and $(40.2) million, respectively, while Adjusted EBITDA was $25.4 million and $45.7 million, respectively, representing a period over period growth rate of 80.1%.
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods is as follows:
Fiscal year ended
June 30,
Six months
ended December 31,
2019
2020
2019
2020
(dollars in thousands)
Net income
$ 19,071 $ 25,765 $ 5,797 $ (40,193)
Interest expense, net
9,594 14,619 8,926 12,186
Depreciation and amortization
8,996 11,291 5,541 5,951
Provision for income tax
6,317 9,868 2,087 9,423
Management equity plan
727 543 272 572
Rate determination(a)
(3,372) (2,158)
M&A diligence, transaction and integration(b)
2,528 2,718 1,465 58,784
Business optimization(c)
454 1,171 232 859
EMR transition(d)
1,078 638 269
Special employee bonuses(e)
3,127 1,278 523
Financing-related(f)
3,601 30 30 991
Contingent consideration(g)
(2,753) 920 (150) (1,011)
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 51,662 $ 65,909 $ 25,361 $ 45,673
(a) For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 this reflects the final determination of certain rates for capitation payments from the State of California of approximately $3.4 million relating to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, all of which we consider non-recurring. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, this reflects the CMS settlement payment of approximately $2.2 million related to End-Stage Renal Disease beneficiaries for calendar years 2010 through 2020.
(b) Reflects costs associated with due diligence, transaction and integration expenses for acquisitions explored or completed of approximately $2.5 million and $2.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, this reflects such expenses related primarily due to the Apax Transaction in the amount of approximately $58.8 million, relating to $42.2 million from the cancellation of options and the redemption of shares, $1.8 million relates to transaction specific bonuses, and $13.1 million of transaction fees and expenses, along with $1.7 million relating to payroll taxes and other administrative items.
 
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(c) Reflects charges related to business optimization initiatives. Such charges relate to one-time investments in projects designed to enhance our technology systems and improve the efficiency of our operations.
(d) Reflects non-recurring expenses relating to the transition to a new electronic medical record vendor.
(e) Reflects non-recurring special bonuses paid to certain of our employees of the Company relating to shareholder dividend transactions that occurred in fiscal years 2018 and 2019.
(f) With respect to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, such amount includes $0.5 million related to fees and expenses incurred in connection with amendments to our Credit Agreement and $3.1 million related to a loss on extinguishment of debt incurred in connection with the refinancing of the Credit Agreement. With respect to fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and the six months ended December 31, 2019, the amount reflects fees and expenses incurred in connection with amendments to our Credit Agreement. With respect to the six months ended December 31, 2020, the amount reflects a loss on extinguishment of debt incurred in connection with the refinancing of our Credit Agreement.
(g) Reflects fair value adjustment relating to the contingent consideration associated with our acquisition of NewCourtland.
Adjusted EBITDA margin
Adjusted EBITDA margin is Adjusted EBITDA expressed as a percentage of our total revenue less any exceptional, one-time revenue items. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we recognized final determination of certain rates for capitation payments from the State of California in the amount of approximately $3.4 million , and in the six months ended December 31, 2020, we recognized the CMS settlement payment related to End-Stage Renal Disease beneficiaries for calendar years 2010-2020 in the amount of approximately $2.2 million, each of which is deducted from total revenue solely for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA margin. From the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 to 2020, our net income margin expanded from 4.1% to 4.5% and Adjusted EBITDA margin expanded from 11.1% to 11.7%. From the six months ended December 31, 2019 to 2020, our net income margin changed from 2.1% to (13.0)% and Adjusted EBITDA Margin expanded from 9.4% to 14.8%.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are supplemental measures of operating performance monitored by management that are not defined under GAAP and that do not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to net income and net income margin, respectively, as determined by GAAP. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are appropriate measures of operating performance because the metrics eliminate the impact of revenue and expenses that do not relate to our ongoing business performance, allowing us to more effectively evaluate our core operating performance and trends from period to period. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin help investors and analysts in comparing our results across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, the analysis of other GAAP financial measures, including net income and net income margin. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by the types of items excluded from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA. Our use of the term Adjusted EBITDA varies from others in our industry.
Impact of COVID-19
The rapid spread of COVID-19 around the world and throughout the United States has altered the behavior of businesses and people, with significant negative effects on federal, state and local economies, the duration of which is unknown at this time. The virus disproportionately impacts older adults, especially those with chronic illnesses, which describes our participants. To date, we have experienced or expect to experience the following impacts on our business model due to COVID-19:
Care Model.   Though the COVID-19 pandemic has altered the mix of settings where we deliver care, our multimodal model has ensured our participants continue to receive the care they need. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have transitioned much of our care to in-home and telehealth services, while increasing participant visit volume and maintaining continuity of care. We closed all our centers on March 18, 2020 and transitioned to a 100% in-home and virtual care model that allowed for a seamless delivery of care. Between March 2020 and November 2020, we provided over 62,500 telehealth visits and over 203,000
 
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
wellness checks, and we structured our care teams to deliver in-home services that otherwise would have occurred at centers. Our physicians are equipped with several telehealth platforms to provide virtual care and utilize the option best suited for each individual participant’s preferences and needs. Our aim is to keep the virtual setting simple to use, convenient and effective. In situations where a participant lacks access to a device or is unable to use technology on their own, we offer to provide them with a device or dispatch a team member to their home to assist. For all of these reasons, our telehealth solution has received high satisfaction among participants, caregivers and IDTs.
In addition to increased telehealth and in-home care, we repurposed our existing infrastructure and workforce to support care delivery during the COVID-19 pandemic. As an example, we leveraged our transportation infrastructure that normally drives participants to the centers to instead deliver food to participants in their homes, making over 117,000 deliveries since our centers were closed in March 2020.
Growth.   At the end of March 2020, we pivoted to a virtual enrollment model due to safety concerns for our employees and participants and to comply with local government ordinances. We have realigned our marketing strategy to focus more on digital channels during the COVID-19 pandemic and to reach those searching for senior care alternatives. For example, we increased the mix of marketing dollars spent on search engine advertising from 5% to 17% of our total media budget, helping to drive 145% year-over-year web traffic growth and over 20% year-over-year referral growth from this channel (each with respect to July through November 2020 as compared to the same period in 2019). As a result, as of December 2020, our monthly enrollment levels are comparable to pre-March 2020 levels.
Revenue.   Our revenue is capitated and not determined by the number of times we interact with our participants face-to-face. As of December 31, 2020, we had not experienced a decline in revenue as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The capitation payments we receive from Medicare are risk-adjusted based on documented encounters and diagnosed conditions. Government payors require that participants’ health issues be documented annually regardless of the permanence of the underlying causes. Historically, this documentation was required to be completed during an in-person visit with a participant, but CMS is now allowing documentation of conditions identified during qualifying telehealth visits with participants. Given the disruption caused by COVID-19, it is unclear whether we will be able to document the health conditions of our participants as comprehensively as we did prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, which may adversely impact RAF scores and our resulting revenue in future periods.
Expenses.   As of June 30, 2020, we incurred $3.5 million of COVID-19 related costs, of which $2.9 million was for supplies disclosed within cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization on the consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, for the six months ended December 31, 2020, we incurred an additional $2.4 million of COVID-19 related costs, of which $1.7 million was for supplies disclosed within cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization on the consolidated statement of operations. We also experienced higher center level contribution margins during the COVID-19 pandemic as a result of lower center-level cost of care. While we retained and, in many cases, repurposed our center-based staff to deliver care to participants in-home and via telemedicine as a result of the pandemic, the closure of our centers resulted in reduced transportation and facility operating costs. We did not experience material changes in our aggregate external provider costs as a result of the nondeferrable nature of most of our participants’ third-party medical needs. Though we experienced fewer emergency room visits than normal in the early months of the COVID-19 pandemic, the frail nature of our participant population results in very limited instances of deferrable care otherwise. The United States continues to experience supply chain issues with respect to PPE and other medical supplies used to prevent transmission of COVID-19. During 2020, we acquired significantly greater quantities of medical supplies at significantly higher prices than normal to ensure the safety of our employees and our participants. For example, as of June 30, 2020, $0.6 million of medical supplies were purchased due to the nation-wide medical supplies shortage, which was recorded on the consolidated balance sheet within prepaid expenses and other. Additionally, as of December 31, 2020, $0.04 million of additional medical supplies were purchased due to the nation-wide medical supplies shortage, which was recorded on the consolidated balance sheet within prepaid expenses and other. While the price of
 
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PPE may remain higher than historical levels for the foreseeable future, we do not expect these incremental costs to be material as a percentage of our total expenses.
The United States continues to experience supply chain issues with respect to PPE and other medical supplies used to prevent transmission of COVID-19. During 2020, we acquired significantly greater quantities of medical supplies at significantly higher prices than normal to ensure the safety of our employees and our participants. While the price of PPE may remain higher than historical levels for the foreseeable future, we do not expect these incremental costs to be material as a percentage of our total expenses.
Components of results of operations
Revenue
Capitation Revenue.   In order to provide comprehensive services to manage the totality of a participant’s medical care across all settings, we receive fixed or capitated fees per participant that are paid monthly by Medicare, Medicaid, Veterans Affairs (“VA”) and private pay sources. The concentration of revenue from our various payors was:
Fiscal year ended
June 30,
Six months
ended
December 31,
2019
2020
2019
2020
Medicaid
56% 55% 56% 52%
Medicare
43% 44% 43% 47%
VA and private pay sources
1% 1% 1% 1%
100% 100% 100% 100%
Medicaid and Medicare capitation revenues are based on PMPM capitation rates under the PACE program. The PACE tri-party contracts, between us, the respective state and CMS, are renewable annually and expire each June 30 in all states other than California, which contracts on a calendar-year basis. We have executed agreements for the periods January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 for California, and July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021 for all other states in which we operate. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Our Business—We conduct a significant percentage of our operations in the State of Colorado and, as a result, we are partially susceptible to any reduction in budget appropriations for our services and any other adverse developments in that state.” Capitation payments are recognized as revenue in the period to which they relate, with the exception of risk score true-ups, which are estimated and subsequently adjusted when the appropriate information is available.
The variable nature of the PMPM capitation payment is driven by changes to each participant’s RAF score, which fluctuates based on the health status of each individual participant. Our capitation revenues included $2.3 million and $2.0 million of risk adjustment true-ups tied to prior periods for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We have not received any risk adjustment true-ups tied to prior periods for the six months ended December 31, 2020. Capitation revenues are recognized based on the actual PMPM revenues earned and estimates of the PMPM revenues associated with risk score true-ups. Based on the difference between the RAF score we estimate and the RAF score determined by CMS, we may receive incremental true-up revenue or be required to repay certain amounts. Such true-up revenue or repayment amounts in future periods may be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, which may have an adverse impact on our revenue if we are unable to accurately document the health needs of our participants. We recognize revenue in the month in which eligible members are entitled to receive healthcare benefits. Although risk score-related adjustments are accrued in most periods, the amount of revenue recognized could be adjusted in subsequent periods once the adjustments have been paid to or from the organization.
Other Service Revenue.   Other service revenue primarily consists of revenues derived from fee-for-service arrangements, state food grants, rent revenues and management fees. We generate fee-for-service revenue from
 
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
providing home-care services to non-PACE patients in their homes, for which we bill the patient or their insurance plan on a fee-for-service basis. Fee-for-service revenue accounted for approximately 0.4% and 0.2% of our total revenue during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. State food grant revenue accounted for less than 0.1% of our total revenue during each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020. Rent revenues and management fees accounted for approximately 0.3% and 0.2% of our total revenue during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
Expenses
External Provider Costs.   External provider costs consist primarily of the costs for medical care provided by non-InnovAge providers. We separate external provider costs into four categories: inpatient (e.g., hospital), housing (e.g., assisted living), outpatient and pharmacy. In aggregate, external provider costs represent the largest portion of our expenses.
Cost of Care, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization.   Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, includes the costs we incur to operate our care delivery model. This includes costs related to IDTs, salaries, wages and benefits for center-level staff, participant transportation, medical supplies, occupancy, insurance and other operating costs. IDT employees include medical doctors, registered nurses, social workers, physical, occupational, and speech therapists, nursing assistants, and transportation workers. Center-level employees include clinic managers, dieticians, activity assistants and certified nursing assistants. Cost of care excludes any expenses associated with sales and marketing activities incurred at a local level as well as any allocation of our corporate, general and administrative expenses. A portion of our cost of care is fixed relative to the number of participants we serve, such as occupancy and insurance expenses. The remainder of our cost of care, including our employee-related costs, is directly related to the number of participants cared for in a center. As a result, as revenue increases due to census growth, cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, typically decreases as a percentage of revenue. As we open new centers, we expect cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, to increase in absolute dollars due to higher census and facility related costs.
Sales and Marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses consist of employee-related expenses, including salaries, commissions, and employee benefits costs, for all employees engaged in marketing, sales, community outreach and sales support. These employee-related expenses capture all costs for both our field-based and corporate sales and marketing teams. Sales and marketing expenses also include local and centralized advertising costs, as well as the infrastructure required to support our marketing efforts. We expect these costs to increase in absolute dollars over time as we continue to grow our participant census. We evaluate our sales and marketing expenses relative to our participant growth and will invest more heavily in sales and marketing from time-to-time to the extent we believe such investment can accelerate our growth without negatively affecting profitability.
Corporate, General and Administrative Expenses.   Corporate, general and administrative expenses include employee-related expenses, including salaries and related costs. In addition, general and administrative expenses include all corporate technology and occupancy costs associated with our regional corporate offices. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars following the closing of this offering due to the additional legal, accounting, insurance, investor relations and other costs that we will incur as a public company, as well as other costs associated with continuing to grow our business. However, we anticipate general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue over the long term, although such expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period due to the timing and amount of these expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expenses are primarily attributable to our buildings and leasehold improvements and our equipment and vehicles. Depreciation and amortization are recorded using the straight-line method over the shorter of estimated useful life or lease terms, to the extent the assets are being leased.
 
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Equity Loss.   Equity loss primarily represents our proportionate share in the earnings or loss of primarily our joint venture InnovAge California Pace-Sacramento, LLC (“InnovAge Sacramento”), which was created on March 18, 2019 and began operations in fiscal year 2021. InnovAge Sacramento is a PACE organization, and, given that its operations align with our operations, the loss related to this equity method investment is reflected in our operating expenses. In future periods, our results related to InnovAge Sacramento will be included in our consolidated results of operations, as we made additional contributions to and obtained control of InnovAge Sacramento effective as of January 1, 2021.
Other Operating Expenses (Income).   Other operating expenses (income) consists of the re-measurement of contingent consideration to fair value relating to our acquisition of NewCourtland.
Other Income (Expense)
Interest Expense, Net.   Interest expense, net, consists primarily of interest payments on our outstanding borrowings, net of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.   Loss on extinguishment of debt consists of realized losses from the extinguishment of debt for certain lenders during the amendment of the Credit Agreement in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 and in the six months ended December 31, 2020.
Other Expenses (Income).   Other expenses (income) consists of a loss on disposal from the write-off of certain leasehold improvements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and included acquisition transaction costs for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.
Income Taxes.   We, other than InnovAge Senior Housing Thornton, LLC (“SH1”), provide for federal and state income taxes currently payable and for deferred income taxes arising from temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured pursuant to enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The impact on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the date of enactment. The members of SH1 have elected for it to be taxed as a partnership, and no provision for income taxes for this entity is included in these consolidated financial statements.
A valuation allowance is provided to the extent that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50.0% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. We recognize interest and penalty expense associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of provision for income taxes.
Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.   We own a 0.01% partnership interest in SH1, which is one of our variable interest entities. SH1 was organized to develop, construct, own, maintain, and operate certain apartment complexes intended for rental to low-income elderly individuals aged 62 or older. We are the primary beneficiary of SH1 and we have the power to direct the activities that are most significant to SH1 and has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from SH1. The most significant activity of SH1 is the operation of the housing facility. Based upon this, we determined that SH1 is a variable interest entity. Accordingly, the SH1 interest is reflected within equity as noncontrolling interests. Our share of earnings is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests.
For more information relating to the components of our results of operations, see Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our critical accounting policies.
 
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Results of operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated:
Year ended June 30,
Six Months Ended
December 31,
2019
2020
2019
2020
(in thousands)
Revenues
Capitation revenue
$ 461,766 $ 564,834 $ 268,550 $ 308,459
Other Service Revenue
3,864 2,358 1,380 1,418
Total revenues
465,630 567,192 269,930 309,877
Expenses
External Provider Costs
222,232 272,832 133,365 148,826
Cost of care (excluding depreciation and amortization)
132,770 153,056 75,180 76,357
Sales and Marketing
16,460 19,001 9,777 8,743
Corporate, general and administrative
48,250 58,481 28,389 87,306
Depreciation and amortization
8,996 11,291 5,541 5,951
Equity loss
678 40 1,342
Other operating expenses (income)
(2,753) 920 (150) (1,011)
Operating expenses
425,955 516,259 252,142 327,514
Income from Operations
$ 39,675 $ 50,933 $ 17,788 $ (17,637)
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
(9,594) (14,619) (8,926) (12,186)
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
(3,144) (991)
Other
(1,549) (681) (978) 44
Total other income (expense)
(14,287) (15,300) (9,904) (13,133)
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
25,388 35,633 7,884 (30,770)
Provision for Income Taxes
6,317 9,868 2,087 9,423
Net Income (Loss)
$ 19,071 $ 25,765 $ 5,797 $ (40,193)
Less: Net Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(507) (513) (246) (243)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company
$ 19,578 $ 26,278 $ 6,043 $ (39,950)
 
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:
Fiscal Year ended June 30,
Six Months Ended
December 31,
% of Revenue
2019
2020
2019
2020
Revenues
Capitation revenue
99% 99% 99% 99%
Other Service Revenue
0.8% 0.4% 0.5% 0.5%
Total revenues
100% 100% 100% 100%
Expenses
External Provider Costs
48% 48% 49% 48%
Cost of care (excluding depreciation and amortization)
29% 27% 28% 25%
Sales and Marketing
4% 3% 4% 3%
Corporate, general and administrative
10% 10% 11% 28%
Depreciation and amortization
2% 2% 2% 2%
Equity loss
0.1% *% 0.4%
Other operating expenses (income)
(0.6)% 0.2% (0.1)% (0.3)%
Operating expenses
92% 91% 94% 106%
Income from operations
8% 9% 6% (6)%
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
(2)% (3)% (3)% (4)%
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
(1)% (0.3)%
Other
*% *% *% *%
Total other income (expense)
(3)% (3)% (3)% (4)%
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
5% 6% 3% (10)%
Provision for Income Taxes
1% 1% 1% 3%
Net Income (Loss)
4% 5% 2% (13)%
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
*% *% *% *%
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company
4% 5% 2% (13)%
* Indicates amounts that are not material.
Comparison of the Six Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020
Revenues
Six Months Ended
December 31,
2019
2020
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands)
Revenues
Capitation revenue
$ 268,550 $ 308,459 $ 39,909 15%
Other Service Revenue
1,380 1,418 38 3%
Total revenues
$ 269,930 $ 309,877 $ 39,947 15%
Capitation Revenue.   Capitation revenue was $308.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $39.9 million, or 15%, compared to $268.6 million for the six months ended December 31,
 
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
2019. This increase was driven primarily by an average census increase of approximately 350 participants, or 6%, as well as rate increases across various states, both of which increased Medicaid and Medicare revenue. Medicaid and Medicare revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2020 was $161.7 million and $145.5 million, respectively. This reflects an increase of $10.8 million and $29.7 million from Medicaid and Medicare revenue, respectively, for the six months ended December 31, 2019.Medicare revenue increased due to average risk score increasing by 11.5% period over period as well the temporary suspension of the automatic 2% reduction of Medicare claim reimbursements (sequestration) for the period of May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021.
Other Service Revenue.   Other service revenue was $1.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, which insignificantly increased less than $0.1 million, or 3%, compared to $1.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019.
Expenses
Six Months Ended
December 31,
2019
2020
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands)
Expenses
External Provider Costs
$ 133,365 $ 148,826 $ 15,461 12%
Cost of care (excluding depreciation and amortization)
75,180 76,357 1,177 2%
Sales and Marketing
9,777 8,743 (1,034) (11)%
Corporate, general and administrative
28,389 87,306 58,917 208%
Depreciation and amortization
5,541 5,951 410 7%
Equity loss
40 1,342 1,302 3,255%
Other operating expenses (income)
(150) (1,011) (861) 574%
Operating expenses
$ 252,142 $ 327,514 $ 75,372 30%
External Provider Costs.   External provider costs were $148.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $15.4 million, or 12%, compared to $133.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. This change was driven by an increase in census, which accounts for $8.0 million of the increase using six months ended December 31, 2019 cost per participant. The remaining increase was driven by an increase in the average cost per participant, which increased by $192, or 5%, from $3,614 to $3,806 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The increase in cost per participant was primarily driven by year-over-year cost and utilization changes impacting outpatient expenses, partially offset by a decrease in inpatient and housing expenses. Outpatient expenses increased $7.7 million, or 30%, from $25.2 million to $32.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, with $6.2 million relating to increased cost per participant and $1.5 million relating to census growth. Housing costs increased by $1.8 million, or 4%, from $45.1 million to $46.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, with $2.7 million relating to census growth, which was partially offset by a decrease of $0.9 million primarily relating to a decrease in utilization. The cost of inpatient services increased $1.6 million, or 5%, from $32.1 million to $33.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, with $1.9 million relating to census growth, which was partially offset by a decrease of $0.3 million primarily relating to a decrease in utilization. The remaining increase in external provider costs is a result of pharmaceutical costs. Pharmaceutical costs increased $4.4 million, or 14%, from $31.0 million to $35.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, with $1.9 million increase relating to census growth and $2.5 million relating to increased cost per participant as a result of annual cost increases within the pharmaceutical sector.
Cost of Care (Excluding Depreciation and Amortization).   Cost of care (excluding depreciation and amortization) expense was $76.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase of
 
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
$1.2 million, or 2%, compared to $75.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. This change is primarily driven by an increase in census, which accounts for $4.5 million, using the six months ended December 31, 2019 cost per participant. This is offset by the cost per participant decrease of $85, or 4%, from $2,037 to $1,953 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. This decrease in cost per participant was primarily driven by year-over-year cost savings due to the closures of our centers during the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in reduced transportation and facility operating costs.
Sales and Marketing.   Sales and Marketing expenses were $8.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 11%, compared to $9.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. We incurred lower sales and marketing expenses in the first half of fiscal year 2021 as a result of the timing of outreach and advertising campaigns, including delaying the development of a new brand campaign. With limited access to facilities for filming and photography as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, these expenses are expected to be deferred until later during fiscal year 2021.
Corporate, General and Administrative.   Corporate, general and administrative expenses were $87.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $58.9 million, or 208%, compared to $28.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to the Apax Transaction. In connection with the Apax Transaction, we canceled 16,994,975 of common stock options that were granted under the 2016 Plan, and recorded associated consideration of $42.2 million as corporate, general and administrative expenses. Additionally, we recognized $13.1 million of transaction costs as corporate, general and administrative expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expense was $6.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $0.4 million, or 7%, compared to $5.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. This increase is the result of capital additions in the normal course of business.
Equity Loss.   Equity loss was $1.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $1.3 million compared to less than $0.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. This increase results from our equity method investee, InnovAge Sacramento, which began its operations in July 2020.
Other Operating Expenses (Income).   Other operating expenses (income) was $(1.0) million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase in income of $0.9 million compared to $(0.1) million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. This change resulted entirely from the remeasurement of the contingent consideration associated with our acquisition of NewCourtland.
Other Income (Expense)
Six Months Ended
December 31,
2019
2020
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands)
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
$ (8,926) $ (12,186) $ (3,260) 37%
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
(991) (991) N/A
Other
(978) 44 1,022 (105)%
Total other income (expense)
$ (9,904) $ (13,133) $ (3,229) 32%
Interest expense, net.   Interest expense, net was $12.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $3.3 million, or 37%, compared to $8.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to higher interest rate of 7.75% for the six months ended December 31, 2020 on the existing Term Loan Facility loan as a result of the July 27, 2020 amendment and restatement of our Credit Agreement.
 
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.   We had no loss on extinguishment of debt for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and a loss of $1.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020. On July 27, 2020, we amended and restated our Credit Agreement, which led to an extinguishment of debt for certain lenders and a modification of debt for other lenders. The total debt structure extinguishment for certain lenders led to the write-off of $1.0 million in debt issuance costs.
Other.   Other income was less than $0.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $1.0 million compared to other expense of $1.0 milllion for the six months ended December 31, 2019. During the six months ended December 31, 2019, other expense related to the termination of the lease agreement at our Roosevelt, Pennsylvania location and the relocating of operations to the St. Bart’s, Pennsylvania location, which resulted in a write-off of leasehold improvements of $1.1 million, which was offset by immaterial other income. Comparatively, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, no significant other expenses were incurred.
Comparison of the year ended June 30, 2019 and 2020
Revenues
Year ended
June 30,
2019
2020
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands)
Revenues
Capitation Revenue
$ 461,766 $ 564,834 $ 103,068 22%
Other Service Revenue
3,864 2,358 (1,506) (39)%
Total Revenues
$ 465,630 $ 567,192 $ 101,562 22%
Capitation Revenue.   Capitation revenue was $564.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $103.1 million, or 22%, compared to $461.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. The change was primarily driven by an average census increase of approximately 800 participants, or 15%, as well as rate increases across various states, both of which increased Medicaid and Medicare revenue. Medicaid and Medicare revenue for the year ended June 30, 2020 was $312.0 million and $249.8 million, respectively. This reflects an increase of $51.3 million and $49.7 million from Medicaid and Medicare revenue, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2019.
Other Service Revenue.   Other service revenue was $2.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, a decrease of $1.5 million, or 39%, compared to $3.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. Other service revenue was primarily driven by fee-for-service of $1.1 million, which decreased 46% from $2.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 due to decreased focus on growing our fee-for-service operations. Management fees, grant revenues and other miscellaneous revenue also decreased by $0.5 million from $1.1 million to $0.6 million in revenue for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Rent revenue was $0.7 million for each of the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.
 
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Expenses
Fiscal year ended
June 30,
2019
2020
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands)
Expenses
External Provider Costs
$ 222,232 $ 272,832 $ 50,600 23%
Cost of care (excluding depreciation and amortization)
132,770 153,056 20,286 15%
Sales and Marketing
16,460 19,001 2,541 15%
Corporate, general, and administrative
48,250 58,481 10,231 21%
Depreciation and amortization
8,996 11,291 2,295 26%
Equity loss
678 678 N/A
Other operating expenses (income)
(2,753) 920 3,673 (133)%
Total operating expenses
$ 425,955 $ 516,259 $ 90,304 21%
External Provider Costs.   External provider costs were $272.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $50.6 million, or 23%, compared to $222.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. This change is primarily driven by an increase in census, which accounts for $33.2 million of the increase using fiscal year 2019 cost per participant. The remaining increase is driven primarily by an increase in the cost per participant, which increased by $232, or 7%, from $3,413 to $3,645 for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The increase in cost per participant was primarily driven by year-over-year cost and utilization changes impacting housing and inpatient expenses, partially offset by a decrease in outpatient expenses. Housing costs increased by 33%, or $23.1 million, from $69.4 million to $92.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, with $12.7 million relating to increased cost per participant and $10.4 million relating to increased census. The cost of inpatient services increased $15.3 million, or 29.3%, from $52.0 million to $67.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, with $7.8 million relating to census growth and $7.5 million primarily relating to increased cost per participant. The cost of outpatient services increased $11.9 million, or 12.0%, from $99.6 million to $111.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, with $14.9 million related to census growth, which was partially offset by a decrease of $3.0 million primarily relating to decrease in utilization.
Cost of Care (Excluding Depreciation and Amortization).   Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, were $153.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $20.3 million, or 15%, compared to $132.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. This change is primarily driven by an increase in census, which accounts for $20.2 million, or 97.8% of the change using fiscal year 2019 cost per participant. The cost per participant increased by $22, or 1.0%, from $2,074 to $2,096 for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The increase in cost per participant was primarily driven by year-over-year cost increases due to inflation.
Sales and Marketing.   Sales and marketing costs were $19.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $2.5 million, or 15%, compared to $16.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. This change is driven by a full year of marketing campaigns associated with centers acquired in the prior year and increases in sales and marketing employee headcount and salaries.
Corporate, General and Administrative.   Corporate, general and administrative costs were $58.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $10.2 million, or 21%, compared to $48.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. Salaries, wages and benefits expenses increased $1.6 million from $23.0 million at June 30, 2019 to $24.5 million at June 30, 2020, due to increased employee headcount and a slight year-over-year salary increase. Purchased services and contracts increased $2.6 million from $10.7 million at June 30, 2019 to $13.3 million at June 30, 2020, due to business optimization efforts, including software implementation and hiring consultants to implement process improvements and efficiencies within several
 
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
overhead departments, including the accounting and operations departments. Supplies and other costs increased $1.8 million from $6.2 million at June 30, 2019 to $8.0 million at June 30, 2020, due to increased headcount and an increase in supplies and other expense from COVID-19-related cleanings and security. Additionally, bad debt expense increased by $3.9 million, or 169%, from $2.3 million to $6.2 million for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, due to reconciliation resulting from the Colorado Department of Health Care Policy & Financing (“HCPF”)'s modifications to its settlement process.
Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization was $11.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $2.3 million, or 26%, compared to $9.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. This increase is the result of capital additions in the normal course of business.
Equity Loss.   Equity loss was $0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $0.7 million compared to nil for the year ended June 30, 2019. This increase results from the costs associated with the ramp up of operations of our equity method investee, InnovAge Sacramento.
Other Operating Expenses (Income).   Other operating expenses were $0.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase in expense of $3.7 million, or 133%, compared to $2.8 million in other operating income for the year ended June 30, 2019. This change resulted entirely from the remeasurement of the contingent consideration associated with our acquisition of NewCourtland.
Other income (expense)
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2019
2020
$
Change
%
Change
(in thousands)
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
$ (9,594) $ (14,619) $ (5,025) 52%
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
(3,144) 3,144 N/A
Other
(1,549) (681) 868 (56)%
Total other income (expense)
$ (14,287) $ (15,300) $ (1,013) 7%
Interest Expense, Net.   Interest expense, net, was $14.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $5.0 million, or 52%, compared to $9.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. This increase is attributable to an increase in our outstanding debt in fiscal year 2020, as a result of borrowing $25.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility at an interest rate of 3.94% to ensure sufficient funds available during the unknown time of the COVID-19 pandemic and for general corporate purposes. Interest expense was $10.0 million and $15.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Interest expense was partially offset by interest income of $0.4 million and $0.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.   We had no loss on extinguishment of debt for the year ended June 30, 2020 and a loss of $3.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. On May 2, 2019, we amended and restated our Credit Agreement, which led to an extinguishment of debt for certain lenders and a modification of debt for other lenders. The total debt structure extinguishment for certain lenders led to the write-off of $3.1 million in debt issuance costs.
Other.   Other expenses were $0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2020, a decrease in expense of $0.8 million, or 56%, compared to $1.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. During fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, other expense related to the termination of the lease agreement at our Roosevelt, Pennsylvania location and the relocating of operations to our St. Bart’s, Pennsylvania location, which resulted in a write-off of leasehold improvements of $1.1 million, which was offset by immaterial other income. Comparatively, during fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, other expense was primarily a result of acquisition transaction costs of $1.6 million.
 
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Data
The following table sets forth our unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations data for each of the last nine quarters in the period ended December 31, 2020. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for the periods presented. Our historical quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following quarterly financial data for the respective three month periods should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
December 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
June 30,
2019
September 30,
2019
December 31,
2019
March 31,
2020
June 30,
2020
September 31,
2020
December 31,
2020
Revenues
Capitation revenue
$ 115,515 121,735 129,349 131,951 136,599 144,174 152,109 151,944 156,515
Other Service Revenue
840 777 1,385 690 690 596 382 622 796
Total revenues
116,355 122,512 130,734 132,641 137,289 144,770 152,491 152,566 157,311
Expenses
External Provider Costs
54,714 59,130 62,568 62,395 70,970 71,022 68,444 73,681 75,145
Cost of care (excluding depreciation and
amortization)
36,104 34,754 36,448 37,560 37,620 39,285 38,589 38,283 38,074
Sales and Marketing
3,992 4,327 4,659 4,280 5,497 4,628 4,596 4,112 4,631
Corporate, general and administrative
10,851 10,921 17,121 13,125 15,264 14,028 16,065 71,577 15,729
Depreciation and amortization
2,312 2,020 2,720 2,664 2,877 2,769 2,981 2,959 2,992
Equity loss
5 35 163 476 801 541
Other operating expenses (income)
(441) 369 (2,852) (45) (106) (99) 1,170 (668) (343)
Operating expenses
107,532 111,521 120,664 119,984 132,157 131,796 132,321 190,745 136,769
Income from Operations
8,823 10,991 10,070 12,657 5,132 12,974 20,170 (38,179) 20,542
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
(2,305) (2,428) (3,078) (5,153) (3,773) (2,361) (3,332) (5,631) (6,555)
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
$ (3,144) (991)
Other
$ (536) (107) (225) 64 (1,042) 244 54 (62) 106
Total other income (expense)
(2,841) (2,535) (6,447) (5,089) (4,815) (2,117) (3,278) (6,684) (6,449)
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
5,982 8,456 3,623 7,568 317 10,857 16,892 (44,863) 14,093
Provision for Income Taxes
1,717 2,427 70 2,003 84 2,867 4,915 4,937 4,486
Net Income (Loss)
4,265 6,029 3,553 5,565 233 7,990 11,977 (49,800) 9,607
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(120) (139) (124) (120) (127) (148) (118) (146) (98)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the
Company
$ 4,385 6,168 3,677 5,685 360 8,138 12,095 (49,654) 9,705
Quarterly Trends
Total revenues generally increase with census growth and capitation rate changes. Medicaid and Medicare capitation revenues are based on PMPM capitation rates under the PACE program. When capitation rate changes occur through the PACE tri-party contracts, between us, the respective state and CMS, a corresponding change in revenue will occur. Contracts are renewable annually and expire each June 30 in all states other than California, which contracts on a calendar-year basis. Additionally, the Medicare portion of the capitated payments we receive for each participant is determined by a participant’s RAF score, which is measured twice per year and is based on the evolving acuity of a participant. We estimate and accrue for the expected RAF scores of our participants. Based on the difference between the RAF score we estimate and the RAF score determined by CMS, we may receive incremental true-up revenue or be required to repay certain amounts. Historically, these true-up payments typically occur between May and August, but the timing of these payments is determined by CMS, and we have neither visibility nor control over the timing of such payments.
We evaluate our medical claims expense as a percent of our capitated revenue. Medical costs will vary seasonally depending on a number of factors, and most significantly as a result of the weather. Certain
 
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
illnesses, such as the influenza virus, are far more prevalent during colder months of the year, which will result in an increase in medical expenses during these time periods. We therefore expect higher per-participant medical costs in our second and third fiscal quarters. Medical costs also depend upon the number of business days in a period, and shorter periods will have lower medical costs. Number of business days can also create year-over-year comparability issues if a period in one year has a different number of business days compared to the same period in another. We would also expect medical costs to be impacted by a pandemic, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, which may result in increased or decreased total medical costs depending upon the severity of the infection, the proximity of the spread of the disease to our centers, the duration of the infection and the availability of healthcare services for our participants.
We monitor and evaluate our cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percent of total revenues. Our cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of total revenues has fluctuated from quarter to quarter, driven by the timing of opening new centers. As our centers age and census grows, we expect the cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization as a percent of total revenues to decline as we leverage fixed and semi-fixed costs. We expect the dollars associated with our cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, to continue to grow as we add new centers and new participants, but we expect these dollars as a percent of our total revenues to decline.
Our sales and marketing expenses fluctuate quarter to quarter based on the timing of outreach and advertising campaigns. We incurred lower sales and marketing expenses in the first half of fiscal year 2021 as a result of delaying outreach and advertising campaigns, including a delay in the development of a new brand campaign. With limited access to facilities for filming and photography as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, these expenses are expected to be deferred until later during fiscal year 2021.
Our corporate, general and administrative expenses have fluctuated from quarter to quarter. This fluctuation is driven by the growth of our team, seasonality of certain operational expenses and changes in stock-based compensation, particularly during the three months ended June 30, 2019, when non-recurring special bonuses were paid to certain of our employees relating to shareholder dividend transactions as well as during the three months ended September 30, 2020, when non-recurring costs associated with the Apax Transaction occurred. We expect quarter to quarter fluctuations to continue.
Liquidity and capital resources
General
To date, we have financed our operations principally through cash flows from operations and through borrowings under our Credit Facilities, which is comprised of the $300.0 million Term Loan Facility and the $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $77.3 million. Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of highly liquid investments in demand deposit accounts and cash.
We believe that our cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating and capital needs for at least the next 12 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our actual results could vary because of, and our future capital requirements will depend on, many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to open new centers and the expansion of sales and marketing activities. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, or if we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected.
On May 13, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement (together with all amendments thereto, the “Credit Agreement”) with Capital One Financial Corporation, providing for a $75.0 million, five-year senior secured
 
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
term loan (the “Term Loan Facility”) and a $20.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). On June 22, 2018, we amended and restated the Credit Agreement to, among other amendments, increase the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $25.0 million, extend the maturity of the Term Loan Facility from May 13, 2021 to May 13, 2022, and provide for a delayed-draw term loan facility (“DDTL”) in an aggregate principal amount of $55.0 million. On May 2, 2019, we further amended and restated the Credit Agreement to, among other amendments, increase the size of the Term Loan Facility to $190.0 million, increase the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $30.0 million and increase the size of the DDTL to $45.0 million.We used a portion of the proceeds from the upsized Term Loan Facility, together with existing cash, to pay $66.1 million in dividends to our shareholders in an amount equal to $0.50 per share. The Credit Agreement was subsequently amended and restated on July 27, 2020 to account for an upsize of the Term Loan Facility to $300.0 million and of the Revolving Credit Facility to $40.0 million and to terminate the DDTL. We used a portion of the proceeds from the upsized Term Loan Facility, together with existing cash, in a total amount of $77.6 million to repurchase 16,095,819 shares of common stock and $74.6 million to cancel 16,994,975 options granted under the 2016 Plan, in connection with the termination of the 2016 Plan. As of December 31, 2020, we had $299.3 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility and none outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum, equal to an applicable margin, plus, at our option, an alternative base rate or Eurodollar rate. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Credit Facilities is (a) with respect to term loan borrowings, 5.5% for alternate base rate borrowings and 6.5% for Eurodollar borrowings and (b) with respect to revolving loans, 3.5% for alternate base rate borrowings and 4.5% for Eurodollar borrowings. We intend to use approximately $      million of the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility, to repay all outstanding borrowings, including prepayment fees and expenses, under the Term Loan Facility.
As of December 31, 2020, we also had $2.4 million outstanding under the Convertible Term Loan. The Convertible Term Loan was entered into by SH1 on August 20, 2013. Monthly principal and interest payments are approximately $0.02 million, and the loan bears interest at an annual rate of 6.68%. The remaining principal balance is due upon maturity, which is August 20, 2030. The loan is secured by a deed of trust to Public Trustee, assignment of leases and rents, security agreements, and SH1’s fixture filing.
In March 2020, we borrowed $25.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility to ensure sufficient funds available due to the uncertainty relating to the coronavirus pandemic and for general corporate purposes. Those borrowings have since been repaid in full and the full capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility currently remains available for borrowing.
In connection with this offering, we anticipate entering into the New Term Loan Facility, comprised of a $      million      -year term loan, and the New Revolver, comprised of a $      million        -year revolving credit facility. Interest on our New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at a rate of            (or a similar index for foreign currency borrowings) plus a margin that ranges from          basis points to           basis points, and borrowings under our New Revolving Credit Facility are expected to bear interest at a rate of                 (or a similar index for foreign currency borrowings) plus a margin that ranges from      basis points to           basis points, with a           floor of    %. Together with proceeds from this offering and borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility, we expect to repay outstanding indebtedness under our existing Term Loan Facility and terminate the existing Credit Agreement. We expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities shortly after the closing of this offering; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into the New Credit Facilities on the terms described herein or at all. For a description of the important terms of the New Credit Facilities, see the section entitled “Description of certain indebtedness—New credit facilities.”
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cash and cash equivalents
The following table presents a summary of our consolidated cash and cash equivalents from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.
Year ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
December 31,
2019
2020
2019
2020
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 25,906 $ 43,828 $ 13,441 $ (743)
Net cash used in investing activities
(52,481) (11,691) (5,954) (13,464)
Net cash provided by financing activities
37,349 21,232 (1,688) (21,365)
Net change in cash
10,774 53,369 5,799 (35,572)
Cash at beginning of year/period
50,422 61,196 61,196 114,565
Cash at end of year/period
$ 61,196 $ 114,565 $ 66,995 $ 78,993
Operating activities
For the six months ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $0.7 million, a decrease of $14.1 million compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $13.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. Significant changes impacting net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:

net income of $(40.2) million for the six months ended December 31, 2020 compared to $5.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 decreased due to the Apax Transaction that resulted in non-reoccurring Corporate, general and administrative expense totaling $55.3 million;

deferred income taxes for the six months ended December 31, 2020 of $6.1 million compared to $1.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 increased primarily due to disallowed officers compensation under IRC Section 162(m); and

increase in amounts due to Medicare and Medicaid of $8.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020 compared to $5.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 due to HCPF reconciliation and settlement process.
For the year ended June 30, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $43.8 million, an increase of $17.9 million compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $25.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. Significant changes impacting net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended June 30, 2020 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2019 were as follows:

net income of $25.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to $19.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 increased due to growth;

decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 of $1.0 million compared to an increase in accounts payable for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 of $9.4 million due to timing of invoice payments;

decrease in amounts due to Medicare and Medicaid of $8.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to $12.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 due to HCPF reconciliation and settlement process; and

increase in deferred revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 of $2,000 compared to a decrease in deferred revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 of $12.6 million due to the timing of Medicare payments.
 
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Investing activities
For the six months ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $13.5 million, an increase of $7.5 million compared to net cash used in investing activities of $6.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. Significant changes impacting net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:

purchases of property and equipment in the six months ended December 31, 2020 of $11.5 million compared to $7.3 million in the six months ended December 31, 2019 due to growth-related capital expenditures.
For the year ended June 30, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $11.7 million, a decrease of $40.8 million compared to net cash used in investing activities of $52.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. Significant changes impacting net cash used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2020 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2019 were as follows:

purchases of property and equipment in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 of $11.8 million compared to $14.5 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 due to growth-related capital expenditures;

no business acquisitions or associated cash outlay in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to payments for three acquisitions, net of cash acquired, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 of $27.5 million; and

during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, we made an investment of $9.0 million related to our joint venture in InnovAge Sacramento, which was created on March 18, 2019 and which began operations in the fiscal year 2021.
Financing activities
For the six months ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in financing activities was $21.4 million, a decrease of $19.7 million compared to net cash used in financing activities of $1.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. Significant changes impacting net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:

net proceeds from long-term debt of $79.1 million in the six months ended December 31, 2020 compared to net principal payments from long term debt of $1.0 million in the six months ended December 31, 2019 changed due to the amendment and restatement of our Credit Agreement in July 2020; and

net cash used related to the Apax Transaction and contributions of $99.1 million in the six months ended December 31, 2020 compared to none in the six months ended December 31, 2019.
For the year ended June 30, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $21.2 million, a decrease of $16.1 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $37.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. Significant changes impacting net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2020 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2019 were as follows:

proceeds from long-term debt of $25.0 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to $245.0 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 due to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility in fiscal year 2020 to address liquidity concerns associated with COVID-19 (which amounts have since been repaid) and the refinancing of the Credit Agreement in fiscal year 2019;

principal payments on long-term debt of $1.9 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to $127.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, due to the refinancing of the Credit Agreement in fiscal year 2019 and reoccurring payments on outstanding debt in fiscal year 2020; and

payment of dividend, net of withholding of nil in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to $66.5 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.
 
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Contractual obligations and commitments
Our principal commitments consist of repayments of long-term debt and obligations under operating and capital leases. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020:
Payments due by period
Total
Less
than
1 year
1-3 
years
3-5 
years
More
than
5 years
(in thousands)
Long-term debt obligations(1)
$ 301,636 3,043 6,087 6,099 $ 286,407
Operating lease obligations(2)
26,308 3,755 7,290 5,534 9,729
Capital Leases
9,242 2,660 4,521 2,061
Total
$ 337,186 9,458 17,898 13,694 $ 296,136
(1) Represents amounts related to the Credit Agreement.
(2) We have not adopted ASU 2016-02, which requires lessees to recognize almost all of their leases on the balance sheet. We will be adopting this guidance for the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2022, and interim reporting periods within the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2023. See “—Recent accounting pronouncements.”
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020.
JOBS Act
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, only being required to present two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for applicable interim periods and the related discussion in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and shareholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.
In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods permitted under the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.
Critical accounting policies
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
 
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
period. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, impacting our reported results of operations and financial condition.
Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management, which have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the recognition of income and expenses. We consider these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to our financial condition and results of operations and require management to make subjective and complex judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue recognition
Revenue for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 is presented under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605”). Under ASC 605, we recognized revenue when all of the following criteria were met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the sales price is fixed or determinable; (iii) collection is reasonably assured; and (iv) services have been rendered. The judgement of when to recognize revenue is linked to the period in which eligible members are entitled to receive benefits.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. This guidance is effective for the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2020, and interim reporting periods within the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2021. We plan on applying the modified retrospective method of adoption for this guidance.
Capitated revenue
Our PACE operating unit provides comprehensive health care services to participants on the basis of fixed or capitated fees per participant that are paid monthly by Medicare, Medicaid, the VA, and private pay sources. Medicaid and Medicare capitation revenues are based on PMPM capitation rates under the PACE program. Capitation payments are recognized as revenue in the period in which they relate. Capitation payments received for PACE participants from Medicare are subject to retroactive premium risk adjustments based upon various factors. We estimate the amount of current-year adjustments in revenues. Any corresponding retroactive adjustments by CMS are recorded as final settlements are determined.
Capitation revenues may be subject to adjustment as a result of examination by government agencies or contractors. The audit process and the resolution of significant related matters often are not finalized until several years after the services are rendered. Any adjustments resulting from these examinations are recorded in the period we are notified of them.
At times, we accept participants into the program pending final authorization from Medicaid. If Medicaid coverage is later denied and there are no alternative resources available to pay for services, the participant is disenrolled. Costs incurred on behalf of such participants were nominal in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Intangible assets consist of customer relationships acquired through business acquisitions. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired through business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually.
We test goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 or more frequently if triggering events occur or other impairment indicators arise which might impair recoverability. These events or circumstances would include
 
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, sale, disposition of a significant portion of the business, or other factors. Impairment of goodwill is evaluated at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment (i.e. before aggregation or combination), or one level below an operating segment (i.e. a component).
A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. We have three reporting units for evaluating goodwill impairment.
ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), allows entities to first use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. When the reporting units where we perform the quantitative goodwill impairment are tested, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit, which we primarily determine using an income approach based on the present value of discounted cash flows, to the respective carrying value, which includes goodwill. Management estimates and assumptions are used when we determine fair value using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow. These techniques are also used when assigning the purchase price to acquired assets and liabilities. These types of analyses require us to make assumptions and estimates regarding industry and economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. It is our policy to conduct impairment testing based on our current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions, as well as future expectations. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, the goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying value is higher than the fair value, the difference would be recognized as an impairment loss. There were no goodwill impairments recorded during the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 or during the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.
Additionally, the customer relationships represent the estimated values of customer relationships of acquired businesses and have definite lives. We amortize these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their ten-year estimated useful life. ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment (“ASC 360”), provides guidance for impairment related to definite life assets including, customer relationships, for which we reviewed for impairment in conjunction with long-lived assets. We test for recoverability of the customer relationships whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. There were no intangible asset impairments recorded during the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 or during the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.
Reported and estimated claims
Reported and estimated claims expenses are costs for third-party healthcare service providers that provide medical care to our participants for which we are contractually obligated to pay (through our full-risk capitation arrangements). The estimated reserve for unpaid claims liability is included in the liability for reported and estimated claims in the consolidated balance sheets. Actual claims expense will differ from the estimated liability due to differences in estimated and actual member utilization of health care services, unit cost trends, participant acuity, changes in net census, known outbreaks of disease, including COVID-19 or increased incidence of illness such as influenza and other factors. We periodically assess our estimates with an independent actuarial expert to ensure our estimates represent the best, most reasonable estimate given the data available to us at the time the estimates are made.
We have included incurred but not reported claims of approximately $28.2 million and $30.3 million on our balance sheet as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively and $36.5 million as of December 31, 2020. Our recorded medical claims expense estimate are approximately within +/- 5-10% of actual medical claims expense incurred, which could represent as much as approximately 0.7% of our total operating expense.
The following tables provide information about incurred and paid claims reporting and development as of June 30, 2020 (except as otherwise noted). The expenses recorded table reflects the amount of claims reported in our consolidated statements of operations as of the end of the applicable fiscal year based on our best and most reasonable estimates and actuarial assessment at the time of such determination. The cumulative
 
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
actual incurred claims table represents the actual amount of claims incurred by the Company with the benefit of the passage of time. The variance between the expense recorded and the cumulative actual incurred claims ranges between approximately 1% and 3% of actual total incurred claims over the periods presented, and such variance may vary based on the factors described above in this section.
Expenses Recorded for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
Claims incurred year:
(in thousands)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
FY 2016
$ 86,492
FY 2017
$ 102,832
FY 2018
$ 123,821
FY 2019
$ 171,128
FY 2020
$ 211,381
Total
$ 86,492 $ 102,832 $ 123,821 $ 171,128 $ 211,381
Pharmacy Expense
61,451
External provider costs
$ 272,832
Cumulative Actual Incurred Claims for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
Claims incurred year:
(in thousands)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
FY 2016
$ 85,244 $ 85,244 $ 85,244 $ 85,244 $ 85,244
FY 2017
101,386 101,386 101,386 101,386
FY 2018
119,687 119,687 119,687
FY 2019
173,047 173,061
FY 2020
210,512
Total
$ 85,244 $ 186,630 $ 306,317 $ 479,364 $ 689,890
Cumulative Actual Paid Claims for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
Claims incurred year:
(in thousands)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
FY 2016
$ 74,924 $ 85,290 $ 85,234 $ 85,254 $ 85,244
FY 2017
88,020 101,572 101,450 101,386
FY 2018
109,022 119,759 119,687
FY 2019
144,943 173,048
FY 2020
179,616
Total
$ 74,924 $ 173,310 $ 295,828 $ 451,406 $ 658,981
Other Claims-Related Liabilities
(619)
Reported and estimated claims
$ 30,291
Stock-based compensation
ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) requires the measurement of the cost of the employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value or, in certain circumstances, the calculated value of the award. We maintained the 2016 Plan pursuant to which various stock-based awards may be granted to employees, directors, consultants, and advisers. Under our 2016 Plan, we were able to reward employees with various types of awards, including but not limited to stock options on a service-based or performance-based schedule. We have elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.
 
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The 2016 Plan
The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the option, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of the option, and our expected dividend yield. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized, and the resulting change in fair value, if any, is recognized in our statement of operations and comprehensive loss during the period the related services are rendered. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop.
For service-vesting awards, we recognize stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award, on a straight-line basis. For performance-vesting awards, we recognize stock-based compensation expense when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. We will analyze if a performance condition is probable for each reporting period through the settlement date for awards subject to performance vesting. For service-vesting awards, we recognize stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the awards as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards.
The 2016 Plan was canceled in July 2020 and we subsequently established the 2020 Plan pursuant to which interests in TCO Group Holdings, L.P. in the form of Class B Units were granted to employees, directors, consultants, and advisers.
The 2020 Plan
The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the option, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of the option, and our expected dividend yield. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized, and the resulting change in fair value, if any, is recognized in our statement of operations and comprehensive loss during the period the related services are rendered. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop.
We concluded that within the 2020 Plan both the performance-vesting units are subject to a market condition and assessed the market condition as part of its determination of the grant date fair value. For performance-vesting units, we recognized unit-based compensation expense when it was probable that the performance condition would be achieved. We will analyze if a performance condition was probable for each reporting period through the settlement date for units subject to performance vesting. For service-vesting units, we will recognize unit-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the profits interest as if the unit was, in-substance, multiple units.
Recent accounting pronouncements
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recent Accounting Pronouncements” for more information.
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.
Interest rate risk
As of June 30, 2020, we had total outstanding debt of $190.0 million in principal amount under the Term Loan Facility, $25.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility and $2.4 million under the Convertible Term
 
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Loan. As of December 31, 2020, we had total outstanding debt of $299.3 million in principal amount under the Term Loan Facility, $2.4 million under the Convertible Term Loan, and no outstanding debt under the Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a floating rate per annum, equal to an applicable margin, plus, at our option, an alternative base rate or Eurodollar rate. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Credit Facilities is (a) with respect to term loan borrowings, 5.5% for alternate base rate borrowings and 6.5% for Eurodollar borrowings and (b) with respect to revolving loans, 3.5% for alternate base rate borrowings and 4.5% for Eurodollar borrowings. Additionally, we are required to pay the following fees pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facilities: (a) a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit commitments of 0.5% per annum, (b) a customary administrative agent fee to the first lien administrative agent (c) a participation fee on the daily amount of letter of credit exposure of each letter of credit issued by each issuing bank at a rate equal to 5.0% and (d) a fronting fee which shall accrue at 0.125% on the actual daily amounts of the exposure determined in the prior subsection (c).
In connection with this offering, we anticipate entering into the New Term Loan Facility, comprised of a $      million           -year term loan, and the New Revolver, comprised of a $      million           -year revolving credit facility. Interest on our New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at a rate of                 (or a similar index for foreign currency borrowings) plus a margin that ranges from           basis points to           basis points, and borrowings under our New Revolver are expected to bear interest at a rate of                 (or a similar index for foreign currency borrowings) plus a margin that ranges from      basis points to           basis points, with a            floor of    %. Together with proceeds from this offering and borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility, we expect to repay outstanding indebtedness under our existing Term Loan Facility and terminate the existing Credit Agreement. We expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities shortly after the closing of this offering; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into the New Credit Facilities on the terms described herein or at all.
We had cash and cash equivalents of $112.9 million and $77.3 million as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, respectively, which are deposited with high credit quality financial institutions and are primarily in demand deposit accounts.
Our cash and cash equivalents and interest payments in respect of our debt are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Inflation risk
Based on our analysis of the periods presented, we believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our operating results. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
 
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Business
Overview
We are the leading healthcare delivery platform by number of participants focused on providing all-inclusive, capitated care to high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We directly address two of the most pressing challenges facing the U.S. healthcare industry: rising costs and poor outcomes. Our patient-centered care delivery approach meaningfully improves the quality of care our participants receive, while keeping them in their homes for as long as safely possible and reducing over-utilization of high-cost care settings such as hospitals and nursing homes. Our patient-centered approach is led by our IDTs, who design, manage and coordinate each participant’s personalized care plan. We directly manage and are responsible for all healthcare needs and associated costs for our participants. We directly contract with government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and do not rely on third-party administrative organizations or health plans. We believe our model aligns with how healthcare is evolving, namely (1) the shift toward value-based care, in which coordinated, outcomes-driven, high-quality care is delivered while reducing unnecessary spend, (2) eliminating excessive administrative costs by contracting directly with the government, (3) focusing on the patient experience and (4) addressing social determinants of health.
We deliver our patient-centered care through the InnovAge Platform. The InnovAge Platform consists of (1) our IDTs and (2) our community-based care delivery model. The key attributes of the InnovAge Platform include:

Our participant focus.   Our model is focused on caring for frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We define dual-eligible seniors as individuals who are 55+ and qualify for benefits under both Medicare and Medicaid. Our target participant population is the frail, nursing home-eligible subset of dual-eligible seniors to whom we refer as “high-cost, dual-eligibles” given their high healthcare acuity and the associated high level of spend. Our participants are among the most frail and medically complex individuals in the U.S. healthcare system. The typical InnovAge participant has, on average, nine chronic conditions and requires, on average, assistance with three or more ADLs. As a result, the average InnovAge participant has a Medicare RAF of 2.53. A higher RAF score indicates poorer health and higher predicted health care costs. The average InnovAge participant’s RAF is over 2.3 times higher than the 1.08 RAF of the average Medicare fee-for-service non-dual enrollee according to a 2019 analysis. Our platform enables participants to exercise their preference to age independently in their homes and stay active in their communities for as long as safely possible. All of our participants are certified as nursing home-eligible, but, as a result of the InnovAge Platform, over 90% of our participants are able to live safely in their homes and communities.

Our interdisciplinary care teams.   Our IDTs are the core of our comprehensive clinical model. They design, manage and coordinate all aspects of each participant’s customized care plan. Our IDT structure is designed to enhance access to care for our participants and eliminate the information silos and gaps in care that often occur in traditional fee-for-service models. We are responsible for the totality of our participants’ medical and social needs, including primary and specialist care, in-home care, hospital visits, nutrition, transportation to our care centers and other medical appointments, pharmacy and behavioral health support. We leverage a technology suite powered by industry-leading clinical and operational information technology solutions to collect and analyze data, streamline IDT workflows and empower our teams with timely participant insights that improve outcomes.

The composition of our IDTs reflects our comprehensive mandate and the complexity of our participants’ care needs. Each IDT convenes, at minimum, experts across at least 11 disciplines, from the primary care physician to the social worker, who are collectively responsible for managing all aspects of our participant’s care.

Our care plans seek to mitigate challenges presented by participants’ social determinants of health. We provide food, transportation and in-home assistance to remove barriers to accessing care and promote a safe in-home living environment for our participants.
 
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Our community-based care delivery model.   Our model delivers care across a continuum of community-based settings. Our multimodal approach leverages our care centers, the participant’s home, and telehealth to deliver comprehensive care to our participants in the most appropriate and cost-effective setting, while enabling participants to live in their homes and communities. The InnovAge Platform is designed to be a higher touch care model compared to many of our peers, and our providers interact with our participants daily across multiple settings. As an example, a representative participant (1) visits the center approximately six times per month (prior to the COVID-19 pandemic), (2) receives daily in-home support and (3) has 24/7 virtual access to an IDT member. Each care plan is individualized by the IDT to include a set of interactions tailored to each participant’s needs. We believe our high-touch, integrated approach results in high-quality care and better outcomes for our participants.

Our direct contracting relationships with federal and state governments.   We directly contract with government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, through PACE and receive a capitated payment to manage the totality of a participant’s medical care. The capitated payment model gives us flexibility to invest in a comprehensive care delivery model, which delivers value-added services that are not typically covered in a fee-for-service environment. As a result of our direct contracts with government payors, we capture 100% of the premium and do not rely on administrative intermediaries, such as health plans, to recruit participants or administer our contracts. Our model is designed to generate savings for federal and state governments compared to the nursing home alternative. For the year ended June 30, 2020, approximately 99.5% of our total revenue was derived from capitation agreements with government payors. We have developed strong relationships with Medicare and Medicaid agencies through our participation in PACE and believe we are well positioned to participate in future direct contracting opportunities with government payors.
According to CMS, healthcare spending in the United States was greater than $3.6 trillion in 2018, and Medicare and Medicaid combined accounted for greater than $1.3 trillion spent on the care of approximately 125 million individuals. In 2018, there were approximately 12 million individuals simultaneously enrolled in Medicare and Medicaid that we estimate accounted for approximately $464 billion, representing 34% of combined Medicare and Medicaid spend. Our focus is on the most frail, complex subset of dual-eligible seniors who represent some of the highest-cost individuals in the U.S. healthcare system. Based on our estimated market of approximately 2.2 million PACE-eligibles in the United States, we estimate that our total addressable market is approximately $200 billion. Currently, only approximately 55,000 individuals among the 2.2 million nursing home-eligible, dual-eligible seniors we target receive care from a PACE provider, based on a November 2020 report from the National PACE Association. Over the next eight years, the National PACE Association is targeting a PACE enrollment increase at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 17%.
We believe the traditional fee-for-service reimbursement model in healthcare does not adequately incentivize providers to efficiently manage this complex population. Dual-eligible seniors must navigate a disjointed, separately administered set of Medicare and Medicaid benefits, which often results in uncoordinated care delivered in silos. Our vertically integrated care model and full-risk contracts incentivize us to coordinate and proactively manage all aspects of a participant’s health. Costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower on average than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid, based on an analysis of available data by the National PACE Association as of November 2020, and our costs are estimated to be approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries, based on our analysis of the most recent Dartmouth Atlas data from 2017. Importantly, we believe we deliver significantly better health outcomes. Our care model reduces unnecessary or avoidable medical spend. We estimate that across our mature markets, our participants on average have 16% fewer hospital admissions and 73% fewer low- to medium-severity emergency room visits relative to a comparable Medicare fee-for-service population with similar risk scores for which data is available. In addition, our participants have a 25% lower 30-day hospital readmission rate compared to a frail, dual-eligible or disabled waiver population. In addition to reducing spend, we also focus on ensuring our
 
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
participants are satisfied and receive high-quality care. Our participant satisfaction, based on a survey of a random sample of participants and administered by an independent third party as of June 30, 2020, is 89%. Our participants live, on average, 1.5 years longer than comparable populations who choose nursing home care, based on a HHS report dated June 27, 2017.
We believe the InnovAge Platform has enabled us to create a healthcare model where all constituencies involved — participants, their families, providers and government payors — “Win.”

Participants.   We enable our participants to remain in their homes and communities and age independently. We leverage our differentiated care delivery model to improve the health of our participants, avoid unnecessary hospitalizations and nursing home stays, and greatly improve our participants’ experience with the healthcare system.

Families.   By taking over many aspects of care, such as transportation to appointments, we reduce the caregiving burden on participants’ family members. We believe families receive “peace of mind” knowing their loved ones are well taken care of and that they have a clear point of contact with our IDTs.

Providers.   We enable our providers to focus on taking care of patients by providing them with meaningful clinical and administrative support.

Government payors.   We provide government payors with fiscal certainty through our capitated payment arrangements and reduced medical and social costs for frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. Costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower on average than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid, and our costs are estimated to be approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries, based on our analysis of the most recent Dartmouth Atlas data from 2017.
We believe our strong value proposition to each constituency translates into a superior economic model. We directly contract with Medicare and Medicaid on a PMPM basis, which creates recurring revenue streams and provides significant visibility into our revenue growth trajectory. We receive 100% of the pooled capitated payment to directly provide or manage the healthcare needs of our participants. By proactively providing high-quality care and addressing risks related to social determinants of health, we have demonstrated our ability to reduce avoidable utilization of high-cost care settings, such as hospitals and nursing homes. As a result, we create a surplus that can be used to invest in refining our care model and providing even greater social supports for our participants. These investments further improve participants’ experiences and health outcomes, which we believe will result in more savings that will drive our profitable growth. The virtuous cycle we have created enables us to consistently deliver high-quality care, achieve high participant satisfaction and retention, and attract new participants. We believe that continuing to drive medical cost savings over a growing participant census will deliver an even greater surplus to our organization, enabling us to invest in more participant programs, evolve our care model, enhance our technology and fund new centers.
We have a record of driving profitable growth and achieving compelling unit economics. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, all of our centers had a positive Center-level Contribution Margin, and our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years have generated positive Center-level Contribution Margins in fewer than 12 months of operation. For a discussion of Center-level Contribution Margin, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key business metrics and non-GAAP measures—Center-level contribution margin.”
We have demonstrated an ability to scale successfully, expanding our model to a network of 16 centers in five states, which provided care for approximately 6,400 participants during the year ended June 30, 2020. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, our total revenues were $465.6 million and $567.2 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 22%. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, our net income was $19.1 million and $25.8 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 35.1%, while Adjusted EBITDA was $51.7 million to $65.9 million, respectively, representing a
 
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
year-over-year growth rate of 27.6%. Over the same period, our net income margin expanded from 4.1% to 4.5% and Adjusted EBITDA margin expanded from 11.1% to 11.7%. For the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our net income was $5.8 million and $(40.2) million, respectively, while Adjusted EBITDA was $25.4 million and $45.7 million, respectively, representing a period over period growth rate of 80.1%. Over the same period, our net income margin changed from 2.1% to (13.0)% and Adjusted EBITDA Margin expanded from 9.4% to 14.8%. See “— Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and the definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin. Our experience driving profitable growth and expanding geographically underscores our confidence in our ability to successfully execute on the growth opportunities ahead. We intend to substantially increase the number of centers we operate in new and existing markets to bring our innovative care model to more frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors and their families across the country.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d4-tbl_trajec4clr.jpg]
Industry challenges
Unsustainable and rising healthcare costs
Healthcare spending in the United States has grown at approximately 5% per year from 2013 to 2018, and in 2018 represented $3.6 trillion of annual spend, or 17.7% of U.S. GDP. The overall growth rate of healthcare spending is expected to accelerate due to the aging population. Furthermore, the government’s share of total healthcare spend through programs such as Medicare and Medicaid is expected to grow from approximately 37% today to more than 40% as early as 2025, indicating faster growth in government-sponsored healthcare than the overall market.
Government healthcare spend is disproportionally concentrated in the dual-eligible population, who typically suffer from multiple chronic conditions and require long-term services and supports. In 2018, dual-eligible seniors represented 20% and 18% of the Medicare and Medicaid populations, respectively, but we estimate that they accounted for 34% and 35% of spending, respectively, in these programs. Medicare and Medicaid spend on average three times more per capita on a dual-eligible senior than a Medicare-only senior. Improved care management of dual-eligible seniors is critical to reducing the rapid growth in government healthcare spending in the United States.
Highly fragmented, uncoordinated healthcare system
The U.S. healthcare system is complex and highly fragmented, resulting in piecemeal care delivery across different providers who each lack a complete picture of the patient. Furthermore, this dynamic often makes the healthcare system difficult for patients to navigate. Primary, acute, behavioral and long-term care providers need to work together to effectively manage a patient’s care, yet, today, they work in silos. This
 
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
lack of care coordination can result in missed or inaccurate diagnoses, gaps in care, unnecessary spend and ultimately sub-optimal patient outcomes.
High-cost, dual-eligible seniors are at high risk of falling through the cracks of the U.S. healthcare system. Few government-sponsored programs other than PACE bring together the Medicare and Medicaid benefit for these individuals, creating further barriers to delivering coordinated care. Dual-eligible beneficiaries are among the most medically complex, high-frequency users of healthcare services. The typical InnovAge participant has, on average, nine chronic conditions and requires, on average, assistance with three or more 2ADLs. A lack of coordination across providers can have severe consequences given the high occurrence of chronic illnesses and other underlying health issues in this population.
Prevalence of wasteful spending and sub-optimal outcomes
A 2019 study, published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, estimated that approximately 25% of all annual healthcare spending is for unnecessary services, excessive administrative costs, fraud and other inefficiencies creating waste. At current spending levels, this represents approximately $760 billion to $935 billion of wasteful spending. Furthermore, CMS’s national healthcare expenditure data indicate that in 2018, approximately 8.4% of healthcare spending was for administrative activities and health insurance expenditures, representing approximately $306 billion of healthcare spending that is not tied to the direct provision of care.
In 2019, based on projections made by the Office of the Actuary of CMS, hospital care was estimated to be the largest category of healthcare spending in the United States, representing 33% of the total spend. Proper management of chronic conditions and targeted interventions to mitigate challenges presented by social determinants of health can significantly reduce the incidence of acute episodes, which are the main driver of emergency room visits and hospitalization among the dual-eligible senior population. Healthcare spending on nursing care facilities and continuing care retirement communities reached approximately $175 billion in 2019, based on projections made by the Office of the Actuary of CMS. Similar to spend on hospitals and other high-acuity care settings, we believe many of these dollars can ultimately be saved by providing proactive treatment and investing in proper medical and social supports to enable frail seniors to live in their homes and communities.
Despite high levels of spending, the U.S. healthcare system struggles to produce better health outcomes and delivers low levels of patient and provider satisfaction. Life expectancy in the United States was 78.7 years in 2018, compared to 82.4 years in comparable developed countries, and patient satisfaction with the healthcare system is low.
Payment structures are evolving to address healthcare issues
Policymakers and healthcare experts generally acknowledge that the fee-for-service model is not designed to deliver on the “triple aim” of providing low-cost, high-quality care while improving the patient experience. Historically, healthcare delivery was oriented around reactive care for acute events, which resulted in the development of a fee-for-service payment model. By linking payments to the volume of encounters and pricing for higher complexity interventions, the fee-for-service model does not incentivize providers to practice preventative medicine or manage patients in lower cost settings. Rather, many policymakers and healthcare experts believe it unintentionally creates the opposite result — acute, episodic care delivered in high-cost settings that unnecessarily drive up the total cost of healthcare.
High-cost, dual-eligible seniors require proactive, coordinated care plans to address their medical acuity, need for long term support and risks related to social determinants of health. Without personalized, patient-centered care that removes barriers to treatment, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors would continue to over-utilize healthcare in higher-cost settings, such as emergency rooms and nursing homes.
Government payors have responded by incentivizing a transition to value-based reimbursement models for dual-eligible seniors. A recent example of this has been the growth of the PACE program.
 
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PACE is a government-sponsored, provider-led managed care program focused on enabling frail dual-eligible seniors who qualify to live in a nursing home to age independently in their homes. PACE providers receive a monthly risk-adjusted payment for each participant (PMPM) directly from Medicare and Medicaid to manage the totality of medical care an enrolled participant needs. Fully capitated models, such as PACE, incentivize organizations to better manage chronic conditions to avoid high-cost acute episodes and to invest in services that fall outside the scope of a fee-for-service model. These services, such as care coordination and ancillary support to remove barriers created by social determinants of health, can have a significant impact on a participant’s overall health.
InnovAge manages participants that are, on average, more complex and medically fragile than other Medicare-eligible patients, including those in MA programs. As a result, we receive larger payments for our participants compared to MA participants. This is driven by two factors: (1) we manage a higher acuity population, with an average RAF score of 2.53 compared to an average RAF score of 1.08 for Medicare fee-for-service non-dual enrollees; and (2) we manage Medicaid spend in addition to Medicare. Our comprehensive care model and globally capitated payments are designed to cover participants from enrollment until the end of life, including coverage for participants requiring hospice and palliative care.
The successful clinical approaches of PACE helped inform certain aspects of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation’s recently announced Direct Contracting Program set to begin in 2021. The Direct Contracting Program aims to create value-based payment arrangements directly with provider groups for their current Medicare fee-for-service patients. By transitioning from fee-for-service arrangements to value-based payments, CMS expects healthcare providers will be financially incentivized to simultaneously improve quality while lowering the cost of care and focusing on patient experience, as is done in PACE today.
Legacy healthcare delivery infrastructure has been slow to transition from fee-for-service to value-based care models
In order for the shift to value-based payment models to drive meaningful results, we believe there must be a corresponding shift in care delivery models. While there has been significant investment by providers, payors and technology companies in developing solutions to enable higher-quality and lower-cost care, the healthcare industry is still heavily reliant on fee-for-service reimbursement models.
The COVID-19 pandemic has amplified several flaws in the current legacy healthcare delivery system. Traditional healthcare providers have faced dwindling fee-for-service visits in light of stay-at-home orders, government restrictions and general patient fear of medical settings. This has not only reduced revenues for traditional providers, but has strained their ability to provide necessary care for their patients. Patients with chronic conditions in the fee-for-service system have found themselves unable to access care because the broader healthcare system could not rapidly shift services from institutions to home-based environments. Patients in long-term care facilities, such as nursing homes, have found themselves in an even worse position. The highly contagious nature of the virus that causes COVID-19 combined with the higher mortality rate in frail seniors created devastating conditions that led to many avoidable deaths. As of December 4, 2020, 5% of all U.S. COVID-19 cases could be linked to long-term care facilities, according to The New York Times, but those cases translated into 38% of all U.S. COVID-19-related deaths.
Providers that operate comprehensive value-based models, like us, were better positioned to quickly pivot their care delivery approach to safely treat patients in virtual and home-based settings without losing any revenue. We believe the COVID-19 pandemic has further highlighted the need for integrated, multimodal value-based care delivery models.
Our market opportunity
We have designed the InnovAge Platform to bring high-touch, comprehensive, value-based care to frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors, who are among the most medically complex patients in the U.S. healthcare system. Approximately 92% of our participants are dual-eligible seniors. We are one of the largest healthcare
 
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
platforms focused on frail, dual-eligible seniors, and we serve participants primarily through PACE. We have built the largest PACE-focused operation in the country based on number of participants; we are twice the size of our closest PACE-focused competitor, more than 30 times larger than the typical PACE operator and the only for-profit PACE operator with a footprint in three or more states. Given our scale and track record of success across geographies, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on a significant market opportunity to provide care to frail, high-cost, dual-eligible seniors.
Our care model targets the most complex, frail subset of the dual-eligible senior population. Our target market is estimated at approximately 2.2 million, representing seniors who we believe are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid and meet the nursing home eligibility criteria for PACE. We prioritize high-density urban and suburban areas, where there are sizable numbers of frail dual-eligible seniors who would benefit most from our program. We leverage the InnovAge Platform to provide comprehensive, coordinated healthcare to enable our frail, nursing home-eligible seniors to live independently in their homes and communities. According to a 2011 study by the National Conference of State Legislatures and the AARP Public Policy Institute, 90% of people over age 65 want to stay in their home for as long as possible, and the InnovAge Platform empowers seniors to age independently in their own homes, on their own terms, for as long as possible.
Based on our experience and industry knowledge, we estimate an average annual revenue opportunity of $90,000 per participant ($7,500 PMPM). Based on our estimated market of approximately 2.2 million PACE eligibles in the United States, we estimate that our annual total addressable market is approximately $200 billion. Of these estimated PACE eligibles, only approximately 55,000 are enrolled in a PACE program, based on a November 2020 report from the National PACE Association. Historically, most of our participants received healthcare under fee-for-service Medicare and Medicaid prior to enrolling in our model. Over the next eight years, the National PACE Association is targeting a PACE enrollment increase at a CAGR of approximately 17%. As a result, we believe we have a substantial runway for growth by bringing our comprehensive value-based model of care to more frail, dual-eligible seniors across the country.
In addition to the sizable whitespace opportunity for growth in our market, a 2020 study conducted by The Commonwealth Fund found that the PACE model could effectively serve other high-cost, high-need populations, such as young adults with developmental or physical disabilities and adults with behavioral health conditions.
The InnovAge Platform:
Improving outcomes and reducing costs for high-cost, dual-eligible seniors
Our patient-centered approach is tailored to address the complex medical and social needs of our frail dual-eligible senior population. We leverage the InnovAge Platform to deliver comprehensive, highly coordinated healthcare to our participants. The InnovAge Platform consists of (1) our interdisciplinary care teams and (2) our community-based care delivery model.
Our interdisciplinary care teams
The IDT structure is core to our clinical model. Our IDTs design, manage and coordinate all aspects of each participant’s unique care plan and function as the core group of care providers to our participants.
 
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d1-fc_partici4c.jpg]
Our IDT structure is designed to enhance access to care for our participants and eliminate information silos and gaps in care that frequently occur in a fee-for-service model. We are responsible for all of our participants’ medical care, and we coordinate care delivery across multiple settings. We deliver individualized care for each participant that addresses his or her specific medical conditions and social determinants of health. We deliver or manage primary and specialist care, in-home care, hospital visits, nutrition, transportation to our care centers and to other medical appointments, pharmacy and behavioral health. We leverage a technology suite, which we believe is powered by industry-leading clinical and operational information technology solutions to collect and analyze data, streamline IDT workflows and empower our teams with timely participant insights that improve outcomes.
Each IDT convenes, at a minimum, experts across at least 11 disciplines to collectively manage the complex care needs of each participant. IDTs are typically comprised of a primary care provider, registered nurse, master’s-level social worker, physical therapist, occupational therapist, recreational therapist or activity coordinator, dietician, center manager, home care coordinator, personal care attendant and driver. The IDTs meet multiple times per week to discuss each participant’s care plan and closely monitor key clinical metrics to ensure each participant receives optimal treatment based on his or her current conditions. The IDTs provide and coordinate care across multiple settings, including in-person visits in participants’ homes and in our centers, via telehealth, and in other third-party medical settings.
Our community-based care delivery model
Our high-touch model delivers care across a continuum of community-based settings. Our multimodal approach leverages (1) the care center, (2) the home and (3) virtual care capabilities to deliver comprehensive care to our participants. Our capitated payment model gives us the flexibility to invest in care coordination, transportation and other services to mitigate challenges presented by participants’ social determinants of health, regardless of what is traditionally covered by insurance. As a result, our capabilities are not limited to what we are able to offer inside of our centers.
We interact with our participants daily across multiple settings. As an example, prior to March 2020, our average participant received daily in-home care and support and visited a center six times per month to receive medical treatment and socialize and currently also has 24/7 virtual access to one of our physicians. Our high-touch model enables our ability to influence our participants’ health outcomes and total cost of care.
 
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our community-based care centers.   Our purpose-built community-based care centers are designed for the specific needs of our target population and serve as a medical and social hub for our participants. Our participants often spend the full day in these centers receiving medical treatment, meals and physical therapy and socializing with peers. Our care centers are larger than those of most other comparable care organizations and include dedicated spaces for medical care, physical therapy, behavioral health and dentistry, in addition to day-rooms and dining spaces for socialization among our participants. We incorporate population-specific design elements, such as grab bars and rounded hallways, to accommodate the frailty and the prevalence of dementia among our participant population. The size and design of our centers enable us to deliver a significant portion of our participants’ care in one location, simplifying the healthcare experience for participants and their families.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d1-ph_1houses4clr.jpg]
Our in-home care capabilities.   Our in-home care capabilities enable our participants to live safely in their homes and avoid nursing homes to the extent safely possible. We directly deliver or manage all skilled and
 
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
unskilled care a participant may require to live independently at home. Additionally, we have dedicated strategic partnerships with “hospital-at-home” providers to deliver acute care in-home when appropriate. In addition, we manage transportation not only to our centers but also to all third-party medical appointments. During the year prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, through February 29, 2020, in an average month, we provided over 61,000 one-way trips. Our capitated payment model gives us the flexibility to invest in home modifications, such as grab bars and shower chairs, to reduce falls and make the home safer for our seniors. We believe our presence in our participants’ homes gives us real-time insight into our participants’ health and enables us to positively influence many environmentally-driven social determinants of health.
Our virtual care capabilities.   Our virtual care capabilities give us the flexibility to deliver medical care and social services virtually when appropriate. Our physicians are equipped with several telehealth platforms to provide virtual care and utilize the option best suited for each individual participant’s preferences and needs. Our aim is to make virtual care access simple and convenient for our participants. In situations where a participant lacks access to a device or is unable to use telehealth technology on their own, we provide them with a device or dispatch a team member to their home to assist.
During the COVID-19 pandemic, we developed our telehealth capabilities to conduct more than 12,000 remote provider appointments, more than 62,500 telehealth visits, and more than 203,000 wellness phone calls as of November 22, 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the strength and adaptability of the InnovAge Platform and our community-based care delivery model. Though the COVID-19 pandemic has altered the mix of settings where we deliver care, our multimodal approach ensures our participants continue to receive the care they need.
Addressing social determinants of health.   We believe a key element of the success of our care delivery model is the provision of services that mitigate challenges presented by participants’ social determinants of health. According to AHIP, social determinants of are responsible for more than 70% of a person’s health. We designed our care delivery model to address the following areas:

Economic stability: The majority of our participants bear little to no out-of-pocket expenses under our care model.

Transportation: We provide our participants with free transportation to our centers and to third-party medical appointments.

Physical environment: We retrofit and modify participants’ homes as needed to make them safer, including by installing grab bars and shower chairs. Our home health aides serve as our eyes and ears to ensure our participants’ home environments are safe. Our participants benefit from care centers that are designed around their needs.

Community and social context: Center attendance enables social interaction with peers.

Food and nutrition: Breakfast and lunch are served in our centers and take-home meals are provided.

Health literacy: Educational programming is provided on a regular basis to inform participants and increase their ability to obtain, understand and use healthcare information.

Fitness: We encourage physical activity and arrange population-specific exercise classes.
Our technology suite
Our technology suite supports our ability to deliver consistent, high-quality care to our participants at scale. Our fully capitated care model is operationally complex; it requires coordination among dozens of different providers per participant, real-time integration of clinical data from disparate sources and predictive analytics to enable effective interventions. We license a suite of third-party clinical technologies that we use to create a comprehensive view of our participants’ health, empowering our IDTs to make optimal care decisions. We leverage what we believe to be industry-leading reporting and predictive analytics solutions to collect and analyze data, stratify our population and uncover actionable participant insights. We also leverage third-party technology solutions to drive growth in our business. For example, our sales and marketing team leverages
 
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
customer relationship management tools to track and manage referrals, streamline intake and drive enrollment growth. Our business development team leverages demographic and real estate tools to identify attractive new markets and optimize site selection. Importantly, our third-party telehealth solutions allow us to deliver care virtually 24/7 in our participants’ homes.
COVID-19 highlighted our virtual care capabilities.   In response to COVID-19, we developed a comprehensive telehealth program that could scale to serve all our participants. We closed all of our centers on March 18, 2020 and we transitioned to a 100% in-home and virtual care model to allow uninterrupted participant care. Since March 2020 through November 22, 2020, we have provided over 62,500 telehealth visits and approximately 203,000 wellness checks with care teams assembled to deliver in-home services that otherwise would have occurred at centers. We have used telehealth technologies to conduct medical appointments, monitor our participants’ health and check in on their mental health and wellbeing, all in the comfort and safety of their homes. Our experience with telehealth during the COVID-19 pandemic demonstrates our ability to pivot our care delivery model and has shown us a wider set of use cases for virtual care. Telehealth enables more frequent check-ins and follow-ups for participants who have been discharged from inpatient care settings, which helps us reduce readmissions and emergency room visits. Regular wellness calls give us greater insight into our participants’ mental and physical health and create a more trusted relationship between participants and our care teams. Our 89% participant satisfaction rate since June 30, 2020 highlights the effectiveness of our virtual offering.
Our technology investments support the scalability of our platform and our ability to deliver coordinated, high-quality care to our participants.
Our impact
Our care model has consistently demonstrated sound quality outcomes, consistent financial returns and high participant satisfaction scores.

Improving clinical outcomes and reducing unnecessary utilization.   Our care model is designed to proactively manage chronic conditions, which reduces unnecessary acute episodes, and to treat participants in the most appropriate care setting. We estimate that across our mature markets, our participants on average have 16% fewer hospital admissions and 73% fewer low- to medium-severity emergency room visits relative to a comparable Medicare fee-for-service population with similar risk scores for which data is available. In addition, our participants have a 25% lower 30-day hospital readmission rate compared to a frail, dual-eligible or disabled waiver population from 2016 to 2019.

Reduction in cost.   The InnovAge Platform consistently lowers healthcare costs for the government, as described below:

Medicaid:   The capitation rates paid by Medicaid are designed to result in cost savings relative to expenditures that would otherwise be paid for a comparable nursing facility-eligible population not enrolled under the PACE program. On average, costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid.

Medicare:   We estimate that our program costs are approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries.

Families and individuals:   The majority of our participants and their families pay little to no out-of-pocket costs for our care.

Increased longevity.   Our participants live, on average, 1.5 years longer than comparable populations who choose nursing home care.

Participant satisfaction.   Our participants are highly satisfied with our service. Our participant satisfaction, based on a survey of a random sample of participants and administered by an independent third party as of June 30, 2020, was 89%.
 
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our track record of profitable growth
We have a record of driving profitable growth and achieving compelling unit economics. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and the six months ended December 31, 2020, our consolidated Center-level Contribution Margin, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was 24.9% and 27.3%, respectively, and all of our centers had a positive Center-level Contribution Margin (other than our expansion center in Pennsylvania, which opened in November 2020). Our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years have generated positive Center-level Contribution Margins in fewer than 12 months of operation.
We believe our track record of successfully operating across different markets gives us an advantage when opening centers in existing and new geographies. We aim to grow the InnovAge Platform to positively impact the lives of more frail, dual-eligible seniors and drive long-term value for our key stakeholders: participants and their families, government payors and providers.
Our value proposition
We believe that the InnovAge Platform has enabled us to create a healthcare model where all constituencies involved, including participants, their families, providers and government payors, have the ability to “Win.” Therefore, we “Win” through a virtuous cycle that promotes growth and drives our financial results.
Our participants “Win” by enjoying a better patient experience, improved health outcomes and remaining in their homes and communities for longer
We leverage our differentiated care delivery model to improve the health of our participants and help them avoid unnecessary hospitalizations and nursing home care. We enable our participants to remain in their homes and age independently. As a result, over 90% of our participants live in their preferred setting: their home or community. Our care model also delivers superior clinical outcomes: our participants have fewer hospital admissions, fewer low- to medium-severity emergency room visits and lower 30-day hospital readmission rates. Our participants live, on average, 1.5 years longer than comparable populations who choose nursing home care, based on the HHS report dated June 27, 2017. Our care model is not “one size fits all,” it is customized to the unique needs of each participant. This approach leads to high levels of participant satisfaction with our program.
Families “Win” as we reduce their caregiving burden and provide “peace of mind”
We significantly reduce the caregiving burden on the families of our participants. Our model handles all transportation to and from medical appointments and center visits, helps participants with ADLs, and creates social outlets for participants to reduce isolation. Most importantly, we believe we offer “peace of mind” to our participants’ families who know their loved one’s complex needs are cared for. “Friends and family” of participants remain one of our largest referral sources for recruiting new participants.
Our providers “Win” as they are able to focus on improving the lives of their patients
We enable our providers to focus on taking care of patients by providing them with meaningful clinical and administrative support. We remove the pressure of trying to optimize visit volume by rewarding quality, not quantity, of care. We estimate that our providers (1) have a smaller number of participants to care for and spend more time with each participant than providers in similar care organizations, and (2) benefit from the support of a multidisciplinary team.
Government payors “Win” through fiscal certainty and lower costs
We provide fiscal certainty through our capitated payment arrangements and reduce the cost of both medical and long-term support and services for high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. Costs under the PACE program are estimated to be 13% lower on average than for a comparable dual-eligible population aged 65 and older under Medicaid, based on an analysis of available data by the National PACE Association as of November 2020, and our costs are estimated to be approximately 8% lower on a weighted average basis
 
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
than costs for comparable fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries, based on our analysis of the most recent Dartmouth Atlas data from 2017.
Our competitive advantages
We are the leading healthcare delivery platform by number of participants focused on providing all-inclusive, capitated care to high-cost, dual-eligible seniors. We are twice the size of our closest PACE-focused competitor and more than 30 times larger than the typical PACE operator. Our size and scale confer significant competitive advantages that further differentiate us in the marketplace.
Visionary leadership team with mission-focused culture
The members of our world-class senior leadership team, led by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Maureen Hewitt, have an average of 20 years of healthcare experience. Together, they have built one of the best run businesses in the healthcare provider industry. In 2016, Ms. Hewitt had the vision to convert InnovAge from a not-for-profit entity to a for-profit entity in order to increase our agility in the marketplace and access the required capital to grow our footprint nationally and reach more participants. Since the for-profit conversion, the number of participants under our care grew 106.0% from the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. In the same period, our total revenues grew 143%, reflecting a 25% CAGR, and our revenue grew organically at a 16% CAGR, which excludes contribution from acquired centers.
Ms. Hewitt and the senior leadership team’s commitment have fostered a mission-focused, participant-centered culture that drives our leading performance in managing frail dual-eligible seniors. Our team is diverse and purpose-built to represent the communities we serve. Additionally, the majority of our senior leaders have had direct experience as a primary caregiver for a loved one. Our senior leadership team’s firsthand experiences providing care for elderly family members drives a dedicated commitment to our mission.
Our robust operating platform
We have standardized and streamlined our operations across markets and have invested meaningfully in the corporate infrastructure needed to drive participant satisfaction, manage healthcare costs and improve clinical outcomes at scale. Because of our scale, we have been able to invest in dedicated, well-staffed teams for all of our corporate and market-level functions. As a result, our physicians can focus on providing care and are not as burdened with additional administrative demands. Our scale also enables us to make large, organization-wide investments in sales and marketing, technology and clinical infrastructure. We leverage established technology solutions to drive improvements in our operations. We have developed robust internal marketing and referral source development capabilities, including significant investments in digital marketing. Our regulatory expertise and de novo development engine differentiate us from other providers. Importantly, we have a robust compliance infrastructure and team. These platform advantages, coupled with our mission-focused culture, give us confidence in our ability to drive growth and bring our patient-centered care model to more frail, dual-eligible seniors.
Our ability to recruit and retain participants
Our ability to recruit and retain participants has resulted in 12% annual, organic census growth over the last four years. Despite our high levels of participant satisfaction, awareness of the PACE model among potential participants and their families has historically remained low. We estimate that approximately 3% of patients who are PACE-eligible are currently enrolled in a PACE program. Our scale enables us to invest in targeted sales and marketing capabilities to improve awareness of our program among potential eligible participants, which accelerates census growth. We take a multichannel approach to sales and marketing, relying on a mix of traditional provider referral sources in the community as well as leveraging targeted digital marketing. We have realigned our marketing strategy to focus more on digital channels during the COVID-19 pandemic and to reach those searching for senior care alternatives. For example, we increased
 
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the mix of marketing dollars spent on search engine advertising from 5% to 17% of our total media budget, helping to drive 145% year-over-year web traffic growth and over 20% year-over-year referral growth from this channel (each with respect to July through November 2020 as compared to the same period in 2019). We are proud of the fact that the friends and family of our participants remain one of our largest referral sources. We believe our average referral conversion rate of 38.5% across all referral sources is a testament to the value and attractiveness of our model. We experience very low levels of voluntary disenrollment, averaging 5% annually over the last two fiscal years, suggesting participants are highly satisfied with their care.
We have a diverse mix of referral sources as presented in the chart below, with an average referral conversion rate, as of September 30, 2020, of approximately 40% across all channels.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2037889d4-pc_referral4c.jpg]
Access to capital
Although most companies in the broader managed healthcare industry operate as for-profit entities, the vast majority of our direct competitors are not-for-profit entities, which we believe limits their ability to access capital. Federal restrictions on for-profit PACE providers existed until 2015. We remain one of only five for-profit PACE providers in the country and are the largest multistate PACE-focused operator by number of participants. We are an early adopter of the for-profit PACE structure in a market with limited precedents. As a result, we have devoted resources to engaging with our non-profit community partners, some of which are unaccustomed to working with for-profit organizations, to familiarize them with our business model.
As part of our growth-oriented mindset, we have strategically deployed our capital to achieve scale and make the PACE care delivery model accessible to more frail, dual-eligible seniors. As a result, we have attracted private investments from leading financial institutions and, upon completion of this offering, we expect we will be the largest publicly traded healthcare provider focused on serving frail, dual-eligible seniors. We believe our ability to attract investors and access capital will accelerate our growth plans and provides flexibility to simultaneously invest in sales and marketing efforts, de novo centers and strategic acquisitions, all of which will further solidify our leadership position in a fragmented, growing market.
We have a first mover advantage in an industry with high barriers to entry
Our industry has high barriers to entry driven by regulatory complexity, operating model complexity and to the cost associated with opening new locations. Furthermore, state and federal governments typically restrict the number of providers who can operate in a designated market service area, often allowing only a single provider per MSA. We believe this dynamic creates significant first-mover advantages in new markets and ample runway for future growth. We have invested significant time and resources in partnering with state and federal governments to launch operations in new MSAs. We believe that each new program we build reinforces our competitive position.
 
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We are built to scale nationally
We have proven our ability to execute our model in multiple geographies, as evidenced by the strength of our center-level performance across markets. In all of our markets, our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years generated positive Center-level Contribution Margins in fewer than 12 months of operation. This consistent performance highlights the predictability of our model and gives us the conviction to continue investing in building centers, hiring top-tier talent and attracting participants in new markets in order to drive long-term value creation.
We are one of the few providers operating a globally capitated care model. We have a long track record of successfully managing medical risk, driven by the strength of our operational playbook as well as our risk pool, which is more diversified than other PACE organizations. We believe that we have created a repeatable, data-driven playbook to expand our brand and operations across the United States, and we have made substantial investments to support each key component of our approach. The fundamental aspects of our expansion playbook include deep regulatory knowledge, a disciplined approach to site selection, a targeted sales and marketing approach, a concerted effort to recruit and develop talent, scalable underlying clinical technology and an efficient, uniform operating model.
We have invested in multimodal care delivery capabilities
The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the advantages of our multimodal care delivery capabilities. The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted traditional channels of care delivery and created barriers to accessing care for many dual-eligible seniors. Our investment in in-home and virtual care capabilities outside of the four walls of our care centers has enabled us to execute on each participant’s care plan without disruption. We believe the adaptability of our model and our ability to effectively engage our participants in numerous ways, without negatively impacting our capitated revenue, differentiates us from other care providers.
Our growth strategy
Increase participant enrollment and capacity within existing centers
We have driven 12% annual, organic census growth over the last four years. Our sales and marketing teams leverage our powerful value proposition, clinical results and strong participant satisfaction to promote our brand and attract new participants to our platform. Our strong census growth performance demonstrates both the durability of our growth model and the size of our whitespace growth opportunity.
The size of our centers depends on the size of the addressable population within each service area, and we employ a systematic approach for our center buildouts. We first determine whether we can fill a center’s expected participant census, then, as a center reaches its initial capacity, we increase its size through pre-planned facility expansions.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, our participant census was approximately 6,400 across our 16 centers in five states. Inclusive of two additional centers opened after June 30, 2020 and our in-progress and potential center expansion efforts, our centers will have an average maximum capacity of 800 participants and will be able to serve a total of approximately 14,500 participants, which we believe leaves ample runway to increase the number of participants we serve within our current footprint.
Build de novo centers
We build de novo centers to expand our footprint into adjacent or new geographies. We have a successful track record of building de novo centers and have five new opportunities in our pipeline for development in the next 24 months, including three in two new states. Given that our mature de novo centers opened in the last six years, on average, (1) required approximately $10 million to $20 million of upfront capital to build with less than 12 months to generate positive Center-level Contribution Margin, and (2) generate approximately $10 million to $20 million of annual Center-level Contribution Margin, we believe de novo
 
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
centers generate compelling long-term unit economics and robust internal rates of return. The placement of our centers in attractive locations is critical to our success. We regularly conduct zip code level analyses and convene focus groups with potential participants and caregivers to identify service areas with attractive concentrations of PACE eligibles and select optimal sites for our centers. We prioritize service areas with populations that include more than 4,000 potential participants within a 60-minute drive of a center. We have demonstrated the portability of our platform across different geographies and have a prioritized list of target markets that we believe are optimal environments to launch the InnovAge Platform. Our approach to de novo developments includes building centers to our experience-based specifications, with flexibility for future center expansion factored into the blueprints where possible.
Execute tuck-in acquisitions
We believe we are the logical acquiror in a fragmented market made up of mostly small local operators. Over the past two fiscal years, we have acquired and integrated three PACE organizations, expanding into one new state and four new markets through those acquisitions. We maintain discipline in our approach to purchase price for acquisitions and have executed on multiple types of transactions, including turnarounds. We work closely with key constituencies, including local governments, health systems and senior housing providers, to ensure participants continue to receive high quality care. By bringing acquired organizations under the InnovAge Platform, we are able to realize significant census growth, and improve operational efficiency and care delivery post-integration. We believe there is a robust landscape of potential tuck-in acquisitions to supplement our organic growth, and that our known track record for improving and integrating acquired businesses while continuing to prioritize patient care positions us as the acquirer of choice in this market.
Reinvest in the InnovAge Platform to optimize performance
We believe that our ongoing investment in the InnovAge Platform drives greater efficiency across our business, creating a virtuous cycle that allows us to continue growing. Our platform is the largest in among PACE providers and one of the most geographically diverse. We plan to continually invest in technology improvements and seek to unlock new insights through enhanced data analytics capabilities that will advance our care model. We believe our investments will ultimately result in better health outcomes and lower medical costs for participants. As we continue to reduce medical costs, we expect to generate incremental savings that can be reinvested to support continuous improvement of the InnovAge Platform.
Regulation
Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local governmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations require us to meet various standards relating to, among other things, arrangement and provision of covered health care services to our participants, operation and management of PACE centers, dispensing of pharmaceuticals, personnel qualifications, maintenance of proper records, and quality assurance programs. If any of our operations are found to violate applicable laws or regulations, we could suffer severe consequences that would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price, including:

suspension, termination or exclusion of our participation in government payor programs;

loss of our licenses required to operate healthcare facilities or administer prescription drugs in the states in which we operate;

criminal or civil liability, fines, damages or monetary penalties for violations of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the Stark Law, federal Anti-Kickback Statute, Civil Monetary Penalties Law, the FCA and/or state analogs to these federal enforcement authorities, or other regulatory requirements;

enforcement actions by governmental agencies and/or state law claims for monetary damages by patients or employees who believe their PHI/PII has been impermissibly used or disclosed or not
 
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
properly safeguarded, or their rights with respect to PHI/PII have been protected, in violation of federal or state health privacy laws, including, for example and without limitation, HIPAA, CCPA, and the Privacy Act of 1974;

mandated changes to our practices or procedures that significantly increase operating expenses or decrease our revenue;

imposition of and compliance with corporate integrity agreements that could subject us to ongoing audits and reporting requirements as well as increased scrutiny of our business practices which could lead to potential fines, among other things;

termination of various relationships and/or contracts related to our business, including joint venture arrangements, contracts with government payors and real estate leases;

changes in and reinterpretation of rules and laws by a regulatory agency or court, such as state corporate practice of medicine laws, that could affect the structure and management of our business;

negative adjustments to government payment models including, but not limited to, Medicare Parts C and D and Medicaid; and

harm to our reputation, which could negatively impact our business relationships, the terms of government payor contracts, our ability to attract and retain participants and physicians, our ability to obtain financing and our access to new business opportunities, among other things.
We expect that our industry will continue to be subject to substantial regulation, the scope and effect of which are difficult to predict. Our activities could be subject to investigations, audits and inquiries by various government and regulatory agencies with whom we contract at any time in the future. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation.”
Federal and State Regulation of PACE Providers
We are subject to a complex array of federal and state laws, regulations, and guidance, including legal requirements directly applicable to PACE providers as well as Medicare and Medicaid laws and regulations. These laws impose requirements relating to our organizational structure, governance, fiscal soundness, marketing activities, participant enrollment and disenrollment, charges to participants, provision of healthcare and other services to participants, care planning activities, service delivery settings and maintenance of centers, participant rights, employment and contractual arrangements with health care providers and other staff, quality assessment and performance improvement activities, participant grievances and appeals, medical records documentation, compliance program activities, and other aspects of our operations and financing. As a PACE provider that provides qualified prescription drug coverage, we are also subject to requirements applicable to Medicare Part D plan sponsors.
As a PACE provider, we and our centers are subject to routine audits by CMS and state agencies, which have in the past and may in the future result in the identification of deficiencies in connection with our compliance with regulatory requirements, participant quality of care, care plan development and implementation, grievance and appeal processes, clinicians acting outside of their scope of practice, and other issues. We expect these audits to continue in the future. In addition to risks associated with audits of our current centers, we also face risks associated with new centers that we may acquire in the future, which may not have developed the same compliance and quality infrastructure that we currently have in place. Issues identified through these audits can result in corrective action plans, civil monetary penalties, enrollment suspensions, and other financial penalties and enforcement actions, in addition to loss of our contracts with CMS and state agencies.
The regulations and contractual requirements applicable to PACE providers are complex and subject to change, making it necessary for us to invest significant resources in complying with these requirements. Routine scrutiny through federal and state government audits, oversight and enforcement and the highly technical regulatory scheme mean that our compliance efforts in this area will continue to require significant
 
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
resources. CMS regularly audits our performance to determine our compliance with CMS’s regulations and our contracts with CMS and to assess the quality of the services we provide to our participants. Whether identified through these audits or other avenues, our failure to comply with the federal and state laws applicable to our business may result in significant or material retroactive adjustments to and/or withholding of capitation payments, fines, criminal liability, civil monetary penalties, requirements to make significant changes to our operations, CMS imposed sanctions (including suspension or exclusion from participation in government programs), loss of contracts, or cessation of our services.
Licensing Laws
We, our healthcare professionals, and our centers are subject to various state and local licensure and certification requirements in connection with our provision of health care and other services. Specifically, in some of the states in which we operate, we are required to maintain licensure as an adult day health center, home health or home care provider, diagnostic and treatment center, pharmacy provider, and/or other type of facility, and our employed physicians and other clinicians also must be licensed or certified, as applicable, in the states in which they are providing services. We, our healthcare professionals and our centers are also subject to a variety of other state laws and regulations, relating to, among other things, the quality of medical care, equipment, privacy of health information, physician relationships, personnel and operating policies and procedures. In addition to state requirements, we and/or our healthcare professionals are in some cases subject to federal licensing and certification requirements, such as certification or waiver under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 for performing limited laboratory testing and Drug Enforcement Administration registration for writing prescriptions for controlled substances. In addition, certain of the states where we currently operate or may choose to operate in the future regulate the operations and financial condition of risk bearing providers. These regulations can include capital requirements, licensing or certification, governance controls and other similar matters. While the states in which we operate do not currently impose these regulations on entities solely bearing risk under the PACE program, these states or states that we expand into may in the future seek to license or otherwise regulate our operations and financial solvency.
Failure to comply with federal, state and local licensing and certification laws, regulations and standards could result in a variety of consequences, including cessation of our services, loss of our contracts, prior payments by government payors being subject to recoupment, requirements to make significant changes to our operations, or civil or criminal penalties. We routinely take the steps we believe are necessary to retain or obtain all requisite licensure and operating authorities. While we endeavor to comply with federal, state and local licensing and certification laws and regulations and standards as we interpret them, the laws and regulations in these areas are complex, changing and often subject to varying interpretations. For example, in Pennsylvania, the statutes that pertain to the employment of health care practitioners by health care facilities do not explicitly include a PACE organization in the list of health care facilities by which a health care practitioner may be employed. Any failure to satisfy applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and reputation.
Corporate Practice of Medicine
The laws and regulations relating to our operations vary from state to state and some states in which we operate prohibit general business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine, controlling physicians’ medical decisions or engaging in some practices such as splitting professional fees with physicians. In certain states, we currently contract with physicians to provide healthcare services that are required to be provided by licensed physicians. While we believe that we are in substantial compliance with state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine, other parties may assert that we could be engaged in the corporate practice of medicine. Were such allegations to be asserted successfully before the appropriate judicial or administrative forums, we could be subject to adverse judicial or administrative penalties, certain contracts could be determined to be unenforceable and we may be required to restructure our contractual arrangements.
 
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The consequences associated with violating corporate practice of medicine laws vary by state and may result in physicians being subject to disciplinary action, as well as to forfeiture of revenues from government payors for services rendered. For lay entities, violations may also bring both civil and, in more extreme cases, criminal liability for engaging in medical practice without a license. Some of the relevant laws, regulations and agency interpretations in states with corporate practice of medicine restrictions have been subject to limited judicial and regulatory interpretation. In limited cases, courts have required companies to divest or reorganize structures deemed to violate corporate practice restrictions. Moreover, state laws are subject to change. Any allegations or findings that we have violated these laws could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.
See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Laws regulating the corporate practice of medicine could restrict the manner in which we are permitted to conduct our business, and the failure to comply with such laws could subject us to penalties or require a restructuring of our business.”
Federal Anti-Kickback Statute
The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.
Federal criminal penalties for the violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include imprisonment, fines and exclusion of the provider from future participation in federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are punishable by imprisonment for up to ten years, fines of up to $100,000 per kickback or both. Larger fines can be imposed upon corporations under the provisions of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines and the Alternate Fines Statute. Individuals and entities convicted of violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are subject to mandatory exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs for a minimum of five years in the case of criminal conviction. Civil penalties for violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute include up to $104,330 in monetary penalties per violation, repayments of up to three times the total payments between the parties to the arrangement and potential exclusion from participation in Medicare and Medicaid. Court decisions have held that the statute may be violated even if only one purpose of remuneration is to induce referrals. The ACA amended the federal Anti-Kickback Statute to clarify the intent that is required to prove a violation. Under the statute as amended, the defendant does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or have the specific intent to violate it. In addition, the ACA amended the federal Anti-Kickback Statute to provide that any claims for items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are considered false or fraudulent for purposes of the FCA.
The federal Anti-Kickback Statute includes statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors that protect certain arrangements. These exceptions and safe harbors are voluntary. Business transactions and arrangements that are structured to comply fully with an applicable safe harbor do not violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. However, transactions and arrangements that do not satisfy all elements of a relevant safe harbor do not necessarily violate the law. When an arrangement does not satisfy a safe harbor, the arrangement must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis in light of the parties’ intent and the arrangement’s potential for abuse. Arrangements that do not satisfy a safe harbor may be subject to greater scrutiny by enforcement agencies.
We enter into several arrangements that could potentially implicate the Anti-Kickback Statute if the requisite intent were present, such as:

Joint Ventures.   To prove the concept of our ability to work with not-for-profits, we operate one of our centers under a joint venture with a not-for-profit healthcare provider. Although we do not expressly seek to enter into new joint ventures, it is possible that the government payor landscape in certain
 
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
markets we may attempt to enter in the future may make entering into additional joint ventures attractive. Investment interests in the joint venture may not fully satisfy a safe harbor. Although failure to comply with a safe harbor does not render an arrangement illegal under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, an arrangement that does not operate within a safe harbor may be subject to increased scrutiny and the Office of Inspector General (the “OIG”) of HHS has warned in the past that certain joint venture relationships have a potential for abuse. Joint ventures that fall outside the safe harbors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. In this regard, we have endeavored to structure our joint venture to satisfy as many elements of the safe harbor for investments in small entities as we believe are commercially reasonable. For example, we believe that these investments are offered and made by us on a fair market value basis and provide returns to the investors in proportion to their actual investment in the venture.

Discounts.   Our centers sometimes acquire certain items and services at a discount that may be reimbursed by a federal healthcare program. We endeavor to structure our vendor contracts that include discount or rebate provisions to comply with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute safe harbor for discounts.

Sales Forces and Participant Recruitment.   We employ our own sales force and attempt to meet the Anti-Kickback safe harbor for bona fide employment.
If any of our business transactions or arrangements, including those described above, were found to violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, we could face, among other things, criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other state and federal healthcare programs and FCA liability. Any findings that we have violated these laws could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price.
As part of HHS’s Regulatory Sprint to Coordinated Care, OIG issued a request for information in August 2018 seeking input on regulatory provisions that may act as barriers to coordinated care or value-based care. Specifically, OIG sought to identify ways in which it might modify or add new safe harbors to the Anti-Kickback Statute (as well as exceptions to the definition of “remuneration” in the beneficiary inducements provision of the Civil Monetary Penalty Statute) in order to foster arrangements that promote care coordination and advance the delivery of value-based care, while also protecting against harms caused by fraud and abuse. OIG issued final rules effective January 19, 2021 that modify existing safe harbors and create new safe harbors and exceptions that may impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. However, it is unclear whether these final rules will be fully implemented following the change in presidential administration.
Federal Self-Referral Prohibition
The Stark Law generally prohibits a physician who has (or whose immediate family member has) a financial relationship with a provider from making referrals to that entity for “designated health services” if payment for the services may be made under Medicare or Medicaid. If such a financial relationship exists, referrals are prohibited unless a statutory or regulatory exception is available. “Designated health services” include clinical laboratory services, inpatient and outpatient hospital services, physical and occupational therapy services, outpatient speech-language pathology services, certain radiology services, radiation therapy services and supplies, durable medical equipment and supplies, parenteral and enteral nutrients equipment and supplies, prosthetics, orthotics and prosthetic devices and supplies, home health services and outpatient prescription drugs.
Providers are prohibited from filing Medicare claims for services related to a prohibited referral and a provider that has billed for prohibited services is obligated to notify and refund the amounts collected from the Medicare program or to make a self-disclosure to CMS under its Self-Referral Disclosure Protocol.
 
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Penalties for violation of the Stark Law include denial of payment, recoupment, refunds of amounts paid in violation of the law, exclusion from the Medicare or Medicaid programs, and substantial civil monetary penalties ($25,820 per prohibited item or service and $172,137 if there is a circumvention scheme; penalty amounts reflect current 2020 level and are adjusted for inflation from time to time). Claims filed in violation of the Stark Law may be deemed false claims under the FCA.
As part of HHS’s Regulatory Sprint to Coordinated Care, CMS issued a request for information in August 2018 seeking input on regulatory provisions that may act as barriers to coordinated care or value-based care. Specifically, CMS sought to identify ways in which it might modify or add new exceptions to the Stark Law in order to foster arrangements that promote care coordination and advance the delivery of value-based care, while also protecting against harms caused by fraud and abuse. CMS issued final rules effective January 19, 2021 as part of HHS’s Regulatory Sprint to Coordinated Care that modify existing exceptions and create new exceptions that may impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. However, it is unclear whether these final rules will be fully implemented following the change in presidential administration.
The False Claims Act
Among other things, the FCA authorizes the imposition of up to three times the government’s damages and significant per claim civil penalties on any “person” ​(including an individual, organization or company) who, among other acts:

knowingly presents or causes to be presented to the federal government a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval, which may relate to our records or reports necessary to generate appropriate RAF determinations;

knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim;

knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used a false record, report or statement material to an obligation to pay the government, or knowingly conceals or knowingly and improperly avoids or decreases an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or

conspires to commit the above acts.
The federal government has used the FCA to prosecute a wide variety of alleged false claims and fraud allegedly perpetrated against Medicare and state healthcare programs, including but not limited to coding errors, billing for services not rendered, the submission of false cost or other reports, billing for services at a higher payment rate than appropriate, billing under a comprehensive code as well as under one or more component codes included in the comprehensive code, billing for care that is not considered medically necessary and false reporting of risk-adjusted diagnostic codes. The ACA provides that claims for payment that are tainted by a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (which could include, for example, illegal incentives or remuneration in exchange for enrollment or referrals) are false for purposes of the FCA. In addition, amendments to the FCA and Social Security Act impose severe penalties for the knowing and improper retention of overpayments from government payors. This could be relevant to the extent we received improper payments on account of RAF determinations that are based on improper or erroneous records or reports. Failure to return overpayments could subject us to liability under the FCA, exclusion from government healthcare programs and penalties under the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Statute.
The penalties for a violation of the FCA range from $5,500 to $11,000 (periodically adjusted for inflation) for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim, which can be as much as the amounts received directly or indirectly from the government for each such false claim. The Department of Justice has adjusted the per claim penalty range from $11,665 to $23,331 for penalties assessed after June 19, 2020, so long as the underlying conduct occurred after November 2, 2015.
 
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition to civil enforcement under the FCA, the federal government can use several criminal statutes to prosecute persons who are alleged to have submitted false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government. Any allegations or findings that we have violated the FCA could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition to the FCA, the various states in which we operate have adopted their own analogs of the FCA. States are becoming increasingly active in using their false claims laws to police the same activities listed above, particularly with regard to capitated government-sponsored healthcare programs, such as Medicaid managed care and PACE.
Civil Monetary Penalties Statute
The Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a, authorizes the imposition of civil monetary penalties, assessments and exclusion against an individual or entity based on a variety of prohibited conduct, including, but not limited to:

presenting, or causing to be presented, claims, reports or records relating to payment by Medicare, Medicaid or other government payors that the individual or entity knows or should know are for an item or service that was not provided as reported, is false or fraudulent or was presented for a physician’s service by a person who knows or should know that the individual providing the service is not a licensed physician, obtained licensure through misrepresentation or represented certification in a medical specialty without in fact possessing such certification;

offering remuneration to a federal health care program beneficiary that the individual or entity knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary to order or receive health care items or services from a particular provider;

arranging contracts with or making payments to an entity or individual excluded from participation in the federal health care programs or included on CMS’s preclusion list;

violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute;

making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim for payment for items and services furnished under a federal health care program;

making, using or causing to be made any false statement, omission or misrepresentation of a material fact in any application, bid or contract to participate or enroll as a provider of services or a supplier under a federal health care program; and

failing to report and return an overpayment owed to the federal government.
We could be exposed to a wide range of allegations to which the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Statute would apply. We perform monthly checks on our employees and certain affiliates and vendors using government databases to confirm that these individuals have not been excluded from federal programs or otherwise ineligible for payment. We have also implemented processes to ensure that we do not make payments to contracted or noncontracted providers listed on CMS’s preclusion list nor make payments for drugs prescribed by individuals on the preclusion list. However, should an individual or entity be excluded, on the preclusion list, or otherwise ineligible for payment and we fail to detect it, a federal agency could require us to refund amounts attributable to all claims or services performed or sufficiently linked to such individual or entity. Due to this area of risk and the possibility of other allegations being brought against us, we cannot foreclose the possibility that we could face allegations subject to the Civil Monetary Penalty Statute with the potential for a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Privacy and Security
The federal regulations promulgated under the authority of HIPAA require us to provide certain protections to our participants and their health information. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations extensively
 
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
regulate the use and disclosure of PHI and require covered entities, which include healthcare providers and their business associates, to implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of such information. Additional security requirements apply to electronic PHI. These regulations also provide our participants with substantive rights with respect to their health information.
The HIPAA privacy and security regulations also require us to enter into written agreements with certain contractors, known as business associates, to whom we disclose PHI. Covered entities may be subject to penalties for, among other activities, failing to enter into a business associate agreement where required by law or as a result of a business associate violating HIPAA, if the business associate is found to be an agent of the covered entity and acting within the scope of the agency. Business associates are also directly subject to liability under certain HIPAA privacy and security regulations. In instances where we act as a business associate to a covered entity, there is the potential for additional liability beyond our status as a covered entity.
Covered entities must notify affected individuals of breaches of unsecured PHI without unreasonable delay but no later than 60 days after discovery of the breach by a covered entity or its agents. Reporting must also be made to the HHS Office for Civil Rights and, for breaches of unsecured PHI involving more than 500 residents of a state or jurisdiction, to the media. All impermissible uses or disclosures of unsecured PHI are presumed to be breaches unless an exception to the definition of breach applies or the covered entity or business associate establishes that there is a low probability the PHI has been compromised. Various state laws and regulations may also require us to notify affected individuals in the event of a data breach involving personal information without regard to the probability of the information being compromised.
Violations of HIPAA by providers like us, including, but not limited to, failing to implement appropriate administrative, physical and technical safeguards, have resulted in enforcement actions and in some cases triggered settlement payments or civil monetary penalties. Penalties for impermissible use or disclosure of PHI were increased by the HITECH Act by imposing tiered penalties of more than $50,000 (not adjusted for inflation) per violation and up to $1.5 million (not adjusted for inflation) per year for identical violations. In addition, HIPAA provides for criminal penalties of up to $250,000 and ten years in prison, with the severest penalties for obtaining and disclosing PHI with the intent to sell, transfer or use such information for commercial advantage, personal gain or malicious harm. Further, state attorneys general may bring civil actions seeking either injunction or damages in response to violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations that threaten the privacy of state residents. There can be no assurance that we will not be the subject of an investigation (arising out of a reportable breach incident, audit or otherwise) alleging non-compliance with HIPAA regulations in our maintenance of PHI.
In addition to HIPAA, we may be subject to other laws governing the privacy and security of data, such as the CCPA and data breach notification laws.
Healthcare Reform Efforts
The U.S. federal and state governments continue to enact and seriously consider many broad-based legislative and regulatory proposals that have had a material impact on or could materially impact various aspects of the healthcare system and our business, operating results and/or cash flows. In addition, state and federal budgetary shortfalls and constraints pose potential risks for our revenue streams. We cannot predict how government payors or health care consumers might react to federal and state healthcare legislation and regulation, whether already enacted or enacted in the future, nor can we predict what form many of these regulations will take before implementation. Some examples of legislative and regulatory changes impacting our business include:

In March 2010, broad healthcare reform legislation was enacted in the United States through the ACA. There have since been numerous political and legal efforts to repeal, replace or modify the ACA, some of which have been successful, in part, in modifying the law. Although many of the provisions of the ACA did not take effect immediately and continue to be implemented, and some have been and
 
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
may be modified before or during their implementation, the reforms could continue to have an impact on our business in a number of ways. Provisions of the ACA that impact the Medicare and Medicaid programs, in particular, may have an impact on our business. These and other provisions of the ACA remain subject to ongoing uncertainty due to developing regulations as well as continuing political and legal challenges at both the federal and state levels.

There have in recent years been congressional efforts to move Medicaid from an open-ended program with coverage and benefits set by the federal government to one in which states receive a fixed amount of federal funds, either through block grants or per capita caps, and have more flexibility to determine benefits, eligibility or provider payments. If those changes are implemented, we cannot predict whether the amount of fixed federal funding to the states will be based on current payment amounts, or if it will be based on lower payment amounts, which would negatively impact those states that expanded their Medicaid programs in response to the ACA.

In February 2018, Congress passed the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, which, among other things, adopted policies further integrating Medicare and Medicaid benefits for dual-eligible beneficiaries, repealed the Independent Payment Advisory Board that was established by the ACA and intended to reduce the rate of growth in Medicare spending, and extended sequestration cuts to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027.

On November 27, 2020, CMS issued an interim final rule implementing a Most Favored Nation pricing model for Medicare Part B-covered prescription drugs (the “MFN Model”). The MFN Model has the potential to increase the prices of the applicable drugs in markets outside of the MFN Model, including PACE, and reduce capitation payments to Medicare Advantage plans and potentially PACE providers. There is a significant degree of uncertainty surrounding the implementation of the MFN Model, including the possibility of further regulatory changes under a new administration as well as legal challenges to the regulation.
While there may be significant changes to the healthcare environment in the future, the specific changes and their timing are not yet apparent. Specifically, changes in Medicare and Medicaid could lower PACE rates or increase our expenses. Any failure to successfully implement strategic initiatives that respond to future legislative, regulatory, and executive changes could have a material adverse effect on government-sponsored PACE programs, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
CMS and state Medicaid agencies also routinely adjust the RAF which is central to payment under PACE and Managed Medicaid programs in which we participate. The monetary “coefficient” values associated with diseases that we manage in our population are subject to change by CMS and state agencies. Such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business — Our records and submissions to government payors may contain inaccurate or unsupportable information regarding risk adjustment scores of participants, which could cause us to overstate or understate our revenue and subject us to payment obligations or penalties.”
Other Regulations
Our operations are subject to various state hazardous waste and non-hazardous medical waste disposal laws. These laws do not classify as hazardous most of the waste produced from medical services. Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations require employers to provide workers who are occupationally subject to blood or other potentially infectious materials with prescribed protections. These regulatory requirements apply to all healthcare facilities, including our community centers, and require employers to make a determination as to which employees may be exposed to blood or other potentially infectious materials and to have in effect a written exposure control plan. In addition, employers are required to provide or employ hepatitis B vaccinations, personal protective equipment and other safety devices, infection control training, post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, waste disposal techniques and procedures and work practice controls. Employers are also required to comply with various record-keeping requirements.
 
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Federal and state law also governs the dispensing of controlled substances by physicians. For example, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act governs the distribution of drug samples. Physicians are required to report relationships they have with the manufacturers of drugs, medical devices and biologics through the Open Payments Program database. Any allegations or findings that we or our providers have violated any of these laws or regulations could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Certain states in which we do business may desire to do business in the future have certificate of need programs regulating the establishment or expansion of healthcare facilities, including our community centers. These regulations can be complex and time-consuming. Any failure to comply with such regulatory requirements could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Trademarks and Intellectual Property
Although we own trademarks and service marks such as “InnovAge,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of us or our subsidiaries, we do not currently believe our intellectual property is material to our business.
Competition
The U.S. healthcare industry is highly competitive. We compete directly with national, regional and local providers of healthcare for participants and clinical providers. We also compete with payors and other alternate managed care programs for participants. There are many other companies and individuals currently providing healthcare services, many of which have been in business longer and/or have substantially more resources. Given the regulatory environment, there may be high barriers to entry for PACE providers; however, since there are relatively modest capital expenditures required for providing healthcare services, there are less substantial financial barriers to entry in the healthcare industry generally. Other companies could enter the healthcare industry in the future and divert some or all of our business. Our principal competitors for dual-eligible seniors vary considerably in type and identity by market. Our growth strategy and our business could be adversely affected if we are not able to continue to penetrate existing markets, successfully expand into new markets, recruit qualified physicians or if we experience significant participant attrition to our competitors. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The healthcare industry is highly competitive.”
We believe the principal competitive factors for serving adults dually-eligible for Medicare and Medicaid and who meet nursing home eligibility criteria include: participant experience, quality of care, health outcomes, total cost of care, brand identity and trust in that brand. We believe we compete favorably on these factors.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings and subject to claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable and uncertain, we are not currently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, are believed to, either individually or taken together, have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. Regardless of the outcome, litigation has the potential to have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may be subject to legal proceedings and litigation, malpractice and privacy disputes, which are costly to defend and could materially harm our business and results of operations.”
Insurance
We maintain insurance, excess coverage, or reinsurance for property and general liability, professional liability, directors’ and officers’ liability, workers’ compensation, cybersecurity and other coverage in amounts and on terms deemed adequate by management, based on our actual claims experience and expectations
 
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
for future claims. Future claims could, however, exceed our applicable insurance coverage. Physicians practicing at our centers are required to maintain their own malpractice insurance.
Human Capital Resources
InnovAge is a mission-driven organization, focused on providing its participants with improved quality of care and allowing them to live in their homes for as long as safely possible, all while reducing the overutilization of our hospitals and nursing homes. In terms of diversity, our senior management team strives to be a reflection of the communities it serves. Our employees drive our mission and share core values, many of whom have cared for an aging relative, that both stem from and define our culture and which plays a critical role in our execution at all levels in our organization. Our values are used in candidate screening and in employee evaluations to help reinforce their importance in our organization. As of June 30, 2020, our voluntary retention rate for employees was 79.1%. Additionally, in our annual employee engagement survey conducted in 2020, 82.0% of our employees responding agreed that they would recommend InnovAge as a great place to work.
As of June 30, 2020, we had 1,910 employees, including 1,429 clinical professionals. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or party to a collective bargaining agreement.
Properties
Our principal executive offices are located in Denver, Colorado, where we own facilities totaling approximately 290,000 square feet across the state. We occupy approximately 45,000 square feet of a 69,000 square foot facility for administration, sales and marketing, technology and development and professional services. We use this facility for administration, sales and marketing, technology and development and professional services. We also own and lease properties elsewhere in the United States, including Pueblo, Colorado; Loveland, Colorado; Albuquerque, New Mexico; San Bernardino, California; Sacramento, California; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Roanoke, Virginia; Richmond, Virginia; Newport News, Virginia; and Charlottesville, Virginia. We do not have any properties located outside of the United States.
We intend to procure additional space as we add team members and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities and centers are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations. We currently have five additional centers in our expansion pipeline in the next 24 months, with new centers planned to be opened in California, Florida and Kentucky.
As of June 30, 2020, we operated an aggregate of 16 centers, of which eight were owned and eight were leased, representing approximately 330,000 and 150,000 gross square feet, respectively. Our centers are located in ten markets and five states. Our leases typically have terms of nine years, and generally provide for renewal or extension options for an average total potential term of approximately 25 years. Our lease obligations often include annual fixed rent escalators ranging between 2.0% and 3.0%. Generally, our leases are “modified gross” leases, which require us to pay all of the cost of insurance, taxes, maintenance and utilities, but not for costs related to the structure of the building. We generally cannot cancel these leases at our option.
Seasonality
Our business experiences some variability depending upon the time of year. Medical costs will vary seasonally depending on a number of factors, but most significantly the weather. Certain illnesses, such as the influenza virus, are far more prevalent during colder months of the year, which will result in an increase in medical expenses during these time periods. We would therefore expect to see higher levels of per-participant medical costs in our second and third quarters. Medical costs also depend upon the number of
 
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
business days in a period, and shorter periods will have lower medical costs. Business days can also create year-over-year comparability issues if a period in one year has a different number of business days compared to the same period in another. We also expect medical costs to be impacted by a pandemic such as the COVID-19 pandemic, which may result in increased or decreased total medical costs depending upon the severity of the infection, the duration of the infection and the availability of healthcare services for our participants.
In addition, the capitated payments we receive for each participant is determined by a participant’s RAF score, which is measured twice per year is based on the evolving acuity of a participant. We estimate and accrue for the expected RAF scores of our participants. Though no assurances can be made in the future, we have historically used our best estimate for accruing participant RAF scores, and we had net positive true-up payments for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020. Historically, these true-up payments typically occur between May and August, but the timing of these payments is determined by CMS, and we have neither visibility nor control over the timing of such payments.
 
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT
Our executive officers and directors
Below is a list of the names, ages as of February 8, 2021, positions and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who serve as (i) our executive officers, (ii) our directors and (iii) our director nominees. Upon the completion of this offering, nine directors nominees are anticipated to be elected to our Board and our Board will be composed of ten directors.
Name
Age
Position
Maureen Hewitt
60
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Barbara Gutierrez
58 Chief Financial Officer
Robin Doerr
57 Chief Sales and Marketing Officer
Maria Lozzano
41 Corporate Chief Operating Officer
Melissa Welch
60 Chief Medical Officer
John Ellis “Jeb” Bush
67 Director Nominee
Andrew Cavanna
46 Director Nominee
Caroline Dechert
32 Director Nominee
Edward “Ted” Kennedy, Jr.
59 Director Nominee
Pavithra Mahesh
31 Director Nominee
Thomas Scully
63 Director Nominee
Marilyn Tavenner
69 Director Nominee
Sean Traynor
51 Director Nominee
Richard Zoretic
62 Director Nominee
Maureen Hewitt has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2006 and was appointed to serve on our Board in 2020. Previously, Ms. Hewitt led for-profit and nonprofit healthcare organizations for 25 years, including companies such as Total Community Options, Inc. Summit Healthcare, Ocadian and Episcopal Homes, which focused on post-acute care, acute care, long-term care, and senior housing. Ms. Hewitt earned a Bachelor’s Degree from Western University and a Master’s Degree in Administration with an emphasis in healthcare administration and policy from Wayne State University. We believe Ms. Hewitt’s extensive experience in the area of healthcare and her insight into our business as our President and Chief Executive Officer will make her a valuable member of our Board.
Barbara Gutierrez has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2017. Prior to joining InnovAge, Ms. Gutierrez was the Chief Financial Officer and Chief People Services Officer for Hero DVO, LLC, a healthcare practice management company. Previously, she held leadership roles at Strad Energy Services Ltd., including Senior Vice President of Corporate Services and Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration. Ms. Gutierrez has prior experience as Chief Financial Officer for the Jones Knowledge Group and for PhyCor of Denver. Ms. Gutierrez earned a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of Denver, and she is a Certified Public Accountant.
Robin Doerr has served as our Chief Sales and Marketing Officer since 2014. Previously, Ms. Doerr was the Executive Director of Marketing and Communications at the Children’s Hospital of Colorado from 2011 to 2014. From 2005 to 2011, Ms. Doerr was the Director of Marketing and Public Relations at the Denver Botanic Gardens. From 1997 to 2005, Ms. Doerr was the Senior Director of Marketing for Qwest Communications. Ms. Doerr earned a Bachelor’s Degree from the University of Wisconsin and a Master of Business Administration from the Lubar School of Business at the University of Wisconsin.
Maria Lozzano has served as our Corporate Chief Operating Officer since 2020, previously serving as the Chief Operating Officer of our Western Region since 2018. Prior to her position at InnovAge, Ms. Lozzano
 
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
was the Chief Operating Officer at VNA California from 2016 to 2018, a home health, palliative and hospice healthcare provider. Ms. Lozzano was also the Chief Operating Officer of a private medical retreat center from 2011 to 2016. From 2007 to 2016, Ms. Lozzano served as Vice President of Operations at Premier Infusion Care, a home healthcare service provider. Ms. Lozzano earned a Bachelor of Science in Business Management from Western Governors University.
Melissa Welch, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since 2019. Previously, she served as the Chief Medical Officer for the Center for Elders’ Independence from 2018 to 2019. Dr. Welch was also the Chief Operations Officer at the Institute on Aging from 2017 to 2018, and she was a Vice President at Blue Shield of California, a health plan provider, from 2013 to 2017. Dr. Welch earned a Bachelor of Science in Biological Science from University of California in Irvine, Masters of Public Health Epidemiology from University of California at Berkeley and a Doctor of Medicine from Harvard Medical School.
Jeb Bush will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Bush served as the governor of Florida from 1999 to 2007. Mr. Bush is on the board of directors of Get Heal, Inc., an online healthcare services company. Mr. Bush earned a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Texas at Austin. We believe Mr. Bush’s experience with healthcare regulation and reimbursement, as well as his experience in state government, qualifies him to serve as a director of our Board.
Andrew Cavanna will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Cavanna has served as a Partner at Apax on its healthcare team since 2017. Prior to joining Apax, Andrew spent eleven years at Vestar Capital Partners where he was a Managing Director and Co-Head of the Healthcare Sector. Mr. Cavanna currently serves on the board of directors of Kepro, a provider of care coordination and quality assurance services in the United States. Mr. Cavanna earned a Bachelor’s Degree from Cornell University and a Master of Business Administration from Columbia Business School. We believe Mr. Cavanna’s experience in finance and the healthcare industry qualifies him to serve as a director of our Board.
Caroline Dechert will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Dechert joined WCAS in 2012 and currently serves as a Principal in the healthcare group. Prior to joining WCAS, Ms. Dechert worked in the Healthcare Investment Banking group at Morgan Stanley. Ms. Dechert earned a Bachelor of Arts degree from The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. We believe Ms. Dechert’s experience in finance and the healthcare industry qualifies her to serve as a director of our Board.
Ted Kennedy, Jr. will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Kennedy is a Partner at Epstein Becker Green in the healthcare and life science practice, where he has practiced since 2014. From 2015 to 2019, Mr. Kennedy served as a State Senator in the Connecticut General Assembly, and in 2017, he was elected Chair of the Board of the American Association of People with Disabilities. Mr. Kennedy currently serves on the board of directors of Arvinas, Inc., a bio-pharmaceutical company. Mr. Kennedy earned a bachelor’s degree from Wesleyan University, a Master’s Degree in Environmental Studies from Yale University, and a Juris Doctor from the University of Connecticut. We believe Mr. Kennedy’s expertise in legal matters and experience in the healthcare industry qualifies him to serve as a director of our Board.
Pavithra Mahesh will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Mahesh joined Apax in 2018 and is a Principal on its healthcare team. Prior to joining Apax, Ms. Mahesh was an investment professional at Goldman Sachs, where she focused on buyouts and growth equity investments in healthcare services and information technology. Ms. Mahesh earned a Bachelor’s Degree from Duke University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. We believe Ms. Mahesh’s experience in finance and the healthcare industry qualifies her to serve as a director of our Board.
Thomas Scully will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Scully joined WCAS in 2004 and currently serves as a General Partner in the healthcare group. Mr. Scully earned a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Virginia and a Juris Doctor from The Catholic University of America. Mr. Scully currently serves on the board of directors of CareSource Management Services Holding LLC,
 
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and is on the board of directors and compensation committee of Select Medical Corp. Among other posts, Mr. Scully served in the White House and Office of Management and Budget as Health Advisor to President George H.W. Bush from 1989 to 1993, and as the Administrator of CMS from 2001 to 2004 under President George W. Bush. We believe Mr. Scully’s expertise in legal and regulatory matters and experience serving on healthcare company boards qualifies him to serve as a director of our Board.
Marilyn Tavenner will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Tavenner served as acting Administrator for the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services from 2011 to 2013, and she was Administrator from 2013 to 2015. From 2015 to 2018, Ms. Tavenner was President and Chief Executive Officer of America’s Health Insurance Plans, a national association representing insurers. Ms. Tavenner currently serves on the board of directors and audit committee of Select Medical. Ms. Tavenner earned a Bachelor of Science in nursing and a Master’s Degree in Health Administration from Virginia Commonwealth University. We believe Ms. Tavenner’s expertise in healthcare and experience working with CMS qualifies her to serve as a director of our Board.
Sean Traynor will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Traynor joined WCAS in 1999 and currently serves as a General Partner in the healthcare group. Mr. Traynor earned a Bachelor of Science in Accounting at Villanova University and a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School at University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Traynor currently serves on the board of directors and compensation committee of Amerisafe, Inc. We believe Mr. Traynor’s experience in finance and the healthcare industry qualifies him to serve as a director of our Board.
Richard Zoretic will begin serving on our Board upon the completion of this offering. Prior to his retirement in 2014, Mr. Zoretic served as Executive Vice President of WellPoint, Inc. and President of the company’s Government Business Division, a business encompassing WellPoint, Inc.’s Medicaid, Medicare, CareMore and Federal Employee Program businesses. Prior to joining WellPoint, Inc. Mr. Zoretic served as Chief Operating Officer of Amerigroup Corporation from 2007 to 2012, where he had overall responsibility for company operations including local health plans, medical management programs, provider networks, health care analytics, information technology and customer service operations. Mr. Zoretic earned a Bachelor of Science in Finance from Pennsylvania State University. Mr. Zoretic currently serves on the board of directors and the audit committee of Molina Healthcare. We believe Mr. Zoretic’s expertise in healthcare operations and finance and experience working with CMS qualifies him to serve as a director of our Board.
Family relationships
There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees.
Corporate governance
Board composition and director independence
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Following completion of this offering, our Board will be composed of ten directors. Thomas Scully will serve as the chairman of the Board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our Board and, for so long as either of our Sponsors holds at least 5% of the total outstanding voting power, only with consent of the Sponsors. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our Class I directors will be Maureen Hewitt, Andrew Cavanna, Thomas Scully and Marilyn Tavenner and will serve until the first annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering, our Class II directors will be Caroline Dechert, Pavithra Mahesh and Richard Zoretic and will serve until the second annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering and our Class III directors will be Jeb Bush, Edward Kennedy, Jr. and Sean Traynor and will serve until the third annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we
 
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
expect that each of our directors will serve in the classes as indicated above. This classification of our Board could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the Board. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the Board. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that a director nominated by our Sponsors may be removed with or without cause by our Sponsor; provided, however, that at any time when our Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of our common stock then outstanding, all directors, including those nominated by our Sponsors, may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.
In addition, at any time when our Sponsors have the right to designate at least one nominee for election to our Board, our Sponsors will also have the right to have one of their nominated directors hold one seat on each Board committee, subject to satisfying any applicable stock exchange rules or regulations regarding the independence of Board committee members. The listing standards of Nasdaq require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
Our Board has also determined that Mr. Bush, Mr. Kennedy, Ms. Tavenner and Mr. Zoretic meet the requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances that our Board deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common stock.
Controlled company status
After completion of this offering, our Sponsors will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.” Under Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

we have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

nominees to our Board are to be selected, or recommended for the Board’s selection, either by: (a) independent directors constituting a majority of the Board’s independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate; or (b) a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors.
Following this offering, we intend to rely on this exemption. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board. In addition, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.
Board committees
Upon completion of this offering, our Board will have an Audit Committee, a Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee and a Compliance Committee. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are as set forth below. In the future, our Board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.
 
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Board member
Audit
Committee
Compensation,
Nominating
and Governance
Committee
Compliance
Committee
Maureen Hewitt
Jeb Bush*
Andrew Cavanna*
X(Chair) X
Caroline Dechert*
Ted Kennedy, Jr.*
X
Pavithra Mahesh*
Thomas Scully*
X X
Marilyn Tavenner*
X X(Chair)
Sean Traynor*
X
Richard Zoretic*
X(Chair)
* Denotes director nominees
Audit Committee
Following this offering, our Audit Committee will be composed of Mr. Zoretic, Ms. Tavenner and Mr. Traynor, with Mr. Zoretic serving as chairman of the committee. We intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the SEC and Nasdaq, which require that the Audit Committee be composed of at least one independent director at the closing of this offering, a majority of independent directors within 90 days following this offering and all independent directors within one year following this offering. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will determine that Mr. Zoretic and Ms. Tavenner meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq. In addition, our Board will determine that Mr. Traynor is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose on Mr. Traynor any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our Board. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

discussing the scope and results of the audits with our independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing, with management and that accounting firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

recommending, based upon the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;
 
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

preparing the Audit Committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases and scripts.
Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee
Following this offering, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee will be composed of Mr. Cavanna, Mr. Kennedy, Jr. and Mr. Scully, with Mr. Cavanna serving as chairman of the committee. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee;

conducting the independence assessment outlined in Nasdaq rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee;

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq;

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to director compensation;

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K;

developing and recommending to our Board criteria for board and committee membership;

subject to the rights of the Sponsors under the Director Nomination Agreement, identifying and recommending to our Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our Board’s committees;

developing and recommending to our Board best practices and corporate governance principles;

developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

reviewing and recommending to our Board the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of our Board.
Compliance Committee
Following this offering, our Compliance Committee will be composed of Ms. Tavenner, Mr. Cavanna and Mr. Scully, with Ms. Tavenner serving as chair of the committee. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:
 
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

identifying, reviewing and analyzing laws and regulations applicable to us;

recommending to the Board, and monitoring the implementation of, compliance programs, policies and procedures that comply with local, state and federal laws, regulations and guidelines;

reviewing significant compliance risk areas identified by management;

discussing periodically with management the adequacy and effectiveness of policies and procedures to assess, monitor, and manage non-financial compliance business risk and compliance programs;

monitoring compliance with, authorizing waivers of, investigating alleged breaches of and enforcing our non-financial compliance programs; and

reviewing our procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received regarding non-financial compliance matters.
Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the Board or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee.
Code of business conduct and ethics
Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website or in public filings.
 
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, in this Executive Compensation section, the terms “InnovAge,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to TCO Group Holdings, Inc., for the period up to this offering, and to InnovAge Holding Corp., for all periods following this offering.
This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated officers, whom we refer to as our “named executive officers.” For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 (“Fiscal 2020”), our named executive officers and their positions were as follows:

Maureen Hewitt, President and Chief Executive Officer;

Barbara Gutierrez, Chief Financial Officer; and

Gina DeBlassie, Chief Operations Officer—Central Region.
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.
Summary compensation table
Name and
principal
position
Year
Salary(1)
($)
Bonus(2)
($)
Option
awards(3)
($)
Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation(4)
($)
Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings(5)
($)
All other
compensation(6)
($)
Total
($)
Maureen Hewitt
President and
Chief Executive
Officer
2020 820,615 352,306 430,000 13,663 30,147 1,646,731
Barbara Gutierrez
Chief Financial
Officer
2020 367,457 190,922 233,839 107,827 3,034 29,566 932,645
Gina DeBlassie
Chief Operations Officer—Central Region
2020 333,041 140,922 233,839 94,103 5,513 29,475 836,893
(1) Amounts in this column reflect (i) the actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers for Fiscal 2020 ($720,999 for Ms. Hewitt, $359,422 for Ms. Gutierrez and $313,767 for Ms. DeBlassie) and (ii) the amounts paid to our named executive officers in Fiscal 2020 in lieu of accrued paid time off not taken ($99,615.71 for Ms. Hewitt, $8,035.16 for Ms. Gutierrez and $19,274.05 for Ms. DeBlassie).
(2) Amounts in this column reflect bonuses awarded to our named executive officers in connection with dividends paid by the Company in respect of its common stock ($352,306 for Ms. Hewitt and $140,922 for each of Mmes. Gutierrez and DeBlassie). For Ms. Gutierrez only, the amount in this column also reflects the discretionary component of her annual bonus (i.e., $50,000).
(3) Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the option grants, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, made to Mmes. Gutierrez and DeBlassie on September 24, 2019. With respect to the performance-vesting options granted to Mmes. Gutierrez and DeBlassie, the amounts reported in this column assume that the highest level of performance conditions were achieved. Please see Note 13 of our audited financial statements for Fiscal 2020 for additional information regarding the assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of these option grants.
(4) Amounts in this column reflect annual bonuses paid in July 2020 in respect of Fiscal 2020 performance.
(5) Amounts in this column reflect above-market returns earned on our named executive officers’ account balances under the Deferred Compensation Plan (as defined and described below) during Fiscal 2020, which account balances are deemed invested in various Vanguard funds, all of which have varying rates of return. For each named executive officer, the amount above reflect the excess of (i) such named executive officer’s actual account earnings ($24,668.35 for Ms. Hewitt, $3,967.80 for Ms. Gutierrez and $10,016.64 for Ms. DeBlassie) over (ii) the amount that would have been earned on the named executive officer’s account balance at 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate as of July 1, 2019, with monthly compounding (i.e., 2.53%) ($11,005.35 for Ms. Hewitt, $934.12 for Ms. Gutierrez and $4,503.25 for Ms. DeBlassie).
(6) Amounts in this column represent (i) the life insurance premiums paid by the Company for each named executive officer’s benefit ($270.00 for each of Mmes. Hewitt, Gutierrez and DeBlassie), (ii) the amount of Company contributions made in respect of Fiscal 2020 to each named executive officer’s account under our (A) 401(k) plan ($5,600.12 for Ms. Hewitt, $5,164.36 for Ms. Gutierrez and $5,660.93 for Ms. DeBlassie) and (B) Deferred Compensation Plan ($21,500.00 for Ms. Hewitt, $23,556.99 for Ms. Gutierrez and $21,221.61 for Ms. DeBlassie) and (iii) Company-paid long-term care premiums ($2,777.28 for Ms. Hewitt, $574.56 for Ms. Gutierrez and $2,322.72 for Ms. DeBlassie).
 
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table
(a)
Elements of compensation
The compensation of our named executive officers generally consists of base salary, annual cash bonus opportunities, long-term incentive compensation in the form of equity awards and other benefits, as described below.
(b)
Base salary
The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting her skill set, experience, role, responsibilities and contributions. As of the end of Fiscal 2020, our named executive officers were entitled to the following base salaries, and we did not make any changes to our named executive officers’ base salaries during Fiscal 2020.
Named executive officer
Base salary
Maureen Hewitt
$ 720,999
Barbara Gutierrez
$ 359,422
Gina DeBlassie
$ 313,767
(c)
Annual cash bonus opportunities
Each of our named executive officers was eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award for Fiscal 2020, based on achievement of pre-determined corporate and individual performance objectives, and subject to achievement of a minimum EBITDA threshold. The performance objectives included measurable objectives that would contribute to the Company’s strategic goals. The Fiscal 2020 bonuses were targeted at $430,000 for Ms. Hewitt and 30% of base salary for each of Mmes. Gutierrez and DeBlassie. Each of our named executive officers earned 100% of her target bonus for Fiscal 2020, due to the Company’s achievement of its EBITDA goal at 100% of target and each named executive officer’s achievement of her individual objectives, including certain quality and compliance goals. Ms. Gutierrez also received an additional discretionary bonus in the amount of $50,000 for her exceptional performance during Fiscal 2020.
(d)
Equity compensation
(i)   Options.   As of the end of Fiscal 2020, each of our named executive officers held options to purchase shares of our common stock, awarded under the TCO Group Holdings, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Equity Incentive Plan”), and during Fiscal 2020, each of Mmes. Gutierrez and DeBlassie received additional option grants thereunder. The options were subject to a combination of time- and performance-vesting criteria, with the time-vesting options generally vesting 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and in additional 12.5% installments at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that all of the time-vesting options would have been fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of the grant date, and the performance-vesting options vesting only upon a Liquidity Event (as defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan) and only if WCAS achieved a certain internal rate of return (“IRR”), with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
In connection with Apax’s investment in the Company in July 2020, each named executive officer’s options were accelerated (to the extent then unvested), and each vested option was thereafter cancelled in exchange for a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the per share consideration paid in the investment transaction, over (ii) the exercise price of the option.
(ii)   Profits Interests.   After the end of Fiscal 2020, following the consummation of Apax’s investment, our named executive officers received awards of Class B Units of our parent, TCO Group Holdings, L.P. (“TCO Group Holdings”), which are intended to be treated as “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, pursuant to the TCO Group Holdings, L.P. Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Equity Incentive
 
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Plan”). The Class B Units are subject to a combination of time- and performance-vesting criteria, with the time-vesting Class B Units vesting in equal 25% installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date (subject to (A) pro-rata vesting upon a termination without Cause, due to death or Disability or for Good Reason (in each case, as defined in the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan) that occurs prior to the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and (B) 100% acceleration upon a Change of Control (as defined in the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan)), and the performance-vesting Class B Units vesting based upon Apax’s achievement of certain multiple on invested capital and internal rate of return hurdles (including in connection with a Change of Control), with the performance-vesting Class B Units remaining eligible to vest for 120 days following a termination without Cause, due to death or Disability or for Good Reason that precedes the execution of a definitive agreement that ultimately results in a Change of Control. All of our named executive officers’ Class B Units are unvested, and consummation of this offering will not accelerate vesting of the Class B Units.
(e)
Other benefits
We currently provide broad-based welfare benefits that are available to all of our employees, including our named executive officers, and include health, dental, life, vision and short- and long-term disability insurance. We also offer long-term care insurance to our employees at the director level and above, and our named executive officers likewise receive this benefit.
In addition, we maintain, and the named executive officers participate in, a 401(k) plan, which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis, and we match 50% of an employee’s contributions up to 4% of the employee’s eligible earnings. Employees’ pre-tax contributions and our matching contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participant’s directions.
We also maintain the InnovAge Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”), which is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan subject to Section 409A of the Code. Pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan, an eligible employee may elect to defer up to 100% of his or her base salary and annual bonus award. All participant deferrals of compensation are 100% vested at all times, and plan assets are distributed upon the participant’s separation from service, either in a lump sum or over a 5-year period, as elected by the participant in a manner compliant with Section 409A of the Code. The Deferred Compensation Plan provides for a discretionary employer match up to a maximum of 5% of the participant’s base salary.
 
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year end
The following table summarizes the outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers as of June 30, 2020. In connection with Apax’s investment in the Company in July 2020, each named executive officer’s options were cancelled in exchange for a cash payment as described above.
Option awards(1)
Name
Grant date
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
exercisable
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
unexercisable
Equity
incentive
plan awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options(#)
Option
exercise
price
($)
Option
expiration
date
Maureen Hewitt
6/1/2017(1) 24,558 1.40 6/1/2027
6/1/2017(2) 24,588 0.65 6/1/2027
5/13/2016(3) 3,721,591 1.00 5/13/2026
5/13/2016(4) 3,721,591 0.43 5/13/2026
Barbara Gutierrez
9/24/2019(5) 103,332.38 34,444.12 137,776.5 1.97 9/24/2029
6/1/2017(6) 3,668.50 1,229.50 1.40 6/1/2027
6/1/2017(7) 4,918 0.65 6/1/2027
5/17/2017(8) 558,238.50 186,079.50 1.40 5/17/2027
5/17/2017(9) 744,318 0.65 5/17/2027
Gina DeBlassie
9/24/2019(10) 137,776.5 137,776.5 $ 1.97 9/24/2029
6/1/2017(11) 4,918 1.40 6/1/2027
6/1/2017(12) 4,918 0.65 6/1/2027
5/13/2016(13) 744,318 1.00 5/13/2026
5/13/2016(14) 744,318 0.43 5/13/2026
(1) Represents an award of 24,588 options, vesting 62.5% on May 13, 2017 and an additional 6.25% at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that the options were fully vested as of May 13, 2020.
(2) Represents an award of 24,588 options, vesting only upon a Liquidity Event and only if WCAS achieved a certain IRR, with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
(3) Represents an award of 3,721,591 options, vesting 62.5% on May 13, 2017 and an additional 6.25% at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that the options were fully vested as of May 13, 2020.
(4) Represents an award of 3,721,591 options, vesting only upon a Liquidity Event and only if WCAS achieved a certain IRR, with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
(5) Represents an award of 275,553 options, with 137,776.5 options subject to time-vesting and 137,776.5 options subject to performance-vesting. The time-vesting options vested 25% on May 15, 2018 and an additional 12.5% at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that the options would have been fully vested on May 15, 2021. The performance-vesting options were eligible to vest only upon a Liquidity Event and only if WCAS achieved a certain IRR, with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
(6) Represents an award of 4,918 options, vesting 25% on May 15, 2018 and an additional 12.5% at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that the options would have been fully vested on May 15, 2021.
(7) Represents an award of 4,918 options, vesting only upon a Liquidity Event and only if WCAS achieved a certain IRR, with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
(8) Represents an award of 744,318 options, vesting 25% on May 15, 2018 and an additional 12.5% at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that the options would have been fully vested on May 15, 2021.
(9) Represents an award of 744,318 options, vesting only upon a Liquidity Event and only if WCAS achieved a certain IRR, with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
 
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(10) Represents an award of 275,553 options, with 137,776.5 options subject to time-vesting and 137,776.5 options subject to performance-vesting. The time-vesting options vested 25% on May 13, 2017 and an additional 12.5% at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that the options were fully vested as of May 13, 2020. The performance-vesting options were eligible to vest only upon a Liquidity Event and only if WCAS achieved a certain IRR, with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
(11) Represents an award of 4,918 options, vesting 25% on May 13, 2017 and an additional 12.5% at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that the options were fully vested as of May 13, 2020.
(12) Represents an award of 4,918 options, vesting only upon a Liquidity Event and only if WCAS achieved a certain IRR, with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
(13) Represents an award of 744,318 options, vesting 25% on May 13, 2017 and an additional 12.5% at the end of each semi-annual period thereafter, such that the options were fully vested as of May 13, 2020.
(14) Represents an award of 744,318 options, vesting only upon a Liquidity Event and only if WCAS achieved a certain IRR, with 3313% vesting at a 15% IRR, 100% vesting at a 20% IRR and a percentage vesting determined on a straight-line interpolation basis for IRR achievement greater than 15% but less than 20%.
Emerging growth company status
As an emerging growth company we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
Employment agreements
We are party to employment agreements with all of our named executive officers, which provide for at-will employment, subject to the severance entitlements described below, and set forth each named executive officer’s initial annual base salary and target annual bonus opportunity (with the rate of each for Fiscal 2020 set forth above), among other terms and conditions.
The employment agreements provide that, upon termination of a named executive officer’s employment by us for any reason other than for “cause,” or by the named executive officer for “good reason,” each as defined therein and summarized below, subject to the named executive officer’s execution, delivery and non-revocation of a general release of all claims in favor of the Company, the named executive officer is entitled to severance.
For Ms. Hewitt, severance consists of (i) 24 months of continued base salary payments, (ii) an amount equal to 1.5 times her target annual bonus, payable in equal installments over the 24-month post-termination period, (iii) a pro-rata annual bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance through the termination date and payable at the time that annual bonuses for the applicable fiscal year are paid generally, and (iv) continued healthcare coverage under the Company’s plan, at the Company’s cost, for 24 months post-termination.
For Ms. Gutierrez, severance consists of (i) 12 months of continued base salary payments, (ii) an amount equal to 1.0 times her annual bonus for the last completed fiscal year, payable in equal installments over the 12-month post-termination period, and (iii) continued healthcare coverage under the Company’s plan, at the Company’s cost, for up to 12 months post-termination (terminable earlier if Ms. Gutierrez becomes employed by another company).
Ms. DeBlassie’s severance package is generally the same as Ms. Gutierrez’s but also includes a pro-rata annual bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance through the termination date and payable at the time that annual bonuses for the applicable fiscal year are paid generally.
Under the employment agreements, “cause” generally means any of the named executive officer’s: (i) failure to perform her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its affiliates that are consistent with her title and authorities; (ii) material breach of any of the provisions of the employment agreement or any
 
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
other written agreement between her and the Company or any of its affiliates, resulting in material harm to the Company or any of its affiliates; (iii) material breach of any fiduciary duty that she has to the Company or any of its affiliates; (iv) gross negligence, intentional misconduct or unethical or improper behavior resulting in material harm to the business, interests or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates; (v) commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; or (vi) commission of conduct involving fraud, embezzlement, sexual harassment, material misappropriation of property or other substantial misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its affiliates.
Under Ms. Hewitt’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally means the occurrence of any of the following without her written consent: (i) a change in Ms. Hewitt’s title; (ii) a material diminution in the nature or scope of Ms. Hewitt’s duties, authority and/or responsibilities, or Ms. Hewitt no longer reporting directly to the Board of Directors of the Company; (iii) a requirement that Ms. Hewitt relocate to a location more than 50 miles from the location where Ms. Hewitt is then providing services; (iv) a reduction in Ms. Hewitt’s base salary or bonus opportunity; (v) the removal of Ms. Hewitt from the Board of Directors of the Company; or (vi) a material breach of any of the terms of the employment agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and Ms. Hewitt.
Under Ms. Gutierrez’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally means the occurrence of any of the following without her written consent: (i) a material diminution in the nature or scope of Ms. Gutierrez’s duties, authority and/or responsibilities; (ii) a requirement that Ms. Gutierrez relocate to a location more than 50 miles from the location where Ms. Gutierrez is then providing services; (iii) a reduction in Ms. Gutierrez’s base salary; or (iv) a material breach of the terms of the employment agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and Ms. Gutierrez.
Under Ms. DeBlassie’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally means the occurrence of any of the following without her written consent: (i) a change in Ms. DeBlassie’s title; (ii) a material diminution in the nature or scope of Ms. DeBlassie’s duties, authority and/or responsibilities, or Ms. DeBlassie no longer reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer; (iii) a requirement that Ms. DeBlassie relocate to a location more than 50 miles from the location where Ms. DeBlassie is then providing services; (iv) a reduction in Ms. DeBlassie’s base salary or bonus opportunity; or (v) a material breach of the terms of the employment agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and Ms. DeBlassie.
Each named executive officer is subject to non-competition, non-interference, non-solicitation and non-hire covenants during employment and for 24 months (in the case of Ms. Hewitt) or 12 months (in the case of Mmes. Gutierrez and DeBlassie) thereafter, as well as perpetual confidentiality and assignment of inventions covenants.
2020 Equity incentive plan
As noted above, after the end of Fiscal 2020, following the consummation of Apax’s investment, our named executive officers received awards of Class B Units of our parent, TCO Group Holdings, L.P., pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, which are intended to be treated as “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Share reserve
A maximum number of 16,162,176.84 Class B Units are available for grant under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Class B Unit Pool”). For purposes the Class B Unit Pool, Class B Units are treated as outstanding under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan on the date the award is granted, and Class B Units that are cancelled or forfeited for no consideration will revert to the Class B Unit Pool and again be available for grant.
Administration
The 2020 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Board of TCO Group Holdings, L.P. (the “Administrator”), The Administrator has the authority to administer and interpret the 2020 Equity Incentive
 
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Plan, to determine individuals eligible for any grant of the Class B Units, to determiner, alter, amend, modify or waive the terms and conditions of any award of Class B Units and to prescribe the purchase price or Hurdle Amount (as defined in the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan) applicable to any award of Class B Units.
Eligibility
Employees of, and consultants, advisors and other service providers (including partners) to, TCO Group Holdings, L.P or any of its affiliates who, in the opinion of the Administrator, are in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of TCO Group Holdings, L.P are eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.
No additional awards will be granted under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.
Equity incentive compensation
Summary of the 2021 omnibus incentive plan (“2021 plan”)
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we anticipate that our Board will adopt, and our shareholders will approve, the 2021 Plan, pursuant to which employees, consultants and directors of our company and our affiliates performing services for us, including our executive officers, will be eligible to receive awards. We anticipate that the 2021 Plan will provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, bonus stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, substitute awards, annual incentive awards and performance awards intended to align the interests of participants with those of our shareholders. The following description of the 2021 Plan is based on the form we anticipate will be adopted, but as the 2021 Plan has not yet been adopted, the provisions remain subject to change. As a result, the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final 2021 Plan once adopted, a copy of which in substantially final form will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Share reserve
In connection with its approval by the Board and adoption by our shareholders, we will reserve                 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2021 Plan. In addition, the following shares of our common stock will again be available for grant or issuance under the 2021 Plan:

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or cancelled;

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued; and

shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash (but not shares surrendered to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes associated with the award).
Administration
The 2021 Plan will be administered by our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the 2021 Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2021 Plan. Awards under the 2021 Plan may be made subject to “performance conditions” and other terms.
Eligibility
Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee will determine who will receive awards, and the terms and conditions associated with such award.
 
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Term
The 2021 Plan will terminate 10 years from the date our Board approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our Board.
Award forms and limitations
The 2021 Plan authorizes the award of stock awards, performance awards and other cash-based awards. An aggregate of                 shares will be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan. For stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (“ISOs”) under Section 422 of the Code, the maximum number of shares subject to ISO awards shall be           .
Stock options
The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs only to our employees. Nonqualified options may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each option to purchase stock must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of ISOs granted to 10% or more shareholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value. Options granted under the 2021 Plan may be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee determines. The maximum term of options granted under the 2021 Plan is 10 years (five years in the case of ISOs granted to 10% or more shareholders).
Stock appreciation rights
Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee in its discretion.
Restricted stock
The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may grant awards consisting of shares of our common stock subject to restrictions on sale and transfer. The price (if any) paid by a participant for a restricted stock award will be determined by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may condition the grant or vesting of shares of restricted stock on the achievement of performance conditions and/or the satisfaction of a time-based vesting schedule.
Performance awards
A performance award is an award that becomes payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. A performance award may become payable in cash or in shares of our common stock. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of a participant’s employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.
Other cash-based awards
The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may grant other cash-based awards to participants in amounts and on terms and conditions determined by them in their discretion. Cash-based awards may be granted subject to vesting conditions or awarded without being subject to conditions or restrictions.
 
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Additional provisions
Awards granted under the 2021 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee, awards that are non-ISOs or SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the participant only by the participant, the participant’s guardian or legal representative or a family member of the participant who has acquired the non-ISOs or SARs by a permitted transfer. Awards that are ISOs may be exercised during the lifetime of the participant only by the participant or the participant’s guardian or legal representative.
In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2021 Plan), the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may, in its discretion, provide for any or all of the following actions: (i) awards may be continued, assumed or substituted with new rights, (ii) awards may be purchased for cash equal to the excess (if any) of the price per share of common stock paid in the change in control transaction over the aggregate exercise price of such awards, (iii) outstanding and unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights may be terminated prior to the change in control (in which case holders of such unvested awards would be given notice and the opportunity to exercise such awards), or (iv) vesting or lapse of restrictions may be accelerated. All awards will be equitably adjusted in the case of the division of stock and similar transactions.
Director compensation
The following table presents the total compensation for each non-Sponsor person who served as a non-employee member of our Board during Fiscal 2020. Representatives of our Sponsors receive no compensation for service as directors and, consequently, are not included in this table. We also reimbursed our non-employee directors for their business expenses incurred in connection with their performance of services.
Name
Fees earned or
paid in cash(1)
($)
Option
awards(2)
($)
Total
($)
Ted Kennedy, Jr.
100,000 127,293 227,293
Marilyn Tavenner
100,000 127,293 227,293
Peter Thomas
40,000 84,862 124,862
(1) We paid meeting fees to the directors set forth in the table above for attending meetings of our Board, as follows: (i) $25,000 per meeting to each of Mr. Kennedy and Ms. Tavenner and (ii) $10,000 per meeting to Mr. Thomas. Mr. Thomas ceased serving on our Board on September 21, 2020.
(2) Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the option grants, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, made to Messrs. Kennedy and Thomas and Ms. Tavenner on September 19, 2019. With respect to the performance-vesting options granted to Messrs. Kennedy and Thomas and Ms. Tavenner, the amounts reported in this column assume that the highest level of performance conditions were achieved. Please see Note 13 of our audited financial statements for Fiscal 2020 for additional information regarding the assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of these option grants.
The options generally have the same vesting terms as described above for our named executive officers. As of the end of Fiscal 2020, each of Mr. Kennedy and Ms. Tavenner held 150 options and Mr. Thomas held 100 options. In connection with Apax’s investment in the Company in July 2020, each director’s options were accelerated (to the extent then unvested), and each vested option was thereafter cancelled in exchange for a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the per share consideration paid in the investment transaction, over (ii) the exercise price of the option.
Non-employee director compensation policy
We do not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensating our non-employee directors for service as directors. Following the completion of this offering, we will implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our Board and committees of our Board.
 
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PRINCIPAL and selling SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                  , 2021 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, for

each person or group known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock immediately prior to this offering;

each of our directors and director nominees;

each of our Named Executive Officers; and

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.
Each shareholder’s percentage ownership before the offering is based on common stock outstanding as of                 , 2021. Each shareholder’s percentage ownership after the offering is based on common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering.
Our Sponsors have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                 additional shares of common stock.
Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all common stock shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder.
 
152

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table is c/o InnovAge, 8950 E. Lowry Boulevard, Denver, Colorado 80230. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).
Shares beneficially owned
after this offering
Shares beneficially
owned prior to this
offering
No exercise of
underwriters’
option
Full exercise of
underwriters’
option
Name of beneficial owner
Number
of Shares
Percentage
Number
of Shares
Percentage
Number
of Shares
to be Sold
Number
of Shares
Percentage
5% Stockholders:
TCO Group Holdings,
L.P. (1)
% % %
Directors, Director Nominees
and Named Executive
Officers:
Maureen Hewitt
Barbara Gutierrez
Gina DeBlassie
Jeb Bush
Andrew Cavanna
Caroline Dechert
Ted Kennedy, Jr.
Pavithra Mahesh
Thomas Scully
Marilyn Tavenner
Sean Traynor
Richard Zoretic
All executive officers, directors
and directors nominees as a
group (14 individuals)
%
%
%
(1) Represents             shares of common stock held by TCO Group Holdings, L.P., which is the legal name of the investment vehicle of the Sponsors and the other existing holders. Voting and dispositive power with respect to the common stock held by TCO Group Holdings, L.P. is exercised by a seven-member committee of limited partners (the “LP Sponsor Board”), pursuant to a delegation of authority from its general partner, TCO Group Holdings GP, LLC. The LP Sponsor Board is comprised of Maureen Hewitt, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Caroline Dechert, Thomas Scully and Sean Traynor (the “WCAS Designees”) and Andrew Cavanna and Pavithra Mahesh (the “Apax Designees”). The LP Sponsor Board exercises its voting and dispositive power by majority vote, so long as one WCAS Designee and one Apax Designee comprise the majority. Each of the foregoing entities and the individual members of the LP Sponsor Board disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by TCO Group Holdings, L.P. except to the extent of his, her or its pecuniary interest. The business address of TCO Group Holdings, L.P. is c/o Apax Partners, L.P., 601 Lexington Avenue, 53rd Floor, New York, New York, and its telephone number is (212) 753-6300, and c/o Welsh, Carson, Anderson and Stowe, 599 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1800, New York, New York 10022, and its telephone number is (212) 893-9500.
 
153

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Policies for approval of related party transactions
Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

the related party’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;

the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction;

the impact on a director or director nominee’s independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director or director nominee;

the benefits to us of the proposed transaction;

if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and

an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally.
The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our shareholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.
In addition, under our Code of Ethics, which will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering, our employees and directors will have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
All of the transactions described below were entered into prior to the adoption of the Company’s written Related Party Transactions Policy (which policy will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering), but all were approved by our Board considering similar factors to those described above.
Related party transactions
Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and Named Executive Officers, which are described in the sections of this prospectus titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since June 30, 2017 to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
PWD Loan
Pinewood Lodge, LLP (“PWD”), one of our variable interest entities in which we own a 0.01% partnership interest, develops, constructs, owns, maintains and operates certain apartment complexes intended for rental to low-income individuals aged 62 and over. Pursuant to the PWD Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, our wholly-owned subsidiary Continental Community Housing, the general partner of PWD (the “General Partner”), helped fund operating deficits and shortfalls of PWD in the form of a loan (the “PWD Loan”). As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, was recorded in deposits and other, and the highest aggregate amount of principal outstanding under the
 
154

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PWD Loan was $0.6 million in each of the respective years. The PWD Loan does not accrue interest. The General Partner is paid an administration fee of $35,000 per year.
InnovAge Sacramento management service agreement
InnovAge Sacramento is a joint venture with Adventist Health System/West and Eskaton Properties, Incorporated of which we own 60%. In accordance with the Management Service Agreement dated March 18, 2019, by and between InnovAge California PACE-Sacramento, LLC and our wholly-owned subsidiary Total Community Options, Inc., we are responsible for the daily operations of InnovAge Sacramento. As of June 30, 2020, we earned $0.1 million in management fee revenue which was recorded in other revenue, and had a related party receivable of $0.2 million which is recorded within in prepaid expenses and other.
Director Nomination Agreement
In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with the Sponsors that provides each the right to designate nominees for election to our Board. The Sponsors may also assign their designation rights under the Director Nomination Agreement to an affiliate.
The Director Nomination Agreement will provide the Sponsors the right to designate: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own at least 40% of the total number of shares of our common stock collectively beneficially owned by the Sponsors upon completion of this offering (and the exercise of any option of the underwriters to purchase additional shares), as adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or similar changes in the Company's capitalization, or the Original Amount; (ii) 40% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 40% but at least 30% of the Original Amount; (iii) 30% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 30% but at least 20% of the Original Amount; (iv) 20% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 20% but at least 10% of the Original Amount; and (v) one of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own at least 5% of the Original Amount. In each case, the Sponsors’ nominees must comply with applicable law and stock exchange rules. If the investment vehicle through which the Sponsors hold their investment is dissolved after this offering, then each of Apax and WCAS will be permitted to nominate (i) up to three directors so long as it owns at least 25% of the Original Amount, (ii) up to two directors so long as it owns at least 15% of the Original Amount and (iii) one director so long as it owns at least 5% of the Original Amount.The Sponsors will agree in the Director Nomination Agreement to vote any shares of our common stock and any other securities held by them in favor of the election to our Board of the directors so designated. At any time when the Sponsors have the right to designate at least one nominee for election to our Board, the Sponsors will also have the right to have one of their nominated directors hold one seat on each Board committee, subject to satisfying any applicable stock exchange rules or regulations regarding the independence of Board committee members. In addition, the Sponsors shall be entitled to designate the replacement for any of their Board designees whose Board service terminates prior to the end of the director’s term regardless of the Sponsors’ beneficial ownership at such time. The Director Nomination Agreement will also provide for certain consent rights for each of the Sponsors so long as such stockholder owns at least 5% of the Original Amount, including for any increase to the size of our Board. Additionally, the Director Nomination Agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of the Sponsors for so long as either of our Sponsors holds at least 5% of the total outstanding voting power. This agreement will terminate at such time as the Sponsors own less than 5% of our outstanding common stock.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsors. The Sponsors will be entitled to request that we register the Sponsors’ shares on a long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may in certain
 
155

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
circumstances be “shelf registrations.” The Sponsors will also be entitled to participate in certain of our registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the registration rights agreement. We will pay certain of the Sponsors’ expenses in connection with the Sponsors’ exercise of these rights. The registration rights described in this paragraph apply to (i) shares of our common stock held by the Sponsors and their affiliates and (ii) any of our capital stock (or that of our subsidiaries) issued or issuable with respect to the common stock described in clause (i) with respect to any dividend, distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, or certain other corporate transactions, or Registrable Securities as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. These registration rights are also for the benefit of any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities; provided that any particular securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been sold in a registered public offering, sold in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or repurchased by us or our subsidiaries. In addition, with the consent of the Company and holders of a majority of Registrable Securities, any Registrable Securities held by a person other than the Sponsors and their affiliates will cease to be Registrable Securities if they can be sold without limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Indemnification of officers and directors
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers, directors and director nominees. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. Additionally, we may enter into (i) indemnification agreements with any new directors or officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law and (ii) standard policies of insurance that provide coverage to (1) our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.
 
156

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the agreement governing certain of our outstanding indebtedness. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the agreement. The agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of certain of our outstanding indebtedness is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Existing senior secured credit facilities
On May 13, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement (together with all amendments thereto, the “Credit Agreement”) with Healthcare Financial Solutions, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, providing for a $75.0 million Term Loan Facility and a $20 million Revolving Credit Facility. On June 22, 2018, we amended and restated the Credit Agreement to, among other amendments, increase the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $25.0 million, extend the maturity of the Term Loan Facility from May 13, 2021 to May 13, 2022 and provide for a DDTL in an aggregate principal amount of $55.0 million. On May 2, 2019, we further amended and restated the Credit Agreement to, among other amendments, increase the size of the Term Loan Facility to $190.0 million, increase the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $30.0 million and increase the size of DDTL to $45.0 million. We used a portion of the proceeds from the upsized Term Loan Facility, together with existing cash, to pay $66.1 million in dividends to our shareholders in an amount equal to $0.50 per share. The Credit Agreement was subsequently amended and restated on July 27, 2020 to account for an upsize of the Term Loan Facility to $300.0 million and of the Revolving Credit Facility to $40.0 million and to terminate the DDTL. We used a portion of the proceeds from the upsized Term Loan Facility, together with existing cash, in a total amount of $77.6 million to repurchase 16,095,819 shares of common stock and $74.6 million to cancel 16,994,975 options granted under the 2016 Plan, in connection with the termination of the 2016 Plan. As of December 31, 2020, we had $299.3 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility and none outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.
In connection with this offering, we anticipate entering into the New Term Loan Facility, comprised of a $     million      -year term loan, and the New Revolver, comprised of a $     million     -year revolving credit facility. Together with proceeds from this offering and borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility, we expect to repay outstanding indebtedness under our existing Term Loan Facility and terminate the existing Credit Agreement. We expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities shortly after the closing of this offering; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into the New Credit Facilities on the terms described herein or at all.
Interest rates and fees
Borrowings under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum, equal to an applicable margin, plus, at the Company’s option, an alternative base rate or Eurodollar rate. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Credit Facilities is (a) with respect to term loan borrowings, 5.5% for alternate base rate borrowings and 6.5% for Eurodollar borrowings and (b) with respect to revolving loans, 3.5% for alternate base rate borrowings and 4.5% for Eurodollar borrowings.
Additionally, the Company is required to pay the following fees pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facilities: (a) a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit commitments of 0.5% per annum, (b) a customary administrative agent fee to the first lien administrative agent (c) a participation fee on the daily amount of letter of credit exposure of each letter of credit issued by each issuing bank at a rate equal to 5.0% and (d) a fronting fee which shall accrue at 0.125% on the actual daily amounts of the exposure determined in the prior subsection (c).
Voluntary prepayments
The Company may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Credit Facilities, subject to certain notice, denomination and priority requirements. Any voluntary and certain mandatory prepayments of the
 
157

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Term Loan Facility prior to July 27, 2021 will be subject to a 2.0% premium and any voluntary and certain mandatory prepayments of the Term Loan Facility on or after July 27, 2021 and prior to July 27, 2022 will be subject to a 1.0% premium.
Mandatory prepayments
The Credit Facilities requires the borrower to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the term loan with Net Proceeds.
Final maturity and amortization
The Term Loan Facility will mature on July 27, 2026 and the Revolving Credit Facility will mature on July 27, 2025. The Term Loan Facility requires quarterly amortization payments equal to approximately 0.25% of the original principal amount. The Revolving Credit Facility does not amortize.
Guarantors
All obligations under the Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries.
Security
All obligations under the Credit Facilities are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by first-priority perfected security interests in substantially all of the Company’s and the guarantors’ assets.
Certain covenants, representations and warranties
The Credit Facilities contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations and negative covenants. The negative covenants restrict the Company and its subsidiaries’ ability, among other things, to (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Facilities):

incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

create liens;

make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances;

consolidate, merge, liquidate or dissolve;

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of our assets;

pay dividends on our equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock; and

materially alter the business we conduct.
The Company believes that the negative covenants and exceptions contained in the Credit Facilities are appropriately tailored to its current and future business plans, and does not expect such covenants will significantly restrict its ability to execute its intended growth strategy, including potential acquisitions.
Financial covenant
Additionally, the Credit Facilities require that the Company maintain a maximum secured net leverage ratio, determined in accordance with the terms of the Credit Facilities, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter. In the event that we fail to comply with the financial covenant, direct or indirect equityholders of the Company have the option to acquire equity interests or make certain equity contributions to the borrower in order to cure any non-compliance with such covenant, subject to certain other conditions and limitations. As of June 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the Credit Agreement.
 
158

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Events of default
The lenders under the Credit Facilities are permitted to accelerate the loans and terminate commitments thereunder or exercise other remedies upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default, subject to certain grace periods and exceptions. These events of default include, among others, payment defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness, covenant defaults, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, certain events of bankruptcy, material judgments, material defects with respect to lenders’ perfection on the collateral, invalidity of subordination provisions of the subordinated debt and changes of control, none of which is expected to be triggered by this offering.
New Credit Facilities
In connection with this offering, we anticipate entering into the New Term Loan Facility, comprised of a $      million      -year term loan, and the New Revolver, comprised of a $      million     -year revolving credit facility. Together with proceeds from this offering and borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility, we expect to repay outstanding indebtedness under our existing Term Loan Facility and terminate the existing Credit Agreement. We expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities shortly after the closing of this offering; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into the New Credit Facilities on the terms described herein or at all.
Interest rates and fees
Interest on our New Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at a rate of                 (or a similar index for foreign currency borrowings) plus a margin that ranges from           basis points to           basis points, and borrowings under our New Revolver are expected to bear interest at a rate of                 (or a similar index for foreign currency borrowings) plus a margin that ranges from      basis points to           basis points, with a           floor of    %.
Additionally, we will be required to pay the following fees pursuant to the terms of the New Credit Facilities: (a) a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit commitments under the New Revolver of    % per annum, (b) a customary administrative agent fee to the first lien administrative agent, (c) a participation fee on the daily amount of letter of credit exposure of each letter of credit issued by each issuing bank at a rate equal to    % and (d) a fronting fee which shall accrue at    % on the actual daily amounts of the exposure determined in the prior subsection (c).
Voluntary prepayments
We will be able to voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our New Credit Facilities, subject to certain notice, denomination and priority requirements. Any voluntary and certain mandatory prepayments of the New Term Loan Facility prior to                 will be subject to a    % premium and any voluntary and certain mandatory prepayments of the New Term Loan Facility on or after                 and prior to           will be subject to a    % premium.
Mandatory prepayments
The New Credit Facilities will require the borrower to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the term loan with certain net proceeds, subject to certain exceptions.
Final maturity and amortization
The New Term Loan Facility will mature on                 and the New Revolver will mature on                  . The New Term Loan Facility requires quarterly amortization payments equal to approximately    % of the original principal amount. The New Revolver does not amortize.
 
159

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Guarantors
All obligations under the New Credit Facilities will be unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all of our existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries.
Security
All obligations under the New Credit Facilities will be secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by first-priority perfected security interests in substantially all of our and the guarantors’ assets.
Certain covenants, representations and warranties
The New Credit Facilities will contain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations and negative covenants. The negative covenants will restrict us and our subsidiaries’ abilities among other things, to (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the New Credit Facilities):

incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

create liens;

make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances;

consolidate, merge, liquidate or dissolve;

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of our assets;

pay dividends on our equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock; and

materially alter the business we conduct.
We believe the negative covenants and exceptions contained in the New Credit Facilities will be appropriately tailored to our current and future business plans, and we do not expect such covenants will significantly restrict our ability to execute our intended growth strategy, including potential acquisitions.
Financial covenant
The New Credit Facilities will require that we maintain a maximum secured net leverage ratio of           , determined in accordance with the terms of the New Credit Facilities, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.
Events of default
The lenders under the New Credit Facilities will be permitted to accelerate the loans and terminate commitments thereunder or exercise other remedies upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default, subject to certain grace periods and exceptions. These events of default will include, among others, payment defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness, covenant defaults, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, certain events of bankruptcy, material judgments, material defects with respect to lenders’ perfection on the collateral, invalidity of subordination provisions of the subordinated debt and changes of control.
 
160

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2020, we had 132,718,461 shares of common stock outstanding held by one shareholder of record and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. After consummation of this offering, we expect to have                 shares of our common stock outstanding. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.
Common stock
Dividend rights.   Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as our Board may determine from time to time.
Voting rights.   Each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.
Preemptive rights.   Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.
Conversion or redemption rights.   Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.
Liquidation rights.   Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.
Preferred stock
Our Board may, without further action by our shareholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our Board, without shareholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock.
Anti-takeover effects of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws
Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the DGCL will contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our
 
161

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by shareholders.
These provisions include:
Classified board.   Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of our Board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board will have ten members.
Shareholder action by written consent.   Our certificate of incorporation will preclude shareholder action by written consent at any time when the Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our outstanding common stock.
Special meetings of shareholders.   Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of our shareholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our Board or the chairman of our Board; provided, however, at any time when the Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 35% in voting power of our outstanding common stock, special meetings of our shareholders shall also be called by our Board or the chairman of our Board at the request of the Sponsors. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.
Advance notice procedures.   Our bylaws establish advance-notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our Board or a committee of our board of directors, and provided, however, that at any time when the Sponsor beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 5% in voting power of our outstanding common stock, such advance notice procedure will not apply to the Sponsor. Shareholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board or by a shareholder who was a shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the shareholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give our Board the power to approve or disapprove shareholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. These provisions do not apply to nominations by the Sponsors pursuant to the Director Nomination Agreement. See “Certain Relations and Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Nomination Agreement.
Removal of directors; vacancies.   Our certificate of incorporation will provide that a director nominated by the Sponsors may be removed with or without cause by the Sponsors; provided, however, that at any time when the Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of our outstanding common stock, all directors, including those nominated by the Sponsors, may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock
 
162

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on our Board may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the shareholders). At any time the Sponsors own, in the aggregate, over 40% of the voting power of our common stock then outstanding, or either Sponsor individually owns over 20% of the voting power of our common stock then outstanding, a majority of the Board, including at least one director nominated by Apax and one director nominated by WCAS, is required to constitute a quorum.
Supermajority approval requirements
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a shareholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation. At any time the Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the voting power of our common stock then outstanding, a majority vote is required to amend, alter, rescind or repeal our bylaws. From and after the date on which the Sponsors beneficially own less than 50% of our common stock then outstanding, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, from and after the date on which the Sponsors beneficially own less than 50% of our common stock then outstanding, the following provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

the provision requiring a 6623% supermajority vote for shareholders to amend our bylaws;

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested shareholders;

the provisions regarding shareholder action by written consent;

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of shareholders;

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board and newly created directorships;

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 6623% supermajority vote.
In addition, the provision that deals with corporate opportunity may be amended only with an 80% supermajority vote. The combination of the classification of our Board, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing shareholders to replace our Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board. Because our Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing shareholders or another party to effect a change in management.
 
163

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Authorized but unissued shares.   Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Business combinations.   Upon completion of this offering, we will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.
Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested shareholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested shareholder.
A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a shareholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.
We will opt out of Section 203; however, our certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless:

prior to such time, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder.
Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested shareholder” to effect various business combinations with the Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our Board because the shareholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the shareholder becoming an interested
 
164

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
shareholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which shareholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Sponsors, and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested shareholders” for purposes of this provision.
Dissenters’ rights of appraisal and payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our shareholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, shareholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Shareholders’ derivative actions
Under the DGCL, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Forum selection
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents, or a claim of aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the us or any of our directors or officers or other employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or our Bylaws (as either may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time), (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (v) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers or other employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (vi) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law or the Securities Act, as applicable, for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find any of the forum selection provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate such action in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and board of directors.
Conflicts of interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or shareholders. Our certificate
 
165

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of our officers, directors or shareholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the Sponsors or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both her or his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that the Sponsors or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself or its or her or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with our business.
Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our shareholders, through shareholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.
Our bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions that will be included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
 
166

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Transfer agent and registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                 . The transfer agent’s address is                 and its phone number is                 .
Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “Innv.
 
167

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Shares eligible for future sale
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.
Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, we will have                 outstanding shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.
Of the                 shares that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, we expect that the shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the safe harbor under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.
The remaining                 shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the sale is registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after completion of this offering. Upon effectiveness, the shares of common stock covered by this registration statement will generally be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to certain contractual and legal restrictions summarized below.
Lock-up agreements
We, each of our directors and executive officers and other holders owning substantially all of our securities, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of          on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”
Prior to the consummation of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.
Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
168

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Registration rights agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsors. The Sponsors will be entitled to request that we register the Sponsors’ shares on a long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be “shelf registrations.” The Sponsors will also be entitled to participate in certain of our registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the registration rights agreement. We will pay the Sponsors’ expenses in connection with the Sponsors’ exercise of these rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” These shares will represent approximately    % of our outstanding common stock after this offering, or    % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the Sponsors in full.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, any person who is not our affiliate, who was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
Beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of: (1) 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on                 during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors or officers who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other compensatory written agreement before the effective date of this offering are, subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate and was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirements under Rule 144, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.
Equity incentive plans
Following this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options and other awards issuable pursuant to our 2021 Plan. Shares covered by such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the terms of lock-up agreements applicable to those shares.
 
169

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-u.s. holders
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects to such holders. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, the Medicare Tax on net investment income and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances or the effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, the Medicare Tax on net investment income, or any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax law. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:

former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

persons holding our common stock as part of a straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

brokers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our common stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

“qualified foreign pension funds” ​(within the meaning of Section 897(1)(2) of the Code) and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and

tax-qualified retirement plans.
If any partnership (or entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the
 
170

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.
THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS. THE MEDICARE TAX ON NET INVESTMENT INCOME OR UNDER THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING AUTHORITY OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.
Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “United States person” nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” ​(within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) with the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Distributions
As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate paying cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do declare dividends or make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a non-taxable return of capital up to (and will reduce, but not below zero) a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock. Any excess amounts will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”
Subject to the discussions below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower income tax treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.
If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S.
 
171

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition
Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition of our common stock and (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common stock.
Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected gain.
A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may generally be offset by capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder allocable to U.S. sources (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.
With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, five percent or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of (1) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s
 
172

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
holding period for our common stock. If we were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded on an established securities market” during the calendar year in which the relevant disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder occurs, such Non-U.S. Holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.
Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payments of dividends on our common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or establish an applicable exemption, or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, payments of dividends or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24% of the gross proceeds of such dividend, sale, or taxable disposition. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.
Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (in the future) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” ​(each as defined in the Code), unless (1) in the case of a foreign financial institution, certain diligence and reporting obligations are undertaken, (2) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” ​(as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each of its direct and indirect substantial United States owners, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury
 
173

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” ​(each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.
Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. However, on December 13, 2018, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. The preamble to these proposed regulations indicates that taxpayers may rely on them pending their finalization.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.
 
174

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
UNDERWRITING (Conflicts of interest)
We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the Selling Stockholder have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name
Number of
shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
                  
Barclays Capital Inc.
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
Piper Sandler & Co.
Capital One Securities, Inc.
Loop Capital Markets LLC
Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC
Roberts & Ryan Investments, Inc.
Total
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to             additional shares of common stock from the Selling Stockholder to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares from the Selling Stockholder. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the Selling Stockholder per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $      per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and
 
175

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Selling Stockholder.
Without exercise of
option to purchase
additional shares
With full exercise of
option to purchase
additional shares
Per Share
$                    $                   
Total $ $
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $      . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses up to $      , including expenses related to clearance of this offering with FINRA.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not, subject to certain exceptions, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, loan, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of                   for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.
The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions.
Our directors, executive officers and substantially all of the holders of our securities (such persons, the “lock-up parties”) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of                   (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the common stock, the “lock-up securities”)), (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative
 
176

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions.
                 , in its sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.
Subject to certain customary limitations, we and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on Nasdaq under the symbol “INNV.”
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
 
177

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

an assessment of our management;

our prospects for future earnings;

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. Certain affiliates of Capital One Securities, Inc. hold approximately $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the borrowings under the existing Term Loan Facility, which will be repaid and terminated in connection with this offering. See “Use of proceeds.” Certain of the underwriters and/or certain of their affiliates will become lenders, and/or act as agents or arrangers, under the New Credit Facilities. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
Conflicts of interest
Affiliates of Capital One Securities, Inc. hold approximately $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the borrowings under the existing Term Loan Facility, which will be repaid and terminated in connection with this offering. As a result, affiliates of Capital One Securities, Inc. will receive approximately     % of the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” Accordingly, Capital One Securities, Inc. is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121. Therefore, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, Capital One Securities, Inc. will not confirm sales of our common stock to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer. For more information, see “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”
Selling restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
 
178

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom
In relation to each Relevant State, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in that Relevant State of any common shares at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
1. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;
2. to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
3. in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of common shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any of our common shares in any Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each, a “Relevant State”) means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of our common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any of our common shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
1. it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our common shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
2. it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
Notice to prospective investors in Canada
The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
 
179

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)
This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.
Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates
The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.
Notice to prospective investors in Australia
This prospectus:

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and
 
180

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).
The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.
As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
Notice to prospective investors in Japan
The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.
Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong
The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to prospective investors in Singapore
Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of Notes, the Company has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” ​(as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
 
181

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Each representative has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each representative has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (b) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,
securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(i) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(ii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(iii) where the transfer is by operation of law;
(iv) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(v) as specified in Regulation 37 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.
Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda
Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.
Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia
This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended (the “CMA Regulations”). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the
 
182

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.
Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands
The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.
Notice to prospective investors in China
This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) and the shares will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
Notice to prospective investors in Korea
The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.
Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia
No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (“Commission”) for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services License; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding 12 months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding 12 months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful
 
183

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.
Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan
The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.
Notice to prospective investors in South Africa
Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” ​(as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) is being made in connection with the issue of the shares in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” ​(as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:
Section 96 (1) (a)
The offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:
(i) persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;
(ii) the South African Public Investment Corporation;
(iii) persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;
(iv) authorised financial service providers under South African law;
(v) financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;
(vi) a wholly owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or
(vii) any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or
Section 96 (1) (b)
The total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.
Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.
 
184

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are members of limited partnerships that are investors in one or more investment funds affiliated with Apax and WCAS. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with Apax and WCAS in connection with legal matters. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The financial statements as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2020, included in this Prospectus in the Registration Statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the attached exhibits. You will find additional information about us and our common stock in the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents.
The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about companies like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. This reference to the SEC’s website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink.
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the reporting, proxy and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above, as well as on our website, https://www.innovage.com. This reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock. We will furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and quarterly reports containing unaudited interim financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
185

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Index to consolidated financial statements
InnovAge Holding Corp. (formerly known as TCO Group Holdings, Inc.)
Unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
Audited consolidated financial statements
F-24
F-25
F-26
F-27
F-28
F-30
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except shares and per share values)
Assets
December 31,
2020
June 30,
2020
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 77,321 $ 112,904
Restricted cash
1,672 1,661
Accounts receivable, net of allowance ($7,154 — December 31, 2020 and $6,384 — June 30, 2020)
39,429 46,312
Prepaid expenses and other
4,696 4,311
Income tax receivable
5 1,743
Total current assets
123,123 166,931
Noncurrent Assets
Property and equipment, net
110,732 102,494
Investments
2,645 2,645
Deposits and other
3,318 3,003
Equity method investments
11,903 13,245
Goodwill
116,139 116,139
Other intangible assets, net
6,847 5,177
Total noncurrent assets
251,584 242,703
Total assets
$ 374,707 $ 409,634
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$ 29,449 $ 28,875
Reported and estimated claims
36,495 30,291
Due to Medicaid and Medicare
20,637 12,244
Current portion of long-term debt
3,039 1,938
Current portion of capital lease obligations
2,066 1,496
Contingent consideration
778 1,789
Total current liabilities
92,464 76,633
Noncurrent Liabilities
Deferred tax liability, net
15,366 9,282
Capital lease obligations
5,970 4,091
Other non-current liabilities
2,091 1,446
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs
290,105 210,432
Total liabilities
405,996 301,884
Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 10)
Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 149,847,157 authorized; 132,718,461 issued and outstanding shares
133 133
Additional paid-in capital
24,552 36,338
Retained earnings
15,330 64,737
Less: Treasury stock (16,197,849 and 102,030 shares of common stock at $4.80 and $1.89 per share as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020, respectively)
(77,796) (193)
Total TCO Group
(37,781) 101,015
Noncontrolling interests
6,492 6,735
Total stockholders’ equity/(deficit)
(31,289) 107,750
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity/(deficit)
$ 374,707 $ 409,634
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except shares and per share values)
Six-Months Ended
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Revenues
Capitation revenue
$ 308,459 $ 268,550
Other service revenue
1,418 1,380
Total revenues
309,877 269,930
Expenses
External provider costs
148,826 133,365
Cost of care, excluding depreciation and
amortization
76,357 75,180
Sales and marketing
8,743 9,777
Corporate, general and administrative
87,306 28,389
Depreciation and amortization
5,951 5,541
Equity loss
1,342 40
Other operating income
(1,011) (150)
Total expenses
327,514 252,142
Operating Income (Loss)
(17,637) 17,788
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
(12,186) (8,926)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(991)
Other income (expense)
44 (978)
Total other expense
(13,133) (9,904)
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
(30,770) 7,884
Provision for Income Taxes
9,423 2,087
Net Income (Loss)
(40,193) 5,797
Less: net loss attributable to
noncontrolling interests
(243) (246)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to TCO Group
$ (39,950) $ 6,043
Weighted-average number of common
shares outstanding – basic
130,214,967
132,616,431
Weighted-average number of common
shares outstanding – diluted
130,214,967
133,174,001
Net income (loss) per share – basic
$ (0.31) $ 0.05
Net income (loss) per share – diluted
$ (0.31) $ 0.05
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except shares and share amounts)
For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2020
Capital Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury Stock
Noncontrolling
Interests
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Total
Balances, June 30,
2020
132,718,461 $ 133 $ 36,338 $ 64,737 102,030 $ (193) $ 6,735 $ 107,750
Treasury stock transaction
16,095,819 (77,603) (77,603)
Owner distribution
(9,457) (9,457)
Time based awards- option cancelation
(32,358) (32,358)
Stock-based compensation
572 572
Owner contribution
20,000 20,000
Net income (loss)
(39,950) (243) (40,193)
Balances, December 31, 2020
132,718,461 $ 133 $ 24,552 $ 15,330 16,197,849 $ (77,796) $ 6,492 $ (31,289)
For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2019
Capital Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury Stock
Noncontrolling
Interests
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Total
Balances, June 30, 2019
132,718,461 $ 133 $ 35,795 $ 38,459 102,030 $ (193) $ 7,248 $ 81,442
Stock-based compensation
272 $ 272
Net income (loss)
6,043 (246) $ 5,797
Balances, December 31, 2019 
132,718,461 $ 133 $ 36,067 $ 44,502 102,030 $ (193) $ 7,002 $ 87,511
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
(Unaudited) (in thousands)
For the six months ended
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)
$ (40,193) $ 5,797
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used
in) operating activities:
Loss on disposal of assets
1,044
Provision for uncollectible accounts
2,712 2,071
Depreciation and amortization
5,951 5,541
Loss on extinguishment of long-term debt
991
Amortization of deferred financing costs
652 275
Stock based compensation
572 272
Deferred income taxes
6,084 1,243
Equity loss
1,342 40
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
(1,011) (150)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
Accounts receivable, net
4,171 (738)
Prepaid expenses and other
(385) (361)
Income taxes receivable
1,738 844
Deposits and other
(315) 969
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
2,351 5,350
Reported and estimated claims
6,204 (2,914)
Due to Medicaid and Medicare
8,393 (5,842)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
(743)
13,441
Investing Activities
Purchases of property and equipment
(11,464) (7,252)
Proceeds from the sale of equipment
169
Proceeds from net working capital settlements
1,129
Purchase of intangible assets
(2,000)
Net cash used in investing activities
(13,464)
(5,954)
Financing Activities
Distribution to owners
(9,457)
Owner contributions
20,000
Payments on capital lease obligations
(1,079) (725)
Proceeds from long-term debt
300,000
Principal payments on long-term debt
(213,390) (963)
Payment of debt issuance costs
(7,478)
Treasury stock purchase
(77,603)
Payments related to option cancelation
(32,358)
Net cash used in financing activities
(21,365)
(1,688)
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS & RESTRICTED CASH
(35,572) 5,799
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS & RESTRICTED CASH BEGINNING OF PERIOD
114,565 61,196
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS & RESTRICTED CASH END OF PERIOD
$ 78,993 $ 66,995
Supplemental Cash Flows Information
Interest paid
$ 8,154 $ 4,772
Income taxes paid
1,638
Property and equipment included in accounts payable
217 51
Property and equipment purchased under capital leases
3,527 271
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(Unaudited)
Note 1: Business
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. (TCO Group) and certain wholly-owned subsidiaries were formed as for-profit corporations effective May 13, 2016, for the purpose of purchasing all the outstanding common stock of Total Community Options, Inc. d/b/a InnovAge (InnovAge), which was formed in May 2007. In connection with this purchase, InnovAge and certain of its subsidiaries converted from not-for-profit organizations to for-profit corporations, and Total Community Options Foundation, Inc. (Foundation) and Johnson Adult Day Program, Inc. (Johnson), both not-for-profit organizations, separated from InnovAge.
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company), which are headquartered in Denver, Colorado and employ approximately 2,100 people, have a strong record of innovation, quality, and sensitivity to the needs of participants and staff. The Company manages, and in many cases directly provides, a broad range of medical and ancillary services for seniors in need of care and support to safely live independently in their homes and communities, including in-home care services (skilled, unskilled and personal care); in-center services such as primary care, physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, dental services, mental health and psychiatric services, meals, and activities; transportation to the PACE center and third-party medical appointments; and care management. It manages its business as one reportable segment, Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE).
The Company serves approximately 6,600 PACE participants, making it the largest PACE provider in the United States of America (the U.S.) based upon participants served, and operates seventeen PACE centers, excluding non-consolidating joint ventures, across Colorado, California, New Mexico, Pennsylvania and Virginia.
PACE is a fully-capitated managed care program, which serves the frail elderly, and predominantly dual-eligible, population in a community-based service model. InnovAge participants receive all needed healthcare services through an all-inclusive, coordinated model of care, and the Company is at risk for 100% of healthcare costs incurred with respect to the care of its participants. PACE programs receive capitation payments directly from Medicare Parts C and D, Medicaid, Veterans Administration (VA), and private pay sources. Additionally, under the Medicare Prescription Drug Plan, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) share part of the risk for providing prescription medication to the Company’s participants.
Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Company described its significant accounting policies in Note 2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2020. During the six months ended December 31, 2020, there were no significant changes to those accounting policies. Those policies impacted by the new accounting pronouncements adopted during the period are further described below in “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements”.
Basis of Preparation and Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been omitted pursuant to such regulations. These financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the accounting principles applied for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of all normal and recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The consolidated financial statements include the
 
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
accounts of TCO Group, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and variable interest entities (VIEs) for which it is the primary beneficiary and entities for which it has a controlling interest. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Company does not have any components of comprehensive income and, as of December 31, and June 30, 2020, comprehensive income is equal to net income reported in the statements of operations.
Reclassifications
Certain prior period balances in the consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These include the reclassification to accounts payable and accrued expenses from previously reported other accrued expenses and deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheet. For all periods presented, other accrued expenses and deferred revenue are presented as accounts payable and accrued expenses. Such reclassifications had no impact on net income, cash flows or shareholders’ equity previously reported.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment were comprised of the following as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020:
In thousands (000’s)
Estimated
Useful Lives
December 31,
2020
June 30,
2020
Land
N/A $ 8,580 $ 8,580
Buildings and leasehold improvements
10 – 40 years or term of lease
80,060 79,514
Software
3 – 5 years 11,660 11,387
Equipment and vehicles
3 – 7 years 33,382 28,814
Construction in progress
N/A 15,539 7,069
149,221 135,364
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
(38,489) (32,870)
Total property and equipment, net
$ 110,732 $ 102,494
Depreciation of $5.6 million and $5.0 million was recorded during the six months ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
During the six months ended December 31, 2019, the Company terminated the lease agreement at our Roosevelt Pennsylvania location, which resulted in a write off of leasehold improvements of $1.1 million which is disclosed within other income (expense) on the consolidated statement of operations. There were no such write offs for the six months ended December 31, 2020.
Revenue Recognition
The Company’s PACE operating unit provides comprehensive health care services to participants on the basis of fixed or capitated fees per participant that are paid monthly by Medicare, Medicaid, the VA, and private pay sources. Medicaid and Medicare capitation revenues are based on per-member, per-month capitation rates under the PACE program. Capitation payments are recognized as revenue in the period in which they relate.
Capitation payments received for PACE participants under Medicare Advantage plans are subject to retroactive premium risk adjustments based upon various factors. The Company estimates the amount of current-year adjustments in revenues. Any corresponding retroactive adjustments by CMS are recorded as final settlements are determined.
Capitation revenues may be subject to adjustment as a result of examination by government agencies or contractors.
 
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The audit process and the resolution of significant related matters often are not finalized until several years after the services are rendered. Any adjustments resulting from these examinations are recorded in the period the Company is notified of them.
At times, the Company accepts participants into the program pending final authorization from Medicaid. If Medicaid coverage is later denied and there are no alternative resources available to pay for services, the participant is disenrolled. Any costs incurred on behalf of these participants were nominal for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Capitated revenues consisted of the following sources for the six months ended:
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Medicaid
52% 56%
Medicare
47% 43%
Private pay and other
1% 1%
Total
100% 100%
The Company also provides prescription drug benefits in accordance with Medicare Part D. Monthly payments received from CMS and the participants represent the bid amount for providing prescription drug coverage. The portion received from CMS is subject to risk sharing through Medicare Part D risk-sharing corridor provisions. These risk-sharing corridor provisions compare costs targeted in the Company’s bid to actual prescription drug costs. The Company estimates and records a monthly adjustment to Medicare Part D revenues associated with these risk-sharing corridor provisions.
Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to change, as well as government review. Failure to comply with these laws can expose the entity to significant regulatory action, including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
Coronavirus Pandemic (“COVID-19”)
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. The global spread of COVID-19 has created significant volatility, uncertainty, and economic disruption. Governments in affected regions have implemented, and may continue to implement, safety precautions which include quarantines, travel restrictions, business closures, cancellations of public gatherings and other measures as they deem necessary. Many organizations and individuals, including the Company and its employees, are taking additional steps to avoid or reduce infection, including limiting travel and working from home. These measures are disrupting normal business operations both in and outside of affected areas and have had significant negative impacts on businesses and financial markets worldwide. As a PACE company, we have been and will continue to be impacted by the effects of COVID-19; however, we remain committed to carrying out our mission of caring for our participants. We will continue to closely monitor the impact of COVID-19 on all aspects of our business, including the impacts to our employees, participants and suppliers; however, at this time, we are unable to estimate the ultimate impact the pandemic will have on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On March 27, 2020, the bipartisan Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into legislation. The CARES Act provides for $100 billion to healthcare providers, including hospitals on the front lines of the COVID-19 pandemic. Under the CARES Act, the state of Pennsylvania signed into law Act 24 of 2020, which allocates $10 million of funding from the federal CARES Act to Managed Long Term Care Organizations. Funding from Act 24 must be used to cover necessary COVID-19 related costs incurred between March 1, 2020 and November 30, 2020 for entities in operation as of March 31, 2020. Our Pennsylvania centers were granted $1.0 million of funding from Act 24. As of June 30, 2020, we recognized $0.7 million of such funds and as of December 31,2020, we recognized the remaining funds of
 
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
$0.3 million. The CARES Act also provides for the temporary suspension of the automatic 2% reduction of Medicare claim reimbursements (sequestration) for the period of May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Revenue Recognition
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The guidance will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance when it becomes effective. Subsequent to the issuance of ASU 2014-09, the FASB also issued several updates related to ASU 2014-09 including deferring its adoption date. As per the latest ASU 2020-05, issued by the FASB, the entities who have not yet issued or made available for issuance the financial statements as of June 3, 2020 can defer the new guidance for one year. This guidance is effective for the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2020, and interim reporting periods within the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2021. The guidance permits two methods of adoption: retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full retrospective method), or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application (modified retrospective method). The Company plans on applying the modified retrospective method of adoption for this guidance. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that the pronouncement will have on the consolidated financial statements.
Leases
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”) which outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize almost all of their leases on the balance sheet by recording a lease liability and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms greater than 12 months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. As per the latest ASU 2020-05 issued by FASB, the entities who have not yet issued or made available for issuance the financial statements as of June 3, 2020 can defer the new guidance for one year. The Company will be adopting this guidance for the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2022, and interim reporting periods within the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2023. This will require application of the new accounting guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the year of adoption. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that the pronouncement will have on the consolidated financial statements.
Financial Instruments
In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, which requires entities to use a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to measure impairment for most financial assets that are not recorded at fair value through net income. Under the CECL model, an entity will estimate lifetime expected credit losses considering available relevant information about historical events, current conditions and supportable forecasts. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale debt securities. This guidance also expands the required credit loss disclosures and will be applied using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The ASU is effective for private companies to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will adopt this guidance for the annual and interim reporting periods beginning July 1, 2023. The Company has not determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.
Non-employee awards
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation — Stock Compensation: Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (ASU 2018-07), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. The effective date for this amendment for private
 
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
companies is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and for interim periods for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company will be adopting this guidance for the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2020, and interim reporting periods within the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2021. The Company has not determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.
Note 3: Equity
Equity owner transaction
TCO Group Holdings, Inc., Ignite Aggregator LP (“Purchaser”), and the equity holders of TCO Group Holdings, Inc. (“Sellers”) entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”), which was effective July 27, 2020. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Sellers sold a portion of their equity interest to Ignite Aggregator LP. The Purchaser and the Sellers contributed their equity interests in the Company to a newly formed Limited Partnership, TCO Group Holdings, L.P. (the “LP”) resulting in the Company being wholly owned by the LP.
The Company entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), see Note 8 for further discussion. A portion of the proceeds from the Credit Agreement were used by the Company to repurchase 16,095,819 shares of its common stock for $77.6 million which was recognized as Treasury stock.
Additionally, as part of the Agreement, the Company executed an Option Cancelation Agreement (the “Cancelation Agreement”) which canceled the Company’s common stock option awards of 16,994,975 which were granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan for $74.6 million, which resulted in a settlement of the awards. Vesting of the contingent performance-based awards was not deemed probable at the time of the settlement resulting in the settlement of the contingent performance-based awards being recorded as Corporate, general and administrative. Vesting of the time vesting awards was deemed probable at the time of the settlement resulting in a portion of the settlement of the time vesting awards being recorded as Corporate, general and administrative and the remainder being recorded as a reduction to Additional paid-in capital. Of the total settlement, $42.2 million was recorded as Corporate, general and administrative and $32.4 million was recorded as a reduction to Additional paid-in capital. The Cancelation Agreement resulted in the option holders receiving the same amount of cash that they would have received had they exercised their options, participated in the repurchase described above and sold their remaining shares.
As part of the transaction, the Company incurred $22.6 million in transaction costs, of which $13.1 million was recognized as Corporate, general and administrative and $9.5 million was recognized as a distribution to owner as the costs were paid on behalf of the owners.
Investment
On October 15, 2020 Finback Pace, LP contributed $20 million for an investment in TCO Group Holdings, L.P., which in turn contributed the funds to the Company.
Note 4: Variable Interest Entity
The Company’s operations also include a Senior Housing unit that primarily includes the accounts of Continental Community Housing (CCH), the general partner of PWD; a 0.01% partnership interest each in PWD and SH1, both of which were organized to develop, construct, own, maintain, and operate certain apartment complexes intended for rental to low-income elderly individuals aged 62 or older.
PWD is a VIE, but the Company is not the primary beneficiary. The Company does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of PWD. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate PWD. PWD is accounted for using the equity method of accounting and is recorded in Equity method investments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The equity
 
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
earnings of PWD are insignificant. The balance of the Company’s investment in PWD is $0.8 million which represents the maximum exposure to loss.
SH1 is a VIE. The Company is the primary beneficiary of SH1 and consolidates SH1. The Company is the primary beneficiary of SH1 as it has the power to direct the activities that are most significant to SH1 and has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from SH1. The most significant activity of SH1 is the operation of the housing facility. The Company has provided a subordinated loan to SH1 and has provided a guarantee for the convertible term loan held by SH1.
The following table shows the assets and liabilities of SH1 as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020:
In thousands (000’s)
Assets/Liabilities
December, 31
2020
June 30,
2020
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 451 $ 435
Accounts receivable
1 1
Prepaid expenses and other
17 7
Property, plant and equipment, net
10,272 10,501
Deposits and other, net
383 376
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
260 199
Current portion long-term debt
39 38
Noncurrent liabilities
454 454
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs
3,847 3,901
Note 5: Nonconsolidated Entities
The Company has two nonconsolidated equity method investments, PWD, see Note 4 for further discussion, and InnovAge California Pace-Sacramento, LLC (“InnovAge Sacramento”).
On March 18, 2019, in connection with the formation of InnovAge Sacramento, the joint venture with Adventist Health System/West (“Adventist”) and Eskaton Properties, Incorporated (“Eskaton”), the Company contributed $9.0 million in cash and land valued at $4.2 million for a 59.9% membership interest in the joint venture, InnovAge Sacramento. Further, Adventist contributed $5.8 million in cash and Eskaton contributed $3.0 million in cash for membership interests of 26.41% and 13.69%, respectively. While the Company holds a majority interest, InnovAge Sacramento does not meet the criteria for consolidation in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it is a voting interest entity and the Company does not have a controlling voting interest. Therefore, it is accounted for based on the equity method. No additional contributions were made during the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, see Note 18 for further discussion.
The InnovAge California PACE-Sacramento LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement (the JV Agreement) includes numerous provisions whereby, if certain conditions are met, the joint venture may be required to purchase, at fair market value, certain members’ interests or certain members’ may be required to purchase, at fair market value, the interests of certain other members. As of December 31, 2020, none of the conditions specified in the JV Agreement had been met.
In connection with this joint venture, TCO Group Holdings, Inc. issued warrants (the Sacramento Warrants) to purchase 5% of its issued and outstanding equity interests to Adventist Health System/West at a par value of $0.001 per share and an exercise price equal to the fair market value per share at the time of exercise of this warrant. The Sacramento Warrants fully vest on the exercise date, which is defined as the date on which Adventist has made aggregate capital contributions in an amount greater than $25 million to one or more joint venture entities in which Adventist and TCO hold equity (the Investment Threshold). At
 
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
December 31, 2020, the Investment Threshold has not been met by Adventist, which has contributed $5.8 million of the $25 million to related joint ventures. Adventist may only make contributions upon both the request, and mutual agreement of, the Company. Upon meeting the Investment Threshold, Adventist would be permitted to exercise the warrant once per twelve-month period and only if the aggregate exercise price is more than $5 million unless such exercise is for all of the, or the remainder of any, outstanding unexercised warrant common stock. Payment of the aggregate exercise price can be made in cash or by making a “cashless exercise” in connection with a change of control. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020, no warrants were exercisable by Adventist.
The Sacramento Warrants are considered to be equity-based payments to nonemployees and as such the measurement date for these warrants are considered to be the date when the Investment Threshold is reached. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020, the Investment Threshold had not been reached and as such no amounts associated with the Sacramento Warrants have been recorded.
The following is the summarized balance sheet of InnovAge Sacramento as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020 and the summarized income statement of InnovAge Sacramento for the six months ended December 31, 2020:
In thousands (000’s)
December 31,
2020
June 30,
2020
Assets:
Total assets
$ 19,859 21,432
Less: members’ interest
7,963 8,594
The Company’s interest
11,896 12,838
Liabilities:
Total liabilities
1,362 694
Less: members’ interest
546 278
The Company’s interest
816 416
The Company’s equity in joint venture
$ 11,080 12,422
Six Months Ending
December 31, 2020
Revenue:
Total revenue
$ 2,297
Less: members’ interest
921
The Company’s interest
1,376
Cost of operations:
Total cost of operations
4,538
Less: members’ interest
1,820
The Company’s interest
2,718
The Company’s interest in net income (loss)
$ (1,342)
The overall operations for InnovAge Sacramento were insignificant during the six months ended December 31, 2019.
Note 6: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired, amounted to $116.1 million at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020. Pursuant to ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other,” we review the recoverability of goodwill annually as of April 1 or whenever significant events or changes occur which might impair the recovery of recorded amounts. For purposes of the annual goodwill
 
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
impairment assessment, the Company has identified three reporting units. There were no indicators of impairment identified and no goodwill impairments recorded during the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
The Company has Other intangible assets that are both definite and indefinite lived. Other intangible assets that are definite-lived are amortized over their useful lives. Other intangible assets that are definite-lived amounted to $6.6 million at both December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020 and associated accumulated amortization amounted to $1.8 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020, respectively. The Company recorded amortization expense of $0.3 million for both the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company’s estimated future amortization expense related to Other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:
In thousands (000’s)
Amortization
Expense
Amount Remaining in 2021
$ 330
2022
660
2023
660
2024
660
2025
660
On October 20, 2020, the Company paid $2 million for the right to serve PACE members in Florida, which were recognized within the consolidated balance sheet as Other intangible assets, net and are indefinite-lived.
We review the recoverability of other intangible assets in conjunction with long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. There were no intangible asset impairments recorded during the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Note 7: Leases
Property and equipment includes property under various capital leases. These leases have expiration dates ranging from January 2021 to September 2025, varying interest rates, and generally include an option to purchase the equipment at fair value at the end of the underlying lease period. The Company’s capital leases included the following at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020:
In thousands (000’s)
December 31,
2020
June 30,
2020
Equipment
$ 13,373 $ 9,845
Less accumulated depreciation
(6,121) (4,829)
Balance as of end of period
$ 7,252 $ 5,016
Certain of the Company’s property and equipment is leased under operating leases. Total rental expense under operating leases was $2.1 million and $2.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments for fiscal years beginning with remainder of fiscal year 2021 for capital leases having initial terms of more than one year and noncancelable operating leases were as follows:
 
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In thousands (000’s)
Capital Leases
Obligations
Operating Leases
Minimum Lease
Payments
Amount Remaining in 2021
$ 1,450 $ 1,884
2022
2,415 3,720
2023
2,356 3,705
2024
1,830 3,287
2025
1,060 2,784
Thereafter
131 10,928
Total
9,242 $ 26,308
Less amount representing interest
1,206
Total minimum lease payments
8,036
Less current maturities
2,066
Noncurrent maturities
$ 5,970
Note 8: Long-term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020:
In thousands (000’s)
December 31,
2020
June 30,
2020
Senior secured borrowings:
Senior secured term loan
$ 299,250 $ 187,625
Revolving credit facility
25,000
Convertible term loan
2,386 2,401
Total debt
301,636 215,026
Less unamortized debt issuance costs
8,492 2,656
Less current maturities
3,039 1,938
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs
$ 290,105 $ 210,432
The Company originally entered into a senior secured borrowing agreement on May 13, 2016 (the Credit Agreement), that consisted of a senior secured term loan for $75 million and a revolving credit facility for $20 million. The Credit Agreement was subsequently amended on May 2, 2019 and consisted of a senior secured term loan for $190 million, a revolving credit facility for $30 million and a delayed draw term loan facility (DDTL) for $45 million. This loan is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The senior secured term loan and the DDTL had a maturity date of May 2, 2025, and the revolving credit facility had a maturity date of May 2, 2024.
On July 27, 2020, the Company amended the Credit Agreement in which the senior secured term loan was increased from $190 million to $300 million, the revolving credit facility was increased from $30 million to $40 million and the DDTL of $45 million was terminated. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility was extended, from May 2, 2024 to July 27, 2025, the senior secured term loan was extended to July 27, 2026, and there was a loosening of certain covenants contained in the existing credit agreement. Principal is paid each calendar quarter in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount.
The structure of the amendment to the Credit Agreement that was entered into on July 27, 2020 led to an extinguishment of debt for certain lenders and a modification of debt for other lenders. The total debt structure extinguishment for certain lenders was $57.1 million which led to the write off of $1.0 million in debt issuance costs which was recorded in loss on extinguishment of debt for the six months ended December 31, 2020. The total debt structure that was modified was $250 million, while the new debt issued was $50 million, which resulted in $9.1 million of debt issuance costs being capitalized.
 
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Any outstanding principal amounts will accrue interest at a variable interest rate. At December 31, 2020, this interest rate on the senior secured term loan was 7.75%. At June 30, 2020 the interest rate on the senior secured term loan was 6.0%. The revolving credit facility accrues at 0.50% on the average daily unused amount and is paid quarterly. There is also an immaterial administrative fee.
During fiscal year 2020, the Company borrowed $25 million under the revolving credit facility at an interest rate of 3.94%, to ensure sufficient funds available during the unknown time of the coronavirus pandemic and for general corporate purposes. There were no borrowings outstanding under the DDTL at June 30, 2020. The Company repaid all outstanding amounts on the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2020 and had no outstanding borrowings. The remaining capacity under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2020 is $40 million.
The Credit Agreement requires the Company to meet certain operational and reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, defined leverage and fixed-charge coverage ratios. Additionally, annual capital expenditures and permitted investments, including acquisitions, are limited to amounts specified in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement also provides certain restrictions on dividend payments and other equity transactions and requires the Company to make prepayments under specified circumstances. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020.
The deferred financing costs of $9.1 million are amortized over the term of the underlying debt and unamortized amounts have been offset against long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets. Total deferred financing costs were $0.7 million and $0.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The convertible term loan was entered into by SH1 on June 29, 2015. Monthly principal and interest payments of $0.02 million commenced on September 1, 2015, and the loan bears interest at an annual rate of 6.68%. The remaining principal balance is due upon maturity, which is August 20, 2030. The loan is secured by a deed of trust to Public Trustee, assignment of leases and rents, security agreements, and SH1’s fixture filing.
Aggregate maturities of the total debt outstanding at December 31, 2020, were as follows:
In thousands (000’s)
Total Debt
Remainder of 2021
$ 1,523
2022
3,040
2023
3,043
2024
3,046
2025
3,049
Thereafter
287,935
Total
$ 301,636
Note 9: Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy was established that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources outside the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions based on market data and assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed
 
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
based on the best information available in the circumstances. The sensitivity to changes in inputs and their impact on fair value measurements can be significant.
The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are:
Level 1
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date
Level 2
Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities
Level 3
Unobservable inputs to the valuation techniques that are significant to the fair value measurements of the assets or liabilities
Recurring Measurements
Effective August 7, 2018, the Company finalized the acquisition of NewCourtland LIFE Program (NewCourtland) in Pennsylvania. The Company paid a base purchase price of $30 million, subject to certain net working capital and closing adjustments plus contingent consideration of up to $20 million. Such contingent consideration will be paid over a specified period if certain conditions outlined in the Securities Purchase Agreement are met. These conditions are based upon the performance of the PACE centers acquired in the NewCourtland acquisition for the two fiscal years following the acquisition, as well as potential payments to be made in the event of the Company being acquired, selling substantially all of its assets, or selling equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933. Contingent consideration is recorded at fair value at each reporting date. If all of the contingent consideration of $20 million is paid, the lease payments in certain real estate leases between the Company and NewCourtland are reduced from their current amounts and allow the Company to exercise its option to purchase the leased buildings at fair market value. As of December 31, and June 30, 2020, none of the conditions outlined in the Securities Purchase Agreement had been met, and as such no portion of the contingent consideration had been paid out.
The Company classified the contingent consideration associated with its acquisitions of NewCourtland and InnovAge within Level 3 because these instruments were valued using significant unobservable inputs. The Company determined the contingent consideration’s fair value using a discounted cash flow analysis based upon a probability assessment for identified potential outcomes, the result of which was then discounted at the rate that best represented the risks inherent in the arrangement from a market-participant perspective.
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of activity related to Level 3 financial liabilities from June 30, 2020 to December 31, 2020:
In thousands (000’s)
Liabilities
Balance as of June 30, 2020
$ 1,789
Remeasurement of NewCourtland contingent consideration
(1,011)
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$ 778
Changes in fair value resulted in other operating expense (income) within the consolidated statement of operations of ($1.0 million) and ($0.1 million) for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
There were no transfers in and out of Level 3 during the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances.
 
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Nonrecurring Measurements
In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges that are required by GAAP. No such amounts were recorded during the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Note 10: Commitments and Contingencies
Professional Liability
The Company pays fixed premiums for annual professional liability insurance coverage under a claims-made policy. Under such policy, only claims made and reported to the insurer are covered during the policy term, regardless of when the incident giving rise to the claim occurred. The Company records claim liabilities and expected recoveries, if any, at gross amounts. The Company is not currently aware of any unasserted claims or unreported incidents that are expected to exceed medical malpractice insurance coverage limits.
Litigation
From time to time in the normal course of business, the Company is involved in or subject to legal proceedings related to its business. The Company regularly evaluates the status of claims and legal proceedings in which it is involved in order to assess whether a loss is probable or there is a reasonable possibility that a loss may have been incurred, and to determine if accruals are appropriate. The Company expenses legal costs as such costs are incurred.
Note 11: Retirement Plans
The Company offers its eligible employees a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan). The Company matches 50% of the employee contribution up to 4% of the employee’s compensation. Matching contributions were $0.8 million and $0.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Effective January 1, 2016, InnovAge established a 409(a) Deferred Compensation Plan for key employees. Matching contributions were $0.1 million for both the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Note 12: Stock-based Compensation
2016 Equity Incentive Plan
The Company maintained the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2016 Incentive Plan) pursuant to which various stock-based awards may be granted to employees, directors, consultants, and advisers. The total number of shares of the Company’s common stock that is authorized under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan was 17,836,636. As of June 30, 2020 a total of 16,994,976 awards had been granted. The 2016 Incentive Plan provides the following general vesting terms:
(a)
Half vest over time (Time Vesting Awards). Awards vest on the first anniversary of the grant date in the range of 25% to 62.5%, and the remaining awards that vest over time vest ratably on a semiannual basis thereafter through the fourth anniversary of the grant date.
(b)
Half vest upon the attainment of certain performance-based criteria measured at the time the Company experiences a liquidity event, as defined by the 2016 Incentive Plan (Contingent Performance-Based Awards).
Stock options were exercisable over a period of time not to exceed 10 years from the date of grant.
 
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cancellation of Stock Option Awards Under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan
TCO Group Holdings, Inc., Ignite Aggregator LP (Purchaser), and the equity holders of TCO Group Holdings, Inc. (Sellers) entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the Agreement), which was effective July 27, 2020. In addition, the Company entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the Credit Agreement).
A portion of the proceeds from the Credit Agreement were used by the Company to repurchase 16,095,819 shares of its common stock. Additionally, as part of the Agreement, the Company executed an Option Cancelation Agreement (the Cancelation Agreement) which canceled the Company’s common stock options of 16,994,976 which were granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan. The Cancelation Agreement resulted in the option holders receiving the same amount of cash that they would have received had they exercised their options, participated in the repurchase described above and sold their remaining shares.
A summary of the stock option activity for the periods six months ended December 31, 2020, was as follows:
Time Vesting Awards
Number of
Options
Option
Price Range
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Average
Remaining
Term (in years)
Outstanding balance, June 30, 2020
8,497,488 $ 1.00 – $2.35 1.26 6.76
Cancelled
(8,497,488) $ 1.00 – $2.35 1.26 6.76
Outstanding balance, December 31, 2020
Contingent Performance-based Awards
Number of
Options
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Term (in years)
Outstanding balance, June 30, 2020
8,497,488 $ 0.78 6.76
Cancelled
(8,497,488) $ 0.78 6.76
Outstanding balance, December 31, 2020
Profits Interests
The Company maintains the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (2020 Plan) pursuant to which interests in TCO Group Holdings, L.P. (the Partnership) in the form of Class B Units (profits interests) may be granted to employees, directors, consultants, and advisers. A maximum number of 16,162,177 Class B Units are authorized for grant under the 2020 Plan. As of December 31, 2020, a total of 13,009,137 profits interests units have been granted.
These profits interests represented profits interest ownership in TCO Group Holdings, L.P. tied solely to the accretion, if any, in the value of TCO Group Holdings, L.P. following the date of issuance of such profits interests. Profits interests participated in any increase of TCO Group Holdings, L.P. value related to their profits interests after the hurdle value had been achieved and TCO Group Holdings, L.P. profits interests received the agreed-upon return on their invested capital. The Company granted 13,009,137 and zero profits interests units during the six-months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Each profits interests unit contains the following material terms:
(i)   The profits interests receive distributions (other than tax distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceed a threshold equivalent to the fair value of TCO Group Holdings, L.P., as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, at the grant date.
 
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(ii)   A portion of the units vest over a period of continuous employment or service (service-vesting units) while the other portion of the units only vest based on the level of aggregate multiple of invested capital (MOIC) and internal rate of return (IRR) achieved by Ignite Aggregator upon a change of control of the Company (performance-vesting units).
The performance-vesting units are subject to a market condition, which the Company incorporated as part of its determination of the grant date fair value of the units.
For performance-vesting units, the Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense when it was probable that the performance condition would be achieved. The Company will analyze if a performance condition was probable for each reporting period through the settlement date for units subject to performance vesting. For service-vesting units, the Company will recognize unit-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vested portion of the profits interests as if the unit was, in-substance, multiple units.
The hurdle value per unit is $5.49 for both the performance-vesting and service-vesting units.
The Company uses the Monte Carlo option model to determine the fair value of the granted profits interests units. The stock price is based on the price realized in the Equity Owner Transaction. Expected stock price volatility is based on consideration of indications observed from several publicly traded peer companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of the unit. The dividend yield percentage is zero because the Company neither currently pays dividends nor intends to do so during the expected term. The expected term of the units represents the time the units are expected to be outstanding.
The following is a summary of profits interests transactions and number of units outstanding:
Time Vesting Units
Number of
Units
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date FV
Outstanding balance, June 30, 2020
Granted
6,686,568 $ 1.28
Outstanding balance, December 31, 2020
6,686,568 $ 1.28
Performance-Vesting Units
Number of
Units
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date FV
Outstanding balance, June 30, 2020
Granted
6,322,568 $ 0.57
Outstanding balance, December 31, 2020
6,322,568 $ 0.57
The fair value of the profits interests units granted under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan was based upon a Monte Carlo option pricing model using the assumptions in the following table (presented on a weighted average basis):
 
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
2020
Expected volatility
44%
Expected life (years) – Time vesting units
1.8
Interest rate
0.16%
Dividend yield
0%
Weighted-average fair values
$ 1.28
Fair value of underlying stock
$ 5.49
The total unrecognized compensation cost related to all profits interests units outstanding was $11.6 million. The unrecognized compensation cost related to the Time Vesting Units was $8.0 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years. The unrecognized compensation cost related to the Performance-Vesting Units was $3.6 million and will be recorded when it is probable that the performance-based criteria will be met.
Compensation Expense
The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period and includes such charges in employee benefits in the consolidated statements of operations.
Six Months Ended
In thousands (000’s),
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Stock Options
$ 45,387 $ 272
Profits Interests Units
572
Total share-based compensation expense
$ 45,959 $ 272
Note 13: Earnings per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the dilutive effect of outstanding options, using the treasury stock method and the average market price of the Company’s common stock during the applicable period. Performance-based units and the Sacramento Warrants (see Note 5) are omitted from the calculation of diluted EPS until it is determined that the performance criteria and Investment Threshold, respectively has been met at the end of the reporting period. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, there were 8,057,255 and zero performance-based units, respectively, excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common unit:
Six Months Ended
In thousands (000’s), except share and per unit values
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Net income (loss) attributable to TCO Group
$ (39,950) $ 6,043
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic)
130,214,967 132,616,431
EPS (basic)
$ (0.31) $ 0.05
Dilutive Shares
557,570
Weighted average common shares outstanding (diluted)
130,214,967 133,174,001
EPS (diluted)
$ (0.31) $ 0.05
Note 14: Treasury Stock
On July 27, 2020, as a part of the amendment to the Credit Agreement, a portion of the proceeds were used by the Company to repurchase 16,095,819 shares of its common stock at $4.82 per share. As a result of the repurchase, $77.6 million was recorded as treasury stock, see Note 3 for further discussion.
 
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 15: Income Taxes
The Company recorded an income tax provision of $9.4 million and $2.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. This represents an effective tax rate of (30.6%) and 26.5% for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The effective rate for the six months ended December 31, 2020 was different from the federal statutory rate primarily due to disallowed officers compensation under IRC Section 162(m), lobbying expenses, and transaction costs which occurred over the six month period.
The Company assesses the valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax liabilities at each reporting date. The determination of whether a valuation allowance for deferred tax liabilities is appropriate requires the evaluation of positive and negative evidence that can be objectively verified. Consideration must be given to all sources of taxable income available to realize deferred tax liabilities, including, as applicable, the future reversal of existing temporary differences, future taxable income forecasts exclusive of the reversal of temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in carryback years and tax planning strategies. In estimating income taxes, the Company assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate income tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance. As of the six month period ended December 31, 2020, the Company has determined that it is not “more likely than not” that the deferred tax liability associated with certain state net operating losses will be realized and as such continues to maintain a valuation allowance against these state deferred tax liabilities.
The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of the employer portion of social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitation and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The Company continues to examine the impacts that the CARES Act may have on its business. While several of these provisions may impact the Company, there have not been any significant impacts noted through December 31, 2020.
Note 16: Segment Reporting
The Company applies ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting”, which establishes requirements to report selected segment information quarterly and to report annually entity-wide disclosures about operations, major customers and the geographies in which the entity holds material assets and reports revenue. An operating segment is defined as a component that engages in business activities whose operating results are reviewed by the Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (CODM), and for which discrete financial information is available. The Company has determined that it has five operating segments, three of which are related to the Company’s PACE offering. The PACE-related operating segments are based on three geographic divisions, which are West, Central, and East. Due to the similar economic characteristics, nature of services, and customers, we have aggregated our West, Central, and East operating segments into one reportable segment for PACE. The company’s remaining two operating segments relate to Homecare and Senior Housing, which are immaterial operating segments, and are shown below as “Other” along with certain corporate unallocated expenses.
The Company serves approximately 6,600 PACE participants, making it the largest PACE provider in the United States of America (the U.S.) based upon participants served, and operates eighteen PACE centers, including joint ventures, across Colorado, California, New Mexico, Pennsylvania and Virginia. PACE, an alternative to nursing homes, is a managed care, capitated program, which serves the frail elderly in a community-based service model. Participants receive all services through a comprehensive, consolidated model of care. Capitation payments are received from Medicare parts C and D; Medicaid; Veterans Administration (VA), and private pay sources. The Company is 100% at risk for all health and allied care costs incurred with respect to the care of its participants, although it does negotiate discounted rates with its provider network consisting of hospitals, nursing homes, assisted living facilities, and medical specialists.
 
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Additionally, under the Medicare Prescription Drug Plan, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) share part of the risk for providing prescription medication to the Company’s participants.
The Company evaluates performance and allocates capital resources to each segment based on an operating model that is designed to maximize the quality of care provided and profitability. The Company does not review assets by segment and therefore assets by segment are not disclosed below. For the periods presented, all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the U.S. and all revenue was earned in the U.S..
The Company’s management uses Center-level Contribution Margin as the measure for assessing performance of its segments. Center-level Contribution Margin is defined as total segment revenues less external provider costs and cost of care (excluding D&A). The Company allocates corporate level expenses to its segments with a majority of the allocation going to the PACE segment.
The following table summarizes the operating results regularly provided to the CODM by reportable segment for the six months ended:
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
In thousands (000’s)
PACE
All other(1)
Totals
PACE
All other(1)
Totals
Capitation revenue
$ 308,459 $ $ 308,459 $ 268,550 $ $ 268,550
Other service revenue
277 1,141 1,418 184 1,196 1,380
Total Revenue
308,736 1,141 309,877 268,734 1,196 269,930
External provider costs
148,826 148,826 133,365 133,365
Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization
74,712 1,645 76,357 73,294 1,886 75,180
Center Level contribution Margin
85,198 (504) 84,694 62,075 (690) 61,385
Overhead Costs(2)
96,049 96,049 38,166 38,166
Depreciation and Amortization
5,622 329 5,951 5,143 398 5,541
Equity loss
1,342 1,342 40 40
Other operating expenses
(1,011) (1,011) 190 (340) (150)
Interest expense, net
12,276 (90) 12,186 8,783 143 8,926
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
991 991
Other expense (income)
(44) (44) 977 1 978
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
$ (30,027) $ (743) $ (30,770) $ 8,776 $ (892) $ 7,884
(1)
Center-level Contribution Margin from segments below the quantitative thresholds are attributable to two operating segments of the Company. Those segments consist of Homecare and Senior Housing. Neither of those segments has ever met any of the quantitative thresholds for determining reportable segments.
(2)
Overhead consists of the Sales and marketing and Corporate, general and administrative financial statement line items
Note 17: Related-party
Pursuant to the PWD Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, the General Partner, who is a subsidiary of the Company, helped fund operating deficits and shortfalls of PWD in the form of a loan. At December 31, and June 30, 2020 $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, was recorded in Deposits and other. Additionally, the General Partner is paid an administration fee of $35,000 per year.
In accordance with the Management Service Agreement, the Company is responsible for the daily operations of the joint venture InnovAge Sacramento. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, the Company earned $0.3 million in management fee revenue which was recorded in other service revenue. Management fee revenue was insignificant during the six months ended December 31, 2019. As of December 31, and June 30, 2020 the Company recorded a related party receivable of $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively within prepaid expenses and other.
 
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 18: Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated events through February 8, 2021, for possible adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statements, which is the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.
Effective January 1, 2021, the Company made additional contributions to and obtained control of InnovAge Sacramento. As a result, in future reporting periods the Company will consolidate InnovAge Sacramento, which is currently an equity method investment.
Effective January 29, 2021, in connection with the S-1 filing, we changed the name of our company from TCO Group Holdings, Inc. to InnovAge Holding Corp. and increased the total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue.
 
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_deloitte-bw.jpg]
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of TCO Group Holdings, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flow for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Denver, CO
December 16, 2020
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
 
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except shares and per share values)
June 30,
June 30,
Assets
2020
2019
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 112,904 $ 59,661
Restricted cash
1,661 1,535
Accounts receivable, net of allowance ($6,384 — 2020 and $2,476 — 2019)
46,312 51,314
Prepaid expenses and other
4,311 3,245
Income tax receivable
1,743 3,695
Total current assets
166,931 119,450
Noncurrent Assets
Property and equipment, net
102,494 101,186
Investments
2,645 1,500
Deposits and other
3,003 4,066
Equity method investments
13,245 13,927
Other intangible assets, net
5,177 5,837
Goodwill
116,139 117,268
Total noncurrent assets
242,703 243,784
Total Assets
$ 409,634 $ 363,234
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$ 28,875 $ 30,353
Reported and estimated claims
30,291 28,246
Due to Medicaid and Medicare
12,244 20,364
Current portion of long-term debt
1,938 1,935
Current portion of capital lease obligations
1,496 1,694
Contingent consideration
1,789 869
Total current liabilities
76,633 83,461
Noncurrent Liabilities
Deferred tax liability, net
9,282 6,108
Capital lease obligations
4,091 4,328
Other non-current liabilities
1,446 1,076
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs
210,432 186,819
Total liabilities
301,884 281,792
Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 11)
Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 149,847,157 authorized; 132,718,461 issued and outstanding shares
133 133
Additional paid-in capital
36,338 35,795
Retained earnings
64,737 38,459
Less: Treasury stock (102,030 shares of common stock at $1.89 per share)
(193) (193)
Total TCO Group
101,015 74,194
Noncontrolling interests
6,735 7,248
Total stockholders’ equity
107,750 81,442
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$ 409,634 $ 363,234
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except shares and per share values)
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2020
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2019
Revenues
Capitation revenue
$ 564,834 $ 461,766
Other service revenue
2,358 3,864
Total revenues
567,192 465,630
Expenses
External provider costs
272,832 222,232
Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization
153,056 132,770
Sales and marketing
19,001 16,460
Corporate, general and administrative
58,481 48,250
Depreciation and amortization
11,291 8,996
Equity loss
678
Other operating expenses (income)
920 (2,753)
Total expenses
516,259 425,955
Operating Income
50,933 39,675
Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net
(14,619) (9,594)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(3,144)
Other income (expense)
(681) (1,549)
Total other expense
(15,300) (14,287)
Income Before Income Taxes
35,633 25,388
Provision for Income Taxes
9,868 6,317
Net Income
25,765 19,071
Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(513) (507)
Net Income Attributable to TCO Group
$ 26,278 $ 19,578
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — basic
132,616,431
132,315,101
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
135,233,630
134,034,459
Net income per share — basic
$ 0.20 $ 0.15
Net income per share — diluted
$ 0.19 $ 0.15
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except shares and share amounts)
Capital Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury Stock
Noncontrolling
Interests
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Total
Balances, June 30, 2018
132,250,188 $ 132 $ 101,105 $ 18,881 $ $ 7,755 $ 127,873
Proceeds from issuances
of capital stock
468,273 1 469 470
Treasury stock purchase
102,030 (193) (193)
Stock-based compensation
727 727
Dividend payment, net of withholding
(66,506) (66,506)
Net income (loss)
19,578 (507) 19,071
Balances, June 30, 2019
132,718,461 133 35,795 38,459 102,030 (193) 7,248 81,442
Stock-based compensation
543 543
Net income (loss)
26,278 (513) 25,765
Balances, June 30, 2020
132,718,461 $ 133 $ 36,338 $ 64,737 102,030 $ (193) $ 6,735 $ 107,750
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(in thousands)
Fiscal year ended
June 30,
2020
Fiscal year ended
June 30,
2019
Operating Activities
Net income
$ 25,765 $ 19,071
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
(Gain)/Loss on disposal of assets
1,039 (99)
Provision for uncollectible accounts
6,204 2,308
Depreciation and amortization
11,291 8,996
Loss on extinguishment of long-term debt
3,144
Amortization of deferred financing costs
550 926
Stock-based compensation
543 727
Deferred income taxes
3,173 3,547
Equity loss
678 29
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
920 (2,753)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
Accounts receivable, net
(1,202) 1,127
Prepaid expenses and other
(1,062) (638)
Income tax receivable
1,952 (1,755)
Deposits and other
1,063 (1,913)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(1,013) 9,355
Reported and estimated claims
2,045 9,286
Due to Medicaid and Medicare
(8,120) (12,899)
Deferred revenue
2 (12,553)
Net cash provided by operating activities
43,828 25,906
Investing Activities
Purchases of property and equipment
(11,844) (14,486)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment
169
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(27,544)
Proceeds from net working capital settlements
1,129
Purchase of long term investment
(1,145) (1,500)
Equity investment
(8,951)
Net cash used in investing activities
$ (11,691) $ (52,481)
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Fiscal year ended
June 30,
2020
Fiscal year ended
June 30,
2019
Financing Activities 
Payments on capital lease obligations
$ (1,834) $ (1,583)
Payment of contingent consideration
(8,310)
Proceeds from long-term debt
25,000 245,000
Principal payments on long-term debt
(1,934) (127,602)
Payment of dividend, net of withholding
(66,506)
Payment of debt issuance costs
(3,927)
Proceeds from issuances of capital stock
470
Treasury stock purchases
(193)
Net cash provided by financing activities
21,232 37,349
INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, & RESTRICTED CASH
53,369 10,774
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS & RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
61,196 50,422
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS & RESTRICTED CASH, END OF PERIOD
$ 114,565 $ 61,196
Supplemental Cash Flows Information 
Interest paid
$ 11,551 $ 8,835
Income taxes paid
4,745 4,525
Property and equipment included in accounts payable
1,348 1,445
Property and equipment purchased under capital leases
1,399 3,827
Land contributed to equity investment
4,158
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Note 1: Business
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. (TCO Group) and certain wholly owned subsidiaries were formed as for-profit corporations effective May 13, 2016, for the purpose of purchasing all the outstanding common stock of Total Community Options, Inc. d/b/a InnovAge (InnovAge), which was formed in May 2007. In connection with this purchase, InnovAge and certain of its subsidiaries converted from not-for-profit organizations to for-profit corporations, and Total Community Options Foundation, Inc. (Foundation) and Johnson Adult Day Program, Inc. (Johnson), both not-for-profit organizations, separated from InnovAge.
TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company), which are headquartered in Denver, Colorado and employ approximately 2,100 people, have a strong record of innovation, quality, and sensitivity to the needs of staff and participants. For seniors in need of care and support to remain independent in their homes, for as long as it is safe to do so, and in their communities, the Company offers a broad range of services, including in-home care services, healthcare and day programs, care management, memory loss programs, and affordable senior housing. It manages its business as one reportable segment, Program of All-inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE).
The Company serves approximately 6,400 PACE participants, making it the largest PACE provider in the United States of America (the U.S.) based upon participants served, and operates sixteen PACE centers across Colorado, California, New Mexico, Pennsylvania and Virginia. PACE, an alternative to nursing homes, is a managed care, capitated program, which serves the frail elderly in a community-based service model. Participants receive all needed acute and long-term care services through a comprehensive, consolidated model of care. Capitation payments are received from Medicare parts A, B, C, and D; Medicaid; Veterans Administration (VA), and private pay sources. The Company is 100% at risk for all health and allied care costs incurred with respect to the care of its participants, although it does negotiate discounted rates with its provider network consisting of hospitals, nursing homes, assisted living facilities, and medical specialists. Additionally, under the Medicare Prescription Drug Plan, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) share part of the risk for providing prescription medication to the Company’s participants.
On March 18, 2019, the Company entered into a Contribution Agreement where the Company, Adventist Health System/West (“Adventist”) and Eskaton Properties, Incorporated (“Eskaton”) formed a joint venture for the purpose of capitalizing InnovAge California Pace-Sacramento, LLC (“InnovAge Sacramento”).
Note 2: Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation and principles of consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TCO Group, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and variable interest entities (VIEs) for which it is the primary beneficiary and entities for which it is has a controlling interest. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Company does not have any components of comprehensive income and, as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, comprehensive income is equal to net income reported in the statements of operations.
Use of estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used in accounting for, among other things, the allowance for uncollectible accounts; useful lives of property and equipment; risk-score adjustments
 
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to participant revenues; reported and estimated claims; the valuation and related impairment recognition of long-lived assets, including intangibles and goodwill; accruals; the determination of assumptions for stock-based compensation costs; deferred taxes, including the determination of a need for a valuation allowance; valuation of the contingent consideration; legal contingencies, including medical malpractice claims; the determination of fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination; and other fair value measurements. Actual results may differ from previously estimated amounts.
Reclassifications
Certain prior period balances in the consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These include the reclassification to accounts payable and accrued expenses from previously reported other accrued expenses and deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheet. For all periods presented, other accrued expenses and deferred revenue are presented as accounts payable and accrued expenses. Such reclassifications had no impact on net income, cash flows or shareholders’ equity previously reported.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and financial instruments that have an original maturity of less than three months. Amounts are reported in the consolidated balance sheets at cost, which approximates fair value.
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with high credit quality financial institutions and are primarily in demand deposit accounts. The FDIC insurance coverage is $250,000 on the aggregate of interest bearing and non-interest bearing accounts. At June 30, 2020, cash held in financial institutions which exceeded the FDIC insured amount totaled $115.1 million, which represents the balance before the impact of outstanding checks.
Investments
Investments do not have a readily determinable fair value and are carried at cost, less impairment plus or minus any changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer. Investments are evaluated for impairment each reporting period using a qualitative assessment of impairment indicators. If impairment indicators are present, the investment will be written down to its fair value and the difference between its fair value and carrying value will be recorded in net income. No impairment indicators were present for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. The Company had investments of $2.6 million and $1.5 million as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively (see Note 6).
Restricted cash
Restricted cash includes (1) cash held as collateral for letters of credit in the amount of $1.6 million and $1.4 million as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively; (2) cash held in a certain indemnification escrow account of zero and $1.6 million at June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively; and (3) cash held for participants who have established a personal-needs account to pay for nonmedical personal expenses, payment of which only occurs upon participant authorization, in the amount of $0.02 million as of June 30, 2020 and 2019. The Company records a related deposit liability for any participant contributions to these personal-needs accounts in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet.
Accounts receivable
The Company provides comprehensive health care services to participants on the basis of capitated or fixed fees per participant that are paid monthly by Medicare, Medicaid, the VA, and private pay sources. The concentration of net receivables from participants and third-party payers as of June 30 was:
 
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
2020
2019
Medicaid
72% 91%
Medicare
12% 1%
Private pay and other
16% 8%
Total
100% 100%
The Company records accounts receivable at net realizable value, which includes an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts. The allowance for uncollectible accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses considering eligibility, historical experience, and existing economic conditions. Accounts are written off as bad debts when they are deemed uncollectible based upon individual credit evaluations and specific circumstances underlying the accounts.
The table below sets forth the components of allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended June 30:
Additions
In thousands (000’s)
Year
Beginning
balance
Charged to
costs and expenses
Charged to
other accounts
Deductions
Ending
balance
2019
$ 564 2,204 (292) $ 2,476
2020
$ 2,476 6,003 209 (2,303) $ 6,384
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are recorded using the straight-line method over the shorter of estimated useful lives or lease terms, if the assets are being leased.
Property and equipment were comprised of the following as at June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
Estimated
useful lives
2020
2019
Land
N/A $ 8,580 $ 7,767
Buildings and leasehold improvements
10 — 40 years 79,514 74,481
Software
3 — 5 years 11,387 8,636
Equipment and vehicles
3 — 7 years 28,814 25,218
Construction in progress
N/A 7,069 8,293
135,364 124,395
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
(32,870) (23,209)
Total property and equipment, net
$ 102,494 $ 101,186
Depreciation of $10.6 million and $8.4 million was recorded during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Land is not depreciated, and construction in progress is not depreciated until ready for service. Costs of enhancements or modifications that substantially extend the capacity or useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated accordingly. Ordinary repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
During fiscal year 2020, the Company terminated the lease agreement at our Roosevelt Pennsylvania location, which resulted in a write-off of leasehold improvements of $1.1 million which is disclosed within other income (expense) on the consolidated statement of operations.
The costs of acquiring or developing internal-use software, including directly related payroll costs for internal resources, are capitalized. Software maintenance and training costs are expensed in the period incurred.
Interest is capitalized on construction projects, including internal-use software development projects, while in progress. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company capitalized interest of approximately $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
 
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheets, and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.
Long-lived assets
Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference. No impairment charges were recorded in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 or 2019.
Equity method investments
The Company uses the equity method to account for investments in entities that it does not control, but in which it has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies. The Company’s investments in these nonconsolidated entities is reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets under the equity method, and the Company’s proportionate net income or net loss, if any, is included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as equity income or loss.
The Company evaluates its equity method investments for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a decline in value has occurred that is other than temporary. Evidence considered in this evaluation includes, but would not necessarily be limited to, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, recent operating trends and forecasted performance of the investee, market conditions in the geographic area or industry in which the investee operates and the Company’s strategic plans for holding the investment in relation to the period of time expected for an anticipated recovery of its carrying value. If the investment is determined to have a decline in value deemed to be other than temporary it is written down to estimated fair value. There were no write-downs in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 or 2019.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Intangible assets consist of customer relationships acquired through business acquisitions. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired through business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually.
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on April 1st or more frequently if triggering events occur or other impairment indicators arise which might impair recoverability. These events or circumstances would include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, sale, disposition of a significant portion of the business, or other factors. Impairment of goodwill is evaluated at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment (i.e. before aggregation or combination), or one level below an operating segment (i.e. a component).
A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. The Company has three reporting units for evaluating goodwill impairment.
ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), allows entities to first use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. When the reporting units where the Company performs the quantitative goodwill impairment are tested, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit, which the Company primarily determines using an income approach based on the present value of discounted cash flows, to the respective carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, the goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying value is higher than the fair value, the difference would be recognized as an impairment loss. There were no goodwill impairments recorded during the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
 
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Customer relationships represent the estimated values of customer relationships of acquired businesses and have definite lives. The Company amortizes these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their ten-year estimated useful life. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment in conjunction with long-lived assets. There were no intangible asset impairments recorded during the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
Reported and estimated claims
Reported and estimated claims consist of unpaid claims reported as of the balance sheet date and estimates of claims incurred on or before June 30 that have not been reported by that date (IBNR). Such estimates are developed using actuarial methods and are based on many variables, including the utilization of health care services, historical payment patterns, cost trends, and other factors. These complex estimation methods and the resulting reserves are continually reviewed and updated, and any adjustments deemed necessary to contemplate new or updated information are reflected in current operations.
Debt issuance costs
Debt issuance costs are those costs that have been incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt and are offset against long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets. Such costs are being amortized over the term of the underlying debt using the straight-line method, as the difference between that and the effective interest method are immaterial.
Treasury stock
Treasury stock purchases are accounted for under the cost method where the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. Gains and losses on the subsequent reissuance of shares are credited or charged to paid- in-capital in excess of par value using the average-cost method.
Revenue recognition
The Company’s PACE operating unit provides comprehensive health care services to participants on the basis of fixed or capitated fees per participant that are paid monthly by Medicare, Medicaid, the VA, and private pay sources. Medicaid and Medicare capitation revenues are based on per-member, per-month capitation rates under the PACE program. Capitation payments are recognized as revenue in the period in which they relate.
Capitation payments received for PACE participants under Medicare Advantage plans are subject to retroactive premium risk adjustments based upon various factors. The Company estimates the amount of current-year adjustments in revenues. Any corresponding retroactive adjustments by CMS are recorded as final settlements are determined.
Capitation revenues may be subject to adjustment as a result of examination by government agencies or contractors.
The audit process and the resolution of significant related matters often are not finalized until several years after the services are rendered. Any adjustments resulting from these examinations are recorded in the period the Company is notified of them.
At times, the Company accepts participants into the program pending final authorization from Medicaid. If Medicaid coverage is later denied and there are no alternative resources available to pay for services, the participant is disenrolled. Any costs incurred on behalf of these participants were nominal in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
 
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Capitated revenues consisted of the following sources:
2020
2019
Medicaid
55% 56%
Medicare
44% 43%
Private pay and other
1% 1%
Total
100% 100%
The Company also provides prescription drug benefits in accordance with Medicare Part D. Monthly payments received from CMS and the participants represent the bid amount for providing prescription drug coverage. The portion received from CMS is subject to risk sharing through Medicare Part D risk-sharing corridor provisions. These risk-sharing corridor provisions compare costs targeted in the Company’s bid to actual prescription drug costs. The Company estimates and records a monthly adjustment to Medicare Part D revenues associated with these risk-sharing corridor provisions.
Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to change, as well as government review. Failure to comply with these laws can expose the entity to significant regulatory action, including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
Professional liability claims
The Company records a liability for medical malpractice claims based on estimated probable losses and costs associated with settling these claims and a receivable to reflect the estimated insurance recoveries, if any. See Note 11.
Advertising costs
The Company’s purchased services and contracts expenses include media advertising, tactical advertising, and promotion costs. The creative portion of these activities is expensed as incurred. Production costs of advertising and promotional materials are expensed when the advertising is first run, unless such costs support direct-response advertising campaigns. In that case, these costs are capitalized and amortized over the period estimated to benefit from the campaign. Production costs of advertising and promotional materials related to future advertisements that had not run as of June 30, 2020 and 2019 were immaterial and therefore, there were no prepaid advertising costs at June 30, 2020 and 2019. Total advertising expenses were $8.0 million and $7.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company has a long-term equity incentive plan that provides for stock-based compensation, including the granting of stock options to employees, directors, consultants, and advisers.
The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the stock option vesting period and includes such charges in employee benefits in the consolidated statements of operations. Shares issued pursuant to this equity incentive plan are issued from authorized but unissued shares or from shares, if any, held by the Company as treasury stock. See Note 13.
The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the calculated fair value of stock options on the date of grant. This model derives the fair value of stock options based on certain assumptions related to expected stock price volatility, expected option life, risk-free interest rate, and dividend yield. The Company’s expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of similar publicly traded companies deemed by the Company to be its peers. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the Federal Reserve Board’s Treasury Constant Maturities for the expected term of the Company’s stock option awards, and the selected dividend yield assumption has been determined in view of the Company’s historical and estimated dividend payout. The Company has no reason to believe that the expected volatility
 
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of its stock price would differ significantly from the historical volatility of its peers. The Company has opted to use the simplified method to calculate the expected term for the time vesting awards. The expected term for the contingent performance-based awards is the contractual term.
Income taxes
TCO Group and its subsidiaries, other than SH1, provide for federal and state income taxes currently payable and for deferred income taxes arising from temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured pursuant to enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The impact on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the date of enactment. The members of SH1 have elected to be taxed as a partnership, and no provision for income taxes for this entity is included in these consolidated financial statements.
A valuation allowance is provided to the extent that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalty expense associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of provision for income taxes.
Variable interest entities
A VIE is defined as a legal entity whose equity owners do not have sufficient equity at risk or whose equity owners lack certain decision-making and economic rights. The primary beneficiary is identified as the variable interest holder that has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity. The primary beneficiary is required to consolidate the VIE. InnovAge Senior Housing Thornton, LLC (SH1) and Pinewood Lodge, LLLP (PWD) are considered to be VIEs. The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of PWD but is considered the primary beneficiary of SH1. See Note 4 for additional information on the VIEs.
Coronavirus pandemic (“COVID-19”)
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. The global spread of COVID-19 has created significant volatility, uncertainty, and economic disruption. Governments in affected regions have implemented, and may continue to implement, safety precautions which include quarantines, travel restrictions, business closures, cancellations of public gatherings and other measures as they deem necessary. Many organizations and individuals, including the Company and its employees, are taking additional steps to avoid or reduce infection, including limiting travel and working from home. These measures are disrupting normal business operations both in and outside of affected areas and have had significant negative impacts on businesses and financial markets worldwide. As a PACE company, we have been and will continue to be impacted by the effects of COVID-19; however, we remain committed to carrying out our mission of caring for our participants. We will continue to closely monitor the impact of COVID-19 on all aspects of our business, including the impacts to our employees, participants and suppliers; however, at this time, we are unable to estimate the ultimate impact the pandemic will have on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On March 27, 2020, the bipartisan Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into legislation. The CARES Act provides for $100 billion to healthcare providers, including hospitals on the front lines of the COVID-19 pandemic. Under the CARES Act, the state of Pennsylvania signed into law Act 24 of 2020, which allocates $10 million of funding from the federal CARES Act to Managed Long Term Care Organizations. Funding from Act 24 must be used to cover necessary COVID-19
 
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
related costs incurred between March 1, 2020 and November 30, 2020 for entities in operation as of March 31, 2020. Of this amount, $1.0 million was allocated to the InnovAge Pennsylvania centers, of which as of June 30, 2020 $0.7 million was recognized as a reduction of expense within the consolidated statement of operations. We will recognize the remaining funds over the period earned. The CARES Act also provides for the temporary suspension of the automatic 2% reduction of Medicare claim reimbursements (sequestration) for the period of May 1 through December 31, 2020.
As of June 30, 2020, the Company has incurred an additional $3.5 million of COVID-19 related costs, of which $2.9 million was for supplies disclosed within cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization on the consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, as of June 30, 2020, $0.6 million of medical supplies were purchased due to the nation-wide medical supplies shortage, which was recorded on the consolidated balance sheet within prepaid expenses and other.
Recent accounting pronouncements
Revenue recognition
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The guidance will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance when it becomes effective. Subsequent to the issuance of ASU 2014-09, the FASB also issued several updates related to ASU 2014-09 including deferring its adoption date. As per the latest ASU 2020-05, issued by the FASB, the entities who have not yet issued or made available for issuance the financial statements as of June 3, 2020 can defer the new guidance for one year. The Company will be adopting this guidance for the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2020, and interim reporting periods within the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2021. The guidance permits two methods of adoption: retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full retrospective method), or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application (modified retrospective method). The Company plans on applying the modified retrospective method of adoption for this guidance. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that the pronouncement will have on the consolidated financial statements.
Leases
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”) which outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize almost all of their leases on the balance sheet by recording a lease liability and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms greater than 12 months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. As per the latest ASU 2020-05 issued by FASB, the entities who have not yet issued or made available for issuance the financial statements as of June 3, 2020 can defer the new guidance for one year. The Company will be adopting this guidance for the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2022, and interim reporting periods within the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2023. This will require application of the new accounting guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the year of adoption. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that the pronouncement will have on the consolidated financial statements.
Statement of cash flows
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15 Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which provides clarification with respect to classification of several cash flow issues on the Statement of Cash Flows including, but not limited to, debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, contingent considerations, and distributions received from equity method investees. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18 Statement of Cash Flows, which adds or clarifies guidance on the classification and presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company has adopted this ASU and presentation of the statement of cash flows was conformed for both years to reflect the requirements of the standard.
Financial instruments
In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, which requires entities to use a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to measure impairment for most financial assets that are not recorded at fair value through net income. Under the CECL model, an entity will estimate lifetime expected credit losses considering available relevant information about historical events, current conditions and supportable forecasts. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale debt securities. This guidance also expands the required credit loss disclosures and will be applied using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The ASU is effective for private companies to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will adopt this guidance for the annual and interim reporting periods beginning July 1, 2023. The Company has not determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.
Non-employee awards
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation — Stock Compensation: Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (ASU 2018-07), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. The effective date for this amendment for private companies is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and for interim periods for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company will be adopting this guidance for the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2020, and interim reporting periods within the annual reporting period beginning July 1, 2021. The Company has not determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.
Note 3: Acquisitions
Effective August 7, 2018, the Company finalized the acquisition of NewCourtland LIFE Program (NewCourtland) in Pennsylvania. The acquisition included four PACE centers, which are located in the Philadelphia neighborhoods of Alleghany, Germantown, Roosevelt, and St. Bartholomew. On the acquisition date the four centers served more than 650 seniors and had more than 320 full-time employees. The Company paid a base purchase price of $30 million, subject to certain net working capital and closing adjustments plus contingent consideration of up to $20 million. Such contingent consideration will be paid over a specified period if certain conditions outlined in the Securities Purchase Agreement are met. These conditions are based upon the performance of the PACE centers acquired in the NewCourtland acquisition for the two fiscal years following the acquisition, as well as potential payments to be made in the event of the Company being acquired, selling substantially all of its assets, or selling equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933. The fair value of the contingent consideration at the date of acquisition was $3.6 million which the Company recorded as a liability. Contingent consideration is recorded at fair value at each reporting date. As of June 30, 2020 and 2019, the fair value was $1.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and changes in fair value resulted in other operating income (expense) of $(1.0) million and $2.8 million, respectively, in our consolidated statements of operations. If all of the contingent consideration of $20 million is paid, the lease payments in certain real estate leases between the Company and NewCourtland are reduced from their current amounts and allow the Company to exercise its option to purchase the leased buildings at fair market value. As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, none of the conditions outlined in the Securities Purchase Agreement had been met, and as such
 
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
no portion of the contingent consideration had been paid out. The goodwill recorded as a result of this acquisition is attributable to the workforce of the acquired business and the significant synergies expected to arise. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 a $3.0 million deposit was paid which was applied to the purchase price. The Company finalized the net working capital and closing adjustment calculations during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 which resulted in the Company paying an additional $2.6 million to NewCourtland.
Effective October 1, 2018, the Company finalized the acquisition of two Virginia PACE centers formerly part of Riverside Healthcare Association, Inc.’s PACE Program (Riverside). The two centers included in the asset purchase are located in Richmond and Newport News, Virginia. At the time of acquisition, the two locations combined served more than 400 seniors. The Company paid a base purchase price of $6.8 million, subject to certain net working capital and closing adjustments. The goodwill recorded as a result of this acquisition is attributable to the workforce of the acquired business and the significant synergies expected to arise. The Company finalized the net working capital and closing adjustment calculations during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 which resulted in the Company paying an additional $0.3 million to Riverside.
Effective November 1, 2018, the Company finalized the acquisition of Charlottesville Area Retirement Services, Inc. (Charlottesville). Charlottesville operates a PACE center in Charlottesville, Virginia. The Company paid a base purchase price of $5.26 million, subject to certain net working capital and closing adjustments. The goodwill recorded as a result of this acquisition is attributable to the workforce of the acquired business and the significant synergies expected to arise. The Company finalized the net working capital and closing adjustment calculations during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 which resulted in the Company paying an additional $0.3 million to Charlottesville.
The following table summarizes the consideration transferred and the amounts of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and goodwill recorded for each acquisition on the acquisition date.
In thousands (000’s)
NewCourtland
Riverside
Charlottesville
Cash consideration, net of working capital adjustments
$ 24,791 $ 5,196 $ 2,458
Non-cash consideration
3,622
Total consideration
28,413 5,196 2,458
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired less liabilities assumed
Cash
1,900
Current assets
252 320
Building and equipment
2,136 262
Other assets
29
Customer relationships
5,300 100
Current liabilities
(6,915) (2,985) (1,955)
Total identifiable net assets (liabilities)
2,450 (2,733) (1,273)
Goodwill(1) $ 25,963 $ 7,929 $ 3,731
(1)
None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
Total revenues attributable to the NewCourtland, Riverside and Charlottesville acquisitions were approximately $57.4 million, $28.1 million and $8.3 million, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2019.
In connection with the acquisitions during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the Company incurred $1.6 million of third-party transaction-related costs, which are shown as other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations.
No acquisitions were executed during fiscal year 2020.
 
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 4: Variable interest entity
The Company’s operations also include a Senior Housing unit that primarily includes the accounts of Continental
Community Housing (CCH), the general partner of PWD; a 0.01% partnership interest each in PWD and SH1, both of which were organized to develop, construct, own, maintain, and operate certain apartment complexes intended for rental to low-income elderly individuals aged 62 or older.
PWD is a VIE, but the Company is not the primary beneficiary. The Company does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of PWD. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate PWD. PWD is accounted for using the equity method of accounting and is recorded in Equity method investments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The equity earnings of PWD are insignificant. The balance of the Company’s investment in PWD is $0.8 million which represents the maximum exposure to loss.
SH1 is a VIE. The Company is the primary beneficiary of SH1 and consolidates SH1. The Company is the primary beneficiary of SH1 as it has the power to direct the activities that are most significant to SH1 and has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from SH1. The most significant activity of SH1 is the operation of the housing facility. The Company has provided a subordinated loan to SH1 and has provided a guarantee for the convertible term loan held by SH1.
The following table shows the assets and liabilities of SH1 as at June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
Assets/Liabilities
2020
2019
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 435 $ 403
Accounts receivable
1 2
Prepaid expenses and other
7 2
Property, plant and equipment, net
10,501 10,957
Deposits and other, net
376 436
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
199 162
Current portion long-term debt
38 35
Noncurrent liabilities
454 454
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs
3,901 3,900
Note 5: Nonconsolidated entities
The Company has two nonconsolidated equity method investments, PWD, see Note 4 for further discussion, and InnovAge Sacramento.
On March 18, 2019, in connection with the formation of InnovAge Sacramento, the joint venture with Adventist and Eskaton, the Company contributed $9.0 million in cash and land valued at $4.2 million for a 59.9% membership interest in the joint venture, InnovAge Sacramento. Further, Adventist contributed $5.8 million in cash and Eskaton contributed $3.0 million in cash for membership interests of 26.41% and 13.69%, respectively. While the Company holds a majority interest, InnovAge Sacramento does not meet the criteria for consolidation in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it is a voting interest entity and the Company does not have a controlling voting interest. Therefore, is accounted for based on the equity method. No additional contributions were made during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
The InnovAge California PACE-Sacramento LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement (the JV Agreement) includes numerous provisions whereby, if certain conditions are met, the joint venture may be required to purchase, at fair market value, certain members’ interests or certain members’ may be required to
 
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
purchase, at fair market value, the interests of certain other members. As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, none of the conditions specified in the JV Agreement had been met.
In connection with this joint venture, TCO Group Holdings, Inc. issued warrants (the Sacramento Warrants) to purchase 5% of its issued and outstanding equity interests to Adventist Health System/West at a par value of $0.001 per share and an exercise price equal to the fair market value per share at the time of exercise of this warrant. The Sacramento Warrants are fully vested on the exercise date. The exercise date is defined as the date on which Adventist has made aggregate capital contributions in an amount greater than $25 million to one or more joint venture entities in which Adventist and TCO hold equity (the Investment Threshold). At June 30, 2020, Adventist has contributed $5.8 million of the $25 million to related joint ventures.
Adventist can exercise this warrant agreement once per twelve-month period and only if the aggregate exercise price is more than $5 million unless such exercise is for all of the, or the remainder of any, outstanding unexercised warrant common stock. Payment of the aggregate exercise price can be made in cash or by making a “cashless exercise” in connection with a change of control. As of June 30, 2020 and 2019, no warrants were exercised by Adventist.
The Sacramento Warrants are considered to be equity based payments to nonemployees and as such the measurement date for these warrants are considered to be the date when the Investment Threshold is reached. As of June 30, 2020 and 2019, the Investment Threshold had not been reached and as such no amounts associated with the Sacramento Warrants have been recorded.
The following summarizes the summarized balance sheet and income statement information of InnovAge Sacramento as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
2020
2019
Assets:
Total assets
$ 21,432 22,215
Less: members’ interest
8,594 8,908
The Company’s interest
12,838 13,307
Liabilities:
Total liabilities
694 356
Less: members’ interest
278 143
The Company’s interest
416 213
The Company’s equity in joint venture
$ 12,422 13,094
2020
Revenue:
Total revenue
$ 103
Less: members’ interest
41
The Company’s interest
62
Cost of operations:
Total cost of operations
1,235
Less: members’ interest
495
The Company’s interest
740
The Company’s interest in net loss
$ (678)
The overall operations for InnovAge Sacramento were insignificant during the period ended June 30, 2019.
Note 6: Investments
On June 14, 2019, the Company invested $1.5 million in DispatchHealth Holdings, Inc., (“DispatchHealth”) through the purchase of a portion of its outstanding Series B Preferred Stock. On April 2, 2020, the
 
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Company invested an additional $1.1 million through the purchase of a portion of its outstanding Series C Preferred Stock. The Company owned 1.02% and 1.04% of the total equity of DispatchHealth, at June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and the Company has elected to record the investment at cost, less impairment, if any, plus or minus any changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer. During the period ended June 30, 2020, there were no observable price changes.
Note 7: Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Pursuant to ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other,” we review the recoverability of goodwill annually as of April 1 or whenever significant events or changes occur which might impair the recovery of recorded amounts. For purposes of the annual goodwill impairment assessment, the Company has identified three reporting units. There were no indicators of impairment identified and no goodwill impairments recorded during the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
The following summarizes the changes in goodwill for the fiscal years ended June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
2020
2019
Balance as of beginning of period
$ 117,268 $ 79,645
Adjustments(1) (1,129)
Goodwill acquired during the period (See Note 3)
37,623
Balance as of end of period
$ 116,139 $ 117,268
(1) The adjustment in fiscal year 2020 related to the final net working capital settlement for acquisitions that occurred during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.
Other intangible assets that are definite-live are amortized over their useful lives. Other intangible assets amounted to $6.6 million at both June 30, 2020 and 2019 and associated accumulated amortization amounted to $1.4 million and $0.8 million at June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company recorded amortization expense of $0.6 million and $0.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, estimated future amortization expense related to other intangible assets for the next 5 years is $0.6 million for each year ending June 30. We review the recoverability of other intangible assets in conjunction with long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. There were no intangible asset impairments recorded during the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
Note 8: Leases
Property and equipment includes property under various capital leases. These leases have expiration dates ranging from November 2020 to July 2025, varying interest rates, and generally include an option to purchase the equipment at fair value at the end of the underlying lease period. The Company’s capital leases included the following at June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
2020
2019
Equipment
$ 9,845 $ 9,202
Less accumulated depreciation
(4,829) (3,234)
Balance as of end of period
$ 5,016 $ 5,968
Certain of the Company’s property and equipment is leased under operating leases. Total rental expense under operating leases was $4.8 million and $3.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments for fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2021 for capital leases having initial terms of more than one year and noncancelable operating leases were as follows:
 
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In thousands (000’s)
Operating leases
obligations
Capital leases
minimum lease
payments
2021
$ 2,039 $ 3,777
2022
1,583 3,717
2023
1,524 3,703
2024
998 3,288
2025
227 2,788
Thereafter
10,928
Total
6,371 $ 28,201
Less amount representing interest
784
Total minimum lease payments
5,587
Less current maturities
1,496
Noncurrent maturities
$ 4,091
Note 9: Long-term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following at June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
2020
2019
Senior secured borrowings:
Senior secured term loan
$ 187,625 $ 189,525
Revolving credit facility
25,000
Convertible term loan
2,401 2,435
Total debt
215,026 191,960
Less unamortized debt issuance costs
2,656 3,206
Less current maturities
1,938 1,935
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs
$ 210,432 $ 186,819
The Company originally entered into a senior secured borrowing agreement on May 13, 2016 (the Credit Agreement), that consisted of a senior secured term loan for $75 million and a revolving credit facility for $20 million. The Credit Agreement was subsequently amended on May 2, 2019 and consists of a senior secured term loan for $190 million, a revolving credit facility for $30 million and a delayed draw term loan facility (DDTL) for $45 million. This loan is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The senior secured term loan and the DDTL have a maturity date of May 2, 2025, and the revolving credit facility has a maturity date of May 2, 2024.
The Credit Agreement allows for up to $70 million of the proceeds and unrestricted cash on the consolidated balance sheet to be used to make a dividend or other distribution to any direct or indirect equity holder of the Company and to pay special bonuses to members of the Company’s management and restricted subsidiaries prior to May 31, 2019. Accordingly, the Company paid a dividend of $66.1 million, which is net of withholding taxes. See Note 18.
The structure of the amendment to the Credit Agreement that was entered into on May 2, 2019, led to an extinguishment of debt for certain lenders and a modification of debt for other lenders. The total debt structure extinguishment for certain lenders was $127.0 million which led to the write off of $3.1 million in debt issuance costs which was recorded in loss on extinguishment of debt for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The total debt structure that was modified was $2.9 million, while the new debt issued was $220.0 million, which resulted in $2.6 million of debt issuance costs being capitalized.
 
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Principal is paid each calendar quarter in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount for both the senior secured term loan and the DDTL.
Any outstanding principal amounts will accrue interest at a variable interest rate. At June 30, 2019, this interest rate on the senior secured term loan was 7.41%. At June 30, 2020 the interest rate on the senior secured term loan was 6.0%. The revolving credit facility accrues at 0.50% on the average daily unused amount and is paid quarterly. There is also an immaterial administrative fee.
During fiscal year 2020, the Company borrowed $25 million under the revolving credit facility at an interest rate of 3.94%, to ensure sufficient funds available during the unknown time of the coronavirus pandemic and for general corporate purposes. The remaining capacity under the revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2020 is $5 million. The $25 million was recorded within the Long-term Debt, Net of Debt Issuance Costs on the consolidated balance sheet. There were no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility or DDTL at June 30, 2019. There were no borrowings outstanding under the DDTL at June 30, 2020. The DDTL may be drawn on at any time prior to May 2, 2021. The purpose of the DDTL is to fund permitted acquisitions, permitted investments and pay related fees and expenses.
The Credit Agreement requires the Company to meet certain operational and reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, defined leverage and fixed-charge coverage ratios. Additionally, annual capital expenditures and permitted investments, including acquisitions, are limited to amounts specified in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement also provides certain restrictions on dividend payments and other equity transactions and requires the Company to make prepayments under specified circumstances. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the Credit Agreement as of June 30, 2020 and 2019.
The deferred financing costs of $3.3 million are amortized over the term of the underlying debt and unamortized amounts have been offset against long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets. Total deferred financing costs was $2.7 million and $3.2 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The convertible term loan was entered into by SH1 on June 29, 2015. Monthly principal and interest payments of $0.02 million commenced on September 1, 2015, and the loan bears interest at an annual rate of 6.68%. The remaining principal balance is due upon maturity, which is August 20, 2030. The loan is secured by a deed of trust to Public Trustee, assignment of leases and rents, security agreements, and SH1’s fixture filing.
Aggregate maturities of the total debt outstanding at June 30, 2020, were as follows:
In thousands (000’s)
Total debt
2021
$ 1,938
2022
1,940
2023
1,943
2024
26,946
2025
1,949
Thereafter
180,310
Total
$ 215,026
Note 10: Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy was established that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would
 
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources outside the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions based on market data and assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The sensitivity to changes in inputs and their impact on fair value measurements can be significant.
The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are:
Level 1
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date
Level 2
Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities
Level 3
Unobservable inputs to the valuation techniques that are significant to the fair value measurements of the assets or liabilities
Recurring Measurements
The Company classified the contingent consideration associated with its acquisitions of NewCourtland and InnovAge within Level 3 because these instruments were valued using significant unobservable inputs. The Company determined the contingent consideration’s fair value using a discounted cash flow analysis based upon a probability assessment for identified potential outcomes, the result of which was then discounted at the rate that best represented the risks inherent in the arrangement from a market-participant perspective.
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of activity related to Level 3 financial liabilities for the fiscal years ended June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
Liabilities
Balance as of June 30, 2018
$ 8,310
Payment of contingent consideration
(8,310)
NewCourtland Acquisition contingent consideration
3,622
Remeasurement of NewCourtland contingent consideration
(2,753)
Balance as of June 30, 2019
$ 869
Remeasurement of NewCourtland contingent consideration
920
Balance as of June 30, 2020
$ 1,789
There were no transfers in and out of Level 3 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances.
Nonrecurring Measurements
In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges that are required by GAAP. No such amounts were recorded during fiscal years 2020 or 2019.
Note 11: Commitments and contingencies
Professional liability
The Company pays fixed premiums for annual professional liability insurance coverage under a claims-made policy. Under such policy, only claims made and reported to the insurer are covered during the policy term, regardless of when the incident giving rise to the claim occurred. The Company records claim
 
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
liabilities and expected recoveries, if any, at gross amounts. The Company is not currently aware of any unasserted claims or unreported incidents that are expected to exceed medical malpractice insurance coverage limits.
Litigation
From time to time in the normal course of business, the Company is involved in or subject to legal proceedings related to its business. The Company regularly evaluates the status of claims and legal proceedings in which it is involved in order to assess whether a loss is probable or there is a reasonable possibility that a loss may have been incurred, and to determine if accruals are appropriate. The Company expenses legal costs as such costs are incurred.
Note 12: Retirement plans
The Company offers its eligible employees a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan). The Company matches 50% of the employee contribution up to 4% of the employee’s compensation. Matching contributions were $1.8 million and $1.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Effective January 1, 2016, InnovAge established a 409(a) Deferred Compensation Plan for key employees. Matching contributions were $0.2 million for both the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
Note 13: Stock-based compensation
The Company maintains the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2016 Incentive Plan) pursuant to which various stock-based awards may be granted to employees, directors, consultants, and advisers. The total number of shares of the Company’s common stock that is authorized under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan is 17,836,636. As of June 30, 2020 a total of 16,994,975 awards have been granted. The 2016 Incentive Plan provides the following general vesting terms:
(a)   Half vest over time (Time Vesting Awards). Awards vest on the first anniversary of the grant date in the range of 25% to 62.5%, and the remaining awards that vest over time vest ratably on a semiannual basis thereafter through the fourth anniversary of the grant date.
(b)   Half vest upon the attainment of certain performance-based criteria measured at the time the Company experiences a liquidity event, as defined by the 2016 Incentive Plan (Contingent Performance-Based Awards).
Stock options are exercisable over a period of time not to exceed 10 years from the date of grant.
General option information
A summary of the stock option activity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, was as follows:
Time vesting awards
Number of
options
Option
price range
Weighted-
average
exercise price
Average
remaining
term (in years)
Outstanding balance, June 30, 2019
6,967,893 $ 1.00 – $1.89 $ 1.11 7.21
Granted
1,529,595 $ 1.72 – $2.35 1.96
Outstanding balance, June 30, 2020
8,497,488 $ 1.00 – $2.35 1.26 6.76
Vested and exercisable, June 30, 2020
6,551,130 $ 1.00 – $1.89 $ 1.08 6.12
 
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Contingent performance-based awards
Number of
options
Weighted-
average
exercise price
Weighted-average
remaining
term (in years)
Outstanding balance, June 30, 2019
6,967,893 $ 0.51 7.21
Granted
1,529,595 1.96
Outstanding balance, June 30, 2020
8,497,488 $ 0.78 6.76
No stock options were exercised or forfeited during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, 468,273 stock options were exercised and 1,030,199 stock options were forfeited.
On May 1, 2019, the Company amended its contingent performance based awards to decrease the exercise price by up to $0.50 for each award resulting in a range of exercise prices from $0.43 to $1.39. No incremental compensation expense resulted from the modification.
The total unrecognized compensation cost related to all options outstanding was $10.6 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 6.4 years. The unrecognized compensation cost related to the Time Vesting Awards was $1 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years. The unrecognized compensation cost related to the Contingent Performance-based Awards was $9.6 million and will be recorded when it is probable that the performance-based criteria will be met. See Note 20 for further discussion.
The Company estimated the fair value of stock options granted using the following weighted-average assumptions, which resulted in the following weighted-average grant date fair values at June 30:
2020
2019
Expected volatility
34.9% – 39.3%
30.2% – 42.2%
Expected life (years) – Time vesting awards
5.8 – 6.2
5.8 – 6.2
Interest rate
0.51% – 1.8%
1.28% – 2.08%
Dividend yield
0%
0%
Weighted-average fair values
$0.48
$0.42
Fair value of underlying stock
$4.82
$1.50
Compensation expense
The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the stock option vesting period and includes such charges in employee benefits in the consolidated statements of operations. Stock-based compensation expense for the Contingent Performance-Based Awards is recorded when it has been determined that it is probable that the performance-based criteria will be met. Stock-based compensation expense was $0.5 million and $0.7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and included no expense for the Contingent Performance-Based Awards.
Note 14: Earnings per share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the dilutive effect of outstanding options, using the treasury stock method and the average market price of the Company’s common stock during the applicable period. Performance-based awards and the Sacramento Warrants (see Note 5) are omitted from the calculation of diluted EPS until it is determined that the performance criteria and Investment Threshold, respectively has been met at the end of the reporting period. As of June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, there were 8,084,243 and 6,916,576 performance-based awards, respectively, excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.
 
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common unit for the years ended June 30:
In thousands (000’s), except share and per unit values
2020
2019
Net income (loss) attributable to TCO Group
$ 26,278 $ 19,578
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic)
132,616,431 132,315,101
EPS (basic)
$ 0.20 $ 0.15
Dilutive Shares
2,617,199 1,719,359
Weighted average common shares outstanding (diluted)
135,233,630 134,034,459
EPS (diluted)
$ 0.19 $ 0.15
Note 15: Treasury stock
On March 11, 2019, the Company repurchased 102,030 of its common stock at $1.89 per share. As a result of the repurchase, $192,837 was recorded as treasury stock. No repurchases were made in fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
Note 16: Income taxes
The Company’s effective income tax rate for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 are 28%, and 25%, respectively. Actual income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal statutory corporate income tax rate of 21% in fiscal 2020 and 2019. The significant differences between the effective rate and statutory rate is due to state taxes, nondeductible items, and prior-year true-ups.
The effective tax rate of the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate as follows:
In thousands (000’s)
2020
2019
Income tax provision (benefit)
Statutory rate at 21%
$ 7,483 $ 5,331
State tax
1,790 584
Permanent adjustments
268 211
Miscellaneous other
347 (316)
Income from entities not subject to tax
108 (7)
Change in valuation allowance
(128) 514
Total current income tax expense
$ 9,868 $ 6,317
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the fiscal years ended June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
2020
2019
Current tax expense
$ 6,695 $ 2,770
Deferred income tax expense
3,173 3,547
Income tax expense
$ 9,868 $ 6,317
 
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows for the fiscal years ended June 30:
In thousands (000’s)
2020
2019
Deferred tax assets
Transaction costs
$ 1,204 $ 1,305
Amortization
2,033 2,078
Stock-based compensation
856 711
Provision for uncollectible accounts
1,644 633
Reported and estimated claims
889 497
Accrued vacation
984 878
Accrued bonuses
38 106
State net operating losses
387 514
Total deferred tax assets
$ 8,035 $ 6,722
2020
2019
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation
$ (8,053) $ (5,483)
Prepaid expenses
(814) (655)
Goodwill
(8,057) (6,178)
Other
(6)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(16,930) (12,316)
Valuation allowance
(387) (514)
Net deferred tax liability
$ (9,282) $ (6,108)
The Company has reported its net deferred tax liability on its consolidated balance sheets as a noncurrent liability at June 30, 2020 and 2019.
Carryforwards
The Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of $15.0 million and $17.6 million at June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2037 if not utilized. Additionally, the Company has no federal net operating loss carryforwards as of June 30, 2020 and 2019.
Valuation allowance
The Company has provided $0.4 million and $0.5 million at June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively, as a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets for state net operating losses where there is not sufficient positive evidence to substantiate that these deferred tax assets will be realized at a more-likely-than-not level of assurance.
Other
The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of the employer portion of social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitation and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The Company continues to examine the impacts that the CARES Act may have on its business. While several of these provisions may impact the Company, there have not been any significant impacts noted through June 30, 2020.
The Company had no uncertain tax positions at June 30, 2020 and 2019.
 
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Company files income tax returns as a consolidated group, excluding SH1, in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and is subject to examination by taxing authorities in all of those jurisdictions. From time to time, the Company’s tax returns are reviewed or audited by U.S. federal and various U.S. state-taxing authorities.
The Company believes that adjustments, if any, resulting from these reviews or audits would not be material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by U.S. federal or state jurisdictions for periods subsequent to May 12, 2016.
Note 17: Segment Reporting
The Company applies ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting”, which establishes requirements to report selected segment information quarterly and to report annually entity-wide disclosures about operations, major customers and the geographies in which the entity holds material assets and reports revenue. An operating segment is defined as a component that engages in business activities whose operating results are reviewed by the Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), and for which discrete financial information is available. The Company has determined that it has five operating segments, three of which are related to the Company’s PACE offering. The PACE-related operating segments are based on three geographic divisions, which are West, Central, and East. Due to the similar economic characteristics, nature of services, and customers, we have aggregated our West, Central, and East operating segments into one reportable segment for PACE. The company’s remaining two operating segments relate to Homecare and Senior Housing, which are immaterial operating segments, and are shown below as “Other” along with certain corporate unallocated expenses.
The Company serves approximately 6,400 PACE participants, making it the largest PACE provider in the United States of America (the U.S.) based upon participants served, and operates sixteen PACE centers across Colorado, California, New Mexico, Pennsylvania and Virginia. PACE, an alternative to nursing homes, is a managed care, capitated program, which serves the frail elderly in a community-based service model. Participants receive all needed acute and long-term care services through a comprehensive, consolidated model of care. Capitation payments are received from Medicare parts A, B, C, and D; Medicaid; Veterans Administration (VA), and private pay sources. The Company is 100% at risk for all health and allied care costs incurred with respect to the care of its participants, although it does negotiate discounted rates with its provider network consisting of hospitals, nursing homes, assisted living facilities, and medical specialists. Additionally, under the Medicare Prescription Drug Plan, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) share part of the risk for providing prescription medication to the Company’s participants.
The Company evaluates performance and allocates capital resources to each segment based on an operating model that is designed to maximize the quality of care provided and profitability. The accounting policies of the reporting segments are the same as those described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The Company does not review assets by segment and therefore assets by segment are not disclosed below. For the periods presented, all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States and all revenue was earned in the United States.
The Company’s management uses Center-level Contribution Margin as the measure for assessing performance of its segments. Center-level Contribution Margin is defined as total segment revenues less cost of external provider costs and cost of care (excluding D&A). The Company allocates corporate level expenses to its segments with a majority of the allocation going to the PACE segment.
 
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table summarizes the operating results regularly provided to the CODM by reportable segment:
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2020
In thousands (000’s)
PACE
All other(1)
Totals
Capitation revenue
$ 564,834 $ $ 564,834
Other service revenue
343 2,015 2,358
Total Revenue
565,177 2,015 567,192
External provider costs
272,832 272,832
Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization
149,637 3,419 153,056
Center-level Contribution Margin
142,708 (1,404) 141,304
Overhead Costs(2)
77,482 77,482
Depreciation and Amortization
10,506 785 11,291
Equity Loss
677 1 678
Other Operating Expense
918 2 920
Interest expense, net
14,357 262 14,619
Other Expense
567 114 681
Income Before Income Taxes
$ 38,201 $ (2,568) $ 35,633
(1) Center-level Contribution Margin from segments below the quantitative thresholds are attributable to two operating segments of the Company. Those segments consist of Homecare and Senior Housing. Neither of those segments has ever met any of the quantitative thresholds for determining reportable segments.
(2) Overhead consists of the Sales and marketing and Corporate, general and administrative financial statement line items
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2019
PACE
All other(1)
Totals
Capitation revenue
$ 461,766 $ $ 461,766
Other service revenue
444 3,420 3,864
Total Revenue
462,210 3,420 465,630
External provider costs
222,232 222,232
Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization
128,004 4,766 132,770
Center-level Contribution Margin
111,974 (1,346) 110,628
Overhead Costs(2)
64,710 64,710
Depreciation and Amortization
8,192 804 8,996
Other Operating Expense
(2,753) (2,753)
Interest expense, net
10,729 (1,135) 9,594
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
3,144 3,144
Other Expense
1,489 60 1,549
Income Before Income Taxes
$ 26,463 $ (1,075) $ 25,388
(1) Center-level Contribution Margin from segments below the quantitative thresholds are attributable to two operating segments of the Company. Those segments consist of Homecare and Senior Housing. Neither of those segments has ever met any of the quantitative thresholds for determining reportable segments.
(2) Overhead consists of the Sales and marketing and Corporate, general and administrative financial statement line items
 
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 18: Dividend payment
As permitted in the Credit Agreement, and after Board approval, the Company paid to all of the shareholders of common stock a $66.1 million cash dividend, which is net of $0.4 million of withholding tax, using proceeds from the senior secured term loan and existing operating cash in an amount equal to $0.50 per share in fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. No dividend payments were made in fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
Note 19: Related-party
Pursuant to the PWD Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, the General Partner, who is a subsidiary of the Company, helped fund operating deficits and shortfalls of PWD in the form of a loan. At June 30, 2020 and 2019, $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively, was recorded in deposits and other. Additionally, the General Partner is paid an administration fee of $35,000 per year.
In accordance with the Management Service Agreement, the Company is responsible for the daily operations of the joint venture InnovAge Sacramento. As of June 30, 2020, the Company earned $0.1 million in management fee revenue which was recorded in other service revenue, and had a related party receivable of $0.2 million which is recorded within prepaid expenses and other.
Note 20: Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated events through December 16, 2020, for possible adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statements, which is the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.
TCO Group Holdings, Inc., Ignite Aggregator LP (“Purchaser”), and the equity holders of TCO Group Holdings, Inc. (“Sellers”) entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”), which was effective July 27, 2020. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Sellers sold a portion of their equity interest to Ignite Aggregator LP. The Purchaser and the Sellers contributed their equity interests in the Company to a newly formed Limited Partnership, TCO Group Holdings, L.P. (the “LP”) resulting in the Company being wholly owned by the LP. In addition, the Company entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”). The senior secured term loan was increased from $190 million to $300 million, the revolving credit facility was increased from $30 million to $40 million and the DDTL of $45 million was terminated. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility was extended, from May 2, 2024 to July 27, 2025, the senior secured term loan was extended to July 27, 2026, and there was a loosening of certain covenants contained in the existing credit agreement.
A portion of the proceeds from the Credit Agreement were used by the Company to repurchase 16,095,819 shares of its common stock. Additionally, as part of the Agreement, the Company executed an Option Cancelation Agreement (the “Cancelation Agreement”) which canceled the Company’s common stock options of 16,994,975 which were granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan. The Cancelation Agreement resulted in the option holders receiving the same amount of cash that they would have received had they exercised their options, participated in the repurchase described above and sold their remaining shares.
 
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_innovage-4clr.jpg]
                Shares
Preliminary prospectus
J.P. MorganBarclaysGoldman Sachs & Co. LLCCitigroup
Baird William Blair Piper Sandler Capital One Securities
 Loop Capital Markets Siebert Williams Shank Roberts & Ryan
           , 2021.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.
Other expenses of issuance and distribution
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.
Amount
to be paid
SEC registration fee
$          *
FINRA filing fee
*
listing fee
*
Printing expenses
*
Legal fees and expenses
*
Accounting fees and expenses
*
Transfer agent fees and registrar fees
*
Miscellaneous expenses
*
Total expenses
$ *
*   To be provided by amendment.
Item 14.
Indemnification of directors and officers
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.
Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that her or his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits
 
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.
Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity, or arising out of her or his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.
Our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking by or on behalf of an indemnified person to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.
The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
We will maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage to (1) our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers. The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters party thereto against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or otherwise.
Item 15.
Recent sales of unregistered securities
Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.
From May 16, 2016 through December 31, 2020, we issued the following unregistered securities under our 2016 Plan:

time-based incentive options to directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to acquire 8,497,488 shares of common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $2.35.

performance-based incentive options to directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to acquire 8,497,488 shares of common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.43 to $2.35.
All of the options issued under the 2016 Plan were cashed out in connection with Apax’s investment in the Company in July 2020.
Since Apax's investment in the Company in July 2020, the Company has not issued or made sales of any unregistered securities.
The offers and sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving
 
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the above securities represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. Appropriate legends were placed upon any stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The issuances of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.
Item 16.
Exhibits and financial statement schedules
(i)   Exhibits
Exhibit
number
Description
1.1* Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
3.2 Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
4.1 Form of Registration Rights Agreement
5.1* Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1§ Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2020, by and between TCO Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers, the parties named therein as lenders and Healthcare Financial Solutions, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent
10.2 Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its directors and executive officers
10.3 Form of Director Nomination Agreement
10.4+ 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.5+ Form of InnovAge Holding Corp. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.6+ Employment Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2015, by and between Maureen Hewitt and TCO Acquisition Corporation
10.7§+ Employment Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2017, by and between Barbara Gutierrez and Total Community Options, Inc.
10.8+ Employment Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2015, by and between Gina DeBlassie and TCO Acquisition Corporation
21.1 Subsidiaries of InnovAge Holding Corp.
23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2* Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1 Consent of Director Nominees
*   Indicates to be filed by amendment.
+   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.
§   Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K and will be provided on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(ii)   Financial statement schedules
No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.
Item 17.
Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
1.   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
2.   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Denver, State of Colorado, on February 8, 2021.
InnovAge Holding Corp.
By:
/s/ Maureen Hewitt
Name:
Maureen Hewitt
Title:
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
***
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned directors and officers of InnovAge Holding Corp. hereby appoint each of Vanessa D. Walton and Barbara Gutierrez as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-1 (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or her or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Maureen Hewitt
Maureen Hewitt
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 8, 2021
/s/ Barbara Gutierrez
Barbara Gutierrez
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
February 8, 2021
 
II-5

Exhibit 3.1

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.

* * * * *

 

Vanessa D. Walton, being the Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of InnovAge Holding Corp., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

 

FIRST:           The Corporation was incorporated under the name TCO Group Holdings, Inc. by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 28, 2015.

 

SECOND:      That an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 12, 2016. The Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on January 29, 2021 (such certificate, as so amended and restated through the date hereof, the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

 

THIRD:          The Board of Directors of the Corporation, pursuant to a unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Restated Certificate”).

 

FOURTH:      The Restated Certificate restates and integrates and amends the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

FIFTH:           The Restated Certificate was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

* * * * *

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, InnovAge Holding Corp. has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this [    ] day of [   ], 2021.

 

INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.
  

 By: 

Name:Vanessa D. Walton

Title:Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.

 

Article One

 

The name of the corporation is InnovAge Holding Corp. (the “Corporation”).

 

Article Two

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

Article Three

 

The nature and purpose of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

 

Article Four

 

Section 1.      Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 550,000,000 shares, consisting of two classes as follows:

 

1.            50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

2.            500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the designations, rights, powers and preferences and the qualifications, restrictions and limitations thereof, if any, set forth below.

 

Section 2.     Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide, by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and with respect to each series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers (including voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the approval of the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

 

 

 

Section 3.     Common Stock.

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this amended and restated certificate of incorporation (as it may be amended, the “Restated Charter ”) and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, all of the voting power of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Charter (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Charter (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

(b)            Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in this Restated Charter, each share of Common Stock shall have the same powers, rights and privileges and shall rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

 

(c)            Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the other provisions of applicable law and this Restated Charter, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equally, on a per share basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, securities or other property of the Corporation if, as and when declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

 

(d)            In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and any other payments required by law and amounts payable upon shares of Preferred Stock ranking senior to the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, if any, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock and the holders of shares of any other class or series ranking equally with the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, equally on a per share basis.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the other provisions of this Restated Charter, a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Paragraph (d).

 

 

 

 

(e)            Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the other provisions of this Restated Charter no holder of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock shall be entitled to preemptive, subscription, conversion or redemption rights.

 

Article Five

 

Section 1.     Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Charter or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.     Number of Directors; Voting ; Quorum. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or otherwise, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall initially be ten (10) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board. Each director shall be entitled to one (1) vote with respect to each matter before the Board of Directors, whether by meeting or pursuant to written consent. At all meetings of the Board of Directors prior to the date when a Sponsor (as defined herein) ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 20% of the Voting Stock or the Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 40% of the Voting Stock of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, a majority of the directors then in office, including at least one director nominated by each of the Sponsors, shall constitute a quorum for the transactions of business; provided, however, that a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors.

 

Section 3.     Classes of Directors. The directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.

 

Section 4.     Election and Term of Office. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders after the IPO Date. For the purposes hereof, the Board of Directors may assign directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III, in accordance with the terms of that certain Director Nomination Agreement, dated on or about [     ], 2021 (as amended and/or restated or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Nomination Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date, directors elected to replace those of a class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting after their election and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders for the year in which such director’s term expires and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Nothing in this Restated Charter shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated, the “Bylaws”) shall so provide.

 

 

 

 

Section 5.     Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and except as otherwise set forth in the Nomination Agreement, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by resolution of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and may not be filled in any other manner. A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. A director elected or appointed to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been elected or appointed and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 6.     Removal and Resignation of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Charter, (i) prior to the first date (the “Trigger Date”) on which Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe and Apax Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Sponsors”) and their Affiliated Companies (as defined herein) cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) 40% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Voting Stock”), directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class and (ii) on and after the Trigger Date, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66⅔%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders called for that purpose. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation.

 

 

 

 

Section 7.     Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

 

Section 8.     Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

 

Article Six

 

Section 1.     Limitation of Liability.

 

(a)            To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

(b)            Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any act, omission or other matter occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

Article Seven

 

Section 1.      Action by Written Consent. Prior to the first date (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”) on which the Sponsors and their Affiliated Companies (as defined herein) cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 35% of the Voting Stock, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. From and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent without a meeting is specifically denied; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, unless expressly prohibited in the resolutions creating such series of Preferred Stock.

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.      Special Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or (ii) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the written request of either Sponsor in the manner provided for in the Bylaws. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Article Eight

 

Section 1.      Certain Acknowledgments. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain of the directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees of the Sponsors or their Affiliated Companies (as defined below) may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation and (ii) the Sponsors and their Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with the Sponsors and their Affiliated Companies, and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve the Sponsors and/or their Affiliated Companies and/or their respective directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (collectively, the “Exempted Persons”), and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith. As used in this Restated Charter, “Affiliated Companies” shall mean (a) in respect of the Sponsors, any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with the Sponsors (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment entities managed by the Sponsors or any of their Affiliated Companies (as general partner, sole member or otherwise) and (b) in respect of the Corporation, any entity controlled by the Corporation.

 

 

 

 

Section 2.      Competition and Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, none of the Sponsors, their Affiliated Companies or any of the Exempted Persons shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, and none of the Sponsors, their Affiliated Companies or any of the Exempted Persons shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (whether contractual or otherwise) solely by reason of any such activities of the Sponsors, their Affiliated Companies or any of the Exempted Persons. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its Affiliated Companies, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Sponsors, their Affiliated Companies or any of the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each of the Sponsors, their Affiliated Companies and the Exempted Persons shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation, any of its Affiliated Companies or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (whether contractual or otherwise), as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation solely, by reason of the fact that the Sponsors, their Affiliated Companies or any such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, sells, assigns, transfers or directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Sponsors, their Affiliated Companies and the Exempted Persons shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to, and shall have no duty (whether contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly: (A) engage in the same, similar or competing business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, (B) do business with any client or customer of the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, or (C) make investments in competing businesses of the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, and such acts shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2, the Corporation does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to any Exempted Person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.      Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

Section 4.      Amendment of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Restated Charter, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE EIGHT; provided however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHT nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Charter inconsistent with this ARTICLE EIGHT shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

Section 5.      Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT.

 

 

 

 

Article Nine

 

Section 1.      Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

Section 2.      Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Restated Charter to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

 

(a)            prior to such time the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

 

(b)            upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such Interested Stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

(c)            at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66⅔%) of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.

 

Section 3.      Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions. The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE NINE shall not apply if:

 

(a)            a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three- year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

 

 

 

(b)            the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE; (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z)  a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE.

 

Section 4.      Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE NINE only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE NINE, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4 and, to the extent such terms are defined elsewhere in this Restated Certificate, such definitions shall not apply to this Article NINE:

 

(a)            Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;

 

(b)            Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or general partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;

 

(c)            Business Combination” means:

 

(i)            any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE NINE is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

 

 

 

(ii)           any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation;

 

(iii)          any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE NINE shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation;

 

(iv)          any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the Stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of Stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or

 

(v)           any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in Sections 4(c)(i)-(iv) of ARTICLE NINE) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

 

 

 

 

(d)            control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE NINE, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as such Rule is in effect as of the date of this Restated Charter) have control of such entity;

 

(e)            Interested Stockholder” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE NINE to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include: (x) the Sponsors or any of their Affiliated Companies, any direct or indirect transferees of the Sponsors or any of their Affiliated Companies, or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of shares of Stock of the Corporation, (y) any Person who would otherwise be an Interested Stockholder either in connection with or because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by the Sponsors or any of their affiliates or associates to such Person; provided, however, that such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that, for purposes of this clause (z) only, such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person;

 

 

 

 

(f)            Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Person’s right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons; or (C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE NINE), or disposing of such Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock; provided, that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of “owned” but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

 

(g)            Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

 

(h)            Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, any capital stock of such corporation and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest of such entity; and

 

(i)            Voting Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, Stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.

 

Article Ten

 

Section 1.      Amendments to the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, prior to the first date (the “Amendment Trigger Date”) on which the Sponsors cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 50% of the Voting Stock, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board or (ii) in addition to any of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. On and after the Amendment Trigger Date, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board or (ii) in addition to any of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66⅔%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

 

 

 

 

Section 2.      Amendments to this Restated Charter. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Charter or the Bylaws, and in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law, this Restated Charter or otherwise, no provision of ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN or ARTICLE ELEVEN of this Restated Charter may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Restated Charter or the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved (i) prior to the Amendment Trigger Date, by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) from and after the Amendment Trigger Date, by the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66⅔%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

 

Article Eleven

 

Section 1.      Exclusive Forum. Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (A) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, or a claim of aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any Director or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Restated Charter or the Bylaws of the Corporation (as either may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time), (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Restated Charter or the Bylaws of the Corporation, (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any Director or officer or other employee of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (vi) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL and (B) the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, this provision, including for any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

Section 2.      Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.

 

 

 

 

Article Twelve

 

If any provision or provisions of this Restated Charter shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Restated Charter (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Restated Charter containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.

 

A Delaware corporation
(Adopted as of [ ], 2021)

 

InnovAge Holding Corp. (the “Corporation”), pursuant to the provisions of Section 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby adopts these Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “Bylaws”), which restate, amend and supersede the bylaws of the Corporation in their entirety as described below:

 

Article I
OFFICES

 

Section 1.      Offices. The Corporation may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be as stated in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

 

Article II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.      Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may designate a place, if any, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 2.      Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such date and time as is specified by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors to succeed those whose terms expire at such annual meeting and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II of these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.      Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors; provided that prior to the Stockholder Consent Date (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) any special meeting called at the request of a Sponsor (as defined herein) may not be postponed, rescheduled or canceled without the consent of the Sponsor at whose request the meeting was originally called.

 

 

 

 

Section 4.      Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders not physically present may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the DGCL) or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(a)            Form of Notice. All such notices shall be delivered in writing or in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by courier, such notice shall be deemed given at the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address. Subject to the limitations of Section 4(c) of this ARTICLE II, if given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered: (i) if given by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

(b)            Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission given by the stockholder entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of such stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting.

 

2 

 

 

(c)            Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders of the Corporation given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by electronic mail complying with the DGCL or other form of electronic transmission which other form has been consented to by the stockholder of the Corporation to whom the notice is given. Any such consent is revocable by the stockholder by notice to the Corporation. Notice may not be given by electronic transmission from and after the time: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process.

 

Section 5.      List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Nothing contained in this section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the list shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 6.      Quorum. The holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place from time to time until a quorum shall be present in person or represented by proxy. When a specified item of business requires a vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a separate class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of such class or series shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the transaction of such item of business. A quorum once established at a meeting shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

3 

 

 

Section 7.      Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

Section 8.      Vote Required. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, when a quorum has been established, all matters other than the election of directors shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the majority of voting power of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter, unless by express provisions of an applicable law, the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a minimum or different vote is required, in which case such minimum or different vote shall be the vote required on such matter. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

 

Section 9.      Voting Rights. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, or the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

 

Section 10.    Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

 

4 

 

 

Section 11.      Advance Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations.

 

(a)            Annual Meetings of Stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of the stockholders only as (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, (B) brought by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, or (C) otherwise properly brought by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record (a) at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 11(a)(ii) of this ARTICLE II, (b) on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and (c) at the time of the annual meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) of this ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (C) of this Section 11(a) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to nominate for election or reelection to the Board any director or propose such business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or business brought by a Sponsor (as defined below) and any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with such Sponsor (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed by such Sponsor (the “Sponsor Affiliates”) at any time prior to the WCAS Advance Notice Trigger Date (as defined below) or the Apax Advance Notice Trigger Date (as defined below), as applicable) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(i)            In addition to any other applicable requirements, for any business or nominations (other than business brought by any of Welsh, Carson, Anderson, & Stowe or Apax Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Sponsors” and each a “Sponsor”) and the Sponsor Affiliates at any time prior to the date when such Sponsor ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 5% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (such date with respect to Welsh, Carson, Anderson, & Stowe and its Sponsor Affiliates, the “WCAS Advance Notice Trigger Date” and such date with respect to Apax Partners, L.P. and its Sponsor Affiliates, the “Apax Advance Notice Trigger Date”)) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper form and in writing to the Secretary and any such proposed business must be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for such business (other than such a notice by a Sponsor prior to the WCAS Advance Notice Trigger Date or Apax Advance Notice Trigger Date, as applicable, which may be delivered at any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders nor later than the Close of Business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [ ], 2021); provided that if the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholder’s notice to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of (A) the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement (as defined in Section 11(c)(iv) of this ARTICLE II) of the date of the annual meeting is first made or (B) the 90th day prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following the expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws.

 

5 

 

 

(ii)           To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary (whether given pursuant to Section 11(a) or Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) must:

 

(A)            if the notice relates to any business other than the nomination of a director or directors that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, set forth (1)(a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and (b) the text, if any, of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment), (2) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person (as such terms are defined below), and (3) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder;

 

6 

 

 

(B)            set forth, as to the stockholder giving the notice (the “Noticing Stockholder”) and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (collectively with the Noticing Stockholder, the “Holders” and each a “Holder”): (1) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of each Holder and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person, (2)(a) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person (provided that, for the purposes of this Section 11(a)(ii), any such person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of the Corporation as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future), (b) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciate right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived, in whole or in part, from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation, (c) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote or has granted a right to vote any security of the Corporation, (d) any Short Interest (as defined below) held by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person presently or within the last 12 months in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of these Bylaws, a person shall be deemed to have a “Short Interest” in a security if such person, directly or indirectly, though any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (e) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) between and among each Holder and/or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and any person acting in concert with any such person, on the other hand, with the intent to, or the effect of which may be to, transfer to or from any such person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation or to increase or decrease the voting power of any such person with respect to any security of the Corporation, (f) any direct or indirect legal, economic or financial interest (including Short Interest) of each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person in the outcome of any (I) vote to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or (II) any meeting of stockholders of any other entity with respect to any matter that is related, directly or indirectly, to any nomination or business proposed by any Holder under this Bylaw, (g) any rights to dividends on any security of the Corporation owned beneficially by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying security of the Corporation, (h) any proportionate interest in any security of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company or similar entity in which any Holder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in a general partner or is the manager or managing member or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in the manager or managing member of a limited liability company or similar entity, (i) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of securities of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, and (j) any direct or indirect legal, economic or financial interest (including Short Interest) in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person (sub-clauses (a) through (j) of this Section 11(a)(ii)(B)(2) shall be referred to as the “Ownership Information”), (3) a representation by the Noticing Stockholder that such stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, will continue to be a stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting through the date of such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (4) a representation as to whether any Holder and/or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect any nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination or nominations, (5) a certification that each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person has complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with its acquisition of shares or other securities of the Corporation and such person’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation, and (6) a representation as to the accuracy of the information set forth in the notice;

 

7 

 

 

(C)            set forth, as to each person, if any, whom the Noticing Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection to the Board (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such person (present and for the past five years), (3) the Ownership Information for such person and any member of the immediate family of such person, or any Affiliate or Associate (as such terms are defined below) of such person, or any person acting in concert therewith, (4) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (5) a complete and accurate description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings (whether written or oral) during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among the Holders and/or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee and any member of the immediate family of such proposed nominee, and his or her respective Affiliates and Associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all biographical and related party transaction and other information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to the federal and state securities laws, including Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) (or any successor provision), if any Holder and/or any Stockholder Associated Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and

 

8 

 

 

(D)            with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement and any and all other information required by Section 11(d) hereof.

 

(iii)          A Noticing Stockholder shall further update and supplement its notice of any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 11(a) shall be true and correct (A) as of the record date for the meeting and (B) as of the date that is ten Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof. Such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary not later than three Business Days after the later of the record date or the date a Public Announcement of the notice of the Record Date is first made (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for the meeting) and not later than seven Business Days prior to the date of the meeting, if practicable (or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the meeting), or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof).

 

(iv)            The Corporation may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, require any Holder or any proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary, within five Business Days of any such request, such other information as may be reasonably be requested by the Corporation, including, without limitation, such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (1) the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation, (2) whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (3) that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

9 

 

 

(b)            Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting. In the event that a special meeting of stockholders is called for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at such special meeting (i) by a stockholder who submitted a request for a special meeting in the manner provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation prior to the Stockholder Consent Date (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting pursuant to Section 2 of ARTICLE SEVEN of the Certificate of Incorporation), (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof or (iii) by any stockholder (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of ARTICLE SEVEN of the Certificate of Incorporation) other than any stockholder who submitted a request for a special meeting in accordance with Section 2 of ARTICLE SEVEN of the Certificate of Incorporation that included the election of directors in the request) who (A) is a stockholder of record (1) at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, (2) on the record date for the determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and (3) at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures provided for in Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II, including delivering the stockholder’s notice required by Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 11(a)(ii)(D) of this ARTICLE II) to the Secretary not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting, nor later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the date on which Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation of the special meeting and of the nominees, if any, proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting (other than such a notice by a Sponsor prior to the WCAS Advance Notice Trigger Date or the Apax Advance Notice Trigger Date, as applicable, which may be delivered at any time up to the later of (i) thirty-five (35) days prior to the special meeting of stockholders and (ii) the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting). In no event shall the Public Announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

10 

 

 

(c)            General.

 

(i)            Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw, except as may be otherwise provided by the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock with respect to the rights of holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors or pursuant to that Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of on or about [ ], 2021 (as amended and/or restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Nomination Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein. Nothing in this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of Preferred Stock or the parties to the Nomination Agreement to elect directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or the Nomination Agreement, as applicable, or the right of the Board to fill newly created directorships or vacancies on the Board pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw (including whether the Holder, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such Holder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such Holder’s representation as required by Section 11(a)(ii)(B)(4) of ARTICLE II and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted. The number of nominees a Noticing Stockholder may nominate for election at a meeting of stockholders (or in the case of a Noticing Stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a a Noticing Stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such meeting.

 

(ii)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, unless otherwise required by law, if the Noticing Stockholder (or a Qualified Representative thereof) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or propose business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

 

(iii)          For purposes of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, delivery of any notice or materials by a stockholder as required under this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall be made by both (1) hand delivery, overnight courier service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and (2) electronic mail to the Secretary.

 

(iv)          Definitions. For purposes of these Bylaws, the term:

 

(A)            Affiliate” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(B)            Associate” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

11 

 

 

(C)            Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in Denver, Colorado or New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

(D)            Close of Business” shall mean 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, and if an applicable deadline falls on the Close of Business on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

(E)            Public Announcement” means any method (or combination of methods) of disclosure that is reasonably designed to provide broad, non-exclusionary distribution of the information to the public or the furnishing or filing of any document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(F)            Qualified Representative” of any stockholder means a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to the Corporation prior to the presentation of any matters at any meeting of stockholders stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as proxy at such meeting of stockholders; and

 

(G)            Stockholder Associated Person” of any Holder means (1) any person acting in concert with such Holder, (2) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Holder or any of their respective Affiliates and Associates, or person acting in concert therewith and (3) any member of the immediate family of such Holder or an Affiliate or Associate of such Holder.

 

(v)          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw; provided that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to Section 11(a) or Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or any other applicable federal or state securities law with respect to that stockholder’s request to include proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement.

 

12 

 

 

(d)            Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be qualified to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver in writing (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section 11 of ARTICLE II) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) and (B) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) that such person (1) is not and will not become a party to (x) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (y) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (2) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, (3) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable rules of the exchanges upon which the securities of the Corporation are listed and all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation, and (4) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any Holder on whose behalf the nomination is being made, intends to serve a full term if elected as a director of the Corporation.

 

Section 12.      Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the Close of Business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in conformity herewith; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 at the adjourned meeting.

 

13 

 

 

Section 13.      Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting. So long as stockholders of the Corporation have the right to act by written consent in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)            Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting as may be permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take action by consent shall, by written notice delivered by hand to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal place of business during regular business hours, request that the Board of Directors fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolutions. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 13(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day). The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such written notice is properly delivered to and deemed received by the Secretary, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 13(a)). If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 13(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid request by a stockholder, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required pursuant to applicable law, shall be the first date after the expiration of such ten (10) day time period on which a signed consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 13(b); provided, however, that if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall in such an event be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

(b)            Generally. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless written or electronic consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation, in the manner required by this Section 13 and applicable law, within sixty (60) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days of the first date on which a consent is delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by applicable law and this Section 13. The validity of any consent executed by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to an electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the direction of the Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of stockholders. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given by the Corporation (at its expense) to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

 

14 

 

 

 

Section 14.     Conduct of Meetings.

 

(a)    Generally. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence or disability, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President, or in the President’s absence or disability, by a Vice President (in the order as determined by the Board of Directors), or in the absence or disability of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence or disability of such person, by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence or disability the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(b)   Rules, Regulations and Procedures. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (vi) restrictions on the use of mobile phones, audio or video recording devices and similar devices at the meeting. The chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chairman should so determine, such chairman shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power, right and authority, for any or no reason, to convene, recess and/or adjourn any meeting of stockholders.

 

15 

 

 

(c)    Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

 

Article III
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.       General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.       Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that the annual meeting of stockholders takes place telephonically or through any other means by which the stockholders do not convene in any one location, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal offices of the Corporation immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 3.       Regular Meetings and Special Meetings. Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by (i) the Chairman of the Board, if any, (ii) by the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the directors then in office or (iii) if the Board of Directors then includes a director nominated or designated for nomination by the Sponsors, by any director nominated or designated for nomination by the Sponsors, and in each case shall be held at the place, if any, on the date and at the time as he, she or they shall fix. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.       Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice is required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 4. Such notice shall be state the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by overnight courier, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

16 

 

 

Section 5.       Waiver of Notice. Any director may waive notice of any meeting of directors by a writing signed by the director or by electronic transmission. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

 

Section 6.       Chairman of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment. The Board of Directors may elect, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office (provided, however, there are at least one-third of the total number of directors in office), a Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board must be a director and may be an officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the position of Chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors at which he or she is present and have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of the directors present at the meeting to so preside. At all meetings of the Board of Directors prior to the date when a Sponsor ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 20% of the voting power or the Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 40% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Quorum Trigger Date”), a majority of the directors then in office, including at least one director nominated by each of the Sponsors, shall constitute a quorum for the transactions of business; provided, however, that a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors. At all meetings of the Board of Directors following the Quorum Trigger Date, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided, however, that a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

17 

 

 

Section 7.       Committees.

 

(a)            The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, and any committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange as any securities of the Corporation are listed. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided by the DGCL and in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

 

(b)            Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Section 8.       Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 9.       Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees, reimbursement of expenses and equity compensation, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including for attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors or participation on any committees. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

18 

 

 

Section 10.     Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such member’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 11.     Telephonic and Other Meetings. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

Article IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.       Number and Election. Subject to the authority of Chief Executive Officer to appoint officers as set forth in Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

 

Section 2.       Term of Office. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 3.       Removal. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by a resolution of the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer in his or her sole discretion.

 

Section 4.       Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV.

 

Section 5.       Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.

 

19 

 

 

Section 6.       Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if a Chairman of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of (a) the Board of Directors if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and (b) the stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President.

 

Section 7.       The President. The President of the Corporation shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The President shall, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all of the restrictions of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.       Vice Presidents. The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The Vice Presidents may also be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 9.       The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. Under the Board of Directors’ supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these Bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

 

20 

 

 

Section 10.     The Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meeting or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The Treasurer, if any, shall in the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer, subject to the power of the board of directors. The Treasurer, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may, from time to time, prescribe.

 

Section 11.     Appointed Officers. In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with this ARTICLE IV, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to appoint other officers below the level of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities.  Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies.  An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors at any time, either with or without cause.

 

Section 12.     Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 13.     Officers’ Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

 

21 

 

 

Section 14.     Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

 

Article V
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

Section 1.       Form. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by two authorized officers of the Corporation including, but not limited to, the Chairman of the Board (if an officer), the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation at the date of issue. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall, if required by applicable law, send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or any other instrument, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

22 

 

 

Section 2.       Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

Section 3.       Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Section 4.       Fixing a Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings or Actions by Written Consent. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings and stockholder written consents which are expressly governed by Sections 12 and 13 of ARTICLE II hereof), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Article VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.       Dividends. Subject to and in accordance with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate of designation relating to any series of preferred stock, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared and paid by the Board of Directors, in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

 

23 

 

 

Section 2.       Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

 

Section 3.       Contracts. In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 4.       Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.       Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this Section.

 

Section 6.       Voting Securities Owned By Corporation. Voting securities in any other corporation or entity held by the Corporation shall be voted by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

 

Section 7.       Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws and subject to applicable law, facsimile and any other forms of electronic signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used.

 

Section 8.       Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

Section 9.       Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL, any other applicable law or the Nomination Agreement, the provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws shall be construed to be consistent with such other provision or provisions, and to the extent such provision may not be so construed, such provision shall be deemed amended to incorporate such other provision so as to eliminate such inconsistency and as so amended shall be given full force and effect.

 

24 

 

 

Article VII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.       Right to Indemnification and Advancement. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”) and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advance of expenses (as defined below), the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses conferred in this Section 1 of ARTICLE VII shall be contract rights. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred herein, an indemnitee shall also have the right, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “advance of expenses”); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The Corporation may also, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement to employees and agents of the Corporation. Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Corporation appointed pursuant to ARTICLE IV, and to any Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE IV of these By-laws, and any reference to an officer of any other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise, including any titled granted to such person by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to ARTICLE IV, Section 11, shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise for purposes of this ARTICLE VII unless such person’s appointment to such office was approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE IV.

 

25 

 

 

Section 2.       Procedure for Indemnification. Any claim for indemnification or advance of expenses by an indemnitee under this Section 2 of ARTICLE VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), upon the written request of the indemnitee. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the indemnitee has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE VII shall be enforceable by the indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proof shall be on the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

Section 3.       Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

26 

 

 

Section 4.       Service for Subsidiaries. Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “subsidiary” for purposes of this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.       Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

Section 6.       Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Continuation of Rights of Indemnification. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification under this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII or repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

 

Section 7.       Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

27 

 

 

Section 8.       Savings Clause. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated.

 

Article VIII
AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE TEN of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

* * * * *

 

28 

 

Exhibit 4.1 

 

INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of [____________], 2021 among InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the investors listed on the signature pages hereto under the caption “Sponsor Investors” (collectively, the “Sponsor Investors”) and each Person who executes a Joinder as an “Other Investor” (collectively, the “Other Investors”). Except as otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1     Demand Registrations.

 

(a)      Requests for Registration. At any time and from time to time, the Sponsor Investors may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement (“Long-Form Registrations”) or on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement (“Short-Form Registrations”), if available (any such requested registration, a “Demand Registration”). The Sponsor Investors may request that any Demand Registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration”) and (if the Company is a WKSI at the time any such request is submitted to the Company or will become one by the time of the filing of such Shelf Registration) that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”). Each request for a Demand Registration must specify the approximate number or dollar value of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the requesting Holders and (if known) the intended method of distribution. The Sponsor Investors will be entitled to request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations for which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses, whether or not any such registration is consummated.

 

(b)      Notice to Other Holders. Within four (4) Business Days after receipt of any such request, the Company will give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders and, subject to the terms of Section 1(e), will include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided that, with the written consent of the Sponsor Investors, the Company may, or at the written request of the Sponsor Investors, the Company shall, instead provide notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders within three (3) Business Days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c)      Form of Registrations. All Long-Form Registrations will be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the Sponsor Investors. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form unless otherwise requested by the Sponsor Investors.

 

 

 

 

(d)      Shelf Registrations.

 

(i)            For so long as a registration statement for a Shelf Registration (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) is and remains effective, the Sponsor Investors will have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”). If the Sponsor Investors desire to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering, then the Sponsor Investors may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “Shelf Offering Notice”) specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the Sponsor Investors desire to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “Shelf Offering”). As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice, the Company will give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities that have been identified as selling stockholders in such Shelf Registration Statement and are otherwise permitted to sell in such Shelf Offering, which such notice shall request that each such Holder specify, within seven (7) days after the Company’s receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice, the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities such Holder desires to be disposed of in such Shelf Offering. The Company, subject to Section 1(e) and Section 7, will include in such Shelf Offering all Shelf Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received timely written requests for inclusion. The Company will, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within fourteen (14) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice), but subject to Section 1(e), use its best efforts to consummate such Shelf Offering.

 

(ii)           If the Sponsor Investors desire to engage in an underwritten block trade or bought deal pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement) (each, an “Underwritten Block Trade”), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 1(d)(i), the Sponsor Investors may notify the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the day such offering is first anticipated to commence. If requested by the Sponsor Investors, the Company will promptly notify other Holders of such Underwritten Block Trade and such notified Holders (each, a “Potential Participant”) may elect whether or not to participate no later than the next Business Day (i.e. one (1) Business Day prior to the day such offering is to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the Sponsor Investors), and the Company will as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided further that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(d)(i), no Holder (other than Holders of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities) will be permitted to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade without the written consent of the Sponsor Investors. Any Potential Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade shall be binding on the Potential Participant.

 

(iii)          All determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Offering and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Offering contemplated by this Section 1(d) shall be determined by the Sponsor Investors, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause any Shelf Offering to occur in accordance with such determinations as promptly as practicable.

 

(iv)          The Company will, at the request of the Sponsor Investors, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Sponsor Investors to effect such Shelf Offering.

 

-2

 

 

(e)      Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings. The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Sponsor Investors. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and (if permitted hereunder) other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities (if any), which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company will include in such offering (prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities); (i) first, the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor; and (ii) second, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by any Holder which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder.

 

(f)       Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings.

 

(i)            The Company may postpone, for up to 60 days (or with the consent of the Sponsor Investors, a longer period) from the date of the request (the “Suspension Period”), the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities) by providing written notice to the Holders if the following conditions are met: (A) the Company determines that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization, financing or other transaction involving the Company and (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of material non-public information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with SEC requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the registration statement on a post effective basis, as applicable. The Company may delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 1(f)(i) only once in any twelve (12)-month period (for avoidance of doubt, in addition to the Company’s rights and obligations under Section 4(a)(vi)) unless additional delays or suspensions are approved by the Sponsor Investors.

 

(ii)           In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in Section 1(f)(i) above or pursuant to Section 4(a)(vi) (a “Suspension Event”), the Company will give a notice to the Holders whose Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a “Suspension Notice”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice must state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension will continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. Each Holder agrees not to effect any sales of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice. A Holder may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice will be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event (and in any event during the permitted Suspension Period).

 

-3

 

 

(g)      Selection of Underwriters. The Sponsor Investors shall select the legal counsel to the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer any underwritten offering in connection with any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering.

 

(h)      Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company will not grant to any Person(s) the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the Sponsor Investors.

 

(i)       Revocation of Demand Notice or Shelf Offering Notice.  At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration or the “pricing” of any offering relating to a Shelf Offering Notice, the Sponsor Investors who initiated such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering may revoke or withdraw such notice of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice on behalf of all Holders participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without liability to such Holders (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the other Participating Sponsor Investors), in each case by providing written notice to the Company.

 

(j)       Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees to treat as confidential the receipt of any notice hereunder (including notice of a Demand Registration, a Shelf Offering Notice and a Suspension Notice) and the information contained therein, and not to disclose or use the information contained in any such notice (or the existence thereof) without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally (other than as a result of disclosure by such Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement).

 

Section 2     Piggyback Registrations.

 

(a)      Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (including primary and secondary registrations, and other than pursuant to an Excluded Registration) (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event within three (3) Business Days after the public filing of the registration statement relating to the Piggyback Registration) to all Holders of its intention to effect such Piggyback Registration and, subject to the terms of Section 2(b) and Section 2(c), will include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after delivery of the Company’s notice. Any Participating Sponsor Investor may withdraw its request for inclusion at any time prior to executing the underwriting agreement, or if none, prior to the applicable registration statement becoming effective.

 

(b)      Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor, (iii) third, any other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holder which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder and (iv) fourth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

 

-4

 

 

(c)      Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s equity securities (other than pursuant to Section 1 hereof), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders initially requesting such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, (ii) second, the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor, (iii) third, any other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holder which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder and (iv) fourth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

 

(d)      Right to Terminate Registration. The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2, whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration.

 

(e)      Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, the Sponsor Investors shall select the legal counsel for the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering.

 

Section 3     Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements and Company Holdback Agreement.

 

(a)      Stockholder Lock-up Agreements. In connection with any underwritten Public Offering, each Holder will enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Sponsor Investors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder hereby agrees that in connection with the initial Public Offering and in connection with any Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten Public Offering, not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company (including equity securities of the Company that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC) (collectively, “Securities”), or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities (collectively, “Other Securities”), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities or Other Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities or Other Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “Sale Transaction”), or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the date on which the Company gives notice to the Holders that a preliminary prospectus has been circulated for such underwritten Public Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is (x) 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for such underwritten Public Offering in the case of the initial Public Offering or (y) 90 days following the date of the final prospectus in the case of any other such underwritten Public Offering (each such period, or such shorter period as agreed to by the managing underwriters, a “Holdback Period”), in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Sponsor Investors. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any Securities or Other Securities subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3(a) until the end of such Holdback Period.

 

-5

 

 

(b)      Company Holdback Agreement. The Company (i) will not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its Securities or Other Securities during any Holdback Period (other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering, or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Other Securities) and (ii) will cause each holder of Securities and Other Securities (including each of its directors and executive officers) to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period, except as part of such underwritten registration (if otherwise permitted), unless approved in writing by the Sponsor Investors and the underwriters managing the Public Offering and to enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Sponsor Investors.

 

Section 4     Registration Procedures.

 

(a)      Company Obligations. Whenever the Holders have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

 

(i)            prepare and file with (or submit confidentially to) the SEC a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, all in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (provided that before filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by the Sponsor Investors covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed or submitted, which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

 

(ii)           notify each Holder of (A) the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

 

(iii)          prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

 

-6

 

 

(iv)          furnish, without charge, to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder and each underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) (in each case including all exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein), each amendment and supplement thereto, each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller or underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable laws of each such registration statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto, and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or Free Writing Prospectus by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

 

(v)           use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (B) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

 

(vi)          notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (C) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event or of any information or circumstances as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, subject to Section 1(f), if required by applicable law or to the extent requested by the Sponsor Investor, the Company will use its best efforts to promptly prepare and file a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company in any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct;

 

(vii)         (A) use best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market markers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA, and (B) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

 

-7

 

 

(viii)        use best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(ix)           enter into and perform such customary agreements (including, as applicable, underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the Sponsor Investors or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, making available the executive officers of the Company and participating in “road shows,” investor presentations, marketing events and other selling efforts and effecting a stock or unit split or combination, recapitalization or reorganization);

 

(x)            make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition or sale pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as will be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement and the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;

 

(xi)           take all actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(xii)          otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(xiii)         permit any Holder which, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;

 

(xiv)        use best efforts to (A) make Short-Form Registration available for the sale of Registrable Securities and (B) prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Equity included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction use, and in the event any such order is issued, best efforts to obtain promptly the withdrawal of such order;

 

-8

 

 

(xv)         use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(xvi)        cooperate with the Holders covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, or the removal of any restrictive legends associated with any account at which such securities are held, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;

 

(xvii)       if requested by any managing underwriter, include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;

 

(xviii)      take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

 

(xix)         (A) cooperate with each Holder covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Equity are or are to be listed, and (B) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter;

 

(xx)          in the case of any underwritten offering, use its best efforts to obtain, and deliver to the underwriter(s), in the manner and to the extent provided for in the applicable underwriting agreement, one or more cold comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters;

 

(xxi)         use its best efforts to provide (A) a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement addressed to the Company, (B) on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the closing date of the applicable sale, (1) one or more legal opinions of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (2) one or more “negative assurances letters” of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities, in each case, addressed to the underwriters, if any, or, if requested, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (3) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by any Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;

 

-9

 

 

(xxii)        if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

 

(xxiii)       if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold;

 

(xxiv)       if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective; and

 

(xxv)        if requested by any Participating Sponsor Investor, cooperate with such Participating Sponsor Investor and with the managing underwriter or agent, if any, on reasonable notice to facilitate any Charitable Gifting Event and to prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to permit any such recipient Charitable Organization to sell in the underwritten offering if it so elects.

 

(b)      Officer Obligations. Each Holder that is an officer of the Company agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she will participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

 

(c)      Automatic Shelf Registration Statements. If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Sponsor Investors do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of the Sponsor Investors, it will include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that the Sponsor Investors may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment. If the Company has filed any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company shall, at the request of the Sponsor Investors, file any post-effective amendments necessary to include therein all disclosure and language necessary to ensure that the holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(d)      Additional Information. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, as a condition to such seller’s participation in such registration.

 

-10

 

 

(e)      In-Kind Distributions. If any Sponsor Investor (and/or any of their Affiliates) seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of their Registrable Securities to their respective direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to any applicable lock-ups, work with the foregoing Persons to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested and consistent with the Company’s obligations under the Securities Act.

 

(f)       Suspended Distributions. Each Person participating in a registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(a)(vi), such Person will immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 4(a)(vi), subject to the Company’s compliance with its obligations under Section 4(a)(vi).

 

(g)      Other. To the extent that any of the Participating Sponsor Investors is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (i) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 shall be applicable to the benefit of such Participating Sponsor Investor in their role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a holder and (ii) such Participating Sponsor Investor shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to such Participating Sponsor Investor.

 

Section 5     Registration Expenses.

 

Except as expressly provided herein, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or any Sponsor Investor in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement and/or in connection with any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering, whether or not the same shall become effective, shall be paid by the Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company or other depositary and of printing prospectuses and Company Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are then listed (or on which exchange the Registrable Securities are proposed to be listed in the case of the initial Public Offering), (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all fees and disbursements of legal counsel for the Company, (ix) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for selling Holders selected by the Sponsor Investors (which may be the same counsel as selected for the Company) together with any necessary local counsel as may be required by the Sponsor Investors, (x) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xi) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company or the Sponsor Investors in connection with any Registration (xii) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (xiii) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten offering, including all travel, meals and lodging. All such expenses are referred to herein as “Registration Expenses.” The Company shall not be required to pay, and each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration hereunder will bear and pay, all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities sold for such Person’s account and all transfer taxes (if any) attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

-11

 

 

Section 6     Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a)      By the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law and without limitation as to time, each Holder, such Holder’s officers, directors, employees, agents, fiduciaries, stockholders, managers, partners, members, Affiliates, direct and indirect equityholders, consultants and representatives, and any successors and assigns thereof, and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the “Indemnified Parties”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following (each, a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 6, collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any Violation or alleged Violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement, or omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Indemnified Party’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties or as otherwise agreed to in the underwriting agreement executed in connection with such underwritten offering. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

 

(b)      By Holders. In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses resulting from (as determined by a final and appealable judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, for each Holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

 

-12

 

 

(c)      Claim Procedure. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice will impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder only to the extent such failure has prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties will have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the majority of the conflicted indemnified parties involved in the indemnification and approved by the Sponsor Investor, at the expense of the indemnifying party.

 

(d)      Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any Loss referred to herein, then such indemnifying party will contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Loss, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 6(d) is not permitted by applicable law, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault but also the relative benefit of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution will be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or, as applicable alleged) untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to herein will be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(e)      Release. No indemnifying party will, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

-13

 

 

(f)       Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract (and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be considered the indemnitors of first resort in all such circumstances to which this Section 6 applies) and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

Section 7     Cooperation with Underwritten Offerings. No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters; provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include in such registration) and (ii) completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, stock powers, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents and agreements required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements or as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s). To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 3, Section 4 and/or this Section 7, the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement will supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the underwriters created thereby with respect to such registration.

 

Section 8     Subsidiary Public Offering.

 

(a)   Subsidiary Public Offering. If, after an initial Public Offering of the common equity securities of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equityholders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement will apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were the Company hereunder.

 

Section 9     Joinder; Additional Parties; Transfer of Registrable Securities.

 

(a)      Joinder. The Company may from time to time (with the prior written consent of the Sponsor Investors) permit any Person who acquires Common Equity (or rights to acquire Common Equity) to become a party to this Agreement and to be entitled to and be bound by all of the rights and obligations as a Holder by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Person, the Common Equity held by such Person shall become the category of Registrable Securities (i.e. Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities or Other Investor Registrable Securities), and such Person shall be deemed the category of Holder (i.e. Sponsor Investor or Other Investor), in each case as set forth on the signature page to such Joinder.

 

(b)      Restrictions on Transfers. Prior to transferring any Registrable Securities to any Person (including, without limitation, by operation of law), the transferring Holder must first obtain the prior written consent of the Sponsor Investors, and if so obtained, cause the prospective transferee to execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder, except that such consent and Joinder shall not be required in the case of (i) a transfer to the Company, (ii) a transfer by any Sponsor Investor to its partners or members, (iii) a Public Offering, (iv) a sale pursuant to Rule 144 after the completion of the initial Public Offering and/or (v) a transfer in connection with a Sale of the Company. Any transfer or attempted transfer of Registrable Securities in violation of any provision of this Agreement will be void, and the Company will not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Registrable Securities as the owner thereof for any purpose (but the Company will be entitled to enforce against such Person the obligations hereunder).

 

-14

 

 

(c)      Legend. Each certificate (if any) evidencing any Registrable Securities and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the transfer of any Registrable Securities (unless such Registrable Securities would no longer be Registrable Securities after such transfer) will be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF _________ __, 2021 AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S EQUITYHOLDERS, AS AMENDED. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

 

The Company will imprint such legend on certificates evidencing Registrable Securities outstanding prior to the date hereof. The legend set forth above will be removed from the certificates evidencing any securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities.

 

Section 10     General Provisions.

 

(a)      Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Sponsor Investors who are then Holders; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would treat a specific Holder or group of Holders of Registrable Securities (i.e., Sponsor Investors or Other Investors) in a manner materially and adversely different than any other Holder or group of Holders will be effective against such Holder or group of Holders without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by the group of Holders that is materially and adversely affected thereby. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement will not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

 

(b)      Remedies. The parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party will be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c)      Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

-15

 

 

(d)      Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

(e)      Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and permitted assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns (whether so expressed or not).

 

(f)       Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; but if not, then on the next Business Day (provided that any such notice under this clause (ii) will not be effective unless within one Business Day after the notice is sent, a copy of such notice is sent to the recipient by first-class mail, return receipt requested, or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid)), (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three Business Days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Company at the address specified on the signature page hereto or any Joinder and to any holder, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Company’s address is:

 

InnovAge Holding Corp.
8950 E. Lowry Boulevard
Denver, Colorado 80230
Attn: Chief Legal Officer
E-mail: [****]

 

With a copy to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 N. LaSalle
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Attn: Robert Hayward, P.C.

          Robert Goedert, P.C.

Facsimile: [****]

 

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

(g)      Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period will automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

 

-16

 

 

(h)      Governing Law. The corporate law of the State of Delaware will govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its equityholders. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

(i)       MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

(j)       CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

(k)      No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, will be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever will attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

 

(l)       Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement will be by way of example rather than by limitation.

 

-17

 

 

(m)     No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

(n)      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(o)      Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and will be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument will raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

(p)      Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder agrees to execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(q)      Dividends, Recapitalizations, Etc. If at any time or from time to time there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment will be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby will continue.

 

(r)       No Third-Party Beneficiaries. No term or provision of this Agreement is intended to be, or shall be, for the benefit of any Person not a party hereto, and no such other Person shall have any right or cause of action hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

(s)      Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and will take such further action as the Sponsor Investors may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144.

 

*     *     *     *     *

 

-18

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.

 

 

  By:  

 Name:
 Title:
  
  
 SPONSOR INVESTORS:
  
 TCO GROUP HOLDINGS, L.P.
  
 By: TCO GROUP HOLDINGS GP, LLC, its general partner
  
  

  By:  
 Name: Thomas Scully
 Title:   President

 

  Address: c/o Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe
599 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1800
New York, New York 10022

 

 

  By:  
 Name: Andrew Cavanna
 Title:   President

 

  Address: c/o Apax Partners, L.P.
601 Lexington Avenue, 53rd Floor
New York, New York 10022

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.

 

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person and, in the case of an individual, also includes any member of such individual’s Family Group; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be Affiliates of any holder of Registrable Securities. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) will mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or requested by law to close.

 

Charitable Gifting Event” means any transfer by a Sponsor Investor, or any subsequent transfer by such holder’s members, partners or other employees, in connection with a bona fide gift to any Charitable Organization on the date of, but prior to, the execution of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten offering.

 

Charitable Organization” means a charitable organization as described by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.

 

Common Equity” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include its successor(s).

 

Demand Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Registration” means any registration (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration (which is addressed in Section 1(a)), or (ii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the SEC or any successor or similar forms.

 

Family Group” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) and the spouses of such descendants, any trust, limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company established solely for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) or the spouses of such descendants.

 

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

A-1 

 

 

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

 

Holdback Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

Holder” means a holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement (including by way of Joinder).

 

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

 

Long-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).

 

Other Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by any Other Investors or any of their Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

Other Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Participating Sponsor Investors” means any Sponsor Investor(s) participating in the request for a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering, Piggyback Registration or Underwritten Block Trade.

 

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Piggyback Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

Public Offering” means any sale or distribution by the Company, one of its Subsidiaries and/or Holders to the public of Common Equity or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Equity pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.

 

Qualified Independent Underwriter” has the meaning set forth by FINRA in Section 5121(f)(12), or any successor provision thereto.

 

Registrable Securities” means Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities and Other Investor Registrable Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (a) sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) sold in compliance with Rule 144 following the consummation of the initial Public Offering, (c) distributed to the direct or indirect partners or members of a Sponsor Investor or (d) repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities will be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder (it being understood that a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Common Equity be registered pursuant to this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consummation of an initial Public Offering, any Registrable Securities held by any Person (other than any Sponsor Investor or its Affiliates) that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any of the other requirements of Rule 144 will be deemed not to be Registrable Securities.

 

A-2 

 

 

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

Rule 144,” “Rule 158,” “Rule 405” and “Rule 415” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the SEC, as the same will be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

 

Sale of the Company” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than any Sponsor Investor and/or its Affiliates) in the aggregate acquires: (i)  Common Equity of the Company entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect directors with a majority of the voting power of the Company’s board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s Common Equity) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets determined on a consolidated basis; provided that a Public Offering will not constitute a Sale of the Company.

 

Sale Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Shelf Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

 

Shelf Offering Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

 

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

 

Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d).

 

Short-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by any Sponsor Investor or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

Sponsor Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals; provided that any decision to be made under this Agreement by the Sponsor Investors shall be made by the holders of a majority of all Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities

 

A-3 

 

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons will be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or will be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

 

Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

 

Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

 

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(i).

 

Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405.

 

A-4 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of __________________, 2021 (as amended, modified and waived from time to time, the “Registration Agreement”), among InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other persons named as parties therein (including pursuant to other Joinders). Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning set forth in the Registration Agreement.

 

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of, the Registration Agreement as a Holder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Agreement, and the undersigned will be deemed for all purposes to be a Holder, a[n] [Sponsor Investor // Other Investor thereunder] and the undersigned’s ____ shares of Common Equity will be deemed for all purposes to be [Sponsor Investor // Other Investor] Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement.

 

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the ___ day of ____________, 20___.

 

  

 Signature

 

 

  

 Print Name

 

Address: 
  
  

 

Agreed and Accepted as of

 

____________, 20___:

 

INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.

 

By:  

 

Its:  

 

B-1 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

consisting of

 

a $300,000,000
Term Loan Facility,

 

and

 

a $40,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility

 

effective as of

 

the Third A&R Effective Date

 

by and among

 

TCO INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.,
as Holdings

 

TOTAL COMMUNITY OPTIONS, INC.,
as the Borrower

 

The Lenders Party Hereto from Time to Time

 

CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Revolver Agent,

 

THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO

 

and

 

CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, and
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I Definitions 2

 

  Section 1.01 Defined Terms 2
  Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings 54
  Section 1.03 Terms Generally 54
  Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP 55
  Section 1.05 [Reserved] 55
  Section 1.06 Available Amount Transactions 55
  Section 1.07 Pro Forma Calculations 56

 

ARTICLE II The Credits 58

 

  Section 2.01 Commitments 58
  Section 2.02 Loans and Borrowings 59
  Section 2.03 Requests for Borrowings 60
  Section 2.04 Swingline Loans 60
  Section 2.05 Letters of Credit 61
  Section 2.06 Funding of Borrowings 66
  Section 2.07 Interest Elections 66
  Section 2.08 Termination and Reduction of Commitments 67
  Section 2.09 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt 68
  Section 2.10 Amortization of Term Loans 69
  Section 2.11 Prepayment of Loans 70
  Section 2.12 Fees 74
  Section 2.13 Interest 76
  Section 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest; Illegality 76
  Section 2.15 Increased Costs 78
  Section 2.16 Break Funding Payments80
  Section 2.17 Taxes 80
  Section 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs 84
  Section 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders 87
  Section 2.20 Incremental Extensions of Credit88
  Section 2.21 Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments 95
  Section 2.22 Defaulting Lenders 96

 

ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties 98

 

  Section 3.01 Organization; Power 98
  Section 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability 99
  Section 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts 99
  Section 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect 99
  Section 3.05 Properties 100
  Section 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters 100

 

i

 

 

  Section 3.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements 101
  Section 3.08 Investment Company Status 101
  Section 3.09 Taxes 101
  Section 3.10 ERISA 101
  Section 3.11 Disclosure 102
  Section 3.12 Subsidiaries 102
  Section 3.13 Insurance 102
  Section 3.14 Labor Matters 102
  Section 3.15 Solvency 102
  Section 3.16 Federal Reserve Regulations 103
  Section 3.17 Reimbursement from Third Party Payors 103
  Section 3.18 Fraud and Abuse 103
  Section 3.19 Patriot Act, Etc 104
  Section 3.20 Security Documents 104
  Section 3.21 Compliance with Healthcare Laws 105
  Section 3.22 Privacy and Security Law Compliance 108
  Section 3.23 EEA Financial Institution 108
  Section 3.24 Status as Senior Debt 108

 

Article IV Conditions108

 

  Section 4.01 Third A&R Effective Date 108
  Section 4.02 Each Credit Event 110

 

Article V Affirmative Covenants110

 

  Section 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information 110
  Section 5.02 Notices of Material Events 112
  Section 5.03 Information Regarding Collateral 114
  Section 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business 115
  Section 5.05 Payment of Obligations 115
  Section 5.06 Maintenance of Properties 115
  Section 5.07 Insurance 115
  Section 5.08 Casualty and Condemnation 116
  Section 5.09 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights 116
  Section 5.10 Compliance with Laws 116
  Section 5.11 Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit 116
  Section 5.12 Additional Subsidiaries; Succeeding Holdings 117
  Section 5.13 Further Assurances 117
  Section 5.14 Designation of Subsidiaries 118
  Section 5.15 [Reserved] 118
  Section 5.16 Annual Lender Calls 118
  Section 5.17 ERISA Compliance 118
  Section 5.18 Post-Closing Matters 118

 

ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants118

 

ii

 

 

  Section 6.01 Indebtedness; Certain Equity Interests 119
  Section 6.02 Liens 122
  Section 6.03 Fundamental Changes 123
  Section 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions 124
  Section 6.05 Asset Sales 127
  Section 6.06 Sale and Leaseback Transactions 129
  Section 6.07 [Reserved] 129
  Section 6.08 Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness 129
  Section 6.09 Transactions with Affiliates 133
  Section 6.10 Restrictive Agreements 135
  Section 6.11 Amendment of Material Documents 136
  Section 6.12 Maximum Secured Leverage Ratio 136
  Section 6.13 Fiscal Year 137

 

ARTICLE VII Events of Default 137

 

  Section 7.01 Events of Default 137
  Section 7.02 Borrower’s Right to Cure 140
  Section 7.03 Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries 141

 

Article VIII The Agents 142

 

  Section 8.01 Appointment and Duties 142
  Section 8.02 Binding Effect 143
  Section 8.03 Use of Discretion 144
  Section 8.04 Delegation of Duties 144
  Section 8.05 Reliance and Liability 145
  Section 8.06 Administrative Agent and Revolver Agent Individually 146
  Section 8.07 Lender Credit Decision 146
  Section 8.08 Expenses; Indemnities; Withholding 147
  Section 8.09 Resignation of Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or Issuing Bank 148
  Section 8.10 Joint Lead Arrangers 148

 

ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous 149

 

  Section 9.01 Notices 149
  Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments 150
  Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver 154
  Section 9.04 Successors and Assigns 155
  Section 9.05 Survival 162
  Section 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness 162
  Section 9.07 Severability 163
  Section 9.08 Right of Setoff 163
  Section 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process 163
  Section 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 164
  Section 9.11 Headings 164

 

iii

 

 

  Section 9.12 Confidentiality 165
  Section 9.13 Interest Rate Limitation 165
  Section 9.14 USA Patriot Act 166
  Section 9.15 Release of Collateral 166
  Section 9.16 No Fiduciary Duty 166
  Section 9.17 Assumption by TCO 167
  Section 9.18 Material Non-Public Information 167
  Section 9.19 Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions 168
  Section 9.20 Purchase Option 168
  Section 9.21 Separate Obligations 170
  Section 9.22 Amendment and Restatement 170

 

SCHEDULES:

 

Schedule 1.01-A Mortgaged Property
Schedule 1.01-B Disqualified Institutions
Schedule 2.01 Commitments
Schedule 3.05 Real Property
Schedule 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.12 Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.13 Insurance
Schedule 3.17 Third Party Payor Overpayments/Refunds
Schedule 3.22 Privacy and Security Law Compliance
Schedule 5.18 Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 6.01 Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02 Existing Liens
Schedule 6.04 Existing Investments
Schedule 6.05 Asset Sales
Schedule 6.09 Existing Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 6.10 Existing Restrictions

 

EXHIBITS:

 

Exhibit A Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B Form of Collateral Agreement
Exhibit C Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit D Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit E Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit F Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit H [RESERVED]
Exhibit I [RESERVED]

 

iv

 

 

Exhibit J Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption
Exhibits K-1 to K-4 Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates

 

v

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT effective as of the Third A&R Effective Date, by and among TCO Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, TOTAL COMMUNITY OPTIONS, INC., a Colorado corporation (“TCO” and, as successor by merger to TCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Borrower”), the “Borrower”), UNITRANCHE LOAN TRANSACTION, LLC (“ULTra”), the other LENDERS party hereto from time to time, CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as successor by merger to HEALTHCARE FINANCIAL SOLUTIONS, LLC (in its individual capacity, “Capital One”), as Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender, a Joint Bookrunner and a Joint Lead Arranger, and HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HPS”) as a Joint Bookrunner and Joint Lead Arranger.

 

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Acquisition Agreement”), by and among the Initial Borrower, TCO Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, TCO and Total Community Options Foundation, on the Closing Date the Initial Borrower was issued all of the Equity Interests of TCO that were outstanding upon its conversion from a not-for profit entity to a for-profit entity (the “Target Acquisition”).

 

Immediately following the Target Acquisition, the Initial Borrower was merged with and into TCO on the Closing Date (the “Merger”), with TCO surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings.

 

Holdings and the Borrower are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2,2019 (as amended by the First Amendment, and as further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”), among Holdings, the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

Pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement, the Lenders extended credit in the form of (a) Original Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $190,000,000 (the “Original Term Loans”), (b) commitments to make delayed draw Term Loans after the Second A&R Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $45,000,000 (the “Second A&R Closing Date Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments”) and (c) commitments to make Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and issue Letters of Credit at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $30,000,000 (the “Existing Revolving Credit Facility”).

 

Borrower and Holdings desire to, effective upon the occurrence of the Third A&R Effective Date, (i) extend the maturity dates of the Original Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Facility (the “Maturity Extension”), (ii) make certain other amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement as specified herein, (iii) obtain commitments from the Lenders to make additional term loans on the Third A&R Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount, together with the aggregate principal amount of the Original Term Loans outstanding on such date, not to exceed $300,000,000 (the “Third A&R Term Loan Facility”) and terminate the Second A&R Closing Date Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments and (iv) increase the commitments under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility from $30,000,000 to $40,000,000 (the “Revolver Upsize” and the Existing Revolving Credit Facility, as increased by the Revolver Upsize, the “Revolving Credit Facility”).

 

 

 

 

The proceeds of Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit will be used by the Borrower for working capital and general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions). The proceeds of the New Third A&R Term Loans, together with the proceeds of the Third A&R Equity Contribution, will be used by the Borrower on the Third A&R Effective Date (i) to pay the Third A&R Acquisition Distribution and (ii) to pay the Third A&R Transaction Expenses, working capital and other general corporate purposes.

 

Effective upon the occurrence of the Third A&R Effective Date, the Lenders have agreed to the Maturity Extension and to extend additional credit to the Loan Parties in the form of the Third A&R Term Loan Facility and the Revolver Upsize and the Agents and the Lenders have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement (the “Amendment and Restatement”) to effect the foregoing transactions and to make certain other modifications to the Existing Credit Agreement, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I
Definitions

 

Section 1.01      Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

ABR” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(a)            Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(b)            Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Acquisition Earn-Out” means the earn-out obligation of the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Acquisition Agreement in a maximum amount not to exceed $9,000,000.

 

Additional Credit Extension Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement (which may, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Revolver Agent, be in the form of an amendment and restatement of this Agreement) and any other applicable Loan Document providing for any Incremental Term Loans, loans under any Incremental Revolving Commitments, Replacement Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or loans under any Extended Revolving Commitments which shall be consistent with the applicable provisions of this Agreement relating to Incremental Term Loans, loans under any Incremental Revolving Commitments, Replacement Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or loans under any Extended Revolving Commitments and otherwise satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Revolver Agent.

 

2

 

 

Additional Lender” means any Person that is not an existing Lender and has agreed to provide Incremental Commitments pursuant to Section 2.20.

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for the applicable Class of Loans for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

 

Administrative Agent” means Capital One, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

 

Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Affiliated Lender” means a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or a Debt Fund Affiliate.

 

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption” has the meaning provided in Section 9.04(d).

 

Affiliated Lender Register” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.04(f).

 

Agent Fee Letter” means the Agent Fee Letter, dated as of the Effective Date, by and between the Administrative Agent, Capital One, as Lead Arranger (as defined therein), and the Borrower.

 

Agents” means the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Arranger.

 

Agreement” means this Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as the same may be renewed, extended, modified, supplemented, amended or amended and restated from time to time.

 

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the rate last quoted by Capital One, National Association as the “Prime Rate” in the United States or, if Capital One, National Association ceases to quote such rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable Class of Loans (in the case of the Term Loans only, giving effect to the minimum LIBO Rate of 1.00% per annum) for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%; provided that, subject to any minimum rate specified for any Class of Loans in the definition of “LIBO Rate”, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the LIBO Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day subject to the interest rate floors set forth therein. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

 

3

 

 

Amendment and Restatement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption by virtue of such Person being organized or operating in such jurisdiction.

 

Apax” means each of Apax Partners, L.L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by, or under the sole control of and exclusively advised by, it or any of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of their portfolio companies.

 

Applicable Agent” means with respect to Term Lenders and Term Loans and all payments and matters relating thereto, the Administrative Agent, and with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, Revolving Lenders, Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Letters of Credit and L/C Reimbursement Obligations and all payments and matters relating thereto, the Revolver Agent.

 

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.22 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) represented by such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentage of the Revolving Commitments shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments that occur thereafter and to any Revolving Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

 

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, a percentage per annum equal to (x) for the Third A&R Term Loans, (i) for ABR Loans, 5.50% and (ii) for Eurodollar Loans, 6.50% and (y) for the Revolving Loans, (i) for ABR Loans, 3.50% and (ii) for Eurodollar Loans, 4.50%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Applicable Rate in respect of any Class of Incremental Revolving Commitments, any Class of Incremental Term Loans, any Class of Incremental Revolving Loans, any Class of Extended Term Loans, any Class of Extended Revolving Commitments or any Class of Replacement Term Loans shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the relevant Additional Credit Extension Amendment and (b) in the case of the Term Loans of any Class, the Applicable Rate shall be increased as, and to the extent, necessary to comply with the provisions of Section 2.20.

 

Approved Fund” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

 

Arranger” means each Joint Lead Arranger in its capacity as a joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner under this Agreement.

 

4

 

 

ASC” means the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification.

 

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04) and accepted by the Applicable Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any assignment with respect to a Revolving Loan, Letter of Credit or Revolving Commitment, the Revolver Agent.

 

Assumption” has the meaning specified in Section 9.17.

 

Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease Obligation of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

Available Amount” means, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

 

(a)            (i) $7,500,000 plus (ii) the sum of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with and including the fiscal year ending on June 30, 2021, that was not required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(d) (excluding the impact of any optional prepayments of the Term Loans), plus

 

(b)            the cumulative amount of Net Proceeds of issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock, Equity Interests issued in connection with the exercise of a Cure Right and Equity Interests issued in connection with Section 6.08(c)(B) hereof) received by the Borrower after the Third A&R Effective Date and prior to the date of determination, which Net Proceeds are not required to be used to prepay the Obligations, plus

 

(c)            an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments made pursuant to Section 6.04(r) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Third A&R Effective Date resulting from (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of any such Investment and (B) repurchases, redemptions and repayments of such Investments and the receipt of any dividends or distributions from such Investments, plus

 

(d)            to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Borrower is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Third A&R Effective Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Borrower’s interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such redesignation and (B) the aggregate amount of the Borrower’s Investments in such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.04(r), plus

 

(e)            in the event the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower makes any Investment pursuant to Section 6.04(r) after the Third A&R Effective Date in a Person that, as a result of or in connection with such Investment, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (and, if such Investment was made by a Loan Party, such Person becomes a Guarantor), an amount equal to the existing Investment of the Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person that was previously treated as a Restricted Payment, plus

 

5

 

 

(f)            Borrower Retained Prepayment Amounts arising after the Third A&R Effective Date, minus

 

(g)            any amount of the Available Amount used to make Investments pursuant to Section 6.04(r) after the Third A&R Effective Date and prior to such time, minus

 

(h)            any amount of the Available Amount used to make Restricted Payments and prepayments of Specified Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(x) and Section 6.08(b)(iii) after the Third A&R Effective Date and prior to such time.

 

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, such Person (i) becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, (ii) has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, (iii) becomes the subject of a Bail-In Action or (iv) in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof; provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.

 

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

 

6

 

 

Board of Directors” means:

 

(a)            with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board,

 

(b)            with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership,

 

(c)            with respect to a limited liability company, the board of managers or the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof, and

 

(d)            with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Retained Prepayment Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(g).

 

Borrowing” means (a) Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

 

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03; provided that a written Borrowing Request shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit D, or such other form as shall be approved by the Applicable Agent.

 

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

Buyer” means Ignite Aggregator LP.

 

Capital Expenditures” means, for any period (and without duplication), the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Borrower and any of the Subsidiaries that are (or would be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) expenditures to the extent they are made with the Net Proceeds of the issuance by Holdings of Equity Interests (or capital contributions in respect thereof) after the Closing Date to the extent not Otherwise Applied, (ii) investments that constitute a portion of the purchase price of a Permitted Acquisition, (iii) expenditures that constitute a reinvestment of the Net Proceeds of any event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, to the extent permitted by Section 2.11(c), and (iv) the purchase price of equipment purchased during such period to the extent the consideration therefor consists of any combination of (x) used or surplus equipment traded in at the time of such purchase and (y) the proceeds of a concurrent sale of used or surplus equipment.

 

7

 

 

Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means, at the time the determination is to be made, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital One” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the sole purpose of insuring the business, facilities and/or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement relating to Cash Management Obligations that is entered into between into by and between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Qualified Counterparty.

 

Cash Management Obligations” means (1) obligations owed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Qualified Counterparty in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds entered into in the ordinary course of business and (2) the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s participation in commercial (or purchasing) card programs at any Qualified Counterparty in the ordinary course of business (“card obligations”).

 

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

 

CFC Holdco” means any Domestic Subsidiary that owns (directly or indirectly) no material assets other than cash or cash accounts and equity interests (or equity interests and indebtedness), each as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of one or more (a) Foreign subsidiaries that are CFCs or (b) Domestic Subsidiaries that themselves are CFC Holdcos.

 

Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Basel III and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, or issued.

 

Change of Control” means:

 

(a)            The Permitted Investors at any time cease to collectively own, beneficially, directly or indirectly, at least 50.1% of the issued and outstanding economic and voting Equity Interests of Holdings or, in any event, Equity Interests representing voting control of Holdings,

 

8

 

 

(b)            In one or a series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are sold or transferred to another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holder) and any Person, other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of any or all of the transferee Persons in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be,

 

(c)            Holdings shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower, or

 

(d)            a “change of control” (or similar event) shall occur under any other instrument governing Material Indebtedness.

 

Charges” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13.

 

Class”, means (i) when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Third A&R Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans of any series, Extended Term Loans of any series, Replacement Term Loans of any series or Swingline Loans, (ii) when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, a Third A&R Term Loan Commitment or an Incremental Commitment relating to an additional Class of Loans and (iii) when used in reference to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has Loans, Borrowings or Commitments of a particular Class.

 

CLO” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

 

Closing Date” means May 13, 2016.

 

CMS” means the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral” means any and all “Collateral”, as defined in any applicable Security Document and all other property that is from time to time pledged to secure the Obligations pursuant to any Security Document.

 

Collateral Agent” means Capital One, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties under this Agreement and any Security Document.

 

Collateral Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

9

 

 

 

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means the requirement that:

 

(a)            the Collateral Agent shall have received from each Loan Party either (i) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party or (ii) in the case of any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Closing Date, a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party, subject, in each case, to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this Agreement and the Security Documents,

 

(b)            all Obligations (other than, with respect to any Loan Party, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party) shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings, the Borrower (other than with respect to its direct Obligations as a primary obligor) and each Subsidiary Loan Party (each, a “Guarantor”),

 

(c)            the Obligations and the Guarantee shall have been secured by a perfected first-priority security interest (subject to prior Liens to the extent permitted by Section 6.02) in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Borrower and (ii) all Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary directly owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party; provided that in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a CFC or a CFC Holdco, such pledge shall be limited to 65% of the issued and outstanding equity interests as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

(d)            all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Collateral Agreement and perfect such Liens to the extent required by the Collateral Agreement, shall have been executed, filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording,

 

(e)            the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property and (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments or pro forma policies having the effect of policies of title insurance) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid first priority Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 6.02 in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent(not to exceed 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Mortgaged Property in jurisdictions that impose mortgage recording taxes or 110% otherwise), together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, and such surveys, appraisals, legal opinions and other documents (including flood determinations and, if applicable, flood insurance in compliance with Section 5.07(b)) as the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property (collectively, the “Real Estate Collateral Documents”), and

 

(f)            each Loan Party shall have obtained all material consents and approvals required to be obtained by it in connection with the execution and delivery of all Security Documents to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations thereunder and the granting by it of the Liens thereunder.

 

10

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Security Document, no Loan Party shall be required to pledge or grant security interests (i) in particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent, the costs, burden or consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of obtaining or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets (including any title insurance or surveys) are excessive in relation to the practical benefits to the Lenders therefrom, (ii) in any owned real property other than Material Real Property, (iii) in any leasehold interests, and (iv) with respect to any Excluded Assets.

 

The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in, or the delivery of the Mortgages and the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to, particular assets and the delivery of assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Security Documents. Notwithstanding any provision of any Loan Document to the contrary, if a mortgage tax or any similar tax or charge will be owed on the entire amount of the Obligations evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the applicable Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax or similar tax or charge being calculated based upon such fair market value.

 

No actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the U.S. or to perfect such security interests, including any intellectual property registered in any non- U.S. jurisdiction (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction). Except as set forth in the next sentence, perfection by possession with respect to any item of Collateral shall not be required. Control agreements and perfection by control shall not be required with respect to Collateral requiring perfection through control agreements or perfection by “control” (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code), other than in respect of (x) certificated Equity Interests of the Borrower and wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries that are Material Subsidiaries directly owned by the Loan Parties otherwise required to be pledged pursuant to the provisions of clause (c) of this definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and not otherwise constituting an Excluded Asset and (y) deposit accounts and securities accounts; provided that control agreements will not be required with respect to (A) cash or securities accounts which directly receive Medicare and Medicaid payments as long as such accounts are swept on a daily basis to one or more accounts subject to a control agreement, (B) payroll and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (C) escrow accounts, (D) fiduciary or trust accounts or (E) other cash or securities accounts which directly receive capitation revenue to the extent prohibited under applicable laws (including, without limitation, rules and regulations of any Governmental Authority or agency) or the pledge or creation of a security interest in which would require the consent, approval, license or authorization of any Governmental Authority as long as such accounts are swept on a daily basis.

 

Commitment” means a Revolving Commitment, a Third A&R Term Loan Commitment, any Commitment in respect of an Incremental Extension of Credit or any combination thereof (as the context requires).

 

11

 

 

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Competitors” means any Person who is not an Affiliate of a Loan Party and who engages (or whose Affiliate engages) as a material business in the same or similar business as a material business of the Loan Parties.

 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

 

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

 

12

 

 

(a)            without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back or excluded) in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period (except in the case of clause (xiv)), the sum of: (i) consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance with GAAP, (ii) consolidated income tax expense of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iv) any non-cash charges for such period (but excluding (A) any non-cash charge in respect of amortization of a prepaid cash item that was included in Consolidated Net Income in a prior period and (B) any noncash charge that relates to the write-down or write-off of inventory or accounts receivable); provided that if any non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period (x) the Borrower may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period or (y) to the extent the Borrower decides to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, (v) any net after-tax gains or losses realized upon the disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business (including any gain or loss realized upon the disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person) and any net gains or losses on disposed, abandoned and discontinued operations (including in connection with any disposal thereof) and any accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities, (vi) any non-recurring out-of-pocket expenses or charges for the period (including, without limitation, any premiums, make-whole or penalty payments) relating to any offering of Equity Interests by the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than any such offering the proceeds of which are utilized to effectuate a Cure Right or in connection with Section 6.08(c)(B) hereof) or merger, recapitalization or acquisition transactions made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Indebtedness incurred or repaid by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether or not successful), (vii) any Transaction Expenses made or incurred by the Borrower and its subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions that are paid or accrued within 180 days of the consummation of the Transactions (provided that any retention or severance payments paid to employees in connection with the Transactions may be paid or accrued within 12 months of the consummation of the Transactions), (viii) other cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with a Permitted Acquisition to the extent that such expenses are reimbursed in cash during such period pursuant to indemnification provisions of any agreement relating to such transaction, (ix) (A) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued during such period to a Permitted Investor to the extent permitted to be paid or accrued under Section 6.09(h) and (B) the amortization of any management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Management Agreement, (x) any non-cash costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, (xi) (A) fees and expenses paid or incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Amendment and Restatement that are paid or accrued within 180 days of the Third A&R Effective Date and (B) fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Borrower in connection with the making of the Permitted Distributions, (xii) earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses, compensation or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments, in each case in connection with any acquisitions, (xiii) the amount of extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges or any costs, charges, accruals, reserves or expenses attributable to the undertaking and/or implementation of cost savings initiatives and operating expense reductions, restructuring and similar charges, severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities opening costs and other business optimization expenses, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities); provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings and synergies added back pursuant to clauses (xiii), (xiv) and (xv) shall not exceed, for any Test Period, 20% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks); provided, further, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any extraordinary items, charges, costs, fees, expenses, losses (including lost revenues and gross profit), accruals, cost savings, operating expense reductions or other synergies from any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change, directly or indirectly, arising out of or attributable to COVID-19 shall not be added back to Consolidated EBITDA or excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, except to the extent such items, charges, costs, fees or expenses (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, lost revenues and gross profit) are (a) (i) reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and certified by a Financial Officer and (ii) do not exceed for any Test Period, together the aggregate amount of cost savings and synergies added back pursuant to clauses (xiii), (xiv) and (xv), 20% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks), or (b) funded or reimbursed in cash by any governmental aid, relief payments, grants, loans (to the extent eligible for forgiveness) or similar payments from any Governmental Authority or pursuant to any Government Program (including, without limitation, the CARES Act) and, in each case, such governmental aid, relief payments, grants, loans or similar payments are not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA (for the avoidance of doubt, amounts added back pursuant to this proviso (b) are not subject to and do not count towards the foregoing 20% of Consolidated EBITDA limitation), (xiv) pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to the Transactions that are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within 12 months after the Third A&R Effective Date; provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings and synergies added back pursuant to clauses (xiii), (xiv) and (xv) shall not exceed, for any Test Period, 20% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks), (xv) pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies (including post-acquisition price or administration fee increases) related to acquisitions, dispositions and other specified transactions following the Closing Date, restructurings, cost savings initiatives and other initiatives that are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and projected by the Borrower in good faith to from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within 12 months after such acquisition, disposition or other specified transaction, restructuring, cost savings initiative or other initiative; provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings and synergies added back pursuant to clauses (xiii), (xiv) and (xv) shall not exceed, for any Test Period, 20% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks), (xvi) the aggregate reduction (if any) in Consolidated Net Income for such period attributable to all facilities opened or acquired and operating for a period of 18 months or less by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the relevant Test Period; provided, that (x) the aggregate amount of reductions added back pursuant to this clause (xvi) shall not exceed $4,000,000 for any Test Period and (y) no reductions may be added back pursuant to this clause (xvi) on account of any facility whose operations for any period occurring after the opening or acquisition of such facility resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income for two or more consecutive fiscal quarters, (xvii) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from currency transaction or translation gains or losses and any net gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including intercompany indebtedness and foreign currency hedges for currency exchange risk) and (xviii) cash expenses incurred during such period in connection with extraordinary casualty events to the extent such expenses are reimbursed in cash by insurance during such period, minus

 

13

 

 

(b)            without duplication, other non-cash items (other than the accrual of revenue in accordance with GAAP consistently applied in the ordinary course of business) increasing Consolidated Net Income for the period (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash item in any prior period),

 

(c)            without duplication, plus unrealized losses and minus unrealized gains in each case in respect of Swap Agreements, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and

 

(d)            minus amounts distributed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Holdings pursuant to Sections 6.08(a)(iv) and 6.08(a)(xi) during such period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) with respect to any Qualified Joint Venture accounted for by the equity method of accounting, Consolidated EBITDA shall include the Borrower’s pro rata share of Consolidated EBITDA calculated as set forth above with respect to such Qualified Joint Venture, (b) with respect to any other Person accounted for by the equity method of accounting, Consolidated EBITDA shall include the Borrower’s pro rata share of Net Income of such Person solely to the extent such amount was paid in cash as a dividend or distribution to the Borrower or a Guarantor and (c) Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2019, December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 shall be $ 16,308,055, $11,392,715 and $17,069,668, respectively.

 

14

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated (i) including pro forma adjustments, in accordance with Section 1.07 with respect to events occurring following the Third A&R Effective Date and (ii) with respect any Test Period that includes any of the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2019, September 30, 2019, December 31, 2019 or March 31, 2020, based on the amounts specified in clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, as adjusted to reflect the addback permitted under clause (a)(xvi) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” above for such Test Period.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income or loss of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends; provided that there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income (a) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (b) any gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges relating thereto) attributable to any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business, the disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business, (c) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gain or loss for such period, (d) income or losses attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued), (e) any non-cash charges (i) attributable to applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP, (ii) resulting from the application of ASC Topic 350 or ASC Topic 360, and (iii) relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of ASC Topic 805, (f) all non-cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management or stock compensation plans of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) to the extent that such non-cash charges are deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided, that if the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower makes a cash payment in respect of such non-cash charge in any period, such cash payment will (without duplication) be deducted from the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period, (g) all unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC Topic 830 and (h) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains or losses, including in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating the “Available Amount”, Consolidated Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or other distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted by a Requirement of Law (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions that are actually paid in cash or Permitted Investments to (or to the extent subsequently converted into cash or Permitted Investments by) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (subject to provisions of this sentence) during such period, to the extent not previously included therein.

 

15

 

 

Consolidated Secured Net Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the principal amount of Indebtedness described in clause (a) of the definition of “Consolidated Total Net Indebtedness” outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any assets of the Loan Parties minus (b) unrestricted cash and Permitted Investments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on which the Collateral Agent has a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to control agreements reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000, in each case, included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date.

 

Consolidated Total Net Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Attributable Indebtedness, purchase money debt, unreimbursed amounts under letters of credit (subject to the proviso below), obligations represented by promissory notes and all Guarantees of the foregoing, in each case (except in the case of Guarantees) in an amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of acquisition accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition constituting an Investment permitted under this Agreement) minus (b) unrestricted cash and Permitted Investments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on which the Collateral Agent has a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to control agreements reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000 included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date plus (c) with respect to each Qualified Joint Venture, the Borrower’s pro rata share of the positive difference (if any) of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Qualified Joint Venture outstanding on such date consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Attributable Indebtedness, purchase money debt, unreimbursed amounts under letters of credit (subject to the proviso below), obligations represented by promissory notes and all Guarantees of the foregoing, in each case (except in the case of Guarantees) in an amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP minus (y) unrestricted cash and Permitted Investments of such Qualified Joint Venture; provided that Consolidated Total Net Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts under commercial letters of credit that are not reimbursed within three (3) Business Days after such amount is drawn and (ii) Unrestricted Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, obligations under Swap Agreements permitted by Section 6.0l(x) do not constitute Consolidated Total Net Indebtedness.

 

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

16

 

 

Corporate Practice of Medicine Laws” means all laws, regulations, common law, and attorney general opinions in whatever form, that prohibit any Person other than a licensed physician or professional corporation or professional association whose shareholders are exclusively licensed physicians from employing licensed physicians to provide professional medical services.

 

Cure Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(a).

 

Cure Right” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(a).

 

Debt Fund Affiliate” means any Affiliate of the Borrower that is a bona fide debt fund or an investment vehicle that is engaged in or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which any Permitted Investor does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such Affiliate.

 

Declined Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(g).

 

Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender” means any Revolving Lender that (a) has failed, within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Revolving Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to the Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Revolving Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Revolver Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Revolving Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with (i) any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Revolving Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or (ii) its funding obligations generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Revolver Agent, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Revolving Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Revolving Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement; provided that such Revolving Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (d) upon such Loan Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, the Administrative Agent and the Revolver Agent, (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event, or (e) has failed at any time to comply with the provisions of Section 2.18(c) with respect to purchasing participations from the other Lenders, whereby such Lender’s share of any payment received, whether by setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its pro rata share of such payments due and payable to all of the Lenders.

 

17

 

 

Disqualified Institutions” means (a) the Persons identified in Schedule 1.01-B, (b) any Competitors of the Borrower and their Subsidiaries (other than any person that is a bona fide debt fund or investment fund that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business) that (i) are listed on Schedule 1.01-B and (ii) on or after the Third A&R Effective Date, have been specified in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time in the form of an update to such Schedule and (c) Affiliates of such Persons set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above (in the case of Affiliates of such Persons set forth in clause (b) above other than any person that is a bona fide debt fund or investment fund that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business) that (i)(A) are listed on Schedule 1.01-B and (B) on or after the Third A&R Effective Date, have been specified in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time in the form of an update to such Schedule or (ii) are clearly identifiable as an Affiliate of such Persons on the basis of such Affiliate’s name; provided, that, until the disclosure of the identity of a Disqualified Institution or Affiliate of a Disqualified Institution to the Lenders generally by the Administrative Agent, such Person shall not constitute a Disqualified Institution; provided, further that, to the extent Persons are identified as Disqualified Institutions in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Third A&R Effective Date pursuant to clauses (b)(ii) or (c)(i)(B), the inclusion of such Persons as Disqualified Institutions shall not retroactively apply to prior assignments or participations in respect of any Loan under this Agreement. Updates to Schedule 1.01-B shall become effective one (1) Business Day after being posted to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for monitoring the list of Disqualified Institutions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, may from time to time in its sole discretion remove any entity from Schedule 1.01-B (or otherwise modify such list to exclude any particular entity), and such entity removed or excluded from Schedule 1.01-B shall no longer be a Disqualified Institution for any purpose under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Disqualified Stock” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Preferred Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted and (ii) obligations under treasury services agreements or obligations under secured hedge agreements not then due and payable) that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and the termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit (unless the outstanding amount of the LC Exposure related thereto has been cash collateralized, back-stopped by a letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by a letter of credit issuer, reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank and in a face amount equal to 105% of the outstanding amount of the applicable LC Exposure in respect thereof), or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Preferred Stock and other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted and (ii) obligations under treasury services agreements or obligations under secured hedge agreements not then due and payable) that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and the termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit (unless the outstanding amount of the LC Exposure related thereto has been cash collateralized, back-stopped by a letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by a letter of credit issuer, reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank and in a face amount equal to 105% of the outstanding amount of the applicable LC Exposure in respect thereof, or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank)), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance of such Equity Interests; provided, that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of future, current or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of Holdings (or a parent), the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be permitted to be repurchased by Holdings, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s or consultant’s termination of employment or service, as applicable, death or disability.

 

18

 

 

dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

ECF Percentage” means 50%; provided that the ECF Percentage with respect to Excess Cash Flow for any year shall instead be (x) 25% in the event that the Secured Net Leverage Ratio on the last day of such year is less than or equal to 2.75:1.00 and greater than 2.25:1.00 and (y) 0% in the event that the Secured Net Leverage Ratio on the last day of such year is less than or equal to 2.25:1.00.

 

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

19

 

 

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

Effective Date” means June 22, 2018.

 

Environment” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface, sediments, and subsurface strata & natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

 

Environmental Laws” means all laws (including the common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the Environment, the preservation or reclamation of or damage to natural resources, the presence, management, storage, treatment, transports, exposure to, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material, or to health and safety matters.

 

Environmental Liability” means liabilities, obligations, damages, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and medical monitoring, investigation or remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Contribution” means, collectively, (a) the direct or indirect contribution on the Closing Date by the Permitted Investors to the Borrower of an aggregate amount of cash equity (inclusive of any amount of equity rolled over or invested, directly or indirectly, in the Borrower by management and existing equityholders of the Borrower) (which, in respect of any equity of the Borrower other than common equity, shall be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Arranger) that represents not less than 50% of the sum of (1) the aggregate gross proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, (2) the aggregate gross proceeds received from the initial Revolving Borrowing to the extent funding a Permitted Initial Revolving Loan Borrowing Purpose, and (3) the amount of such cash equity contributed, in each case on the Closing Date.

 

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest from the issuer thereof (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, any of the foregoing).

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, and including Section 414(m) and (o) of the Code solely for purposes of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA.

 

20

 

 

ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived), (b) a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan, (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any written notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice relating to the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multi employer Plan, (g) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA, (h) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice, concerning a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be insolvent within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or that a Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), (i) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice concerning a determination that a Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA) or (j) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to any Plan.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

 

Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

 

Excess Cash Flow” means, for any fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with and including the fiscal year ending on lune 30, 2021, the sum (without duplication) of:

 

(a)            Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, adjusted to exclude any gains or losses attributable to Prepayment Events, plus

 

(b)            depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or losses (including deferred income taxes) deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, plus

 

21

 

 

(c)            the amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital decreased during such fiscal year (except as a result of reclassification of items from short-term to long-term), minus

 

(d)            any non-cash gains or non-cash items of income included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, minus

 

(e)            the amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital increased during such fiscal year (except as a result of reclassification of items from long-term to short-term), minus

 

(f)             the amount of Capital Expenditures of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such fiscal year (except to the extent attributable to the incurrence of Capital Lease Obligations or otherwise financed by incurring Long-Term Indebtedness), minus

 

(g)            the aggregate principal amount of Long-Term Indebtedness repaid or prepaid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal year, excluding (i) Indebtedness in respect of Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit, (ii) Term Loans prepaid pursuant to Section 2.11(a), (c) or (d), and (iii) repayments or prepayments of Long-Term Indebtedness financed by the incurrence of other Long-Term Indebtedness by a parent or any Loan Party or the issuance of Equity Interests (or capital contributions in respect thereof) after the Third A&R Effective Date, minus

 

(h)            (A) the amount of Restricted Payments made by a Loan Party in such fiscal year pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 6.08(a), (B) the amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(x) to the extent that such Restricted Payments utilize the $7,500,000 basket set forth in clause (a)(i) of the definition of “Available Amount” and (C) the amount of any cash payment or other distribution made in respect of any Specified Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.08(b)(iii) to the extent that such cash payment or other distribution is made utilizing the $7,500,000 basket set forth in clause (a)(i) of the definition of “Available Amount”, minus

 

(i)             cash Taxes paid in such fiscal year that did not reduce Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year or any prior fiscal year ending after the Third A&R Effective Date, minus

 

(j)             cash payments made during such fiscal year in respect of non-cash charges that increased Excess Cash Flow in any prior fiscal year ending after the Third A&R Effective Date, minus

 

(k)            (A) the amount of Investments made pursuant to clauses (a), (j) and (s) of Section 6.04 and (B) the amount of Investments made pursuant to clause (r) of Section 6.04 to the extent that such Investments utilize the $7,500,000 basket set forth in clause (a)(i) of the definition of “Available Amount”, in each case under this clause (k), to the extent such Investments were not funded with the proceeds of Long-Term Indebtedness or the issuance of Equity Interests (or capital contributions in respect thereof).

 

Excluded Assets” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

 

22

 

 

Excluded Domestic Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is (i) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a CFC or (ii) a CFC Holdco.

 

Excluded Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary to the extent (and for so long as) a Guarantee by such Subsidiary would be prohibited or restricted by applicable law or by any restriction in any contract existing on the First Amendment Effective Date or, so long as any such restriction in any contract is not entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary, at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority or third party), (ii) Excluded Domestic Subsidiaries, (iii) any Subsidiary that is a CFC, (iv) Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (v) Captive Insurance Subsidiaries, (vi) not-for-profit Subsidiaries, (vii) special purpose entities reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (viii) any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary and (ix) any subsidiary where the Administrative Agent and the Borrower agree that the cost (including any adverse tax consequences) of obtaining a Guarantee by such Subsidiary would be excessive in light of the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving effect to any keepwell, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Loan Party and any and all guarantees of such Loan Party’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time the Guarantee of such Loan Party or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation but for such Loan Party’s failure to constitute an “eligible contract participant” at such time. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

 

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any Loan Party hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income (however denominated) (including any backup withholding with respect thereto) and franchise Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income Taxes), in each case as a result of (i) such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office, located in the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, or (ii) any other present or former connection between such Person and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising solely from such Person having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document), (b) any branch profits Taxes, or any similar Tax, imposed by any jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) in the case of a Lender, any U.S. federal withholding Taxes that are (or would be) required to be withheld from amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Commitment (or, to the extent a Lender acquires an interest in a Term Loan without acquiring an interest in the corresponding Commitment, the Term Loan) (in each case other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)), or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.17(a), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (d) any withholding Tax that is attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), and (e) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

23

 

 

Exigent Circumstances” means (i) an event or circumstance that materially and imminently threatens the ability of any Agent or any Lender to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraud, fraudulent or intentional removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof (other than to the extent covered by insurance), material breach of the covenants set forth in Section 6.08 or Section 6.09, the occurrence of a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Loan Party or the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) an exercise by another creditor of enforcement rights or remedies with respect to all or a material portion of the Collateral, or (iii) an event or circumstance that any Agent reasonably believes renders necessary or appropriate action or exercise of remedies to prevent or mitigate the destruction of, physical harm to, impairment of or decrease in value of a material portion of the Collateral or the rights and interests of the Secured Parties (including without limitation any loss of priority of the Liens securing the Obligations).

 

Existing Credit Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Existing Revolving Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Existing Term Loan Class” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21(a).

 

Extended Revolving Commitments” means revolving credit commitments established pursuant to Section 2.21 that are substantially identical to the Revolving Commitments except that such extended revolving commitments may have a later maturity date and different provisions with respect to interest rates and fees than those applicable to the Revolving Commitments.

 

Extended Term Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21(a).

 

Extending Term Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21(c).

 

Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21(c).

 

Extension Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21(a).

 

Facility” means a given Class of Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as the context may require.

 

Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Borrower.

 

24

 

 

 

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date hereof (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the current Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any applicable law or regulation pursuant to an intergovernmental agreement entered into to implement the foregoing.

 

FCPA” means the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. In no event shall the Federal Funds Effective Rate be less than 0%.

 

Fee Letter” means the $95,000,000 Credit Facilities Fee Letter, dated as of November 25, 2015, by and among the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Initial Borrower.

 

Financial Covenant” means the covenant of the Borrower set forth in Section 6.12.

 

Financial Covenant Default” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.

 

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower, in each case in his or her capacity as such.

 

First Amendment” means that certain Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2020.

 

First Amendment Effective Date” means the “Amendment Effective Date” as defined in the First Amendment.

 

Flood Insurance Laws” means, collectively, (i) National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (which comprehensively revised the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973) as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iii) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

 

Foreign Casualty Event” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(h).

 

Foreign Disposition” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(h).

 

25

 

 

Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is not a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time. If at any time the SEC permits or requires domestic companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Borrower may elect by written notice to the Administrative Agent to so use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. Notwithstanding any change to IFRS, all ratios and computations contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

 

Government Programs” means (i) the Medicare and Medicaid Programs, (ii) the United States Department of Defense Civilian Health Program for Uniformed Services and TRICARE, (iii) any state health plan adopted pursuant to Title XIX of the Social Security Act, and (iv) any other foreign or domestic federal, state or local reimbursement or governmental health care programs.

 

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. Governmental Authority shall include any agency, branch or other governmental body charged with the responsibility and/or vested with the authority to administer and/or enforce any Healthcare Laws, including any Medicare, Medicaid or other Government Program contractors, intermediaries or carriers.

 

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party or applicant in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which the Guarantee is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee.

 

26

 

 

Guarantors” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and shall include each Subsidiary Loan Party that shall have become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.12(a).

 

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive, radioactive, infectious, chemical, biological, medical, hazardous or toxic materials, substances, wastes or other pollutants or contaminants, including petroleum or petroleum byproducts, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and all other materials, substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Healthcare Laws” means all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any Governmental Authority with respect to the regulation of patient health care and the submission of claims for reimbursement including: (a) federal fraud and abuse laws and regulations, including, the federal patient referral law, 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn, commonly known as the Stark Law, the federal anti-kickback law, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b, the federal civil monetary penalty statute 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a, the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq., the exclusion laws, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7, all criminal laws relating to health care fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287, and the health care fraud criminal provisions under HIPAA, federal laws regarding the submission of false claims, false billing, false coding, collection of accounts receivable or refund of overpayments and similar state laws and regulations, (b) federal and state laws applicable to reimbursement and reassignment, (c) HIPAA and any state and local laws regulating the privacy and/or security of individually identifiable information, including state laws providing for notification of breach of privacy or security of individually identifiable information (collectively, “Privacy and Security Laws”), (d) Medicare, (e) statutes affecting the Tricare/CHAMPUS, Veterans, and black lung disease programs and any other health care program financed with United States, state or any other government funds or any other Government Program, (f) all federal statutes and regulations affecting the medical assistance program established by Titles V, XIX, XX, and XXI of the Social Security Act and any statutes succeeding thereto, and all state statutes and plans for medical assistance enacted in connection with the federal statutes and regulations, (g) the Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act, commonly known as “EMTALA”, (h) the Federal Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. § 801, et seq.), (i) Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. § 321 et seq., (j) the licensure or regulation of healthcare providers, suppliers, professionals, facilities or payors, (k) the provision of, or payment for, health care services, items or supplies, (1) quality, safety certification and accreditation standards and requirements, and (m) any other federal or state law or regulation governing health care or Programs of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (“PACE”) providers.

 

Healthcare Permits” has the meaning specified in Section 3.21(g).

 

27

 

 

HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act contained in the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act), and any successor statute thereto, and any and all rules or regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.

 

Holdings” means (A) TCO Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or (B) any other entity (such entity, a “Succeeding Holdings”) that becomes the immediate parent of the Borrower.

 

HPS” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

 

Impacted Interest Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “LIBO Rate.”

 

Incremental Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

 

Incremental Extensions of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(b).

 

Incremental Facility Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(b).

 

Incremental Loan Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c).

 

Incremental Revolving Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(b).

 

Incremental Term Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

 

Incremental Term Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c).

 

Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(b).

 

28

 

 

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) earn-outs and other contingent consideration obligations to the extent the amount thereof has not yet been determined based on the achievement of the applicable financial performance or other contingency for payment), (f) all obligations of others secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, but limited, in the event such secured obligations are nonrecourse to such Person, to the fair value of such property, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of the obligations of any other Person, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party or applicant in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (a) contingent obligations, including Guarantees, incurred in the ordinary course of business or in respect of operating leases, and not in respect of borrowed money, (b) deferred or prepaid revenues, (c) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (d) any amounts that any member of management, the employees or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries may become entitled to under any cash incentive, deferred compensation or employee benefit plan in existence from time to time, (e) the Acquisition Earn-Out or (f) solely with respect to the calculations of the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, earn-outs and other contingent consideration obligations incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or permitted Investments.

 

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

 

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b).

 

Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12.

 

Initial Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Initial Term Loan” means the Term Loans funded on the Closing Date.

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

 

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07; provided that a written Interest Election Request shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any conversion or continuance with respect to a Revolving Loan, the Revolver Agent.

 

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

 

29

 

 

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter (or twelve months or a shorter period as may be agreed by the Borrower, the Applicable Agent and all Lenders participating therein) and, in each case, as the Borrower may elect in the Borrowing Request; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

Interpolated Rate” means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the LIBO Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that LIBO Screen Rate is available) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that LIBO Screen Rate is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

 

Investments” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04.

 

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Issuing Bank” means any Person that becomes an Issuing Bank with the approval of, and pursuant to an agreement with and in form and substance satisfactory to, the Revolver Agent and the Borrower in such Person’s capacity as Issuing Bank hereunder and together with its successors.

 

Joint Lead Arrangers” means Capital One and HPS.

 

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement or another agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

 

Latest Maturity Date” means, at any date of determination and with respect to the specified Loans or Commitments (or in the absence of any such specification, all outstanding Loans and Commitments hereunder), the latest Maturity Date applicable to any such Loans or Commitments hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Extended Term Loan, any Extended Revolving Commitment, any Incremental Term Loans and any Incremental Revolving Commitments, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

 

30

 

 

LC Disbursement” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate LC Exposure at such time.

 

LCT Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.07(f).

 

LCT Test Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.07(f).

 

Lenders” means each Person that was a lender on the Closing Date, the Effective Date, the Second A&R Closing Date and/or on the Third A&R Effective Date and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or an Additional Credit Extension Amendment, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

 

Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued or deemed issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

 

LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period) as displayed on pages LIBOR0l or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case the “LIBO Screen Rate”) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement; provided, further, that if the LIBO Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”) then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate; provided that if any Interpolated Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the LIBO Rate as determined above for any Interest Period would be less than 1.25%, then the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period shall instead be 1.25%.

 

LIBO Screen Rate” has the meaning provided in the definition of “LIBO Rate.”

 

Licensed Personnel” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21(b).

 

31

 

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset or other arrangement to provide priority or preference with respect to such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party (other than customary rights of first refusal and tag, drag and similar rights in joint venture agreements (other than any such agreement in respect of any Subsidiary)) with respect to such securities.

 

Limitation” means a revocation, suspension, termination, impairment, probation, limitation, nonrenewal, forfeiture, declaration of ineligibility, loss of status as a participating provider in any Third Party Payor Arrangement, and the loss of any other rights.

 

Limited Condition Transaction” means (i) any acquisition by one or more of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing, (ii) any permitted Investment whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing and (iii) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment.

 

Loan Document Obligations” means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrower of (i) the principal of, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on, the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and obligations to provide cash collateral (“L/C Reimbursement Obligations”), and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower to any of the Secured Parties under this Agreement and each other Loan Document, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance in full of all the obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Loan Documents” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.09(e), (iii) any Additional Credit Extension Amendment, (iv) the Security Documents, (v) the Fee Letter, (vi) the Supplemental Fee Letter, (vii) the Agent Fee Letter, (viii) the Third A&R Supplemental Fee Letter and (ix) any other amendment or joinder to the foregoing.

 

Loan Parties” means Holdings, the Borrower, and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

 

32

 

 

Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or an Additional Credit Extension Amendment.

 

Long-Term Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability (excluding Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans or extensions of credit under any other revolving credit or similar facility).

 

Management Agreement” means that certain Resource Group Management Services Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2016, by and among TCO Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Holdings, Initial Borrower, TCO and WCAS Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Management Special Bonuses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.08(a)(ix).

 

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform any obligation under any Loan Document or (c) the rights of, or benefits available to, the Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, Collateral Agent or one or more Lenders under any Loan Document.

 

Material Disposition” means the sale by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of assets (including the capital stock of a Subsidiary or a business unit) for aggregate consideration (including amounts received in connection with post-closing payment adjustments, earn-outs and noncompete payments) of at least $5,000,000.

 

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $7,500,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

Material Real Property” means a real property owned in fee (i) identified on Schedule 1.01-A or (ii) with a Fair Market Value greater than $1,500,000, as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith.

 

33

 

 

Material Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary (when combined with the assets of such Subsidiary’s Restricted Subsidiaries after eliminating intercompany obligations) (i) whose total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) have been delivered were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (ii) whose revenues during such Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (in the case of any determination relating to any Specified Transaction, on a Pro Forma Basis including the revenues of any Person being acquired in connection therewith), in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries (except pursuant to clause (viii) of the definition thereof)) have, in the aggregate, (a) total assets at the last day of such Test Period equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) revenues during such Test Period equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, then the Borrower shall, on or prior to the date on which financial statements for the last quarter of such Test Period are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries as Material Subsidiaries for each fiscal period until this proviso is no longer applicable.

 

Maturity Date” means (i) with respect to the Third A&R Term Loans, the Third A&R Term Loan Maturity Date, (ii) with respect to the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Maturity Date, (iii) with respect to any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Commitments, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment and (iv) with respect to any Class of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment with respect thereto accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders; provided that, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately succeeding such day.

 

Maximum Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13.

 

Medical Services” means medical and health care services provided to a Person by Licensed Personnel provided by a Loan Party and other respective employees, independent contractors and leased personnel whether or not covered by a policy of insurance issued by an insurer, and includes physician services, nurse practitioner services and physician’s assistant services provided by Licensed Personnel supplied by a Loan Party, its respective employees, independent contractors and leased personnel to a Person for a valid and proper medical or health purpose.

 

Medicare and Medicaid Programs” means the programs established under Title XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act and any successor programs performing similar functions.

 

Merger” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Minimum Third A&R Equity Contribution” means the Buyer (together with any applicable Permitted Co-Investors) shall have made, or substantially concurrently therewith, shall make, cash equity contributions directly or indirectly to the Buyer’s acquisition vehicle on or prior to the Third A&R Effective Date in an aggregate amount equal to, when combined with the fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of any Equity Interests of any of the Permitted Investors, management and other existing equityholders of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) rolled over or invested, directly or indirectly, in connection with the Third A&R Acquisition (such cash equity contributed by the Buyer and any applicable Permitted CoInvestors, taken together with the fair market value of any Equity Interests of any of the Permitted Investors, management and other existing equityholders of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) rolled over or invested, directly or indirectly, in connection with the Third A&R Acquisition, the “Third A&R Equity Contribution”), at least 50% of the sum of Consolidated Total Net Indebtedness and the amount of such cash equity contributed as of the Third A&R Effective Date, in each case, determined on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto and all other Third A&R Transactions (including the repayment or incurrence of Indebtedness) consummated in connection therewith.

 

34

 

 

MNPI” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.07(b).

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Mortgage” means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents, leasehold mortgage or other security document granting a Lien on any Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations. Each Mortgage shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent.

 

Mortgaged Property” means, initially, each Material Real Property identified on Schedule 1.01-A and includes each other Material Real Property with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.12 or 5.13.

 

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any event, (a) the cash proceeds received in respect of such event including (i) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but excluding any interest payments), but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, net of (b) the sum of (i) all reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties (other than Affiliates) in connection with such event, (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), the amount of all payments required to be made as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than Loans and other Indebtedness secured by Liens ranking pari passu or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations) secured by such asset or otherwise subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event and (iii) the amount of all taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable) and the amount of any reserves established to fund liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, in each case during the year that such event occurred or the next succeeding year and that are directly attributable to such event (as determined reasonably and in good faith by a Financial Officer); provided that, other than in connection with the sale or other disposition of real property and related assets pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction, no net proceeds calculated in accordance with the foregoing of less than $750,000 realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds.

 

Net Working Capital” means, at any date, (a) the consolidated current assets of Holdings, the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of such date (excluding cash and Permitted Investments) minus (b) the consolidated current liabilities of Holdings, the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of such date (excluding current liabilities in respect of Indebtedness). Net Working Capital at any date may be a positive or negative number. Net Working Capital increases when it becomes more positive or less negative and decreases when it becomes less positive or more negative.

 

35

 

 

New Third A&R Term Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 

NewCourtland Acquisition” means the acquisition of NewCourtland LIFE Program by Borrower pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 11, 2018, among Borrower, NewCourtland LIFE Program and NewCourtland Elder Services, which acquisition constituted a Permitted Acquisition.

 

NewCourtland Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2018, by and among the Borrower, NewCourtland Life Program and NewCourtland Elder Services, as subsequently amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, in each case in a manner not materially adverse to the Agents or the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

NewCourtland Earn-Out” means the earn-out obligation of the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 1.7 of the NewCourtland Acquisition Agreement.

 

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(b).

 

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate” means any Affiliate of Holdings (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower) that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate.

 

Non-Loan Party” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

 

Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(e).

 

Obligations” means (a) Loan Document Obligations, (b) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and (c) Cash Management Obligations (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding); provided that the “Obligations” shall in no event include any Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

 

OID” means original issue discount.

 

Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any Person, collectively, (a) such Person’s articles or certificate of incorporation, articles or certificate of organization, certificate of limited partnership, certificate of formation, or comparable documents filed or recorded with the applicable Governmental Authority of such Person’s jurisdiction of formation and (b) such Person’s, bylaws, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other comparable organizational or governing documents.

 

36

 

 

Original Term Loans” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Other Taxes” means any and all present or future recording, stamp, court or documentary, intangible filing, transfer, or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, enforcement, registration, filing or recording of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment or designation of a new office made pursuant to Section 2.19) as a result of any other present or former connection between such Person and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such Person having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Otherwise Applied” means, with respect to any Net Proceeds, the amount of such Net Proceeds that was (i) required to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.11 or (ii) otherwise previously applied under the Loan Documents.

 

Pari Passu Debt” means, at any time, the Loans, all unfunded Commitments, and all other Indebtedness (including, without limitation, all Refinancing Indebtedness) outstanding, and unfunded commitments to fund other Indebtedness, that is secured by all or a portion of the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations.

 

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).

 

Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).

 

Patriot Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.14.

 

Payment Agreement” means that certain Payment Agreement, dated as of the Third A&R Effective Date, by Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII, L.P., as payor, the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agents and the Required Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in each case in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Perfection Certificate” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit C or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent.

 

Permits” means, with respect to any Person, any permit, supplier or provider number, accreditation, approval, authorization, license, registration, certificate, concession, grant, franchise, variance or permission from, and any other contractual obligations with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or operations or to which such Person or any of its property or operations is subject.

 

37

 

 

Permitted Acquisition” means any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person (a “Target”) or of assets constituting a business unit, a division or line of business of a Target or a facility of such Target (including research and development and related assets in respect of any product) or (b) the Equity Interests of a Target, subject to:

 

(A)            except with respect to an acquisition in which the acquisition consideration is less than $10,000,000, the Borrower or such Guarantor having delivered to Administrative Agent (i) a description of the proposed acquisition and (ii) to the extent available, a due diligence package, in each case at least two (2) days prior to closing of the acquisition or such shorter period as Administrative Agent may accept;

 

(B)            if Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the majority of the Equity Interests of any Person in connection with such acquisition, solely to the extent required by, and subject to the limitation set forth in, Section 5.12, the acquired Person and its Subsidiaries becoming Guarantors and pledging their Collateral to the Collateral Agent; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments in Non-Loan Parties by Loan Parties in connection with all Permitted Acquisitions shall not, except as otherwise permitted by Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(a)), exceed $5,000,000;

 

(C)            the absence of (i) in the case of a Limited Condition Transaction, (x) any Event of Default at the time of entering into the definitive agreement for such acquisition and (y) an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (g) or (h) immediately before and after giving effect to such Limited Condition Transaction and any Indebtedness assumed or incurred in connection therewith, and (ii) in any other case, any Event of Default immediately before and after giving effect to such acquisition and any Indebtedness assumed or incurred in connection therewith;

 

(D)            if such acquisition is funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness or any Indebtedness is assumed in connection therewith, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the acquisition and the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio not exceeding the maximum Secured Net Leverage Ratio required by the Financial Covenant at such time;

 

(E)            the proposed acquisition being consensual (not “hostile”), and, if applicable, being approved by the Target’s Board of Directors; and

 

(F)            after giving Pro Forma Effect to the acquisition, the unused availability under the Revolving Credit Facility plus unrestricted cash and Permitted Investments of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries being not less than $5,000,000.

 

Permitted Business” means (i) any business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Third A&R Effective Date and (ii) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Third A&R Effective Date.

 

38

 

 

Permitted Co-Investor” means (a) prior to the Third A&R Effective Date, any Person that has an equity investment in Holdings as of the Closing Date, and (b) on and after the Third A&R Effective Date, any person that has an equity investment in Holdings as of the Third A&R Effective Date and which was disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent on the First Amendment Effective Date, in each case, other than a Permitted Investor.

 

Permitted Distributions” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.08(a)(ix).

 

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

 

(a)             Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due and payable or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.05,

 

(b)             carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Liens or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions, in each case if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP or the equivalent accounting principles in the relevant local jurisdiction;

 

(c)             pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, other social security benefits or other insurance-related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto),

 

(d)             deposits and pledges to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, public or statutory obligations, progress payments, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business,

 

(e)             judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under paragraph (i) of Section 7.01,

 

(f)              minor survey exceptions, easements or reservations of rights for others for, licenses, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, minor defects or irregularities of title and other similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not either detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case in any material respect, taken as a whole,

 

(g)             landlords’ and lessors’ and other like Liens in respect of rent not in default,

 

(h)             any Liens shown on the title insurance policies in favor of the Collateral Agent insuring the Liens of the Mortgages,

 

(i)              leases or subleases which are subordinate to the Lien of any Mortgage, and

 

39

 

 

 

(j)              Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;

 

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Holder” means any of the following: (i) any of the Permitted Investors or their respective Affiliates, (ii) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by a Permitted Investor or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle and (iii) each partner, officer, director, principal or member of the Permitted Investors or any Affiliate of the Permitted Investors.

 

Permitted Initial Revolving Loan Borrowing Purposes” means one or more Borrowings of Revolving Loans that, do not in the aggregate, exceed the amount sufficient to fund certain OID or upfront fees in connection with the Initial Term Loans and Revolving Commitments as agreed with the Arranger.

 

Permitted Investments” means:

 

(a)           United States dollars or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary, any other currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(b)           direct obligations of, or obligations of the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof,

 

(c)           direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state, or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition,

 

(d)           investments in commercial paper maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a credit rating from S&P or Moody’s of at least A2 or P2, respectively,

 

(e)            investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000,

 

(f)             Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or “A2” or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

40

 

 

(g)            fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (b) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (e) above, and

 

(h)            investments in money market funds that comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (g) above.

 

Permitted Investors” means each of (i) Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (ii) Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (iii) Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (iv) Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Cayman, L.P., a Cayman exempted limited partnership, (v) WCAS XII Co-Investors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (vi) WCAS Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation and (vii) Apax.

 

Permitted Liens” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

 

Permitted Payment Restriction” shall mean any encumbrance or restriction (each, a “restriction”) on the ability of any Qualified Joint Venture to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, which restriction would not materially impair the Borrower’s ability to make scheduled payments of cash interest and to make required principal payments on the Loans, as reasonably determined by the Borrower.

 

Permitted Refinancing” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(a)            the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions, discounts and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith),

 

(b)           either (a) such Permitted Refinancing has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged or (b) all scheduled payments on or in respect of such Permitted Refinancing (other than interest payments) shall be at least 91 days following the final scheduled maturity of the Loans,

 

(c)            if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is Subordinated Indebtedness, such Permitted Refinancing is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the holders of the Obligations as those contained in the documentation governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged,

 

41

 

 

(d)           such Indebtedness is incurred (i) by the Borrower or by any Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, (ii) by any Loan Party if the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is a Loan Party; or by any Non-Loan Party if the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is a Non-Loan Party, and

 

(e)           such Indebtedness is not secured by any assets other than the assets that secured the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and if the Liens securing such Indebtedness were subject to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the Collateral Agent, the Liens securing such new Indebtedness shall be subject to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, with the Collateral Agent on terms not less favorable to the Secured Parties than the terms of such existing Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

 

Permitted Security” means (a) common stock of Holdings or (b) Qualified Preferred Stock, in each case (i) (x) issued to the Permitted Investors for cash or (y) issued to any other Person that makes an equity investment in Holdings in connection with the Transactions and (ii) the proceeds of which are contributed by Holdings to the Borrower in exchange for common stock or as a capital contribution.

 

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Prepayment Event” means:

 

(a)           any sale, transfer or other disposition of any property or asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $750,000 per transaction (or series of related transactions) and $1,500,000 in any fiscal year, other than (i) dispositions described in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of Section 6.05 or (ii) dispositions pursuant to clause (e) of Section 6.05 to the extent the property subject to such transaction was acquired after the Third A&R Effective Date and such acquisition was funded by the issuance of Equity Interests by Holdings (or capital contributions in respect thereof) substantially simultaneously with such acquisition, or

 

(b)           any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $750,000, or

 

(c)            the incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of (x) any Refinancing Indebtedness or (y) any Indebtedness not permitted under Section 6.01.

 

42

 

 

Prime Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the United States or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent), (b) the sum of 0.50% per annum and the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and (c) the sum of (x) the LIBO Rate calculated for each such day based on an Interest Period of one month determined two Business Days prior to such day (but for the avoidance of doubt not less than one percent (1.00%) per annum), plus (y) the excess of the Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Loans over the Applicable Rate for ABR Loans, in each instance, as of such day. Any change in the Prime Rate due to a change in any of the foregoing shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the “bank prime loan” rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the LIBO Rate for an Interest Period of one month.

 

Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination or calculation of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with Section 1.07.

 

Pro Forma Compliance” means, with respect to the Financial Covenant, compliance on a Pro Forma Basis in accordance with Section 1.07.

 

Proceeding” means any investigation, inquiry, litigation, review, hearing, suit, claim, audit, arbitration, proceeding or action (in each case, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Authority or arbitrator.

 

Proposed Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(b).

 

Public-Sider” means a Lender whose representatives may trade in securities of the Borrower or its controlling person or any of its Subsidiaries while in possession of the financial statements provided by the Borrower under the terms of this Agreement.

 

Purchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 9.20(a).

 

Qualified Counterparty” means any Person which is a party to a Swap Agreement or a Cash Management Agreement with the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and that is or was a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender on the Third A&R Effective Date or at the time it enters into such Swap Agreement or Cash Management Agreement, as applicable, in its capacity as a party thereto.

 

Qualified Joint Venture” shall mean any joint venture that satisfies each of the following requirements: (1) except for Permitted Payment Restrictions, there are no consensual restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the ability of such joint venture to pay dividends or make distributions to the holders of its Equity Interests; (2) (a) such joint venture customarily pays or makes, (b) the operating agreement (or equivalent governing document, management agreement or similar agreement) of such joint venture expressly contemplates, or (c) the managers or partners (or equivalent governing body) of such joint venture have adopted a policy to pay, regular monthly, quarterly or semi-annual dividends or distributions to the holders of its Equity Interests in an amount equal to substantially all of the available cash flow of such joint venture for such period, subject to such ordinary and customary reserves and other amounts as, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of such joint venture, may be necessary so that the business of such joint venture may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times, (3) the Equity Interests of such joint venture consist solely of (a) Equity Interests owned by the Borrower or one or more Loan Parties, and (b) Equity Interests owned by Strategic Investors and (4) the primary business of such Qualified Joint Venture is a Permitted Business.

 

43

 

 

Qualified Preferred Stock” means common stock or preferred stock of Holdings that (a) does not require the payment of cash dividends (it being understood that cumulative dividends shall be permitted), (b) is not mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence thereof (other than upon an event of default or change of control; provided that any such payment is subordinated (whether by contract or pursuant to Holdings’ charter or the certificate of designations of such preferred stock) in right of payment to the Obligations on the terms set forth in the certificate of incorporation of Holdings in existence on the Closing Date or such other terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (c) contains no maintenance covenants, other covenants materially adverse to the Lenders or remedies (other than voting rights) and (d) is convertible only into common equity of Holdings or securities that would constitute Qualified Preferred Stock.

 

Rate Contract” means Swap Agreements and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness” means (i) any Refinancing Term Loans and (ii) any Refinancing Revolving Commitments.

 

Refinancing Revolving Commitments” means any Incremental Revolving Commitments that are designated by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as “Refinancing Revolving Commitments” in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment; provided that on the date of effectiveness thereof the Borrower reduces the aggregate amount of a Class of Revolving Commitments, Extended Revolving Commitments or previously established Incremental Revolving Commitments by a corresponding amount.

 

Refinancing Term Loans” means any Incremental Term Loans that are designated by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as “Refinancing Term Loans” in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment.

 

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b).

 

Reimbursement Approvals” means, with respect to all Government Programs, any and all certifications, provider or supplier numbers, enrollments, provider agreements, participation agreements, accreditations and any other similar agreements with or approvals by any Governmental Authority or other Person necessary to participate and receive reimbursement from a Government Program.

 

44

 

 

Rejection Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(g).

 

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, members, partners, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within, into or from any building, structure, facility or fixture.

 

Replacement Term Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

 

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at such time (disregarding any of the foregoing of a Defaulting Lender); provided, that the term “Required Lenders” shall include ULTra at all times that it remains a Lender so long as ULTra has not voluntarily assigned to a Person other than another Unitranche Lender 50% or more of the Loans and Commitments held by ULTra on the Third A&R Effective Date (immediately after giving effect to the funding of the New Third A&R Term Loans).

 

Required Revolving Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments at such time (disregarding any of the foregoing of a Defaulting Lender).

 

Required Term Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments in respect of Term Loans representing more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments in respect of Term Loans at such time (disregarding any of the foregoing of a Defaulting Lender); provided, that the term “Required Term Lenders” shall include ULTra at all times that it remains a Term Lender so long as ULTra has not voluntarily assigned to a Person other than another Uni tranche Lender 50% or more of the Term Loans and unused Commitments with respect to Term Loans held by ULTra on the Third A&R Effective Date.

 

Requirement of Law” means, with respect to any Person, (i) the Organizational Documents of such Person and (ii) any statute, law, treaty, rule, regulation, order, decree, writ, injunction or determination of any arbitrator or court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject, including all Healthcare Laws.

 

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, chief administrative officer, secretary or assistant secretary, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer or Person performing similar functions of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

45

 

 

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment thereon (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests; provided that the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not constitute a Restricted Payment but shall constitute an Investment.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Revolver Agent” means Capital One in its capacity as revolver agent for the Revolving Lenders hereunder, and any successor revolver agent.

 

Revolver Purchase Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.20(a).

 

Revolving Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (a) the Revolving Maturity Date and (b) the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

 

Revolving Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder, which commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 opposite such Lender’s name under the heading “Revolving Commitment”, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Revolving Commitment Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

 

Revolving Credit Facility” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Revolving Creditor” means each Revolving Lender, the Swingline Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Revolver Agent and, to the extent its claim arises in connection with the credit facility evidenced by the Revolving Commitments, each other Indemnitee and holder of an Obligation of a Loan Party.

 

Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans at such time.

 

Revolving Lender” means a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.

 

Revolving Loan” means the Loans made pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) of Section 2.01.

 

Revolving Loan Obligations” means all Obligations arising under or in respect of the Revolving Commitments.

 

46

 

 

Revolving Loan Outstandings” means at any time of calculation (i) the sum of the then existing aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans plus the then existing L/C Reimbursement Obligations and (ii) when used with reference to any single Lender, the sum of the then existing outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans advanced by such Lender plus the then existing L/C Reimbursement Obligations for the account of such Lender.

 

Revolving Maturity Date” means the fifth anniversary of the Third A&R Effective Date.

 

Riverside Acquisition” means the acquisition of certain assets of Riverside Retirement Services, Inc. by InnovAge Virginia PACE II, LLC pursuant to the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, among InnovAge Virginia PACE II, LLC, Riverside Retirement Services, Inc. and Riverside Healthcare Association, Inc., which acquisition constituted a Permitted Acquisition.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc.

 

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any comprehensive, country-based Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any other Person located, organized or ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person 50% or more of the Equity Interests of which are owned by one or more Persons referenced in clause (a).

 

Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Second A&R Closing Date” means May 2, 2019.

 

Second A&R Closing Date Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment” has the meaning set forth in the recitals, it being agreed that the aggregate amount of all Second A&R Closing Date Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of the Lenders (x) was $45,000,000 on the Second A&R Closing Date and (y) is $0 as of the Third A&R Effective Date.

 

Second A&R Closing Date Term Loans” means the Term Loans funded on the Second A&R Closing Date.

 

Second A&R Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Permitted Investors, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the Borrower or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Second A&R Transactions.

 

47

 

 

Second A&R Transactions” means, collectively, the funding of the Second A&R Closing Date Term Loans on the Second A&R Closing Date, the Maturity Extension, the establishment of the Second A&R Closing Date Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, the Revolver Upsize (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents to be entered into on the Second A&R Closing Date.

 

Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Qualified Counterparty.

 

Secured Indebtedness” at any date means the aggregate principal amount of Total Indebtedness outstanding at such date that consists of Indebtedness that in each case is then secured by Liens on any property or assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

 

Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Net Indebtedness as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

 

Secured Parties” means (a) the Lenders, (b) the Collateral Agent, (c) the Administrative Agent, (d) the Revolver Agent, (e) the Issuing Bank, (f) each Qualified Counterparty, (g) each Indemnitee, and (h) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

 

Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Security Documents” means the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements (if applicable), each reaffirmation agreement or other similar agreement delivered in connection with any or all of the foregoing and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.12 or 5.13 to secure any of the Obligations.

 

series” means, with respect to any Extended Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Replacement Term Loans, all such Term Loans that have the same maturity date, amortization and interest rate provisions and that are designated as part of such “series” pursuant to the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment.

 

Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and (d) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

 

48

 

 

Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations” means such of the representations and warranties made by or with respect to TCO and its Subsidiaries in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings has (or its applicable Affiliate has) the right, pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, to terminate its (or such Affiliate’s) obligation under the Acquisition Agreement to consummate the Target Acquisition (or the right not to consummate the Target Acquisition pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement) as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.

 

Specified Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.08(b).

 

Specified Representations” means those representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in Section 3.01(a) (with respect to organizational existence only), Section 3.01(b) (as relates to the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents), Section 3.02 (as relates to due authorization, execution, delivery and enforceability of the Loan Documents), Section 3.03 (with respect to charter documents and limited to execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, borrowing under, guaranteeing under and granting of security interests in the Collateral), Section 3.08, Section 3.15, Section 3.16, the last sentence of Section 3.19(a), Section 3.19(b)(i) and (b)(ii) and Section 3.20.

 

Specified Transactions” means (a) the Transactions, (b) any acquisition (including a Permitted Acquisition), any Material Disposition, any sale, transfer or other disposition that results in a Person ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary, any involuntary disposition, any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, any Restricted Payment, any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or (c) any other event that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires Pro Forma Compliance with a test or covenant or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Person serving as the Administrative Agent (or any Affiliate thereof) is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Strategic Investors” shall mean hospitals, health systems, other healthcare companies and other similar strategic joint venture partners.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations expressly by its terms.

 

49

 

 

Subsequent Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.07(f).

 

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held.

 

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Subsidiary Loan Party” means any Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary).

 

Succeeding Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Holdings.”

 

Supplemental Fee Letter” means the Supplemental Fee Letter, dated as of the Second A&R Closing Date, by and between the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Borrower.

 

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

 

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section la(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Swingline Lender” means Capital One, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder, together with its successors in such capacity.

 

Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Swingline Sublimit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

 

Target Acquisition” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

50

 

 

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Term Creditor” means each Term Lender and, to the extent its claim arises in connection with the Term Loans, each other Indemnitee and holder of an Obligation of a Loan Party.

 

Term Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Loan and/or Commitment with respect to a Term Loan at such time.

 

Term Loan Obligations” means all Obligations arising under or in respect of the Term Loans.

 

Term Loans” means the Third A&R Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans of each series, the Replacement Term Loan and the Extended Term Loans of each series, collectively, or as the context may require.

 

Test Period” means, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended as of such date of determination.

 

Third A&R Acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by the Buyer of equity interests of TCO Group Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement.

 

Third A&R Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2020, by and among Ignite Aggregator LP, TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and each of the Sellers party thereto.

 

Third A&R Acquisition Agreement Representations” means the representations and warranties regarding TCO Group Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries in the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Agents and the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Sellers (as defined therein) have the right to terminate its obligations under the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement (or the right not to consummate the Third A&R Acquisition pursuant to the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement) as a result of a failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct.

 

Third A&R Acquisition Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.08(a)(ix).

 

Third A&R Effective Date” means the date that all the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders).

 

Third A&R Equity Contribution” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Minimum Third A&R Equity Contribution”.

 

Third A&R Supplemental Fee Letter” means the Third A&R Supplemental Fee Letter, dated as of the Third A&R Effective Date, by and between the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Borrower.

 

51

 

 

Third A&R Term Loan Commitment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Third A&R Term Loan Facility” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Third A&R Term Loan Maturity Date” means the sixth anniversary of the Third A&R Effective Date.

 

Third A&R Term Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Third A&R Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Permitted Investors, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the Borrower or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Third A&R Transactions.

 

Third A&R Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the Third A&R Acquisition and other related transactions expressly contemplated by the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement, (b) the Third A&R Equity Contribution, (c) the Amendment and Restatement and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents to be entered into, or that become effective, on the Third A&R Effective Date, (d) the funding of the New Third A&R Term Loans on the Third A&R Effective Date, (e) the payment of the Third A&R Acquisition Distribution and (f) the payment of Third A&R Transaction Expenses.

 

Third Party Payor” means any Government Program and any quasipublic agency, Blue Cross, Blue Shield and any managed care plans and organizations, including health maintenance organizations and preferred provider organizations and private commercial insurance companies and any similar third party arrangements, plans or programs for payment or reimbursement in connection with the provision or supply of health care services, products or supplies.

 

Third Party Payor Arrangement” means any arrangement, plan or program for payment or reimbursement by any Third Party Payor in connection with the provision or supply of healthcare services, products or supplies.

 

Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date (and, in the case of any determination relating to any Specified Transaction, on a Pro Forma Basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).

 

Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, in the amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Net Indebtedness as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

 

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Permitted Investors, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Buyer, the Buyer or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options and/or restricted stock).

 

52

 

 

Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the Target Acquisition, the Merger, and other related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, (b) the Equity Contribution, (c) the funding of the Initial Term Loans and the initial Revolving Loans (to the extent borrowed for any Permitted Initial Revolving Loan Borrowing Purposes, if any) borrowed on the Closing Date and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date, (d) the payment of Transaction Expenses, (e) the Second A&R Transactions and (f) the Third A&R Transactions.

 

Trigger Event of Default” means an Event of Default under (i) Section 7.01(a), (ii) Section 7.01(b), (iii) Section 7.01(d) arising from the failure of the Borrower or other Loan Party to observe or perform obligations under Section 5.01(a) (and the continuation of such failure for 45 days), Section 5.01(b) (and the continuation of such failure for 30 days), Section 5.01(d)(B) (and the continuation of such failure for 45 days in the case of reports to accompany financial statements deliverable under Section 5.01(a) or 30 days in the case of reports to accompany financials statements deliverable under Section 5.01(b)), Section 5.01(d)(A) (and the continuation of such failure for 45 days in the case of a Compliance Certificate to accompany financial statements deliverable under Section 5.01(a) or 30 days in the case of a Compliance Certificate to accompany financial statements deliverable under Section 5.01(b)), Section 5.01(e) (and the continuation of such failure for 30 days), Section 6.02, Section 6.05, Section 6.03, Section 6.04, Section 6.01, Section 6.09, Section 6.08, Section 6.11, Section 6.06, Section 6.12, (iv) Section 7.01(f), (v) Section 7.01(g), (vi) Section 7.01(h), (vii) Section 7.01(i), (viii) Section 7.01(k), (ix) Section 7.01(1), (x) Section 7.01(m) and (xi) Section 7.01(o).

 

Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

 

ULTra” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Unitranche Lenders” means Capital One, ULTra, UPS and each of their respective Affiliates.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.14 subsequent to the Closing Date.

 

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(e)(ii)(B)(3).

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining scheduled installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required scheduled payments of principal, including payment at final scheduled maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided that the effects of any prepayments made on such Indebtedness shall be disregarded in making such calculation.

 

53

 

 

wholly owned” means with respect to any Person, a subsidiary of such Person all the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) directors’ qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in ERISA.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Yield” for any Indebtedness on any date of determination will be determined by the Administrative Agent utilizing (a) if applicable, any “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Indebtedness on such date, (b) the interest margin for such Indebtedness on such date, and (c) the issue price of such Indebtedness (after giving effect to any OID (with OID being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year average life to maturity on a straight-line basis)) or upfront fees (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) paid to the market in respect of such Indebtedness but excluding customary arranger, closing, underwriting, commitment, structuring, ticking, unused line, amendment fees and other similar fees not paid generally to all lenders of such Indebtedness.

 

Section 1.02          Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

 

Section 1.03           Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements, amendment and restatements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

54

 

 

 

Section 1.04           Accounting Terms; GAAP.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, provided that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision (including any definition) hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision (including any definition) hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) the definitions set forth in the Loan Documents and any financial calculations required by the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude any change to lease accounting rules from those in effect pursuant to ASC Topic 842 (Leases) and other related lease accounting guidance as in effect on the Closing Date and (ii) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to (A) any election under ASC Topic 825 to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (B) the consolidation of variable interest entities in accordance with ASC Topic 810 and (C) the portion of any Indebtedness attributable to any non-wholly owned Subsidiary that corresponds to the non-controlling interest share owned by third parties in such non-wholly owned Subsidiary.

 

Section 1.05           [Reserved].

 

Section 1.06           Available Amount Transactions. If more than one action occurs on any given date the permissibility of the taking of which is determined hereunder by reference to the amount of the Available Amount immediately prior to the taking of such action, the permissibility of the taking of each such action shall be determined independently and in no event may any two or more such actions be treated as occurring simultaneously.

 

55

 

 

Section 1.07          Pro Forma Calculations.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, financial ratios and tests, including the Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Total Net Leverage Ratio, and compliance with covenants determined by reference to Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets, shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.07; provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b), (c), (d) or (f) of this Section 1.07, (A) when calculating any such ratio or test for purposes of Section 6.12 (other than for the purpose of determining Pro Forma Compliance with Section 6.12), the events described in this Section 1.07 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given Pro Forma Effect and cash and Permitted Investments included on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be taken into account in lieu of cash or Permitted Investments as of the last day of the relevant Test Period and (B) when calculating any such ratio or test for purposes of the incurrence of any Indebtedness, cash and Permitted Investments resulting from the incurrence of any such Indebtedness shall be excluded from the pro forma calculation of any applicable ratio or test. In addition, whenever a financial ratio or test is to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, the reference to the “Test Period” for purposes of calculating such financial ratio or test shall be deemed to be a reference to, and shall be based on, the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements of the Borrower have been delivered prior to the Closing Date or pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) (it being understood that for purposes of determining Pro Forma Compliance with Section 6.12, if no Test Period with an applicable level cited in Section 6.12 has passed, the applicable level shall be the level for the first Test Period cited in Section 6.12 with an indicated level).

 

(b)           For purposes of calculating any financial ratio or test or compliance with any covenant determined by reference to Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets, Specified Transactions (with any incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith to be subject to clause (d) of this Section 1.07) that (i) have been made during the applicable Test Period or (ii) if applicable as described in clause (a) above, have been made subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or substantially concurrently with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period (or, in the case of Total Assets, on the last day of the applicable Test Period). If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.07, then such financial ratio or test (or Total Assets) shall be calculated to give Pro Forma Effect thereto in accordance with this Section 1.07.

 

(c)           Whenever Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and, in the case of any “Test Period” determined by reference to financial statements of the Borrower most recently delivered prior to the Closing Date or pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies resulting from or relating to, any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) to the extent permitted by the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

(d)           In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by repurchase, redemption, repayment, retirement, discharge, defeasance or extinguishment) any Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid (other than any repayment from the proceeds of other Indebtedness) under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and not replaced) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then such financial ratio or test shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repurchase, redemption, repayment, retirement, discharge, defeasance or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock, in each case to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period.

 

56

 

 

(e)          [Reserved].

 

(f)           As relates to any action being taken solely in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

 

(i)            determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement (other than the Financial Covenant) which requires the calculation of any financial ratio or test, including Secured Net Leverage Ratio and Total Net Leverage Ratio, or

 

(ii)           testing availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets determined by reference to Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets),

 

in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the Limited Condition Transaction (and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith, including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, as if they had occurred on the first day of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCT Test Date (except with respect to any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness for purposes of the calculation of any leverage-based test or ratio, which shall in each case be treated as if they had occurred on the last day of such Test Period)), the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket, such ratio, test or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with; provided that if financial statements for one or more subsequent fiscal periods shall have become available, the Borrower may elect, in its sole discretion, to redetermine all such ratios, tests or baskets on the basis of such financial statements, in which case, such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the applicable LCT Test Date. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would have failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, the making of Restricted Payments, the making of any Investment, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower, the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness, or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (each, aSubsequent Transaction”) following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining whether such Subsequent Transaction is permitted under this Agreement, any such ratio, test or basket shall be required to be satisfied (i) on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated and (ii) assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have not been consummated.

 

57

 

 

Article II
The Credits

 

Section 2.01           Commitments. Holdings, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that under the Existing Credit Agreement (x) the aggregate principal balance of all Original Term Loans (under and as defined therein) outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date was $187,625,000.00 (exclusive of interest, fees and expenses), and each of Holdings and the Borrower acknowledge and agree that, as of the Third A&R Effective Date, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party has any defense, counterclaim or setoff with respect to the payment of such amount and (y) the aggregate principal balance of all Revolving Loans (under and as defined therein) outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date (the “Existing Revolving Loans”) was $25,000,000.00 (exclusive of interest, fees and expenses), and each of Holdings and the Borrower acknowledge and agree that, as of the Third A&R Effective Date, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party has any defense, counterclaim or setoff with respect to the payment of such amount. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (a) the entire amount of the Original Term Loans shall be deemed outstanding under this Agreement,

 

(a)           the entire amount of the Existing Revolving Loans shall be deemed to be outstanding under this Agreement and held by each Lender with a Revolving Commitment, (c) each Lender with a Revolving Commitment agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower following the Third A&R Effective Date and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in such Lender’s Revolving Exposure (together with the LC Exposure of such Lender and obligations of such Lender with respect to outstanding Swingline Loans) exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment (taking into account any Revolving Loans outstanding on the Third A&R Effective Date) (and, in the case of any Swingline Lender or Issuing Bank unless waived by such Person in its sole discretion, that will not result in the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans funded by such Person, when aggregated with the face amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Person, exceeding the amount of such Person’s Revolving Commitment), and (d) each Lender agrees to make a term loan (each a “New Third A&R Term Loan” and together with the Original Term Loans, the “Third A&R Term Loans”) to the Borrower on the Third A&R Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount such that, immediately after giving effect thereto, the portion of the Third A&R Term Loan held by each Lender is equal to the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 2.01 under the heading “Third A&R Term Loan Commitment” (such Commitments, the “Third A&R Term Loan Commitments”), which commitments supersede the Second A&R Closing Date Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments. The Agents, Lenders and Loan Parties further agree that the Original Term Loans and the New Third A&R Term Loans are combined to constitute a single Class of term loans known as the Third A&R Term Loans with an aggregate principal balance, immediately following the initial funding of the New Third A&R Term Loans, equal to $300,000,000. The Borrower shall designate in the relevant Borrowing Request whether each Borrowing will be maintained as a Eurodollar Loan or an ABR Loan and, if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Third A&R Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

58

 

 

Section 2.02          Loans and Borrowings.

 

(a)           Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

 

(b)           Subject to Section 2.14, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith.

 

(c)           At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $100,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time. There shall not at any time be more than a total of 20 Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (1) an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the aggregate Revolving Commitments and (2) subject to Section 2.04(a), a Swingline Loan may be in an aggregate amount (i) that is equal to the entire unused balance of the aggregate Revolving Commitments or (ii) that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e).

 

(d)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date or the Third A&R Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.

 

59

 

 

Section 2.03          Requests for Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing or Term Loan Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Applicable Agent of such request in writing (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing (or, in the case of the Borrowing of the Initial Term Loans and the New Third A&R Term Loans, one (1) Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing) or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) must be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each written Borrowing Request shall be signed by the Borrower and irrevocable. Each such written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

 

(i)            whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing or a Term Loan Borrowing,

 

(ii)           the aggregate amount of such Borrowing,

 

(iii)          the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day,

 

(iv)          whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing,

 

(v)           in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”, and

 

(vi)          the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

 

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03, the Applicable Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

Section 2.04          Swingline Loans.

 

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $3,000,000 (the “Swingline Sublimit”), (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceeding the aggregate Revolving Commitments or (iii) unless otherwise consented by the Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans of such Swingline Lender, when aggregated with the LC Exposure of such Swingline Lender, exceeding the amount of such Person’s Revolving Commitment; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

 

(b)           To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Revolver Agent of such request in writing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Revolver Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

 

60

 

 

(c)           The Swingline Lender may, and shall at least once every thirty (30) days, by written notice given to the Revolver Agent not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Revolver Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Revolver Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Revolver Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Revolver Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Revolver Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Revolver Agent, any such amounts received by the Revolver Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Revolver Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Revolver Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

 

Section 2.05          Letters of Credit.

 

(a)           General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account (or for the account of any of its Subsidiaries so long as the Borrower is a co-applicant), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Revolver Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

 

61

 

 

(b)           Notice of Issuance, Amendment Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Revolver Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.05), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $15,000,000 (the “Letter of Credit Sublimit”), (ii) no Revolving Lender’s Revolving Exposure (together with such Revolving Lender’s LC Exposure and the obligations of such Revolving Lender with respect to outstanding Swingline Loans) shall exceed such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment and (iii) unless otherwise consented by the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans of such Issuing Bank, when aggregated with the LC Exposure of such Issuing Bank, shall not exceed the amount of such Issuing Bank’s Revolving Commitment.

 

(c)           Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date that is 12 months after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, 12 months after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date (except to the extent cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank and the Revolver Agent). Any Letter of Credit may provide for automatic extension or renewal thereof for an additional period of up to 12 months (but in no event shall such period renew or extend beyond the date referred to in clause (ii)).

 

(d)           Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in any such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under any such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Revolver Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to assume and acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

62

 

 

(e)           Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Revolver Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives notice of such LC Disbursement; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than $100,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request (and, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested) in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such LC Disbursement be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan (and the time for reimbursement of such LC Disbursement shall automatically be extended to the Business Day following such request or deemed request). If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Revolver Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Revolver Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Revolver Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Revolver Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Revolver Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

 

63

 

 

(f)            Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05 shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.05, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Revolver Agent, Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

 

(g)           Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Revolver Agent and the Borrower in writing of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05.

 

(h)           Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05 to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Revolving Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

64

 

 

(i)            Replacement of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Revolver Agent and the successor Issuing Bank. The Revolver Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

(j)            Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Revolver Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, the Required Revolving Lenders) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Collateral Agent, in the name of the Collateral Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 105% the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) of Section 7.01. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b) and Section 2.22. Each such deposit shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Revolver Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Revolver Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

 

(k)           Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may at any time, and from time to time, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under this Agreement with the consent of the Revolver Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and such Lender. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this Section 2.05(k) shall be deemed to be and shall have all the rights and obligations of an “Issuing Bank” hereunder.

 

65

 

 

Section 2.06          Funding of Borrowings.

 

(a)           Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon (or, in the case of any requested same-day ABR Borrowing, 2:00 p.m.), New York City time, to the account of the Applicable Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Applicable Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Applicable Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Revolver Agent to the Issuing Bank.

 

(b)           Unless the Applicable Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Applicable Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Applicable Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 2.06 and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Applicable Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Applicable Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Applicable Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Applicable Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Applicable Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

 

Section 2.07          Interest Elections.

 

(a)           Each Revolving Borrowing and Term Loan Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or as designated by Section 2.03. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.07. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section 2.07 shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

 

(b)           To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.07, the Borrower shall notify the Applicable Agent of such election in writing by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such Interest Election Request shall be signed by the Borrower and shall be irrevocable.

 

66

 

 

(c)           Each written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

 

(i)            the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing),

 

(ii)           the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day,

 

(iii)          whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing, and

 

(iv)          if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

 

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

(d)           Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Applicable Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

 

(e)           If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Applicable Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing, (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

Section 2.08          Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

 

(a)           Unless previously terminated, (i) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) the Second A&R Closing Date Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments shall terminate and the Commitments of the Lenders thereunder shall be reduced to $0 immediately prior to the Third A&R Effective Date and (iii) the Third A&R Term Loan Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Third A&R Effective Date.

 

67

 

 

(b)           The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $100,000, (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and/or cash collateralization of outstanding Letters of Credit in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Revolver Agent and in a face amount equal to 105% of the outstanding amount of the applicable LC Exposure in respect thereof, the aggregate Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments, and (iii) after giving effect to such reduction, the aggregate amount of all Pari Passu Debt held by the Unitranche Lenders, collectively, shall in no event be less than 50.1% of all Pari Passu Debt at such time without the prior written consent of ULTra.

 

(c)           The Borrower shall notify the Applicable Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section 2.08 at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Applicable Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.08 shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, or the closing of a refinancing transaction, a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or a Change of Control, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Applicable Agent) on or prior to the specified effective date if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

 

Section 2.09          Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

 

(a)           The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Revolver Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10, and (iii) to the Revolver Agent the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least 2 Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

(b)           Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(c)           (1) The Administrative Agent shall maintain a Register in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Term Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Term Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Term Lenders and each Term Lender’s share thereof and (2) the Revolver Agent shall maintain a Register in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Revolving Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Revolving Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Revolver Agent hereunder for the account of the Revolving Lenders and each Revolving Lender’s share thereof. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Revolver Agent shall furnish to the Administrative Agent on a monthly basis, and at such other times as the Administrative Agent may request, a copy of the Register maintained by the Revolver Agent.

 

68

 

 

(d)           The entries made in the Register shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent to maintain accounts pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.09 or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)           Any Lender may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note (a “Note”). In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitment, the Revolver Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more Notes in such form payable to such payee and its registered assigns.

 

Section 2.10          Amortization of Term Loans.

 

(a)           The Borrower shall repay Third A&R Term Loan Borrowings on each date (each such date, a “Term Loan Installment Date”) set forth below in the aggregate principal amount equal to the percentage set forth below of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Third A&R Term Loans on the Third A&R Effective Date (after giving effect to the Borrowing of the New Third A&R Term Loans on the Third A&R Effective Date):

 

Date   Amount (Percent of Principal)
December 31, 2020   0.25%
March 31, 2021   0.25%
June 30, 2021   0.25%
September 30, 2021   0.25%
December 31, 2021   0.25%
March 31, 2022   0.25%
June 30, 2022   0.25%
September 30, 2022   0.25%
December 31, 2022   0.25%
March 31, 2023   0.25%
June 30, 2023   0.25%
September 30, 2023   0.25%
December 31, 2023   0.25%
March 31, 2024   0.25%
June 30, 2024   0.25%
September 30, 2024   0.25%
December 31, 2024   0.25%
March 31, 2025   0.25%
June 30, 2025   0.25%
September 30, 2025   0.25%
December 31, 2025   0.25%
March 31, 2026 and the last Business Day of each calendar quarter thereafter   0.25%
Third A&R Term Loan Maturity Date   Remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of Third A&R Term Loans

 

69

 

 

 

(b)            To the extent not previously paid, all Third A&R Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Third A&R Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

Section 2.11            Prepayment of Loans.

 

(a)            The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing of any Class of Loans, in whole or in part, as selected by the Borrower in its sole discretion and subject to the requirements of this Section 2.11 and the payment of any premium as provided in Section 2.12; provided, however, in no event shall the Borrower be permitted to prepay any Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11 if, after giving effect to such prepayment, the aggregate amount of all Pari Passu Debt held by the Unitranche Lenders, collectively, is less than 50.1% of all Pari Passu Debt at such time without the prior written consent of ULTra.

 

(b)            In the event and on such occasion that the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Loans (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(j)) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

 

(c)            In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, promptly after such Net Proceeds are received by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (and in any event not later than the fifth Business Day after such Net Proceeds are received), prepay Loans as provided in clause (e) of this Section 2.11 in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds; provided that, in the case of any event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, if the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries intend to apply the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof specified in such certificate), within 365 days after receipt of such Net Proceeds or, in the case of a Prepayment Event arising from a disposition described in clause (r) of Section 6.05, 730 days after receipt of such Net Proceeds, to acquire or replace real property, equipment or other tangible assets (excluding inventory) to be used in the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and certifying that no Default has occurred and is continuing, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of the Net Proceeds specified in such certificate, except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds therefrom that have not been so applied or contractually committed in writing by the end of such 365-day period or 730-day period, as applicable (and, if so contractually committed in writing but not applied prior to the end of such 365-day period or 730-day period, as applicable, applied within 180 days of the end of such period), promptly after which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to such Net Proceeds that have not been so applied; provided further that, with respect to a sale or other disposition of real property and related assets pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction, the Borrower may not reinvest the Net Proceeds from any such sale and leaseback transaction unless after giving effect to such transaction, the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.25:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall be calculated giving effect to (i) any partial prepayment of Term Loans that may be required in order for the Total Net Leverage Ratio to be reduced to 3.25:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis and (ii) all lease obligations incurred in connection with such sale and leaseback transaction to the extent required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Loan Parties (subject to Section 1.04)).

70

 

(d)            Following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2021, the Borrower shall prepay Loans as provided in clause (e) of this Section 2.11 in an amount equal to the excess of (A) the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such year over (B) the sum of (x) the principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and the amount expended to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 l(i), in each case, without duplication of amounts included in this clause (B) for any other year, during such year or, at the option of the Borrower, following the last day of such year and prior to the date of such prepayment and (y) without duplication of amounts included in this clause (B) for any other year, the amount of Loans under Revolving Commitments, Extended Revolving Commitments and Incremental Revolving Commitments that are repaid during such year or, at the option of the Borrower, following the last day of such year and prior to the date of such prepayment, in the case of this clause (y), to the extent accompanied by a reduction in the related commitment and, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (x) and (y), other than any repayment in connection with a refinancing.

 

Each prepayment pursuant to this clause (d) shall be made within five (5) Business Days of the date on which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(d) (and in any event within 125 days after the end of such fiscal year).

71

 

 

(e)            All prepayments of the Loans required under clauses (c) and (d) of this Section 2.11 (A) shall be applied first, to prepay the next four (4) scheduled installments of principal on the Term Loans (pro rata between Third A&R Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans, if any (unless otherwise specified in the Additional Credit Extension Amendment governing such Incremental Term Loan) based on the outstanding principal balance of such Term Loans as of the date of prepayment) in direct order of maturity and thereafter pro rata to all remaining installments thereof (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the balance due on the Third A&R Term Loan Maturity Date); second to the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans, which shall not effect a permanent reduction to the Revolving Loan Commitment; and third to cash collateralize any outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the face amount of such outstanding Letters of Credit. Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment of Borrowings hereunder, the Borrower shall determine in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 the Borrowing or Borrowings of each applicable Class to be prepaid and shall specify such determination in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section 2.11.

 

(f)            The Borrower shall notify the Applicable Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) in writing of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid, the Class of Loans to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that, (i) if a notice of optional prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08 and (ii) otherwise, if a notice of prepayment is given under this Section 2.11, such notice of prepayment may be conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the closing of a refinancing transaction, a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or a Change of Control and such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Applicable Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans of each applicable Lender included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13 but shall in no event include premium or penalty; provided that in the event that the notice required by this clause (f) is not made within the required times with respect to any mandatory prepayments, such prepayment shall nevertheless be required to be made within the times set forth for such prepayment herein, and any such prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made without the required notice shall be required to be accompanied by additional amounts as set forth in Section 2.16.

72

 

 

(g)            Each Term Lender may reject all or a portion of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of this Section 2.11 (except in respect of mandatory prepayments made with Net Proceeds from any event described in clause (c) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”) by providing written notice (each, a “Rejection Notice”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. one (1) Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment; provided that, without the prior written consent of ULTra, in no event shall any Lender be permitted to elect not to accept any mandatory prepayment if, after giving effect to such prepayment with respect to the other Lenders, the aggregate amount of all Loans and Commitments held by the Unitranche Lenders, collectively, would be less than 50.1% of all Loans and Commitments at such time. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Lender of Term Loans fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of its Term Loans. Any Declined Proceeds shall be retained by the Borrower (such remaining Declined Proceeds, the “Borrower Retained Prepayment Amounts”).

 

(h)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.11, (i) to the extent that any of or all the Net Proceeds of any disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary (“Foreign Disposition”), the Net Proceeds of any casualty event from a Foreign Subsidiary (a “Foreign Casualty Event”) or Excess Cash Flow attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries are prohibited or delayed by (x) applicable local law or (y) material constituent document restrictions (including as a result of minority ownership) and other restriction in material agreements, from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.11 but may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Borrower hereby agreeing to undertake to use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome or eliminate any such restriction (subject to the considerations above and as determined in the Borrower’s reasonable business judgment) to make the relevant prepayment), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be promptly effected and an amount equal to such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11 to the extent provided herein and (ii) to the extent that the repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition or any Foreign Casualty Event or Excess Cash Flow attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries would have material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower) with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.11 but may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary.

73

 

 

(i)            In addition to any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(a), Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may at any time, pursuant to a bid made in the open market to all Lenders through the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, prepay Term Loans of any Class of any Lender so long as (w) immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.11(i), no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (x) no proceeds of Swingline Loans or Revolving Loans are utilized to fund any such prepayment, (y) Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, and each Lender whose Term Loans are to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 2.11(i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an instrument identifying the amount of Term Loans of each Class of each such Lender to be so prepaid, the date of such prepayment and the prepayment price therefor and (z) after giving effect to such prepayment, the aggregate amount of all Pari Passu Debt held by the Unitranche Lenders, collectively, shall in no event be less than 50.1% of all Pari Passu Debt at such time without the prior written consent of ULTra. The principal amount of any Term Loans of any Class prepaid pursuant to this paragraph (i) shall reduce remaining scheduled amortization for such Class of Term Loans on a pro rata basis.

 

Section 2.12            Fees.

 

(a)            The Borrower agrees to pay to the Revolver Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate of 0.50% on the average daily unused amount of each Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which the aggregate Revolving Commitments terminate. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears in respect of the Revolving Commitments on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees with respect to Revolving Commitments, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

 

(b)            The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Revolver Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans (as such Applicable Rate may be increased pursuant to Section 2.13(c)) on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the date of issuance of any Letter of Credit to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at a rate equal to 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees shall be payable on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

74

 

 

(c)            [Reserved].

 

(d)            The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders signatory to the Third A&R Supplemental Fee Letter, as applicable, fees in the amount and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders signatory to the Third A&R Supplemental Fee Letter in the Third A&R Supplemental Fee Letter.

 

(e)            The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in the Fee Letter.

 

(f)            The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers, as applicable, fees in the amount and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers in the Agent Fee Letter.

 

(g)            The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders signatory to the Supplemental Fee Letter, as applicable, fees in the amount and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders signatory to the Supplemental Fee Letter in the Supplemental Fee Letter.

 

(h)            If the Borrower or any of its Affiliates pays the Term Loans in any amount and for any reason (including, without limitation, in connection with (1) voluntary prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(a), (2) mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(c) (other than as a result of an event described in clause (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”), (3) the foreclosure and sale of, or collection of, the Collateral, (4) the sale of the Collateral in connection with any Bankruptcy Event or (5) the restructure, reorganization, or compromise of the Obligations by the confirmation of a plan of reorganization or any other plan of compromise, restructure, or arrangement in connection with any Bankruptcy Event), other than amortization payments required pursuant to Section 2.10(a) and any mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.11(d), or (y) the maturity of the Term Loans shall be accelerated, Borrower shall pay a prepayment premium in connection with any such prepayment in an amount equal to (i) if such prepayment occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Third A&R Effective Date, 2.0% of the Term Loan subject to such prepayment, (ii) if such prepayment occurs on or after the first anniversary of the Third A&R Effective Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Third A&R Effective Date, 1.0% of the Term Loan subject to such prepayment and (iii) on or after the second anniversary of the Third A&R Effective Date, no prepayment premium shall apply.

75

 

 

(i)            All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Applicable Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

Section 2.13            Interest.

 

(a)            The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(b)            The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) automatically upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default set forth in Section 7.01(a), (b), (g) or (h), or (ii) at the election of the Required Lenders upon the occurrence and during the continuance any other Event of Default, the Borrower shall pay interest on overdue amounts hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate at all times equal to 2.00% per annum over the Applicable Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the case of clause (ii) above, in the case of any Event of Default resulting from the failure to observe or perform the Financial Covenant, such election may not be made prior to the expiration of the Borrower’s Cure Right with respect to such Financial Covenant Event of Default.

 

(d)            Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.13 shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

(e)            All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.14            Alternate Rate of Interest; Illegality.

 

(a)            If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

 

(x)            the Applicable Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Borrowing or (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period, or

76

 

 

(y)            the Applicable Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period,

 

then the Applicable Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Applicable Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Applicable Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in Section 2.14(a)(x) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in clause 2.14(a)(x) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the Adjusted LIBO Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Applicable Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Adjusted LIBO Rate (or any component thereof) shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Applicable Agent and the Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to Adjusted LIBO Rate that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but for the avoidance of doubt, such related changes shall not include a reduction of the Applicable Rate). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.02, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Applicable Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Business Days of the date a draft of the amendment effectuating such alternate rate of interest is provided to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that such Required Lenders object to such amendment. Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this clause (b) (but, in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) of Section 2.14(a)(x), only to the extent the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable currency and/or such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), (x) any request for the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Loan shall be ineffective, and (y) for any requests for a Borrowing of Revolving Loans as Eurodollar Loans, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

77

 

 

(c)            If any Lender determines that any law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Applicable Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining ABR Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Applicable Agent without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Applicable Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Applicable Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Applicable Agent without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Applicable Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component thereof until the Applicable Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

 

Section 2.15           Increased Costs.

 

(a)            If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)            impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank,

 

(ii)            subject the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, or (B) Excluded Taxes) on its loans, letters of credit, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, or

 

(iii)            impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein,

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

78

 

(b)            If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)            A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.15 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)            Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.15 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

79

 

 

Section 2.16            Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(f) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan (excluding any “floor” applicable pursuant to the definition of Adjusted LIBO Rate), for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the Eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional amounts shall be due and payable pursuant to this Section 2.16 to the extent that on the relevant due date the Borrower deposits in a Prepayment Account an amount equal to any payment of Eurodollar Loans otherwise required to be made on a date that is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period; provided that on the last day of the applicable Interest Period, the Applicable Agent shall be authorized, without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party, to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Eurodollar Loans. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Prepayment Account” means a non-interest bearing account established by the Borrower with the Applicable Agent and over which the Applicable Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the right of withdrawal for application in accordance with this Section 2.16.

 

Section 2.17             Taxes.

 

(a)            Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except to the extent required by applicable law. If any applicable law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment, then (i) the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) to the extent such Tax is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17), the Lender (or, in the case of any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Revolver Agent for its own account, the Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as applicable) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(b)            Without duplication of other amounts payable by the Borrower under this Section 2.17, the Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

80

 

 

(c)            The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and each Lender, within 30 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or Other Taxes payable or paid by the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender, as applicable, (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17), and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.17(c), the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.17(c) for any amount to the extent the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender fails to notify the Borrower of such possible indemnification claim within 270 days after the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender receives written notice from the applicable taxing authority of the specific tax assessment giving rise to such indemnification claim.

 

(d)            As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, if any, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)            (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Applicable Agent, on or prior to the Closing Date in the case of each Foreign Lender that is a signatory hereto, and on the date of assignment pursuant to which it becomes a Lender in the case of each other Lender and from time to time thereafter as reasonably requested by either of the Borrower or the Applicable Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Applicable Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. Each Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 2.17(e)) obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Applicable Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Applicable Agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Applicable Agent in writing of its inability to do so.

 

(ii)            Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(A)            each Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower and the Applicable Agent (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Applicable Agent) two duly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-9, certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax,

 

(B)            each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Applicable Agent (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Applicable Agent) two duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:

81

 

(1)            IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, claiming eligibility for benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

(2)            IRS Form W-8ECI,

 

(3)            in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-l to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or

 

(4)            to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-2 or Exhibit K-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

(5)            any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Applicable Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

(C)            if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Applicable Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Applicable Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Applicable Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Applicable Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (C), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

82

 

(iii)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.17(e), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form or other documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

 

(iv)            Each Lender hereby authorizes the Applicable Agent to deliver to the Loan Parties and to any successor of such Applicable Agent any documentation provided by such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.17(e).

 

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification, provide such successor form, or promptly notify the Borrower and the Applicable Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(f)            On or before the date the Applicable Agent becomes a party to this Agreement, the Applicable Agent shall provide to the Borrower, two duly-signed, properly completed copies of (i) IRS Form W-9, or (ii) a U.S. branch withholding certificate on IRS Form W-8IMY evidencing its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code with respect to amounts received on account of any Lender, and IRS Form W-8ECI (with respect to amounts received on its own account). At any time thereafter, the Applicable Agent shall provide updated documentation previously provided (or a successor form thereto) when any documentation previously delivered has expired or become obsolete or invalid or otherwise upon the reasonable request of the Borrower.

 

(g)            If the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund (whether in cash or by offset against Taxes otherwise due) of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified (including by the payment of additional amounts) pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.17(g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.17(g), in no event will the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this Section 2.17(g) to the extent that such payment would place the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender, as applicable, in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or such Lender, as applicable would have been in if the Tax subject to the indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This Section 2.17 shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

83

 

(h)            For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” includes any Swingline Lender and any Issuing Bank.

 

Section 2.18            Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs.

 

(a)            The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) at or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Applicable Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Applicable Agent at its offices at 500 Stanton Christiana Road, 3/Ops2, Newark, DE 19713 (or such other office as from time to time the Applicable Agent shall designate by notice to the Borrower), except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Applicable Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars.

 

(b)            If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Applicable Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

 

84

 

 

 

(c)            If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise except as expressly provided in this Agreement, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, prepayments pursuant to Section 2.1 l(i)) to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

(d)            Unless the Applicable Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Applicable Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Applicable Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, severally agrees to repay to the Applicable Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Applicable Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Applicable Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

(e)            If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.06(a), 2.18(d) or 9.03(c), then the Applicable Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Applicable Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid. If any Revolving Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(a), 2.18(d) or 9.03(c), then the Revolver Agent may, in its discretion and notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Revolver Agent for the account of such Revolving Lender and for the benefit of the Revolver Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank to satisfy such Revolving Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid, and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated non-interest bearing account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Revolving Lender under such Sections, in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Revolver Agent in its discretion.

85

 

(f)           Notwithstanding any contrary provision set forth herein or in any other Loan Document, (i) during the continuance of a Trigger Event of Default, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may, and shall upon the direction of Required Revolving Lenders, apply any and all payments received by Administrative Agent in respect of any Obligation, and all proceeds received by Collateral Agent as a result of the exercise of its remedies under the Security Documents after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Trigger Event of Default, in accordance with clauses first through ninth below; and (ii) all payments made by Loans Parties to Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or Collateral Agent after any or all of the Obligations under the Loan Documents have been accelerated (so long as such acceleration has not been rescinded) or have otherwise matured, including proceeds of Collateral, shall be applied as follows:

 

first, to payment of costs, expenses and indemnities, of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Revolver Agent payable or reimbursable by the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents;

 

second, to payment of attorney costs of the Revolving Lenders in respect of the Revolving Commitments payable or reimbursable by the Loan Parties under this Agreement;

 

third, to payment of all accrued unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and fees owed to Revolver Agent, Swingline Lender, Revolving Lenders and Issuing Banks (whether or not accruing after the filing of any case under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Obligations and whether or not a claim for such post-filing or post-petition interest, fees, and charges is allowed or allowable in any such proceeding);

 

fourth, on a ratable basis, to (A) the payment of principal of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans then outstanding, L/C Reimbursement Obligations then due and payable, obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) then due and payable and Cash Management Obligations then due and payable and (B) cash collateralization of (1) unmatured L/C Reimbursement Obligations in the amount required under Section 2.05(j) and (2) any indemnification amounts owing to the Revolving Lenders, Obligations arising from Secured Hedge Agreements owing to the Lenders that are Revolving Lenders or their Affiliates, and Cash Management Obligations owing to the Lenders that are Revolving Lenders or their Affiliates, in an amount for purposes of this clause (B)(2) determined by the Revolver Agent as reasonably necessary to secure such obligations; provided, that the aggregate amount of payments and cash collateralization of Obligations arising from Secured Hedge Agreements under clauses (A) and (B)(2) above shall not exceed the termination value or then current liability in respect of Secured Hedge Agreements for no more than 50% of the notional value of the floating rate Indebtedness of the Loan Parties; provided, further, that the aggregate amount of payments and cash collateralization of the Cash Management Obligations under clauses (A) and (B)(2) above shall not exceed $4,000,000;

86

 

 

fifth, to the payment of all other Revolving Loan Obligations owing to the Revolving Lenders then due and payable;

 

sixth, to the payment of attorney costs of the Term Lenders payable or reimbursable by the Loan Parties under this Agreement;

 

seventh, to payment of all accrued unpaid interest on the Term Loans and fees owed to Administrative Agent and the Term Lenders;

 

eighth, to payment of principal of the Term Loans then due and payable;

 

ninth, on a ratable basis, to (A) the payment of all other Obligations then due and payable, and (B) cash collateralization of contingent indemnification owing to the Lenders, Obligations arising from Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, in an amount determined by the Applicable Agent as reasonably necessary to secure such obligations; and

 

tenth, any remainder shall be for the account of and paid to whoever may be lawfully entitled thereto.

 

In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied to each category in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the immediately succeeding category, (ii) each of the Lenders or other Persons entitled to payment shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant to clauses third, fourth, fifth, seventh, eighth and ninth above and (iii) no payments by a Guarantor and no proceeds of Collateral of a Guarantor shall be applied to Obligations, the guaranty of which by such Guarantor would constitute an Excluded Swap Obligation. While any Trigger Event of Default is continuing, any payments or prepayments received by Revolver Agent shall be promptly paid over to Administrative Agent for application under this paragraph (f). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising from Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations with parties that are not Affiliates of Administrative Agent shall be excluded from the application described above unless at least three Business Days prior to any distribution, Administrative Agent has received written notice from the applicable Qualified Counterparty of the amount of Obligations arising from such Secured Hedge Agreement or the amount of Cash Management Obligations, as applicable, then due and payable, together with such supporting documentation as Administrative Agent may request.

 

Section 2.19          Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 

(a)            If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as applicable, in the future and (ii) would not subj ect such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

87

 

 

(b)            If any Lender is affected in the manner described in Section 2.14(b) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken, or if any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Applicable Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Applicable Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

Section 2.20          Incremental Extensions of Credit.

 

(a)            Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Applicable Agent (an “Incremental Loan Request”), request (A) one or more new commitments which may be of the same Class as any outstanding Term Loans (a “Term Loan Increase”) or a new Class of term loans (collectively with any Term Loan Increase, the “Incremental Term Commitments”) and/or (B) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Commitments (a “Revolving Commitment Increase”) or the establishment of one or more new Classes of revolving credit commitments (any such new commitments, collectively with any Revolving Commitment Increases, the “Incremental Revolving Commitments” and the Incremental Revolving Commitments, collectively with any Incremental Term Commitments, the “Incremental Commitments”) in an aggregate amount of up to (x) in the case of Incremental Revolving Commitments, $5,000,000 and (y) in the case of all Incremental Commitments, $40,000,000, whereupon the Applicable Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders.

88

 

 

(b)            On the applicable date (each, an “Incremental Facility Closing Date”) specified in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment (including through any Term Loan Increase or Revolving Commitment Increase, as applicable), subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions in this Section 2.20 and in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment, (i) (A) each Incremental Term Lender of such Class shall make a Loan to the Borrower (an “Incremental Term Loan”) in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Commitment of such Class and (B) each Incremental Term Lender of such Class shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Incremental Term Commitment of such Class and the Incremental Term Loans of such Class made pursuant thereto and (ii) (A) each Incremental Revolving Lender of such Class shall make its Commitment available to the Borrower (when borrowed, an “Incremental Revolving Loan” and collectively with any Incremental Term Loan, “Incremental Extensions of Credit”) in an amount equal to its Incremental Revolving Commitment of such Class and (B) each Incremental Revolving Lender of such Class shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Incremental Revolving Commitment of such Class and the Incremental Revolving Loans of such Class made pursuant thereto.

 

(c)            Each Incremental Loan Request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.20 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Commitments. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Incremental Revolving Commitments may be provided, by any existing Lender (but no existing Lender will have an obligation to make any Incremental Commitment, but each existing Lender will first be afforded the opportunity to provide such Incremental Commitment) or by any Additional Lender (each such existing Lender or Additional Lender providing such Commitment or Loan, an “Incremental Revolving Lender” or “Incremental Term Lender”, as applicable, and, collectively, the “Incremental Lenders”); provided that the Applicable Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such Incremental Revolving Commitments, to the extent such consent, if any, would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender.

 

(d)          The effectiveness of any Additional Credit Extension Amendment pursuant to this Section 2.20, and the Incremental Commitments thereunder, shall be subject to the satisfaction on the applicable date specified therein (the “Incremental Amendment Date”) of each of the following conditions, together with any other conditions set forth in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment:

 

(i)            after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments, the conditions of Section 4.02 shall be satisfied; provided, that, in connection with any Incremental Commitment, which is being used to finance a Limited Condition Transaction, the Incremental Lenders party to such Additional Credit Extension Amendment shall be permitted to waive or limit (or not require the satisfaction of) in full or in part any of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02(a) (other than the accuracy, to the extent required under Section 4.02(a), of any Specified Representations and the accuracy of representations substantially similar to the Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations) and Section 4.02(b) (other than with respect to any Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (g) or (h)) without the consent of the existing Lenders,

89

 

 

(ii)            each Incremental Term Commitment shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $1,000,000 and shall be in an increment of $500,000 (provided that such amount may be less than $1,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in Section 2.20(d)(iii)) and each Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $1,000,000 and shall be in an increment of $500,000 (provided that such amount may be less than $1,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in Section 2.20(d)(iii)),

 

(iii)            except in the case of Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Revolving Commitments after giving Pro Forma Effect to both (x) the making of Incremental Term Loans or establishment of Incremental Revolving Commitments (assuming a borrowing of the maximum amount of Loans available under all Incremental Revolving Commitments (other than Refinancing Revolving Commitments in respect of Revolving Commitments in effect on the Closing Date)) under such Additional Credit Extension Amendment and (y) any Specified Transactions consummated in connection therewith, (1) Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenant, (2) the Secured Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered shall not exceed 4.25:1.00 and (3) the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered shall not exceed 4.75:1.00,

 

(iv)            to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (A) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates (including solvency certificates) consistent (and in no event more extensive) with those delivered on the Closing Date (conformed as appropriate) other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (B) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Security Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that such Incremental Lenders are provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents, and

 

(v)            if any portion of any Incremental Extension of Credit is provided by any Person other than one or more of the Unitranche Lenders, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Extension of Credit, the aggregate amount of all Loans and Commitments, including such Incremental Extension of Credit held by the Unitranche Lenders, collectively, shall in no event be less than 50.1% of all Loans and Commitments, including such Incremental Extension of Credit, of all Lenders at such time without the prior written consent of ULTra.

90

 

 

(e)            The terms, provisions and documentation of the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Commitments or the Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, of any Class shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, and except as otherwise set forth herein, to the extent not identical to any Class of Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, each existing on the Incremental Facility Closing Date, shall be consistent with clauses (i) through (iii) below, as applicable, and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Agent and the Unitranche Lenders (except for covenants or other provisions (a) conformed (or added) in the Loan Documents pursuant to the related Additional Credit Extension Amendment, (x) in the case of any Class of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Commitments, for the benefit of the Term Lenders and (y) in the case of any Class of Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments, for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders or (b) applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date as of the Incremental Amendment Date); provided that in the case of a Term Loan Increase or a Revolving Commitment Increase, the terms, provisions and documentation (other than the Additional Credit Extension Amendment evidencing such increase) of such Term Loan Increase or a Revolving Commitment Increase shall be identical (other than with respect to upfront fees, OID or similar fees, it being understood that, if required to consummate such Term Loan Increase or Revolving Commitment Increase transaction, the interest rate margins and rate floors may be increased, any call protection provision may be made more favorable to the applicable existing Lenders and additional upfront or similar fees may be payable to the lenders providing the Term Loan Increases or Revolving Commitment Increases, as applicable) to the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Commitments being increased, in each case, as existing on the Incremental Facility Closing Date. In connection with any Incremental Term Loans that constitute part of the same Class as the Third A&R Term Loans, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to adjust the rate of prepayment in respect of such Class such that the Term Lenders holding Third A&R Term Loans comprising part of such Class continue to receive a payment that is not less than the same Dollar amount that such Term Lenders would have received absent the incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans. In any event:

 

(i)           the Incremental Term Loans:

 

(A)            (I) shall rank pari passu or junior in right of payment with the Obligations and (II) shall be secured by the Collateral and shall rank pari passu or junior in right of security with the Obligations or be unsecured (and, subject to a subordination agreement (if subject to payment subordination), or (if subject to lien subordination) a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement),

 

(B)            as of the Incremental Amendment Date, shall not have a final scheduled maturity date earlier than the Third A&R Term Loan Maturity Date,

 

(C)            as of the Incremental Amendment Date, shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Third A&R Term Loans,

 

(D)            shall have an Applicable Rate, and subject to clauses (e)(i)(B) and (e)(i)(C) above, amortization determined by the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Term Lenders; provided the Applicable Rate and amortization for a Term Loan Increase shall be (x) the Applicable Rate and amortization for the Class being increased or (y) in the case of the Applicable Rate, higher than the Applicable Rate for the Class being increased as long as the Applicable Rate for the Class being increased shall be automatically increased as and to the extent necessary to eliminate such deficiency,

91

 

(E)            shall have fees determined by the Borrower and the applicable arrangers for such Incremental Term Loan, and

 

(F)            may participate (I) in any voluntary prepayments of any Class of Term Loans hereunder, in whole or in part, as selected by the Borrower in its sole discretion and subject to the requirements of Section 2.11 and (II) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis (except for prepayments with Net Proceeds from any event described in clause (c) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”)) in any mandatory prepayments of Term Loans hereunder.

 

(ii)            the Incremental Revolving Commitments and Incremental Revolving Loans:

 

(A)            (I) shall rank pari passu or junior in right of payment with the Obligations and (II) shall be secured by the Collateral and shall rank pari passu in right of security with the Obligations,

 

(B)            (I) shall not have a final scheduled maturity date or commitment reduction date earlier than the Revolving Maturity Date and (II) shall not have any scheduled amortization or mandatory commitment reduction prior to the Revolving Maturity Date,

 

(C)            shall provide that the borrowing and repayment (except for (1) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Incremental Revolving Commitments (and related outstandings), (2) repayments required upon the Maturity Date of the Incremental Revolving Commitments and (3) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments (in accordance with clause (E) below)) of Loans with respect to Incremental Revolving Commitments after the associated Incremental Facility Closing Date shall be made on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) with all Revolving Commitments then existing on the Incremental Facility Closing Date,

 

(D)            may be elected to be included as additional participations under the Additional Credit Extension Amendment, subject to (other than in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase) the consent of the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank, in which case, on the Incremental Amendment Date all Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Revolving Lenders in accordance with their percentage of the Revolving Commitments existing after giving effect to such Additional Credit Extension Amendment; provided, such election may be made conditional upon the maturity of one or more other Revolving Commitments; provided, further, that in connection with such election the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion and with the consent of the Revolver Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), agree in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment to increase the Swingline Sublimit or the Letter of Credit Sublimit so long as such increase does not exceed the amount of the additional Incremental Revolving Commitments,

92

 

(E)            may provide that the permanent repayment of Revolving Loans with respect to, and termination of, Incremental Revolving Commitments after the associated Incremental Facility Closing Date be made on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis with all other Revolving Commitments,

 

(F)            shall provide that assignments and participations of Incremental Revolving Commitments and Incremental Revolving Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans then existing on the Incremental Facility Closing Date,

 

(G)            shall have an Applicable Rate determined by the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Revolving Lenders; provided the Applicable Rate for a Revolving Commitment Increase shall be (x) the Applicable Rate for the Class being increased or (y) higher than the Applicable Rate for the Class being increased as long as the Applicable Rate for the Class being increased shall be automatically increased as and to the extent necessary to eliminate such deficiency, and

 

(H)            shall have fees determined by the Borrower and the applicable arrangers of the Incremental Revolving Commitment,

 

(iii)         the Yield applicable to the Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans of each Class shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment; provided, however, that with respect to any Incremental Commitment (other than Refinancing Term Loans or Term Loan Increases) the Yield applicable to such Incremental Term Commitment shall not be greater than the applicable Yield payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as amended through the date of such calculation with respect to Third A&R Term Loans plus 50 basis points per annum unless the Applicable Rate (together with, as provided in the proviso below, the Adjusted LIBO Rate or Alternate Base Rate floor) with respect to the Third A&R Term Loans is increased so as to cause the then applicable Yield under this Agreement on the Third A&R Term Loans to equal the Yield then applicable to the Incremental Commitment minus 50 basis points; provided, further, that any increase in Yield to any Third A&R Term Loans due to the application or imposition of a Adjusted LIBO Rate or Alternate Base Rate floor on any Incremental Commitment shall be effected solely through an increase in (or implementation of, as applicable) the Adjusted LIBO Rate or Alternate Base Rate floor applicable to such Third A&R Term Loans.

93

 

 

(f)            Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments shall become additional Commitments pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment, executed by the Borrower, each Incremental Lender providing such Commitments, the Applicable Agent and, for purposes of any election and/or increase to the Swingline Sublimit or the Letter of Credit Sublimit pursuant to Section 2.20(e)(ii)(D), the Swingline Lender, the Revolver Agent and each Issuing Bank. The Additional Credit Extension Amendment may, without the consent of any other Loan Party, Agent or Lender, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Applicable Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20, including amendments as deemed necessary by the Applicable Agent in its reasonable judgment to effect any lien or payment subordination and associated rights of the applicable Lenders to the extent any Incremental Extensions of Credit are to rank junior in right of security or payment or to address technical issues relating to funding and payments. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

(g)            Upon any Incremental Amendment Date on which Incremental Revolving Commitments are effected through a Revolving Commitment Increase pursuant to this Section 2.20, (a) each of the existing Revolving Lenders shall assign to each of the Incremental Revolving Lenders, and each of the Incremental Revolving Lenders shall purchase from each of the existing Revolving Lenders, at the principal amount thereof, such interests in the Incremental Revolving Loans outstanding on such Incremental Amendment Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Loans will be held by existing Revolving Lenders and Incremental Revolving Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such Incremental Revolving Commitments to the existing Revolving Commitments, (b) each Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Commitment and each Loan made thereunder shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Loan and (c) each Incremental Revolving Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the Incremental Revolving Commitments and all matters relating thereto. The Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing and prepayment requirements in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(h)            The Incremental Term Loans made under each Term Loan Increase shall be made by the applicable Lenders participating therein pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.01 and 2.02 (as may be conformed as necessary or appropriate as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) and on the date of the making of such Incremental Term Loans, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 2.01 and 2.02, such Incremental Term Loans shall be added to (and form part of) each Borrowing of outstanding Term Loans under the applicable Class of Term Loans on a pro rata basis (based on the relative sizes of the various outstanding Borrowings), so that each Lender under such Class will participate proportionately in each then outstanding Borrowing of Term Loans of such Class.

94

 

 

(i)            This Section 2.20 shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.18 or 9.02 to the contrary.

 

Section 2.21          Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments.

 

(a)           The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (an “Existing Term Loan Class”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so converted, “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.21. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Class) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall be consistent with the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans are to be converted except that:

 

(i)            all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class to the extent provided in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment,

 

(ii)            the Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class and upfront fees may be paid to the existing Term Lenders, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment, and

 

(iii)            the Additional Credit Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply only after the Third A&R Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

(b)           Any Extended Term Loans converted pursuant to any Extension Request shall be designated a series of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that, subject to the limitations set forth in clause (a) above, any Extended Term Loans converted from an Existing Term Loan Class may, to the extent provided in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment and consistent with the requirements set forth above, be designated as an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans.

 

(c)           The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Class are requested to respond. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Lender wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class subject to such Extension Request (such Lender an “Extending Term Lender”) converted into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class which it has elected to request be converted into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements reasonably imposed by the Administrative Agent and acceptable to the Borrower). In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested pursuant to an Extension Request, Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election (subject to any minimum denomination requirements reasonably imposed by the Administrative Agent and acceptable to the Borrower).

95

 

(d)            The Borrower may, with the consent of each Person providing an Extended Revolving Commitment, the Revolver Agent and any Person acting as swingline lender or issuing bank under such Extended Revolving Commitments, amend this Agreement pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment to provide for Extended Revolving Commitments and to incorporate the terms of such Extended Revolving Commitments into this Agreement on substantially the same basis as provided with respect to the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) the establishment of any such Extended Revolving Commitments shall be accompanied by a corresponding reduction in the Revolving Commitments and (ii) any reduction in the Revolving Commitments may, at the option of the Borrower, be directed to a disproportional reduction of the Revolving Commitments of any Lender providing an Extended Revolving Commitment.

 

(e)            Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments shall be established pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment to this Agreement among the Borrower, the Applicable Agent and each Extending Term Lender or Lender providing an Extended Revolving Commitment which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth above (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender other than those consents provided in this Section 2.21). Each Additional Credit Extension Amendment shall be binding on the Lenders, the Loan Parties and the other parties hereto. In connection with any Additional Credit Extension Amendment, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent shall enter into such amendments to the Security Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (which shall not require any consent from any Lender other than those consents provided pursuant to this Agreement) in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments are provided with the benefit of the applicable Security Documents and shall deliver such other documents, certificates and opinions of counsel in connection therewith as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(f)            The provisions of this Section 2.21 shall override any provision of Section 9.02 to the contrary. No conversion of Loans pursuant to any extension in accordance with this Section 2.21 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.22          Defaulting Lenders.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a)            fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a),

96

 

 

(b)            the Revolving Commitment, Revolving Exposure, LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender, except to the extent the consent of such Lender would be required under clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.02(b),

 

(c)            if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

 

(i)            so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as to which the Revolver Agent has received written notice from the Borrower or a Revolving Lender, all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non- Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments,

 

(ii)            if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Revolver Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only, the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding,

 

(iii)            if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized,

 

(iv)            if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non- Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages, and

 

(v)            if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized, and

97

 

 

(vi)            so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.22(c), and participating interests in any newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non- Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.22(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

 

(d)            If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a parent entity of any Lender shall occur following the Closing Date and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

 

(e)            In the event that the Revolver Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Revolving Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the other Revolving Lenders as the Revolver Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold Revolving Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage (whereupon such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender).

 

Article III
Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

Section 3.01          Organization; Power. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction), (b) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, has the requisite power and authority and all governmental rights, qualifications, approvals, authorizations, permits, accreditations, Reimbursement Approvals, licenses and franchises material to the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that are necessary to own its assets, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party and (c) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

98

 

 

Section 3.02          Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions to be entered into by each Loan Party and the performance by each Loan Party of its obligations under the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and, if required, stockholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Holdings and the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings, the Borrower or such Loan Party, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Section 3.03          Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate any Requirement of Law applicable to Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture or other material agreement or instrument binding upon Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation thereunder, (d) will not result in a Limitation on any right, qualification, approval, Permit, accreditation, authorization, Reimbursement Approval, license or franchise or authorization granted by any Governmental Authority, Third Party Payor or other Person applicable to the business, operations or assets of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or adversely affect the ability of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to participate in any Third Party Payor Arrangement except for Limitations, individually or in the aggregate, that are not material to the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, except Liens created under the Loan Documents and (f) will not affect any Loan Party’s right to receive, or reduce the amount of, payments and reimbursements from Third Party Payors, or materially adversely affect any Healthcare Permit. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened Limitation by any Governmental Authority, Third Party Payor or any other Person of any right, qualification, approval, Permit, authorization, accreditation, Reimbursement Approval, license or franchise of the Borrower, or any Restricted Subsidiary, except for such Limitations, individually or in the aggregate, as are not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No certifications by any Governmental Authority or any Third Party Payor are required for operation of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not in place, except for such certifications or agreements, the absence of which would not reasonably likely result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.04          Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect.

 

(a)            The Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Lenders audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and unaudited financial statements for the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of TCO and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

99

 

 

(b)            Except as disclosed in the financial statements referred to above or the notes thereto, after giving effect to the Third A&R Transactions, none of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries has, as of the Third A&R Effective Date, any material direct or contingent liabilities.

 

(c)            Since June 30, 2019, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.05           Properties.

 

(a)            Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business (including its Mortgaged Properties), free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens and minor defects in title that do not interfere in any material respect with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

 

(b)            Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries owns, licenses or possesses the right to use all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business. The conduct of the businesses of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            Schedule 3.05 sets forth the address of (i) each real property that is owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the First Amendment Effective Date and (ii) each real property that is leased by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the First Amendment Effective Date where (x) the books and records of such Persons are located and (y) where the value of the Collateral held at such location is in excess of $1,000,000.

 

(d)            As of the First Amendment Effective Date, neither Holdings or the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries has received written notice of, or has knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting any Mortgaged Property or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation. As of the First Amendment Effective Date, except as set forth on Schedule 3.05, neither any Mortgaged Property nor any interest therein is subject to any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to purchase such Mortgaged Property or interest therein.

 

Section 3.06           Litigation and Environmental Matters.

 

(a)            As of the First Amendment Effective Date, except as set forth on Schedule 3.06, there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, threatened against or affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any relating to any Environmental Law which (i) would reasonably be expected to result in monetary judgment(s) or relief, individually, in excess of $250,000, (ii) seek an injunction or other equitable relief which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) would reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the ability of the Loan Parties to consummate the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

100

 

 

(b)            Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any applicable Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability or (iv) has received any written claim or notice of violation or of potential responsibility regarding any alleged violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, and (B)(i) there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any property currently, or to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them which could reasonably be expected to result in liability under any Environmental Law on the part of any of them, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials generated, used or stored at, or transported for treatment or disposal from, any properties currently, or to the knowledge of Holdings, Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, formerly owned, leased or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner that could not reasonably be expected to result in liability under any Environmental Law on the part of any of them.

 

Section 3.07           Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property or operations and all material indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.08           Investment Company Status. Neither Holdings, the Borrower, nor any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Section 3.09           Taxes. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all federal and other Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) any Taxes that are being contested in compliance with Section 5.05 or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so is not reasonably likely to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. None of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries is aware of any proposed or pending Tax assessments, deficiencies or audits that are reasonably likely to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.10           ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably likely to occur, is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair value of the assets of such Plan, except as would not reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

101

 

 

Section 3.11           Disclosure. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made (giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto), not materially misleading; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any projected financial information, and with respect to such projected financial information, Holdings and the Borrower represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by them to be reasonable at the time made and delivered and as of the First Amendment Effective Date, it being understood that such projections are not a guarantee of financial performance and actual results may differ from such projections and such differences may be material.

 

Section 3.12           Subsidiaries. As of the First Amendment Effective Date, Holdings does not have any subsidiaries other than the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.12. Schedule 3.12 sets forth the name of, and the ownership or beneficial interest of Holdings in, each subsidiary, including the Borrower, and identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Loan Party, in each case as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

Section 3.13           Insurance. Schedule 3.13 sets forth a description of all insurance maintained by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the First Amendment Effective Date. As of the First Amendment Effective Date, all premiums in respect of such insurance have been paid. Holdings and the Borrower believe that the insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries is adequate.

 

Section 3.14           Labor Matters. As of the First Amendment Effective Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, threatened. The Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable Requirements of Law dealing with such matters, except where failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid (to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law) or accrued as a liability on the books of Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound.

 

Section 3.15           Solvency. Immediately after the consummation of the Third A&R Transactions to occur on the Third A&R Effective Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent, in each case after giving effect to any rights of indemnification, contribution or subrogation arising among the Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to the Collateral Agreement or by law.

 

102

 

 

Section 3.16           Federal Reserve Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan have been used or will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying margin stock (as defined in Regulation U).

 

Section 3.17           Reimbursement from Third Party Payors. The accounts receivable of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have been and will continue to be adjusted to reflect the reimbursement policies required by all applicable Requirements of Law and other Third Party Payor Arrangements to which Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is subject, and do not exceed in any material respect amounts the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is entitled to receive under any capitation arrangement, fee schedule, discount formula, cost-based reimbursement or other adjustment or limitation to usual charges, except, in each instance, where failure to comply with the foregoing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. All billings by Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any Third Party Payor Arrangements have been made in compliance with all applicable Requirements of Law, except where failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) has retained an overpayment received from, or failed to refund any amount due to, any Third Party Payor in violation of any Healthcare Law or Third Party Payor Arrangement, where such retention or failure to refund would, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 3.17, has received written notice of, or has knowledge of, any material overpayment or refunds due to any Third Party Payor.

 

Section 3.18           Fraud and Abuse. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, nor any of their respective partners, members, stockholders, officers or directors, acting on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, have engaged on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any activities that are prohibited, or, as applicable, cause for civil penalties, or mandatory or permissive exclusion from any Government Program, under any Healthcare Law, or the regulations promulgated thereunder, or related Requirements of Law, or under any similar state law or regulation, or that are prohibited by binding rules of professional conduct, including to the extent prohibited by such laws (a) knowingly and willfully making or causing to be made a false statement or misrepresentation of a material fact in any application for any benefit or payment, (b) knowingly and willfully making or causing to be made any false statement or misrepresentation of a material fact for use in determining rights to any benefit or payment, (c) failing to disclose knowledge by a claimant of the occurrence of any event affecting the initial or continued right to any benefit or payment on its own behalf or on behalf of another, with intent to secure such benefit or payment fraudulently, (d) knowingly and willfully soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, or offering to pay or receive such remuneration (i) in return for referring an individual to a Person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, pursuant to any Third Party Payor Arrangement to which the foregoing rules and regulations apply or (ii) in return for purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging for or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering any good, facility, service or item for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, pursuant to any Third Party Payor Arrangement to which the foregoing rules and regulations apply and (e) making any prohibited referral for designated health services, or presenting or causing to be presented a claim or bill to any individual, Third Party Payor or other entity for designated health services furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral. To the knowledge of each Loan Party, no Person has filed or has threatened to file against any such party an action under any federal or state whistleblower statute, including without limitation, under the False Claims Act of 1863 (31 U. S.C. § 3729 et seq.) or any other Healthcare Law. Neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be considered to be in breach of this Section 3.18 so long as such prohibited actions as have occurred, individually or in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

103

 

 

Section 3.19           Patriot Act, Etc.

 

(a)            To the extent applicable, Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (ii) the Patriot Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or, to the knowledge of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the FCPA.

 

(b)            (i) None of Holdings or its Subsidiaries will directly or, to the knowledge of Holdings or such Subsidiary, indirectly, (x) use the proceeds of the Loans in violation of Sanctions or (y) otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person for the purpose of financing activities or business of or with any Sanctioned Person, to the extent such activities, businesses or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions if conducted by a corporation incorporated in the United States or in a European Union member state, or in any Sanctioned Country, except to the extent that such financing would be permissible for a Person required to comply with Sanctions (including pursuant to any applicable exemptions, licenses or other approvals), (ii) none of Holdings, any Subsidiary or their respective directors, officers or employees or any controlled Affiliate of Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the incurrence of any Loans, is a Sanctioned Person and (iii) none of Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their respective directors, officers and employees, are in violation of applicable Sanctions.

 

Section 3.20           Security Documents. Except as otherwise contemplated hereby or under any other Loan Documents, the provisions of the Security Documents, together with such filings and other actions required to be taken hereby or by the applicable Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, except as otherwise provided hereunder, including subject to Permitted Liens, a legal, valid, enforceable and perfected first priority Lien on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein (including this Section 3.20) or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party makes any representation or warranty as to (A) the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest in any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender with respect thereto, under foreign law or (B) the pledge or creation of any security interest, or the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest to the extent such pledge, security interest, perfection or priority is not required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 

104

 

 

Section 3.21           Compliance with Healthcare Laws.

 

(a)            Each Loan Party and each of their respective Subsidiaries is, and at all times during the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the Third A&R Effective Date has been, in compliance with all Healthcare Laws and requirements of Third Party Payor Programs applicable to it, its assets, business or operations, including all conditions of coverage and conditions of participation under any Government Program, except where non-compliance with any of the foregoing, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. To any Loan Party’s knowledge, no circumstance exists or event has occurred which could reasonably be expected to result in a material violation of any Healthcare Law or any requirement of any Third Party Payor Program. There are no pending (or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened) Proceedings against or affecting any Loan Party or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any Licensed Personnel, relating to any actual or alleged non-compliance with any Healthcare Law or requirement of any Third Party Payor other than those Proceedings that would not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. To any Loan Party’s knowledge, there are no facts, circumstances or conditions that would reasonably be expected to form the basis for any such Proceeding against or affecting any Loan Party or any Licensed Personnel.

 

(b)           Without limiting the generality of any other representation or warranty made herein, (i) each of the physicians, nurse practitioners, and physicians assistants, whether employees, independent contractors or leased personnel of each Loan Party (“Licensed Personnel”) holds a valid and unrestricted license to practice his or her profession from each state in which he or she provides professional services, and, when required, holds a valid and unrestricted Drug Enforcement Administration registration and applicable state license to prescribe controlled substances, (ii) all Licensed Personnel, in the exercise of their respective duties on behalf of a Loan Party, are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Healthcare Laws, (iii) all agreements between a Loan Party and a hospital or other health care facility and all agreements between a Loan Party and Licensed Personnel are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Healthcare Laws and (iv) no Loan Party is and no Licensed Personnel are debarred, disqualified, suspended or excluded from participation in any Government Program or are listed on the United States Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General List of Excluded Individuals/Entities or General Services Administration list of excluded parties, except where non-compliance with any of the foregoing subsections, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect, nor to any Loan Party’s knowledge is any such debarment, disqualification, suspension or exclusion threatened or pending. To any Loan Party’s knowledge, each Loan Party has maintained in all material respects all records required to be maintained by any Governmental Authority, including state licensing boards and agencies, CMS, Drug Enforcement Administration and state boards of pharmacy and any Government Program as required by the Healthcare Laws and, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, there are no presently existing circumstances which would result or likely would result in violations of the Healthcare Laws except such of the foregoing that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party will have, effective as of the Closing Date and at all times thereafter, such Permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities as are necessary under applicable Requirements of Law to own their respective properties and conduct their respective business (including such Permits as are required under such federal, state and other Healthcare Laws as are applicable thereto), and to participate in and receive reimbursement under any Government Program, except where non-compliance with any of the foregoing, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

105

 

 

(c)            To any Loan Party’s knowledge, there currently exist no restrictions, deficiencies, required plans of corrective actions or other such remedial measures under any Government Program’s certifications or licensure, except such of the foregoing that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, no validation review, program integrity review, audit or other investigation related to any Loan Party or their respective operations (i) has been conducted by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority, or (ii) is scheduled, pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, that would have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party has any knowledge that any condition exists or event has occurred which, in itself or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, reasonably would be expected to result in the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, non-renewal of any governmental consent applicable to any Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party or service Subsidiary of a Loan Party or such Loan Party’s participation in any Government Program, any other material Third Party Payor Arrangement, or of any participation agreements, which suspension, revocation, forfeiture or non-renewal would have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, nothing in the foregoing shall prohibit or prevent any Loan Party from terminating or causing the termination of any contract for the provision of Medical Services in the ordinary course of the Loan Party’s business. There is no investigation, audit, claim review, or other action pending, or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to result in a suspension, revocation, termination, restriction, limitation, modification or non-renewal of any material Reimbursement Approval or result in any Loan Party’s or any of their Subsidiaries’ exclusion from any Third Party Payor.

 

(d)            Each Loan Party that provides professional Medical Services and each of its Licensed Personnel has the requisite National Provider Identifier or other authorizations and Permits requisite to bill the Medicare and Medicaid Programs (in the state or states in which such entities operate), and all other Third Party Payor Arrangements that such Loan Party currently bills or in the past billed except where the failure to have such authorization would not have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. There is no investigation, audit, claim review or other action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which would likely result in a revocation, suspension, termination, probation, restriction, limitation, or non-renewal of any Third Party Payor Arrangement, provider number, Permit or authorization or result in the exclusion of any Loan Party from the Medicare and Medicaid Programs, or from any Third Party Payor Arrangement, which revocation, suspension, termination, probation, restriction, limitation, non-renewal or exclusion would have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

106

 

 

(e)            As applicable, the Borrower has adopted a compliance plan the purpose of which is to assure that each Loan Party and its Licensed Personnel is in material compliance with applicable Healthcare Laws.

 

(f)             Each Loan Party and professional corporation and professional association with which a Loan Party has entered into a management services agreement or other affiliation agreement conducts its business in compliance with all applicable Corporate Practice of Medicine Laws except where non-compliance with the foregoing, would not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)            Each Loan Party will have, effective as of the Closing Date and at all times thereafter, such Permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities as are necessary under applicable Requirements of Law to own their respective properties and conduct their respective business (including such Permits as are required under such federal, state and other Healthcare Laws as are applicable thereto), and to receive reimbursement under any Government Program (collectively, the “Healthcare Permits”), except where the failure to have any Healthcare Permit would not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h)            Each Loan Party holds, and at all times during the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the Third A&R Effective Date has held, all Healthcare Permits necessary for it to own, lease, sublease or operate its assets or to conduct its business or operations as presently conducted and to participate in and obtain reimbursement under all Third Party Payors in which such Persons’ participate, except where a failure to hold any such Healthcare Permits would not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. All such Healthcare Permits are, and at all times during the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the Third A&R Effective Date have been, in full force and effect and there is and has been no default under, violation of, or other noncompliance with the terms and conditions of any such Healthcare Permit, except where a failure of any such Healthcare Permit to be in full force and effect, or any default under, violation of, or other noncompliance with the terms and conditions of any such Healthcare Permit, would not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No Governmental Authority has taken, or to the knowledge of any Loan Party intends to take, action to suspend, revoke, terminate, place on probation, restrict, limit, modify or not renew any Healthcare Permit of any Loan Party where any such action would reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i)             Each Loan Party, as applicable, has obtained and maintains accreditation in good standing and without limitation or impairment by all applicable accrediting organizations, to the extent prudent and customary in the industry in which it is engaged or required by law (including any foreign law or equivalent regulation), except where the failure to have or maintain such accreditation in good standing or imposition of limitation or impairment would not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j)             No Loan Party is a party to or has any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreements, deferred prosecution agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, plans of correction or similar agreements with or imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

107

 

 

Section 3.22           Privacy and Security Law Compliance.

 

To the extent that any Loan Party or any Subsidiary is a “covered entity” or “business associate” within the meaning of HIPAA or any other comparable Privacy and Security Law, the Borrower and each such Loan Party and each Subsidiary, except as set forth on Schedule 3.22, (x) is in compliance in all material respects with each of the applicable requirements of all Privacy and Security Laws and (y) is not and would not reasonably be expected to become the subject of any civil or criminal penalty, process, claim, action or proceeding, or any administrative or other regulatory review, survey, process or proceeding (other than routine surveys or reviews conducted by any government health plan or other accreditation entity) that would result in any of the foregoing or that would materially adversely affect a Loan Party’s or Subsidiary’s business, operations, assets, properties or condition (financial or otherwise), in connection with any actual or potential violation by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the then effective provisions of any Privacy and Security Law except, in each case, for such non-compliance under this Section 3.22 as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.23           EEA Financial Institution.

 

Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution.

 

Section 3.24           Status as Senior Debt.

 

The Obligations constitute “senior debt” (or such other similar term) under each subordination and/or intercreditor agreement governing any Subordinated Indebtedness (including under any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement).

 

Article IV
Conditions

 

Section 4.01            Third A&R Effective Date. The Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement and this Agreement shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived):

 

(a)            No Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (g) or (h) shall have occurred and be continuing on and as of the Third A&R Effective Date.

 

(b)            Each of the Specified Representations and the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Third A&R Effective Date (or, if qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language, in all respects (after giving effect to such qualification)); provided that “Material Adverse Effect” shall be as defined in, and interpreted by, the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

(c)            The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate, dated the Third A&R Effective Date, and signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower or a Financial Officer (immediately after giving effect to the Third A&R Transactions) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

 

108

 

 

(d)            The Administrative Agent shall have received all of the agreements, documents, instruments and other items set forth in Part II of the Closing Checklist attached hereto as Exhibit 4.01(d), each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that execution of the Payment Agreement will not be required if the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders calculations, in detail reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), demonstrating that (x) unrestricted cash on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Third A&R Effective Date and as of the date of any Third A&R Acquisition Distribution (in each case calculated net of any outstanding Revolving Loans) less (y) the aggregate amount of the Third A&R Acquisition Distributions (whether made or to be made on or after the Third A&R Effective Date) will be greater than or equal to $59,000,000.

 

(e)            Since the First Amendment Effective Date, there shall not have occurred a “Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in, and interpreted by, the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the First Amendment Effective Date).

 

(f)             The Administrative Agent and the Revolver Agent shall have received all fees and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Third A&R Effective Date, including the fees set forth in the Third A&R Supplemental Fee Letter and reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(g)            The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three (3) days prior to the Third A&R Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities concerning the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, that has been requested by the Administrative Agent in writing at least 10 Business Days prior to the Third A&R Effective Date.

 

(h)            Immediately following and substantially concurrently with the funding of the New Third A&R Term Loans and the payment of the Third A&R Acquisition Distribution, (i) the Third A&R Equity Contribution shall have been consummated in an amount not less than the Minimum Third A&R Equity Contribution, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the final purchase price for the Third A&R Acquisition represents an implied equity value of the Equity Interests of Holdings of not less than $550,000,000, (iii) the Third A&R Acquisition shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement, and (iv) the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement shall not have been amended or waived in any material respect by the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders (in their capacity as such) without the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that a reduction in purchase price under the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement shall be deemed not to be materially adverse to the Lenders so long as the condition in clause (i) is satisfied.

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Third A&R Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

 

109

 

 

Section 4.02      Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan or honor any Extension Request (other than a Borrowing Request requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Loans) after the Closing Date and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, including, without limitation, on the Closing Date, on the Effective Date, on the Second A&R Closing Date and on the Third A&R Effective Date, is subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

  

(a)            The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is qualified by “materially”, “Material Adverse Effect” or a similar term, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, as the case may be) as of such earlier date).

 

(b)            At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)            The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the Revolver Agent, the relevant Issuing Bank and/or Swingline Lender shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

Each Borrowing (provided that a conversion or continuation of a Borrowing shall not constitute a “Borrowing” for purposes of this Section 4.02) and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.02.

 

Article V
Affirmative Covenants

 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 5.01      Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Revolver Agent and each Lender):

 

(a)            within 150 days after the end of the fiscal year of the Borrower ended June 30, 2016 and within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower thereafter, audited year-end consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including a balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash flows and stockholders’ equity) as of the end of and for such fiscal year, and the related notes thereto, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, except as may be required solely as a result of the impending maturity of any Loan or any anticipated inability to satisfy the Financial Covenant) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied,

 

110

 

 

(b)            within 60 days after the end of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended June 30, 2016 and within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year thereafter, unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including a balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash flows) as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then-elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes,

 

(c)            within (i) 60 days after the last day of the fiscal months ending February 29, 2016 and March 31, 2016 and (ii) 45 days after the last day of each subsequent fiscal month of the Borrower, unaudited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal month, which may be a subset of the monthly reports delivered to the Permitted Holders,

 

(d)            concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.01(a) for each fiscal year and Section 5.01(b) (for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year) (commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date), (A) a duly completed Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower and (B) a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,

 

(e)            within (i) 90 days after the commencement of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 and (ii) 75 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower thereafter, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget (prepared on a quarterly basis) for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of projected operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year),

 

(f)            simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01, the related unaudited consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and reflecting the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower,

 

111

 

 

(g)            within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, a detailed statement demonstrating compliance with PACE cash reserve requirements, in each case certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower,

 

(h)            promptly following any request therefor, documentation requested for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Plan, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, in each case as the Administrative Agent or the Revolver Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, may reasonably request, and

 

(i)             evidence of insurance renewals as required under Section 5.07 hereunder in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations referred to in Sections 5.01(a), (b) and (c) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing the applicable financial statements of Holdings; provided that with respect to each of the preceding clauses (A) and (B), (1) to the extent such information relates to Holdings, such information is accompanied by consolidating information (which need not be audited) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and the consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 may, at the Borrower’s option, be delivered electronically; provided that upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or the Collateral Agent with respect to any specific document so delivered electronically, the Borrower shall promptly deliver a physical copy of such document.

 

To the extent any report or other information under this Section 5.01 is not delivered within the time periods specified under this Section 5.01 and such report or other information is subsequently delivered prior to the time such failure results in an Event of Default due to the Borrower’s failure to deliver such report or other information within such requisite time periods, the Borrower will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Section 5.01 and any Default with respect to its obligations under this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to have been cured (but not any Default under any other provision of this Agreement). The Borrower may satisfy its obligation to deliver any report or other information to Lenders at any time by filing such information with the SEC and providing written notice (which notice may be by facsimile or electronic mail) to the Administrative Agent that such information has been filed.

 

Section 5.02           Notices of Material Events.

 

(a)            The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Revolver Agent and each Lender), written notice of the following promptly after obtaining knowledge thereof:

 

(i)             the occurrence of any Default,

 

112

 

 

(ii)            the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that could in each case reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,

 

(iii)            the occurrence of any ERISA Event which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,

 

(iv)           the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) any notice of any loss of (A) accreditation from the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations or (B) any governmental right, qualification, permit, accreditation, approval, authorization, Reimbursement Approval, license or franchise or (ii) any notice, compliance order or adverse report issued by any Governmental Authority or Third Party Payor that, if not promptly complied with or cured, could result in (A) the suspension or forfeiture of any material governmental right, qualification, permit, accreditation, approval, authorization, Reimbursement Approval, license or franchise necessary for the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to carry on its business as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted or (B) any other material Limitation imposed upon the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(v)            any Change in Law of the type described in clause (a) or (b) of such definition relating to any Third Party Payor Arrangement that could reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to carry on its business as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted,

 

(vi)           (1) the voluntary disclosure by any Loan Party to the Office of the Inspector General of the United States Department of Health and Human Services, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, any Third Party Payor (including to any intermediary, carrier or contractor of such Third Party Payor), of an actual or potential overpayment matter involving the submission of claims to a Third Party Payor in an amount greater than $250,000; (2) that any Loan Party, an owner, officer, manager, employee or Person with a “direct or indirect ownership interest” (as that phrase is defined in 42 C.F.R. §420.201) in any Loan Party: (A) has had a civil monetary penalty assessed against him or her pursuant to 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7a or is the subject of a proceeding seeking to assess such penalty; (B) has been excluded from participation in a Federal Health Care Program (as that term is defined in 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b) or is the subject of a Proceeding seeking to assess such penalty; (C) has been convicted (as that term is defined in 42 C.F.R. §1001.2) of any of those offenses described in 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b or 18 U.S.C. §§669, 1035, 1347, 1518 or is the subject of a proceeding seeking to assess such penalty; or (D) has been involved or named in a U.S. Attorney complaint made or any other action taken pursuant to the False Claims Act under 31 U.S.C. §§3729-3731 or in any qui tarn action brought pursuant to 31 U.S.C. §3729 et seq.; (3) receipt by any Loan Party of any notice or communication from an accrediting organization that such Person is in danger of losing its accreditation due to a failure to comply with a plan of correction; (4) any validation review, program integrity review or material reimbursement audits related to any Loan Party in connection with any Third Party Payor (other than any routine review or audit in the ordinary course of business); (5) any claim to recover any alleged overpayments with respect to any receivables, or any notice of any fees of any Loan Party being contested or disputed, in each case, in excess of $250,000; (6) notice of any material reduction in the level of reimbursement expected to be received with respect to receivables; (7) any allegations of material licensure violations or fraudulent acts or omissions involving any Loan Party, or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any Licensed Personnel; (8) the pending or threatened imposition of any material fine or penalty by any Governmental Authority under any Healthcare Law against any Loan Party, or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any Licensed Personnel that would reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; (9) notice of any Loan Party’s fees in excess of $250,000 being contested or disputed; (10) any pending or threatened revocation, suspension, termination, probation, restriction, limitation, denial, or non-renewal with respect to any Healthcare Permit or Reimbursement Approval except for any such non-renewal at the election of a Loan Party as would not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; (11) any non-routine and material inspection of any facility of any Loan Party by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority; and (12) notice of the occurrence of any reportable event as defined in any corporate integrity agreement, corporate compliance agreement or deferred prosecution agreement pursuant to which any Loan Party has to make a submission to any Governmental Authority or other Person under the terms of such agreement, if any, and

 

113

 

 

(vii)          any other development that results in, or is reasonably likely to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section 5.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

Section 5.03            Information Regarding Collateral.

 

(a)            The Borrower will furnish to the Collateral Agent prompt written notice of (but in no event later than 90 days following) any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party or (iii) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number. The Borrower agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. The Borrower also agrees promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

 

(b)            Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a), the Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate executed by a Financial Officer and the chief legal officer of the Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section.

 

114

 

 

Section 5.04           Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, qualifications, permits, approvals, accreditations, authorizations, Reimbursement Approvals, licenses, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03.

 

Section 5.05           Payment of Obligations. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay its material Tax liabilities, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (c) such contest effectively suspends the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation and (d) the failure to make such payment is not reasonably likely to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.06           Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

Section 5.07            Insurance.

 

(a)            The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (which may include self-insurance) at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed (x) insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of such type and in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations and (y) all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Security Documents, subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirements. The Borrower will deliver to the Lenders, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.

 

(b)            If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the Flood Insurance Laws, then the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws, (ii) cooperate with the Collateral Agent and provide information reasonably required by the Collateral Agent to comply with the Flood Insurance Laws and (iii) deliver to the Collateral Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, evidence of annual renewals of such insurance.

 

115

 

 

Section 5.08           Casualty and Condemnation. The Borrower (a) will furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prompt written notice of any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of the Collateral or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any material portion of the Collateral or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding and (b) will ensure that the Net Proceeds of any such event (whether in the form of insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or otherwise) are collected and applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

Section 5.09           Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties during normal business hours, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, including environment assessment reports and Phase I or Phase II studies, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (provided that the Borrower shall be provided the opportunity to participate in any such discussions with its independent accountants), upon reasonable prior notice and during normal business hours.

 

Section 5.10           Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with all Requirements of Law, including Environmental Laws and Healthcare Laws, applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

Section 5.11           Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit will be used only for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions) and for any other purposes not prohibited by this Agreement. The proceeds of the New Third A&R Term Loans, together with the proceeds of the Third A&R Equity Contribution, will be used by the Borrower on the Third A&R Effective Date (i) to pay the Third A&R Acquisition Distribution, (ii) to repay all outstanding Revolving Loans and (iii) to pay the Third A&R Transaction Expenses and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. No part of the proceeds of any Loan and no Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall ensure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, businesses or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions if conducted by a corporation incorporated in the United States, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

116

 

 

Section 5.12           Additional Subsidiaries; Succeeding Holdings.

 

(a)            If any additional Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) is formed or acquired after the Third A&R Effective Date or if any Excluded Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to qualify as an Excluded Subsidiary, the Borrower will, within 60 days after the date such Restricted Subsidiary has been formed or acquired (or the date on which such Subsidiary ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary), notify the Collateral Agent and the Lenders (through the Administrative Agent) thereof and within such 60-day period cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary (if it is a Subsidiary Loan Party) and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party.

 

(b)            Upon the addition of a Succeeding Holdings, the Borrower will notify the Collateral Agent and the Lenders (through the Administrative Agent) thereof and within 10 days after such Succeeding Holdings is formed or acquired cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to the Succeeding Holdings.

 

Section 5.13           Further Assurances.

 

(a)            Each of Holdings, each Succeeding Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. The Borrower also agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent, from time to time upon reasonable request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

 

(b)            If any material assets (including any real property (other than any leased real property and Excluded Assets) which constitutes a Material Real Property) are acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Agreement that become subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agreement upon acquisition thereof), the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereof and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take, and cause the Subsidiary Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 5.13, all at the expense of the Loan Parties; provided that the Collateral Agent may, in its reasonable judgment, grant extensions of time for compliance or exceptions with the provisions of this paragraph by any Loan Party.

 

117

 

 

Section 5.14           Designation of Subsidiaries. The Borrower may at any time after the Closing Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if, after such designation, it would be a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any Specified Indebtedness or any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it was previously designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the date of designation and (y) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount paid to acquire such Unrestricted Subsidiary, if applicable, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Investments made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date of designation. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Investment in such Subsidiary.

 

Section 5.15           [Reserved].

 

Section 5.16           Annual Lender Calls. The Borrower will participate in a conference call with the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently-ended period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), which call shall occur within a reasonable period of time after the delivery of such financial statements and after the Lenders have first been provided reasonable notice of such call.

 

Section 5.17           ERISA Compliance. The Borrower will do, and cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to do, each of the following: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and other federal or state law, and (b) cause each Plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code to maintain such qualification.

 

Section 5.18           Post-Closing Matters. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth on Schedule 5.18 as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 5.18; provided that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may in its reasonable judgment, grant extensions of time for compliance or exceptions with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

Article VI
Negative Covenants

 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of the Borrower (and, with respect to Section 6.03 only, Holdings) and each Restricted Subsidiary covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

118

 

 

Section 6.01            Indebtedness; Certain Equity Interests.

 

The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(i)              Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents,

 

(ii)             [reserved],

 

(iii)            Indebtedness existing on the Third A&R Effective Date set forth in Schedule 6.01 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof,

 

(iv)            Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to any Restricted Subsidiary and of any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Loan Party owed to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (B) Indebtedness owed to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary shall only be subordinated to the extent permitted by applicable laws or regulations and (C) the related Investment is permitted by Section 6.04(d),

 

(v)            Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is permitted by this Section 6.01, (B) Guarantees permitted under this clause (v) shall be subordinated to the Obligations of the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to the same extent and on the same terms as the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations and (C) except in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries that provide Guarantees of Indebtedness of other Foreign Subsidiaries, the related Investment is permitted by Section 6.04(d),

 

(vi)            Indebtedness (including Attributable Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations, and any Indebtedness assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that (A) such Indebtedness (other than Permitted Refinancings) is incurred prior to or within 120 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (vi) shall not (except as permitted by the definition of “Permitted Refinancing”) exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding,

 

(vii)            Acquired Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition and not created in contemplation thereof; provided that after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Permitted Acquisition and the assumption or incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred or assumed pursuant to this clause (vii), the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.25:1.00, and any Permitted Refinancing of any such Indebtedness; provided further that any such Indebtedness of a Non-Loan Party does not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding, together with any Indebtedness incurred by a Non-Loan Party pursuant to clause (xiv) of this Section 6.01, $5,000,000,

 

119

 

 

(viii)         Indebtedness owed to any Person (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of such Person) providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business,

 

(ix)            Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business and consistent with practices of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in place on the Third A&R Effective Date,

 

(x)            Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Swap Agreement,

 

(xi)            [reserved],

 

(xii)           Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to current or former consultants, employees or directors of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with practices of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in place on the Third A&R Effective Date,

 

(xiii)          Indebtedness in respect of promissory notes issued to physicians, consultants, employees or directors or former employees, consultants or directors in connection with repurchases of Equity Interests permitted by Section 6.08(a)(iii),

 

(xiv)          Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary or any Non-Loan Party, collectively, in an amount not to exceed, together with any Indebtedness incurred by a Non-Loan Party pursuant to clause (vii) of this Section 6.01, $5,000,000 at any time outstanding,

 

(xv)          unsecured Indebtedness; provided that on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.75:1.00 and (b) any Permitted Refinancing thereof,

 

(xvi)          the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, so long as such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) Business Days,

 

120

 

 

(xvii)        the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, holdback, contingency payment obligations or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or capital stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(xviii)       the incurrence of Indebtedness resulting from endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business,

 

(xix)          Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts; provided that such Indebtedness remains outstanding for ten (10) Business Days or less, and

 

(xx)           the incurrence or issuance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.01 or otherwise, in no event will the aggregate amount of earn-out or other contingent consideration obligations (other than the Acquisition Earn-Out) incurred in connection with one or more Permitted Acquisitions or permitted Investments reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Loan Parties (in accordance with GAAP) exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 6.01, in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) at any time, whether at the time of incurrence or upon the application of all or a portion of the proceeds thereof or subsequently, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in Section 6.01(a)(i) through (xx) above, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will classify and may subsequently reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any one or more of the types of Indebtedness described in 6.01(a)(i) through (xx) above and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in such of the above clauses as determined by the Borrower at such time. The Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in 6.01(a)(i) through (xx) above.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including OID) incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

121

 

 

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of OID, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.01.

 

Section 6.02           Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except (collectively, “Permitted Liens”):

 

(a)            Liens created by the Loan Documents,

 

(b)            Permitted Encumbrances,

 

(c)            any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Third A&R Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that (A) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the Third A&R Effective Date and Permitted Refinancings thereof,

 

(d)            any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (vii) of Section 6.01; provided that (A) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (B) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (C) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and Permitted Refinancings thereof,

 

(e)            Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (vi) of Section 6.01 (including Permitted Refinancings thereof), (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby (other than Permitted Refinancings) are incurred prior to or within 120 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(f)            Liens (i) arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases, (ii) of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon and (iii) in favor of a banking institution encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry,

 

122

 

 

(g)            Liens arising out of sale and leaseback transactions permitted by Section 6.06,

 

(h)            Liens in favor of the Borrower or another Loan Party (other than Holdings),

 

(i)             licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(j)             Liens on assets of any Foreign Subsidiary or any Non-Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(xiv),

 

(k)            Liens on assets of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.02, so long as neither (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby nor (ii) the aggregate fair value (determined as of the date such Lien is incurred) of the assets subject thereto exceeds $12,500,000 at any time outstanding; provided that in no event shall Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(l)             Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (xvi) of Section 6.01,

 

(m)            Liens on Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary,

 

(n)            Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes,

 

(o)            Liens created or deemed to exist by the establishment of trusts for the purpose of satisfying government reimbursement program costs and other actions or claims pertaining to the same or related matters or other medical reimbursement programs, and

 

(p)            Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder.

 

Section 6.03           Fundamental Changes.

 

(a)            Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) any Loan Party may merge with and into the Borrower in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and, if such surviving entity is not the Borrower, such Person expressly assumes, in writing, all the obligations the Borrower under the Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan Party (other than Holdings or the Borrower) may merge with and into any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Restricted Subsidiary and, if any party to such merger is a Subsidiary Loan Party, is or becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party concurrently with such merger, (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Loan Party) may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, (iv) any asset sale permitted by Section 6.05 or Investment permitted by Section 6.04 may be effected through the merger of a subsidiary of the Borrower with a third party, (v) the Merger shall be permitted and (vi) the Third A&R Acquisition shall be permitted.

 

123

 

 

(b)            The Borrower will not, and Holdings and the Borrower will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage to any material extent in any business other than a Permitted Business.

 

(c)            Holdings will not engage in any business or activity other than the ownership of all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Borrower and engaging in corporate and administrative functions and other activities incidental thereto (including payment of dividends and other amounts in respect of its Equity Interests). Holdings will not own or acquire any assets (other than Equity Interests of the Borrower and the cash proceeds of any Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.08 or proceeds of any issuance of Indebtedness or Equity Interests permitted by this Agreement pending application as required by this Agreement) or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities under and permitted to be incurred under the Loan Documents and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with its maintenance of its existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance) and activities incidental thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holdings shall be permitted to (i) enter into transactions, engage in activities and maintain assets or incur liabilities in respect of Swap Agreements related to Indebtedness of Holdings permitted hereunder, (ii) engage in any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale or repurchase of its Equity Interests, in each case to the extent not resulting in a Change of Control, (iii) participate in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) hold any cash or property (but not operate any property), (v) employ or provide indemnification to employees, officers and directors and (vi) engage in any activities incidental to the foregoing.

 

Section 6.04            Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, purchase or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary prior to such merger) any Equity Interests in or evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit (collectively, “Investments”), except:

 

(a)            Permitted Acquisitions,

 

(b)            Permitted Investments,

 

(c)            Investments existing on the Third A&R Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.04 and any Investments consisting of extensions, modifications or renewals of any such Investments (excluding any such extensions, modifications or renewals involving additional advances, contributions or other investments of cash or property or other increases thereof unless it is a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or OID or payment-in-kind pursuant to the terms, as of the Third A&R Effective Date, of the original Investment so extended, modified or renewed),

 

124

 

 

 

(d)           Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in Equity Interests in their respective Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (A) any such Equity Interests held by a Loan Party shall be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement (subject to the limitations referred to in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”) and (B) the aggregate amount of investments in Non-Loan Parties by Loan Parties (together with outstanding intercompany loans permitted under clause (B) to the proviso to Section 6.04(e) and outstanding Guarantees permitted to be incurred under clause (B) to the proviso to Section 6.04(f)) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding (in each case determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs),

 

(e)           loans or advances made by the Borrower to any Restricted Subsidiary and made by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) any such loans and advances made by a Loan Party shall be evidenced by a promissory note pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and (B) the amount of such loans and advances made by Loan Parties to Non-Loan Parties (together with outstanding investments permitted under clause (B) to the proviso to Section 6.04(d) and outstanding Guarantees permitted under clause (B) to the proviso to Section 6.04(f)) shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding (in each case determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs),

 

(f)            Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business; provided that (and without limiting the foregoing) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Non-Loan Parties that is Guaranteed by any Loan Party (together with outstanding investments permitted under clause (B) to the proviso to Section 6.04(d) and outstanding intercompany loans permitted under clause (B) to the proviso to Section 6.04(e)) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding (in each case determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs),

 

(g)            receivables or other trade payables owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances,

 

(h)           Investments consisting of Equity Interests, obligations, securities or other property received in settlement of delinquent accounts of and disputes with customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments,

 

(i)            Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business,

 

125

 

 

(j)            loans or advances by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to employees and other individual service providers made in the ordinary course of business (including travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not exceeding $750,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such loans or advances),

 

(k)           Investments in the form of Swap Agreements,

 

(l)            Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or consolidates or merges, in one transaction or a series of transactions, with the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including in connection with a Permitted Acquisition) so long as such investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or of such consolidation or merger,

 

(m)          Investments received in connection with the dispositions of assets permitted by Section 6.05,

 

(n)           Investments constituting deposits described in clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of the term “Permitted Encumbrances”,

 

(o)           [reserved],

 

(p)           [reserved],

 

(q)           [reserved],

 

(r)            Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (including Investments in Permitted Acquisitions) in an aggregate amount, as valued at cost at the time each such Investment is made and including all related commitments for future advances, not exceeding the Available Amount immediately prior to the time of the making of any such Investment; provided that, immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Investment the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenant,

 

(s)           Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed $35,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding,

 

(t)           Investments, loans and advances by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in an amount equal to (A) the capital required under the applicable laws or regulations of the jurisdiction in which such Captive Insurance Subsidiary is formed or determined by independent actuaries as prudent and necessary capital to operate such Captive Insurance Subsidiary plus (B) any reasonable general corporate and overhead expenses of such Captive Insurance Subsidiary,

 

(u)           [reserved], and

 

(v)           Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business.

 

126

 

 

For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment (without adjustment for any increases or decreases in the value of such Investments), reduced by (except in the case of any Investments made using the Available Amount pursuant to Section 6.04(r) and returns which are included in the Available Amount pursuant to the definition thereof) any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

Section 6.05      Asset Sales. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it (other than directors’ qualifying Equity Interests or Equity Interests required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Borrower a Restricted Subsidiary), nor will the Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 6.04) involving aggregate payments or consideration for assets having a Fair Market Value in excess of $3,000,000 for any individual transaction or series of related transactions, except:

 

(a)           sales, transfers and dispositions of (i) inventory in the ordinary course of business and (ii) used, damaged, obsolete, worn out, negligible or surplus equipment or property in the ordinary course of business,

 

(b)           sales, transfers and dispositions to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such sales, transfers or dispositions involving a Non-Loan Party shall be made in compliance with Section 6.09,

 

(c)           sales, transfers and dispositions of products, services or accounts receivable (including at a discount) in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof consistent with past practice,

 

(d)           sales, transfers and dispositions of property to the extent such property constitutes an investment permitted by clauses (b), (h), (1) and (n) of Section 6.04,

 

(e)           sale and leaseback transactions permitted by Section 6.06,

 

(f)            dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(g)           [reserved],

 

(h)           exchanges of property for similar replacement property for fair value,

 

(i)            assets set forth on Schedule 6.05,

 

(j)            the sale or other disposition of Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business,

 

127

 

 

(k)           the sale or disposition of any assets or property received as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default,

 

(l)            the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with industry practice,

 

(m)            the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of (a) the Equity Interests of, or any Investment in, any Unrestricted Subsidiary or (b) Investments (other than Investments in any Restricted Subsidiary) made pursuant to clause (s) of Section 6.04,

 

(n)           surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind,

 

(o)           leases or subleases to third persons in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(p)           the sale of Equity Interests in joint ventures to the extent required by or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business between the joint venture parties and sent forth in joint venture agreements,

 

(q)           sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of assets in any fiscal year representing no more than 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(r)            the sale of Equity Interests in a Subsidiary formed after the Second A&R Closing Date to a Strategic Investor within 18 months of the formation of such Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business such that such newly-formed Subsidiary becomes a Qualified Joint Venture as long as such Subsidiary continues to constitute a Qualified Joint Venture (it being agreed that such sale shall not be deemed permitted pursuant to this clause (r) if the applicable Person ceases to be a Qualified Joint Venture), and

 

(s)           the issuance by InnovAge California PACE-Sacramento, LLC of 41.1% (in the aggregate) of its outstanding Equity Interests to Adventist Health System/West and Eskaton Properties, Incorporated on March 18, 2019 pursuant to the terms of that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2019, by and among TCO Western Holdings, LLC, Adventist Health System/West and Eskaton Properties, Incorporated;

 

provided that all sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted hereby (other than those permitted by paragraphs (b), (c), (f), (l), (n) and (p) above) shall be made for Fair Market Value and (other than those permitted by paragraphs (b), (d), (h), (1), (n) and (p) above) for at least 75% cash consideration, plus (for all such sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted hereby) an aggregate additional amount of non-cash consideration in the amount not to exceed $4,000,000 (it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (a) above, accounts receivable received in the ordinary course and any property received in exchange for used, obsolete, worn out or surplus equipment or property and any non-cash consideration that was actually converted into cash within 6 months following the applicable sale, transfer, lease or other disposition by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to constitute cash consideration).

 

128

 

 

Section 6.06      Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for (x) any such sale of any fixed or capital assets by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair value of such fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 180 days after the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary acquires or completes the construction of such fixed or capital asset or (y) sale and leaseback transactions with respect to any single parcel of real property and related assets made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the Fair Market Value of such property and related assets, where the Fair Market Value of such property and related assets in the aggregate does not exceed $15,000,000.

 

Section 6.07      [Reserved].

 

Section 6.08      Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness.

 

(a)           The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except:

 

(i)              the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its common stock payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, and, with respect to its preferred stock, payable solely in additional shares of such preferred stock or in shares of its common stock,

 

(ii)             Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their capital stock, membership or partnership interests or other similar Equity Interests,

 

(iii)            the Borrower may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions to Holdings, the proceeds of which are used by Holdings or a parent to purchase or redeem Equity Interests of Holdings or a parent (x) acquired by employees, consultants or directors of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such Person’s death, disability, retirement or termination of employment; provided that the aggregate amount of such purchases or redemptions under this clause (iii)(x) shall not exceed $2,500,000 in any fiscal year (and, to the extent that the aggregate amount of purchases or redemptions made in any fiscal year pursuant to this clause (iii)(x) is less than $2,500,000, the amount of such difference may be carried forward and used for such purpose in the following fiscal year) and $5,000,000 in the aggregate and (y) held by a Permitted Co-Investor not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that in any such case (A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (B) immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or redemption, the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenant and (C) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a Pro Forma Basis, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.50:1.00,

 

129

 

 

(iv)            the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to pay (or to make a payment to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to enable it to pay) corporate overhead expenses incurred in the ordinary course and as may be necessary to permit Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to pay their expenses and liabilities incurred in the ordinary course, including, without limitation, (A) customary and reasonable salary, bonus and other compensation and benefits payable to officers, employees and consultants of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, (B) customary and reasonable fees and expenses paid to members of the board of directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof or payments in respect of indemnification obligations to such board members, (C) reasonable general corporate overhead expenses of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, to the extent allocable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (D) franchise taxes and other similar licensing expenses, in each case required to maintain its corporate existence and (E) fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) relating to any unsuccessful debt or equity financing,

 

(v)             with respect to any taxable period (or portion thereof) with respect to which the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined or similar income tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income tax purposes of which Holdings or a parent is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings (or any such parent) in an amount necessary to enable Holdings (or such parent, as applicable) to pay the portion of any consolidated, combined or similar U.S. federal, state or local income Taxes (as applicable) of such Tax Group for such taxable period that are directly attributable to the taxable income of the Borrower and/or its applicable Subsidiaries; provided that the amount of any such Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (v) shall not exceed the amount of such Taxes that the Borrower and/or its applicable Subsidiaries would have paid had the Borrower and/or such Subsidiaries, as applicable, been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer (or a stand-alone corporate group); provided, further, that the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (v) in respect of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that cash distributions were made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such purpose,

 

(vi)            cashless repurchases of Equity Interests of Holdings deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or upon vesting of common stock, if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price or withholding obligations of such options, warrants or common stock,

 

(vii)          the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make a payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement (provided that such date of declaration or giving of notice of redemption shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment and shall utilize capacity under another provision of this Section 6.08),

 

130

 

 

(viii)         so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make payments, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to pay management, consulting and advisory fees or any other amounts payable to any Permitted Holder to the extent permitted by Section 6.09,

 

(ix)            the Borrower may use an amount up to (x) the amount of unrestricted cash on its balance sheet as of immediately prior to the Third A&R Effective Date, plus (y) the net proceeds of the New Third A&R Term Loans minus (z) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of the Lenders as of immediately prior to the Third A&R Effective Date, which amount shall not exceed the Redemption Amount (as defined in the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement), to (a) on the Third A&R Effective Date, make Restricted Payments to, or to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests from, any direct or indirect equityholder of Holdings as contemplated by the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement and (b) on or before the first payroll date after the Third A&R Effective Date, the Borrower may make payments to optionholders and members of the management of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount up to (i) the Total Optionholder Consideration Amount (as defined in the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement), plus (ii) amounts required pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Transaction Expenses (as defined in the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement), and plus (iii) other payments owed to optionholders pursuant to the Third A&R Acquisition Agreement (collectively, the “Third A&R Acquisition Distribution”),

 

(x)             the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Available Amount immediately prior to the time of the making of such Restricted Payment; provided that (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (y) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a Pro Forma Basis, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.50:1.00,

 

(xi)            the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to pay any nonrecurring fees, cash charges and cost expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness, in each case only to the extent that such transaction is not consummated,

 

(xii)           [reserved],

 

(xiii)          [reserved],

 

(xiv)          the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make payments for the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, rights or warrants to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those options, rights or warrants,

 

131

 

 

(xv)           the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issuable as dividends on preferred stock or upon the conversion of any convertible debt securities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and

 

(xvi)          payment of fees and reimbursement of other expenses to the Permitted Holders in connection with the Transactions permitted by Section 6.09 shall be permitted,

 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of the Borrower, any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment.

 

(b)           The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the intercompany loans among Restricted Subsidiaries and the Borrower) (“Specified Indebtedness”), except:

 

(i)              payment of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due in respect of any Indebtedness, other than, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, as prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof,

 

(ii)            the conversion or exchange of any Specified Indebtedness into, or redemption, repurchase, prepayment, defeasance or other retirement of any such Indebtedness with the Net Proceeds of the issuance by Holdings or a parent of Equity Interests (or capital contributions in respect thereof) of Holdings or a parent after the Closing Date to the extent not Otherwise Applied, plus any fees and expenses in connection with such conversion, exchange, redemption, repurchase, prepayment, defeasance or other retirement,

 

(iii)            the prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other retirement of Specified Indebtedness for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed the Available Amount; provided that (x) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (y) immediately after giving effect to such prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other retirement of Specified Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.50:1.00,

 

(iv)            [reserved],

 

(v)            [reserved], and

 

(vi)            refinancings of Indebtedness to the extent the Indebtedness being incurred in connection with such refinancing is a Permitted Refinancing.

 

132

 

 

(c)           The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment or prepayment with respect to the NewCourtland Earn-Out unless (A) after giving effect to such payment, (i) the Loan Parties are in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenant set forth in Section 6.12, recomputed for the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered, and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result from the making of such payment) or (B) such payment is made substantially simultaneously with the proceeds of issuances of Permitted Securities (or any other contribution to capital or sale or issuance of any other Equity Interests on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) by Holdings (other than (x) any Disqualified Stock and (y) Permitted Securities or other contributions or sales of Equity Interests in connection with an exercise of the Cure Right).

 

Section 6.09      Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $500,000 for any individual transaction or series of related transactions, except:

 

(a)           transactions that are at prices and on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that could be obtained on arm’s-length transaction basis from unrelated third parties other than an Affiliate,

 

(b)           transactions between or among Holdings, the Borrower, and the Subsidiary Loan Parties,

 

(c)           any Investment permitted under Section 6.04(d), 6.04(e), 6.04(g) or 6.04(m),

 

(d)           any Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(v) and Section 6.01(xii),

 

(e)           any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 6.08,

 

(f)            loans or advances to employees permitted under Section 6.04(e),

 

(g)           any lease entered into between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any of the Affiliates of the Borrower or entity controlled by such Affiliates, as lessor, which is approved in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower and for which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such lease is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view,

 

(h)           so long as no Default described in Section 7.01(b) and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay, or may pay cash dividends to enable Holdings to pay, (A) the management, advisory, incentive or similar fees payable under the Management Agreement for any period ending after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not greater than $1,000,000 during any fiscal year, payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring or advisory fees within such amount accrued in any prior year but in any event accrued after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date), (B) fees in respect of any financings, acquisitions or dispositions with respect to which any Permitted Holder acts as an adviser to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed 2.0% of the value of any such transaction and (C) indemnities and expense reimbursements pursuant to the Management Agreement; provided, that indemnities and expense reimbursements under this clause (C) shall be permitted in an aggregate amount not greater than $100,000 during any fiscal year notwithstanding the continuance of a Default described in Section 7.01(b) or an Event of Default; provided, further, any fees not paid under this Section 6.09(h) due to the existence of a Default described in Section 7.01(b) or an Event of Default shall be deferred and may be paid when no such Default or Event of Default exists or would arise as a result of such payment,

 

133

 

 

(i)            any contribution to the capital of Holdings directly or indirectly by the Permitted Holders or any purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings by the Permitted Holders not prohibited by this Agreement,

 

(j)            the payment of reasonable fees to directors of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary who are not employees of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and compensation and employee benefit plans and arrangements paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business,

 

(k)           any issuances of Equity Interests, securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Borrower’s or Holdings’ Board of Directors (or a committee thereof),

 

(l)            transactions pursuant to agreements set forth on Schedule 6.09 and any amendments thereto to the extent such amendments are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary Loan Party than those provided for in the original agreements,

 

(m)          any employment, consulting, change of control and severance arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business between a parent, Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any officer, consultant or employee thereof,

 

(n)           payments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of reasonable insurance premiums to, and any borrowings or dividends received from, any Captive Insurance Subsidiary,

 

(o)           transactions with customers, suppliers, contractors, j oint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case which are in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, pursuant to joint venture agreements) and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement which are approved in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower and for which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, from a financial point of view,

 

134

 

 

(p)           the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement with Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and any payments thereunder by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Holdings or any parent to the extent permitted by Section 6.08(a)(iv),

 

(q)           the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) (i) of Holdings to Affiliates of Holdings or (ii) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary for compensation purposes,

 

(r)            non-exclusive intellectual property licenses not materially interfering with the conduct of the Borrower’s business in the ordinary course of business, and

 

(s)           the Transactions (including Transaction Expenses) and the payment of fees and expenses as part of or in connection with the Transactions.

 

Section 6.10      Restrictive Agreements.

 

(a)           Subject to clauses (b) through (d) below, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets or (ii) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)           The foregoing clause (a) shall not apply to restrictions and conditions (i) imposed by law or by any Loan Document, documentation governing any Permitted Refinancing (provided that such restrictions are not materially more restrictive (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), taken as a whole, than those contained in such agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced), or Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (provided that such restrictions shall apply only to such Foreign Subsidiary), (ii) existing on the Third A&R Effective Date identified on Schedule 6.10 (and shall not apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) contained in agreements relating to the acquisition of property; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the property so acquired and were not created in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisitions and (v) imposed by any customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into the ordinary course of business.

 

(c)           The foregoing clause (a)(i) shall not apply to restrictions or conditions (i) imposed by any agreement relating to Secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and (ii) imposed by customary provisions in leases restricting the assignment thereof.

 

135

 

 

(d)           The foregoing clause (a)(ii) shall not apply (x) to customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to purchase options, rights of first refusal or call or similar rights of a third party that owns Equity Interests in such joint venture or (y) to customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses, cross-licenses, sublicenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate solely to the property interest, rights or the assets subject thereto.

 

(e)            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.10, (i) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to other Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

 

Section 6.11      Amendment of Material Documents. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify or waive any of its rights under (a) the documentation governing any Permitted Securities or (b) its Organizational Documents to the extent such amendment, modification or waiver would be materially adverse to the Lenders.

 

Section 6.12      Maximum Secured Leverage Ratio.

 

The Borrower will not permit the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, calculated on the last day of each fiscal quarter listed below, to be greater than the ratio set forth below as of such fiscal quarter end date:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending: Maximum Secured Net Leverage Ratio
   
September 30, 2020 7.00:1.00
   
December 31, 2020 7.00:1.00
   
March 31, 2021 6.75:1.00
   
June 30, 2021 6.50:1.00
   
September 30, 2021 6.50:1.00
   
December 31, 2021 6.25:1.00
   
March 31, 2022 6.25:1.00
   
June 30, 2022 6.00:1.00
   
September 30, 2022 6.00:1.00
   
December 31, 2022 5.75:1.00
   
March 31, 2023 5.75:1.00
   
June 30, 2023 5.50:1.00
   
September 30, 2023 5.50:1.00

 

136

 

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending: Maximum Secured Net Leverage Ratio
   
December 31, 2023 5.25:1.00
   
March 31, 2024 5.25:1.00
   
June 30, 2024 5.25:1.00
   
September 30, 2024 5.25:1.00
   
December 31, 2024 5.25:1.00
   
March 31, 2025 5.25:1.00
   
June 30, 2025 5.25:1.00
   
September 30, 2025 5.25:1.00
   
December 31, 2025 5.25:1.00
   
March 31, 2025 5.25:1.00
   
June 30, 2025 5.25:1.00
   
September 30, 2025 5.25:1.00
   
December 31, 2025 5.25:1.00
   
March 31, 2026 and thereafter 5.25:1.00

 

Section 6.13      Fiscal Year. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, change its fiscal year to end on any date other than June 30.

 

Article VII
Events of Default

 

Section 7.01      Events of Default. If any of the following events (any such event, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

 

(a)           the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise,

 

(b)           the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 7.01) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days,

 

(c)            any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is qualified by “materially”, “Material Adverse Effect” or a similar term, in which case such representation or warranty shall prove to have been incorrect in any respect) when made or deemed made,

 

137

 

 

(d)           the Borrower or, in the case of Section 6.03, Holdings, fails to (or, to the extent applicable, fails to cause any Restricted Subsidiary to) observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (x) Section 5.02(a)(i), 5.04 (solely with respect to the existence of the Borrower) or in Article VI; provided that the Financial Covenant is subject to cure pursuant to Section 7.02, or (y) Section 5.01(a), 5.01(b), 5.01(d) or 5.01(e) and, in the case of this clause (y), such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of ten (10) days,

 

(e)           Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 7.01), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after receipt by the Borrower of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender),

 

(f)            any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Agreements, as a result of any termination events or equivalent events (other than any additional termination events (or equivalent events)) and not as a result of any other default thereunder by any Loan Party); provided that this paragraph (f) shall not apply to Secured Indebtedness that becomes due solely as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets (to the extent not prohibited under this Agreement) securing such Indebtedness; provided, further, that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness prior to any termination of the Commitments or acceleration of the Loans hereunder,

 

(g)           an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered,

 

(h)           Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in paragraph (g) of this Section 7.01, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any formal action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing,

 

138

 

 

(i)            one or more judgments for the payment of money (to the extent not paid or covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage) in an aggregate amount in excess of $7,500,000 shall be rendered against Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment,

 

(j)            (i) an ERISA Event occurs that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,

 

(k)           any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral with a fair value in excess of $7,500,000, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except (i) as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents or (ii) as a result of the Collateral Agent’s failure to maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Collateral Agreement,

 

(l)            any Loan Document shall for any reason be asserted by any Loan Party not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any party thereto,

 

(m)          the Guarantees of the Obligations by Holdings and the Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to the Collateral Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents) or shall be asserted by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party not to be in effect or not to be legal, valid and binding obligations,

 

(n)            there shall occur any revocation, suspension, termination, rescission, nonrenewal (except for any such non-renewal at the election of a Loan Party as would not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect) or forfeiture or any similar final administrative action with respect to one or more Healthcare Permits, in each case of any Loan Party which, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,

 

139

 

 

 

(o)            a Change of Control shall occur, or

 

(p)            there shall occur any Payor Event of Default under (and as defined in) the Payment Agreement,

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) of this Section 7.01), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, (x) the Revolver Agent may, and at the request of the Required Revolving Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, terminate the Revolving Commitments, and thereupon the Revolving Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (y) the Administrative Agent may, and, in the case of the following clause (i), at the request of the Required Term Lenders and, in the case of the following clause (ii), at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments in respect of the Term Loans, and thereupon such Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, and the Revolving Commitments of each Revolving Lender shall immediately terminate; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) of this Section 7.01, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

 

Section 7.02      Borrower’s Right to Cure.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of the Financial Covenant set forth in Section 6.12 (a “Financial Covenant Default”), after the last day of the fiscal period for which the Financial Covenant is being measured, but on or prior to the date that is 10 Business Days subsequent to the date on which financial statements with respect to such fiscal period are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, Holdings shall have the right to issue Permitted Securities (or any other contribution to capital or sale or issuance of any other Equity Interests on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), the proceeds of which Holdings will contribute in cash to the Borrower as common equity or other equity on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (collectively, the “Cure Right”); provided that at the Borrower’s option, the Borrower may elect to exercise such Cure Right prior to the date of the delivery of the applicable financial statements if the Borrower reasonably determines that it will fail to comply with the requirements of the Financial Covenant upon the delivery of such financial Statements, and upon the receipt by the Borrower of such cash (the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise by the Borrower of such Cure Right, the Financial Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

 

(i)            Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Covenant at the end of the applicable fiscal quarter and applicable subsequent periods which include such fiscal quarter and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

  

140

 

  

(ii)            if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenants, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) in each four-fiscal- quarter period there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised and no more than five (5) Cure Rights shall be exercised in the aggregate following the Closing Date, (b) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Covenant and (c) the Cure Amount shall be set forth in an officer’s certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)            The Cure Right and the effects thereof on determining pricing, financial ratio-based conditions (other than for determining actual compliance with Section 6.12) or any baskets with respect to covenants will be disregarded for all other purposes under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratios as a threshold for permitted exceptions to any affirmative and negative covenants; provided that the reduction in the outstanding principal balance of the Loans due to the application of the proceeds of an the exercise of a Cure Right pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Covenant for the measurement period ending on the last day of the applicable fiscal quarter. In addition, exercise of the Cure Right shall not result in any adjustment to any amounts (including the amount of Indebtedness) or increase in cash (and shall not be included for purposes of determining pricing, mandatory prepayments and the availability or amount permitted pursuant to any covenant under Article VI).

 

(d)            So long as the Borrower is entitled to exercise a Cure Right pursuant to the foregoing terms and provisions of this Section 7.02, neither Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent nor any Lender shall impose default interest, accelerate the Obligations or exercise any enforcement remedy against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties solely on the basis of the applicable Financial Covenant Default; provided that until timely receipt of the Cure Amount, an Event of Default shall be deemed to exist for all other purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any term or provision of any Loan Document which prohibits any action to be taken by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries during the existence of an Event of Default; provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a deemed cure pursuant to Section 7.02(c), the requirements of the applicable Financial Covenant shall be deemed to have been satisfied as of the applicable fiscal quarter with the same effect as though there had been no Financial Covenant Default (and any other Default arising solely as a result thereof) at such date or thereafter.

 

Section 7.03      Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries. Solely for the purposes of determining whether a Default has occurred under clause (g) or (h) of Section 7.01, any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to exclude any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause. 

 

141

 

 

Article VIII
The Agents

 

Section 8.01        Appointment and Duties.

 

(a)            Appointment of Agent. (i) Each Secured Party hereby appoints Capital One (together with any successor Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.9) as Administrative Agent hereunder and authorizes Administrative Agent to (i) execute and deliver the Loan Documents and accept delivery thereof on its behalf from any Loan Party, (ii) take such action on its behalf and to exercise all rights, powers and remedies and perform the duties as are expressly delegated to Administrative Agent under such Loan Documents and (iii) exercise such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and (ii) each Revolving Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby appoints Capital One (together with any successor Revolver Agent pursuant to Section 8.9) as Revolver Agent hereunder and authorizes Revolver Agent to (i) execute and deliver the Loan Documents and accept delivery thereof on its behalf from any Loan Party, (ii) take such action on its behalf and to exercise all rights, powers and remedies and perform the duties as are expressly delegated to Revolver Agent under such Loan Documents and (iii) exercise such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. For purposes of this Article VIII, all references to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to both the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

(b)            Duties as Collateral and Disbursing Agent. Without limiting the generality of clause (a) above,

 

(i)            Administrative Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority (to the exclusion of the Lenders and Issuing Banks, except as otherwise provided in clause (ii) below as to the rights and authority of the Revolver Agent), and is hereby authorized, to (A) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for the Lenders and the Issuing Banks with respect to all payments and collections arising in connection with the Loan Documents (including in any proceeding described in Sections 7.01(g) or 7.01(h) or any other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding), and each Person making any payment in connection with any Loan Document to any Secured Party is hereby authorized to make such payment to Administrative Agent, (B) file and prove claims and file other documents necessary or desirable to allow the claims of the Secured Parties with respect to any Obligation in any proceeding described in Section 7.1(g) or (h) or any other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding (but not to vote, consent or otherwise act on behalf of such Person), (C) act as collateral agent for each Secured Party for purposes of the perfection of all Liens created by such agreements and all other purposes stated therein, (D) manage, supervise and otherwise deal with the Collateral, (E) take such other action as is necessary or desirable to maintain the perfection and priority of the Liens created or purported to be created by the Loan Documents, (F) except as may be otherwise specified in any Loan Document, exercise all remedies given to Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the Loan Parties and/or the Collateral, whether under the Loan Documents, applicable Requirements of Law or otherwise and (G) execute any amendment, consent or waiver under the Loan Documents on behalf of any Lender that has consented in writing to such amendment, consent or waiver; provided, however, that Administrative Agent hereby appoints, authorizes and directs each Lender and Issuing Bank to act as collateral sub-agent for Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks for purposes of the perfection of all Liens with respect to the Collateral, including any deposit account maintained by a Loan Party with, and cash and Permitted Investments held by, such Lender or Issuing Bank, and may further authorize and direct the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to take further actions as collateral sub-agents for purposes of enforcing such Liens or otherwise to transfer the Collateral subject thereto to Administrative Agent, and each Lender and Issuing Banks hereby agrees to take such further actions to the extent, and only to the extent, so authorized and directed; and

 

142

 

 

(ii)            the Revolver Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority (to the exclusion of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Issuing Banks), and is hereby authorized to (A) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for the Revolving Lenders and the Issuing Banks with respect to all payments made in respect of the Revolving Loans and Obligations arising with respect to Letters of Credit and fees related thereto, all as more specifically provided in Article II and (B) to perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are specifically provided to the Revolver Agent in this Agreement.

 

(c)            Limited Duties. Under the Loan Documents, each of Administrative Agent and Revolver Agent (i) is acting solely on behalf of the Secured Parties (or the Revolving Lenders and the Issuing Banks with respect to the Revolver Agent, except to the limited extent provided in Section 9.04(b) with respect to the Registers), with duties that are entirely administrative in nature, notwithstanding the use of the defined terms “Administrative Agent”, and “Revolver Agent” or the terms “administrative agent”, “Administrative Agent”, “Revolver Agent” and “collateral agent” and similar terms in any Loan Document to refer to Administrative Agent or the Revolver Agent, as applicable, which terms are used for title purposes only, (ii) is not assuming any obligation under any Loan Document other than as expressly set forth therein or any role as agent, fiduciary or trustee of or for any Lender, Issuing Bank or any other Person and (iii) shall have no implied functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or other liabilities under any Loan Document, and each Secured Party, by accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, hereby waives and agrees not to assert any claim against Administrative Agent or the Revolver Agent based on the roles, duties and legal relationships expressly disclaimed in clauses (i) through (iii) above.

 

Section 8.02      Binding Effect. Each Secured Party, by accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, agrees that (i) any action taken by Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, Required Revolving Lenders, Required Term Lenders or the Required Lenders (or, if expressly required hereby, a greater proportion of the Lenders) in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents, (ii) any action taken by Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent in reliance upon the instructions of Required Revolving Lenders, Required Term Lenders or Required Lenders (or, where so required, such greater proportion) and (iii) the exercise by Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, Required Revolving Lenders, Required Term Lenders or the Required Lenders (or, where so required, such greater proportion) of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Secured Parties.

 

143

 

  

Section 8.03      Use of Discretion.

 

(a)            No Action without Instructions. Neither Administrative Agent nor Revolver Agent shall be required to exercise any discretion or take, or to omit to take, any action, including with respect to enforcement or collection, except any action it is required to take or omit to take (i) under any Loan Document or (ii) pursuant to instructions from the Required Revolving Lenders, Required Term Lenders or Required Lenders, as applicable (or, where expressly required by the terms of this Agreement, a greater proportion of the Lenders).

 

(b)            Right Not to Follow Certain Instructions. Notwithstanding clause (a) above, no Agent shall be required to take, or to omit to take, any action (i) unless, upon demand, such Agent receives an indemnification satisfactory to it from the Lenders (or, to the extent applicable and acceptable to such Agent, any other Person) against all Liabilities that, by reason of such action or omission, may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent or any Related Party thereof or (ii) that is, in the opinion of such Agent or its counsel, contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirement of Law.

 

(c)            Exclusive Right to Enforce Rights and Remedies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Applicable Agent in accordance with the Loan Documents for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Banks; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) the Applicable Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as the Administrative Agent or the Revolver Agent, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (ii) each of the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lenders from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as an Issuing Bank or a Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (iii) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 9.08 or (iv) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any bankruptcy or other debtor relief law; and provided further that if at any time there is no Person acting as the Administrative Agent or the Revolver Agent, as the case may be, hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (A) the Required Revolving Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Revolver Agent pursuant to Section 7.01, (B) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.01 and (C) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 9.08, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

 

Section 8.04      Delegation of Duties. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Revolver Agent may, upon any term or condition it specifies, delegate or exercise any of its rights, powers and remedies under, and delegate or perform any of its duties or any other action with respect to, any Loan Document by or through any trustee, co-agent, employee, attorney-in- fact and any other Person (including any Secured Party). Any such Person shall benefit from this Article VIII to the extent provided by Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as applicable.

 

144

 

 

Section 8.05      Reliance and Liability.

 

(a)            Each of Administrative Agent and Revolver Agent may, without incurring any liability hereunder, (i) treat the payee of any Note as its holder until such Note has been assigned in accordance with Section 9.04, (ii) rely on the Register to the extent set forth in Section 9.04, (iii) consult with any of its Related Parties and, whether or not selected by it, any other advisors, accountants and other experts (including advisors to, and accountants and experts engaged by, any Loan Party) and (iv) rely and act upon any document and information (including those transmitted by electronic transmission) and any telephone message or conversation, in each case believed by it to be genuine and transmitted, signed or otherwise authenticated by the appropriate parties.

 

(b)            None of Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent and their respective Related Parties shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with any Loan Document, and each Secured Party, Holdings, Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby waive and shall not assert (and each of Holdings and the Borrower shall cause each other Loan Party to waive and agree not to assert) any right, claim or cause of action based thereon, except to the extent of liabilities resulting primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or, as the case may be, such Related Party (each as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) in connection with the duties expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the foregoing, Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent and their respective Related Parties:

 

(i)            shall not be responsible or otherwise incur liability for any action or omission taken in reliance upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, the Required Revolving Lenders or the Required Term Lenders, as applicable, or for the actions or omissions of any of its Related Parties selected with reasonable care (other than employees, officers and directors of Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, when acting on behalf of Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as applicable);

 

(ii)           shall not be responsible to any Lender, Issuing Bank or other Person for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, effectiveness, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien created or purported to be created under or in connection with, any Loan Document;

 

(iii)          makes no warranty or representation, and shall not be responsible, to any Lender, Issuing Bank or other Person for any statement, document, information, representation or warranty made or furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any Related Party of any Loan Party in connection with any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated therein or any other document or information with respect to any Loan Party, whether or not transmitted or (except for documents expressly required under any Loan Document to be transmitted to the Lenders) omitted to be transmitted by Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as applicable, including as to completeness, accuracy, scope or adequacy thereof, or for the scope, nature or results of any due diligence performed by Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as applicable, in connection with the Loan Documents;

 

145

 

 

(iv)          shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any provision of any Loan Document, whether any condition set forth in any Loan Document is satisfied or waived, as to the financial condition of any Loan Party or as to the existence or continuation or possible occurrence or continuation of any Default or Event of Default and shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of such occurrence or continuation unless it has received a notice from the Borrower, any Lender or Issuing Bank describing such Default or Event of Default clearly labeled “notice of default” (in which case Administrative Agent and Revolver Agent, as applicable, shall promptly give notice of such receipt to all Lenders); and

 

(v)           shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Revolver Agent shall (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Institution;

 

and, for each of the items set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above, each Lender, Issuing Bank, Holdings and each Borrower hereby waives and agrees not to assert (and each of Holdings and each Borrower shall cause each other Loan Party to waive and agree not to assert) any right, claim or cause of action it might have against Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent based thereon.

 

Section 8.06      Administrative Agent and Revolver Agent Individually. Each of Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent and their respective Affiliates may make loans and other extensions of credit to, acquire Equity Interests of, engage in any kind of business with, any Loan Party or Affiliate thereof as though it were not acting as Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as the case may be, and may receive separate fees and other payments therefor. To the extent Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or any of their respective Affiliates makes any Loan or otherwise becomes a Lender hereunder, it shall have and may exercise the same rights and powers hereunder and shall be subject to the same obligations and liabilities as any other Lender and the terms “Lender”, “Revolving Lender”, “Required Lender”, “Required Revolving Lender”, “Required Term Lender” and any similar terms shall, except where otherwise expressly provided in any Loan Document, include Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or such Affiliate, as the case may be, in its individual capacity as Lender, Revolving Lender or as one of the Required Lenders, Required Revolving Lenders or Required Term Lenders, respectively.

 

Section 8.07      Lender Credit Decision.

 

(a)            Each Lender and each Issuing Bank acknowledges that it shall, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank or any of their Related Parties or upon any document (including any offering and disclosure materials in connection with the syndication of the Loans) solely or in part because such document was transmitted by Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or any of their respective Related Parties, conduct its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of each Loan Party and make and continue to make its own credit decisions in connection with entering into, and taking or not taking any action under, any Loan Document or with respect to any transaction contemplated in any Loan Document, in each case based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate. Except for documents expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent to the Lenders or Issuing Banks, neither Administrative Agent nor Revolver Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or Issuing Bank with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, Property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party that may come in to the possession of Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or any of their respective Related Parties.

 

146

 

 

(b)            If any Lender or Issuing Bank has elected to abstain from receiving material non-public information (“MNPI”) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates, such Lender or Issuing Bank acknowledges that, notwithstanding such election, Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent and/or the Loan Parties will, from time to time, make available syndicate-information (which may contain MNPI) as required by the terms of, or in the course of administering the Loans to the credit contact(s) identified for receipt of such information on the Lender’s administrative questionnaire who are able to receive and use all syndicate-level information (which may contain MNPI) in accordance with such Lender’s compliance policies and contractual obligations and applicable law, including federal and state securities laws; provided, that if such contact is not so identified in such questionnaire, the relevant Lender or Issuing Bank hereby agrees to promptly (and in any event within one (1) Business Day) provide such a contact to Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent and the Loan Parties upon request therefor by Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or the Loan Parties. Notwithstanding such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s election to abstain from receiving MNPI, such Lender or Issuing Bank acknowledges that if such Lender or Issuing Bank chooses to communicate with Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, it assumes the risk of receiving MNPI concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates.

 

Section 8.08      Expenses; Indemnities; Withholding.

 

(a)            Each Lender agrees to reimburse Administrative Agent and each of its Related Parties (to the extent not reimbursed by any Loan Party), and each Revolving Lender agrees to reimburse the Revolver Agent and each of its Related Parties (to the extent not reimbursed by any Loan Party), in each case, promptly upon demand, severally and ratably, for any costs and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of financial, legal and other advisors and Other Taxes paid in the name of, or on behalf of, any Loan Party) that may be incurred by Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or any of their respective Related Parties in connection with the preparation, syndication, execution, delivery, administration, modification, consent, waiver or enforcement of, or the taking of any other action (whether through negotiations, through any work-out, bankruptcy, restructuring or other legal or other proceeding (including preparation for and/or response to any subpoena or request for document production relating thereto) or otherwise) in respect of, or legal advice with respect to, its rights or responsibilities under, any Loan Document.

 

(b)            Each Lender further agrees to indemnify Administrative Agent and each of its Related Parties (to the extent not reimbursed by any Loan Party), and each Revolving Lender further agrees to indemnify the Revolver Agent, each Issuing Bank and each of their respective Related Parties (to the extent not reimbursed by any Loan Party), in each case, severally and ratably, from and against liabilities (including, to the extent not indemnified pursuant to Section 8.08(c), Taxes, interests and penalties imposed for not properly withholding or backup withholding on payments made to or for the account of any Lender) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, any Issuing Bank or any of their respective Related Parties in any matter relating to or arising out of, in connection with or as a result of any Loan Document, any Letter of Credit or any other act, event or transaction related, contemplated in or attendant to any such document, or, in each case, any action taken or omitted to be taken by Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, any Issuing Bank or any of their respective Related Parties under or with respect to any of the foregoing; provided, that with respect to any indemnification owed to any Issuing Bank or any of its Related Parties in connection with any Letter of Credit, only Revolving Lenders shall be required to indemnify, such indemnification to be made severally and ratably based on the percentage equivalent of such Revolving Lender’s Commitment with respect to the Revolving Commitment divided by the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders (determined as of the time the applicable indemnification is sought by such Issuing Bank or Related Party from the Revolving Lenders); provided, further, however, that no Lender shall be liable to Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or any of its Related Parties to the extent such liability has resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or, as the case may be, such Related Party, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment or order.

 

(c)            To the extent required by any Requirement of Law, Applicable Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under a Loan Document an amount equal to any applicable withholding Tax (including withholding Taxes imposed under Chapters 3 and 4 of Subtitle A of the Code). If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that Applicable Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate certification form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or fails to establish an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax with respect to a particular type of payment, or because such Lender failed to notify Applicable Agent or any other Person of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective, failed to maintain a Participant Register or for any other reason), or Applicable Agent reasonably determines that it was required to withhold Taxes from a prior payment but failed to do so, such Lender shall promptly indemnify Applicable Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Applicable Agent as Tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and together with all expenses incurred by Applicable Agent, including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses. Applicable Agent may offset against any payment to any Lender under a Loan Document, any applicable withholding Tax that was required to be withheld from any prior payment to such Lender but which was not so withheld, as well as any other amounts for which Applicable Agent is entitled to indemnification from such Lender under this Section 8.08(c).

 

147

 

 

Section 8.09      Resignation of Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or Issuing Bank.

 

(a)            Administrative Agent may resign at any time by delivering notice of such resignation to the Lenders, Revolver Agent and the Borrower, effective on the date set forth in such notice or, if no such date is set forth therein, upon the date such notice shall be effective in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.09. If Administrative Agent delivers any such notice, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. If, after 30 days after the date of the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed by the Required Lenders that has accepted such appointment, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent from among the Lenders who agree to act in such capacity. Revolver Agent may resign at any time by delivering notice of such resignation to the Lenders, Administrative Agent and the Borrower, effective on the date set forth in such notice or, if no such date is set forth therein, upon the date such notice shall be effective in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.09. If Revolver Agent delivers any such notice, the Required Revolving Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Revolver Agent. If, after 30 days after the date of the retiring Revolver Agent’s notice of resignation, no successor Revolver Agent has been appointed by the Required Revolving Lenders that has accepted such appointment, then the retiring Revolver Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Revolver Agent from among the Lenders who agree to act in such capacity. Each appointment under this clause (a) (other than an appointment by Revolver Agent) shall be subject to the prior consent of the Borrower, which may not be unreasonably withheld but shall not be required during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

(b)            Effective immediately upon its resignation, (i) the retiring Applicable Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents, (ii) the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the retiring Revolver Agent, in each case, until a successor Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as applicable, shall have accepted a valid appointment hereunder, (iii) the retiring Applicable Agent and its Related Parties shall no longer have the benefit of any provision of any Loan Document other than with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken while such retiring Applicable Agent was, or because such retiring Applicable Agent had been, validly acting as Administrative Agent or the Revolver Agent, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents and (iv) subject to its rights under Section 8.03, the retiring Applicable Agent shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to assign to the successor Applicable Agent its rights as Applicable Agent under the Loan Documents. Effective immediately upon its acceptance of a valid appointment as Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as applicable, a successor Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as applicable, shall succeed to, and become vested with, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents.

 

Section 8.10      Joint Lead Arrangers. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, no Joint Lead Arranger shall have any duties or responsibilities, nor shall any Joint Lead Arranger have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Joint Lead Arranger.

 

148

 

 

Article IX
Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.01      Notices.

 

(a)            Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

(i)            if to the Borrower, to Total Community Options, Inc. 8950 East Lowry Boulevard Denver, Colorado 80230, Attention: Maureen Hewitt (Telecopy No. [****],

 

(ii)           if to the Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, Swingline Lender or Collateral Agent, to Capital One, National Association, [****], Attention: InnovAge Account Officer (Facsimile [****]), with a copy to Capital One, National Association, [****], Attention: General Counsel (Facsimile [****]),

 

(iii)          if to the Issuing Bank, to such address as the Issuing Bank may provide in writing to the Revolver Agent and the Borrower from time to time, and

 

(iv)          if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

(b)            Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Applicable Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Applicable Agent and the applicable Lender. The Applicable Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Applicable Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e- mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

 

(c)            Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Revolver Agent (and, in the case of the Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent, by written notice to the Borrower). All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. 

 

(d)            Each Revolving Lender shall notify the Revolver Agent in writing of any changes in the address to which notices to such Revolving Lender should be directed, of addresses of its lending office, of payment instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of such other administrative information as the Revolver Agent shall reasonably request.

 

149

 

 

Section 9.02      Waivers; Amendments.

 

(a)            No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, any Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

(b)            Except as provided in Section 2.20 (other than Section 2.20(d)(i)) with respect to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment (or to give effect to any restatement of this Agreement, the substantive terms of which are otherwise permitted hereby), neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall

 

(i)            increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or of any Default or mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of any Commitments shall not constitute an increase of any Commitment of any Lender),

 

(ii)            reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of “Secured Net Leverage Ratio” or “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”, in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in any rate of interest; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend Section 2.13(c) or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest thereunder,

 

150

 

 

(iii)            postpone the maturity of any Loan, or any scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, the required date of reimbursement of any LC Disbursement, or any date for the payment of any interest or fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of any Commitment shall not constitute a reduction, waiver, excuse or postponement),

 

(iv)          change Section 2.18(b), (c) or (f) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby,

 

(v)            change any of the provisions of this Section 9.02 or the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Required Revolving Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (or each Lender of such Class, as applicable),

 

(vi)           release Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party from its Guarantee under the Collateral Agreement (except as provided in Section 9.15 or in the Collateral Agreement) or limit its liability in respect of such Guarantee, without the written consent of each Lender,

 

(vii)          release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (except as provided in Section 9.15 or in the Collateral Agreement), without the written consent of each Lender,

 

(viii)          change any provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of any Class differently than those holding Loans of any other Class, without the written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each adversely affected Class, or

 

(ix)            (i) amend or waive Section 9.20, (ii) change the definition of Trigger Event of Default, the definition of Required Term Lenders or this Section 9.02(b)(ix) or (iii) increase the amount of Revolving Commitments from those in effect on the Third A&R Effective Date, in each case, without the written consent of the Required Term Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of Required Term Lenders);

 

151

 

 

provided, further, no amendment or waiver shall, unless signed by (i) the Revolver Agent and Required Revolving Lenders (or by the Revolver Agent with the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders) in addition to the Required Lenders (or by the Revolver Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower: (A) amend or waive compliance with the conditions precedent to the obligations of Lenders to make any Revolving Loans (or of any Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit) in Section 4.02 or the definitions of the terms used in Section 4.02 insofar as such definitions affect the substance of such Section, (B) waiver any Default or Event of Default for the purpose of satisfying the conditions precedent to the obligations of Lenders to make any Revolving Loan (or of any Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit) in Section 4.02, (C) amend, waiver or otherwise modify non-compliance with any provision of Section 2.01(c), 2.05, the proviso set forth in Section 2.11, Section 2.09(a)(i), 2.11(c), 2.11(e), 2.18(f), 4.02, 9.20 or 9.21 or (D) change or amend the definition of Trigger Event of Default, or (ii) all Revolving Lenders (or the Revolver Agent with the prior written approval of all Revolving Lenders), (A) amend or waive this proviso of Section 9.02 or the definitions of the terms used in this proviso insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this proviso; (B) change the definition of the term Required Revolving Lenders or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for Required Revolving Lenders or any specific right of Required Revolving Lenders to grant or withhold consent or take or omit any action hereunder, or (C) change the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for Revolving Lenders to take any action hereunder. For the purposes of determining whether proceeds of Collateral or payments must be applied pursuant to Section 2.18(f), no amendment or waiver of any Trigger Event of Default shall be taken into account unless such amendment or waiver shall have been signed by the Required Revolving Lenders (or by the Revolver Agent with the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders). 

 

provided, further, that (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, and (B) any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of a particular Class of Lenders (but not any other Lenders) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto under this Section 9.02(b) if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time. As it relates to rights of the Issuing Bank, (a) the definition of “Letter of Credit Sublimit” may be amended to increase the amount thereof to an amount equal to no more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Commitments (as in effect as of the date thereof) with only the written consent of the Issuing Bank, the Revolver Agent and the Borrower and (b) this Agreement may be amended to adjust the mechanics related to the issuance of Letters of Credit, including mechanical changes relating to the existence of multiple Issuing Banks, with only the written consent of the Revolver Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower, so long as the obligations of the Revolving Lenders, if any, who have not executed such amendment, and if applicable, the other Issuing Banks, if any, who have not executed such amendment, are not adversely affected thereby. No Lender consent is required to effect an Additional Credit Extension Amendment (except (i) as expressly provided in Sections 2.20 or 2.21, as applicable or (ii) that the provisions of Section 2.20(d)(i) may not be amended or waived without the consent of the Required Lenders). In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “Proposed Change”) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all adversely affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in this Section 9.02(b) being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, at the Borrower’s request, any Lender assignee that is reasonably acceptable to the Applicable Agent shall have the right to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lender, and such Non-Consenting Lender agrees that it shall, upon the Borrower’s request, sell and assign to such Lender assignee, at no expense to such Non-Consenting Lender, all the Commitments and Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans (and funded participations in Swingline Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements) held by such Non- Consenting Lender and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale (including amounts under Sections 2.12, 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17), such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment and Assumption in accordance with Section 9.04(b) (which Assignment and Assumption need not be signed by such Non-Consenting Lender); provided, that, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Applicable Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within two (2) Business Days of the date on which the Lender assignee executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender. 

 

152

 

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (b), this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Third A&R Term Loans and the Revolving Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders. In addition, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of a Class with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder (the “Replacement Term Loans”); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such refinanced Term Loans, (ii) the Applicable Rate for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Rate for such refinanced Term Loans, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the refinanced Term Loans) and (iv) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.02 to the contrary, (a) technical and conforming modifications to the Loan Documents may be made with the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Revolver Agent to the extent necessary (i) to integrate any Incremental Term Loans, any Incremental Revolving Commitments, any Extended Term Loans or any Extended Revolving Commitments or (ii) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency and (b) without the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent or any collateral agent may (in their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any (x) amendment, modification or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Loan Document or (y) any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

153

 

 

 

Section 9.03      Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

 

(a)            The Borrower shall pay or reimburse (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Agents (within 30 days of a written demand therefor, together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request), in connection the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (but, limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers, and, if necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Lenders (within 30 days of a written demand therefor, together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request) incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (but, limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Lenders taken as a whole, and, if necessary, of one local counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Lenders taken as a whole in any relevant jurisdiction and one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for each group of similarly situated parties in the event of a conflict of interest). If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent or Revolver Agent in its discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 9.03(a) shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent costs and expenses arising from any non-Tax claim. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this Section 9.03(a) include any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender.

 

(b)            The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”), and hold each Indemnitee harmless, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or out-of-pocket expenses incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee (but, limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Indemnitees taken as a whole, and, if necessary, of one local counsel to the Indemnitees taken as a whole in any relevant jurisdiction and one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for each group of similarly situated parties in the event of a conflict) incurred in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions, the Amendment and Restatement or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any Mortgaged Property or any other property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any actual or alleged Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective properties or operations, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, losses, damages, claims or out-of-pocket expenses resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any of its Related Parties, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (y) a material breach of any obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or of any of its Related Parties, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) any dispute solely among Indemnitees other than any claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an administrative agent or arranger or any similar role under this Agreement and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (in the case of any such act or omission, as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). All amounts due under this Section 9.03(b) shall be paid within 30 days after written demand therefor (together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request); provided that, that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund and return such amounts to the extent that there is a final non-appealable judicial determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 9.03(b). This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. Payments under this Section shall be made by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the relevant Indemnitee. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this Section 9.03(b) include any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender.

 

(c)            To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 9.03, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as applicable, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans, and unused Commitments at the time.

 

154

 

 

(d)            To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, the Amendment and Restatement, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

Section 9.04      Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)            The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (except pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(i)) (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 9.04. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 9.04) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)            (i) Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) above and the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

 

(A)            the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to an assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Applicable Agent within 10 Business Days after having received notice thereof; provided further that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (g) or (h) under Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee,

 

(B)            the Applicable Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, provided further that no consent of the Revolver Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Revolving Loan or Revolving Commitment to a Lender, and

 

 

(C)            the Issuing Bank; provided that no consent of the Issuing Bank shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan.

 

155

 

 

(ii)            Assignments shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(A)            except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Applicable Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $1,000,000 and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, in each case, if less, all of such Lender’s Commitment or Loans of the applicable Class) unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Loan, Letter of Credit or Revolving Commitment, the Revolver Agent, otherwise consent; provided that such assignments shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any,

 

(B)            each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans,

 

(C)            the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Applicable Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500,

 

(D)            the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire,

 

(E)            no assignment may be made to (i) a Disqualified Institution without the prior written consent of the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (g) or (h) under Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing, (ii) a natural person or (iii) except as permitted by Section 9.04(d), the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, and

 

(F)            any assignment of Term Loans or Commitments of Term Loans shall specify whether such Term Loans or Commitments, as applicable, constitute Third A&R Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Commitments with respect to any of the foregoing Classes of Term Loans and, if such Term Loans or Commitments constitute Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the date of initial Borrowing of such Incremental Term Loans or the effective date of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable.

 

156

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth herein, any assignment of any Loans to any Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Section 9.04(d).

 

For purposes of this Section 9.04(b):

 

Approved Fund” means (a) a CLO and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund which invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

CLO” means any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is administered or managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender.

 

(iii)            Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 9.04.

 

(iv)            Each of the Administrative Agent and the Revolver Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount and stated interest of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (a “Register”). The entries in the applicable Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the applicable Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender for all purposes of the Loan Documents, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. Each Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, and solely with respect to their respective interests by the Issuing Banks and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

157

 

 

 

(v)            Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04, the Applicable Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

(c)            Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant.

 

(i)            Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that the relevant parties, acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Lender maintaining such Participant Register shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of the participation in question for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

(ii)            The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, provided that any forms required to be provided by any Participant pursuant to Section 2.17(e) shall be provided solely to the applicable Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04; provided further that a Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

 

158

 

 

(iii)            Any Lender may at any time pledge, assign or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge, assignment or grant to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 9.04 shall not apply to any such pledge, assignment or grant of a security interest; provided that no such pledge, assignment or grant of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledge or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(iv)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Lender will assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or sell participations in its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, to any Person who is (i) a Disqualified Institution (with respect to participations to the extent the identity of such Disqualified Institution has been made available in writing to all Lenders), (ii) a natural person, (iii) a Person listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OF AC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OF AC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation, (iv) a Person either (A) included within the term “designated national” as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 515 or (B) designated under Section 1(a), 1(b), 1(c) or 1(d) of Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (published September 25, 2001) or similarly designated under any related enabling legislation or any other similar executive orders or (v) the Borrower or any of its Affiliates.

 

(d)            (i) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to a Person who is or will become, after such assignment, an Affiliated Lender in accordance with Section 9.04(b) and this Section 9.04(d); provided that:

 

(A)            the assigning Lender and Non-Debt Fund Affiliate purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”) in lieu of an Assignment and Assumption;

 

(B)            for the avoidance of doubt, Lenders shall not be permitted to assign Revolving Commitments, Revolving Loans, Extended Revolving Commitments, Incremental Revolving Commitments, Incremental Revolving Loans or Refinancing Revolving Commitments to any Affiliated Lender;

 

159

 

 

(C)            no Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be permitted to hold Term Loans pursuant to this Section 9.04(d), if (i) Non-Debt Fund Affiliates in the aggregate would own in excess of 20% of the Term Loans of any Class then outstanding, (ii) there would be more than two (2) Non-Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans of any Class then outstanding or (iii) without the prior written consent of ULTra, after giving effect to such assignment, the aggregate amount of all Pari Passu Debt held by the Unitranche Lenders, collectively, would be less than 50.1% of all Pari Passu Debt at such time; and

 

(D)            any purchases by a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate made through “dutch auctions” shall require that such Person (i) make a customary representation to all assigning Lenders that it does not possess material non-public information (or material information of the type that would not be public if the Borrower or any parent was a publicly reporting company) with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that either (A) has not been disclosed to the Lenders generally (other than Lenders that have elected not to receive such information) or (B) if not disclosed to the Lenders, could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on, or otherwise be material to (a) a Lender’s decision to participate in any such “dutch auction” or (b) the market price of the Loans and (ii) clearly identify itself as a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in any assignment and assumption agreement executed in connection with such purchases; provided that if Borrower is unwilling, in its sole discretion, to make the representations set forth in sub-clause (i) above, the assigning Lender shall deliver a customary “big boy” letter to the Administrative Agent.

 

(ii)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Loan Party or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement), or (C) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Loan Documents.

 

160

 

 

(iii)            By its acquisition of Term Loans, a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall provide (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agrees) that (A) such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as such) shall not take any step or action in such case to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by Administrative Agent) in relation to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliates’ claim with respect to its Loans (including, without limitation, objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders, (B) the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrower; each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have) from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (iii) and this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this clause (iii) constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (the “Bankruptcy Code”), and, as such, would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where a Loan Party has filed for protection under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States.

 

(e)            Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders or any other requisite Class vote required by this Agreement have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, (A) all Term Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders (or requisite vote of any Class of Lenders) have taken any actions and (B) the aggregate amount of Term Loans held by Debt Fund Affiliates will be excluded to the extent in excess of 49% of the amount required to constitute “Required Lenders”; provided that, (i) the commitment of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall not be increased, (ii) the due date for payments of interest, fees and scheduled payments of principal owed to any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall not be extended, (iii) the amounts owing to any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate will not be reduced and (iv) any amendment that results in a disproportionate and adverse effect on a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate, in relation to all non-Affiliated Lenders or otherwise require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender without the consent of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate, in each instance in subclauses (i) to (iv) above, without the consent of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate.

 

161

 

 

(f)            The Borrower shall maintain at its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (the “Affiliated Lender Register”). Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall advise the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of any proposed disposition of Term Loans by such Lender. Additionally, if any Lender becomes a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate at a time that such Lender holds any Term Loans, such Lender shall promptly advise the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Lender is a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate. Copies of the Affiliated Lender Register shall be provided to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Debt Fund Affiliate upon request. Notwithstanding the foregoing if at any time (if applicable, after giving effect to any proposed assignment to a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate), all Non-Debt Fund Affiliates own or would, in the aggregate own more than 20% of the principal amount of all any Class of Term Loans then outstanding (i) any proposed pending assignment to a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate that would cause such threshold to be exceeded shall not become effective or be recorded in the Affiliated Lender Register and (ii) if such threshold is otherwise exceeded (whether as a result of a Lender becoming a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate after it has acquired Term Loans, due to repayments, prepayments or Declined Proceeds, or otherwise), such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall assign sufficient Term Loans of such Class so that Non-Debt Fund Affiliates in the aggregate own less than 20% of the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of such Class then outstanding. The Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon the Affiliated Lender Register in connection with any amendment or waiver hereunder and shall not have any responsibility for monitoring any acquisition or disposition of Term Loans by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or for any losses suffered by any Person as a result of any purported assignment to or from an Affiliated Lender.

 

Section 9.05      Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall have independent significance and be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 9.06      Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent and/or the Revolver Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, facsimile or electronic (including “PDF”) transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

162

 

 

Section 9.07      Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof, and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.08      Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The applicable Lender shall notify the Borrower and the Applicable Agent of such setoff or application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff or application under this Section 9.08. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

 

Section 9.09      Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

 

(a)            This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

(b)            Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America, in each case, sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court and (ii) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against Holdings, the Borrower or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

163

 

 

(c)            Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.09. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)            Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

Section 9.10      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.10.

 

Section 9.11      Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

164

 

 

Section 9.12      Confidentiality. Each of the Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to it and its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, legal counsel, independent auditors and other experts, professionals, advisors or agents (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested or demanded by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over it or any of its Affiliates; provided that the Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will promptly notify the Borrower (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or any self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process or order of any court or administrative agency; provided that the Administrative Agent, Revolver Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or any self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.12, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (ii) any current or prospective financing source or (iii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower, (h) to any rating agency when required by it on a customary basis and after consultation with the Borrower (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender), (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Loan Document or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (j) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense, (k) to the extent such Information is independently developed by such Person or its Affiliates so long as not based on Information obtained in a manner that would otherwise violate this Section 9.12 or (1) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.12 or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Holdings or the Borrower; provided that such source is not actually known by such disclosing party to be bound by an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those contained in this Section 9.12. For the purposes of this Section 9.12, the term “Information” means all information received from Holdings or the Borrower relating to Holdings or the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, any Joint Lead Arranger, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings or the Borrower and other than information pertaining to this Agreement routinely provided by arrangers to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry; provided that, in the case of information received from Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.12 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

Section 9.13      Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively, the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.13 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

165

 

 

Section 9.14      USA Patriot Act. Each Lender hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

Section 9.15      Release of Collateral.

 

(a)            Upon any sale or other transfer by any Loan Party of any Collateral that is permitted under this Agreement to a Person that is not a Loan Party, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.02 of this Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

 

(b)            Upon the addition of a Succeeding Holdings and satisfaction by such Succeeding Holdings of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the prior Holdings shall be automatically released from all of its obligations under the Security Documents.

 

Section 9.16      No Fiduciary Duty. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges the other Loan Parties’ understanding, that (i) each transaction contemplated by this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) in connection with each such transaction and the process leading thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Lenders will act solely as principals and not as agents or fiduciaries of the Loan Parties or any of their stockholders, affiliates, creditors, employees or any other party, (iii) neither the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent nor any Lender will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender has advised or is currently advising any Loan Party on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent nor any Lender will have any obligation to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth herein, (iv) the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and each Lender may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their affiliates, and (v) neither the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent nor any Lender has provided or will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby and the Loan Parties have consulted and will consult their own legal, accounting, regulatory, and tax advisors to the extent it deems appropriate. The matters set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents reflect an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand. The Borrower agrees that the Loan Parties shall not assert any claims that any Loan Party may have against the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent or any Lender based on any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty.

 

166

 

 

Section 9.17      Assumption by TCO. TCO shall not have any rights or obligations hereunder until the consummation of the Merger, whereupon, without any further action by TCO, TCO hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) assumes and agrees punctually to pay, perform and discharge when due all of the Obligations and each and every debt, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Borrower under the Loan Documents, (ii) agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Loan Documents applicable to the Borrower and (iii) agrees that it will be responsible for and deemed to have made all of its representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents, whenever made or deemed to have been made (the “Assumption”). The Agents and the Lenders hereby consent to the Assumption and agree that no further written agreement shall be required in order to give effect to this Section 9.17.

 

Section 9.18      Material Non-Public Information.

 

(a)            EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

(b)            ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

 

167

 

 

 

Section 9.19     Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a)            the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

(b)            the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(i)            a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(ii)           a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

(iii)          the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

Section 9.20     Purchase Option.

 

(a)            Termination Notice; Purchase Notice. Solely as among the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, the Revolving Lenders and the Term Lenders (and whether or not the Administrative Agent is directed to terminate the Revolving Commitments by the Required Revolving Lenders), the Administrative Agent shall, absent Exigent Circumstances give to the Term Lenders, at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice, or, should Exigent Circumstances arise or exist, such prior or contemporary notice as may be practicable under the circumstances before terminating the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 7.01. On one occasion exercised at any time, at the election by the Required Term Lenders, the Term Lenders shall have the option, but not the obligation, to (x) purchase from the Revolving Lenders all, but not less than all, of the Revolving Loan Obligations, all Cash Management Obligations and all Obligations arising with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements owing to any Lender that is a Revolving Lender or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “Revolver Purchase Obligations”), (y) assume all, but not less than all, of the then existing Revolving Commitments, and (z) name a successor Revolver Agent and, if the Administrative Agent and Revolver Agent are the same Person, a successor Administrative Agent, that is or are acceptable to the Required Term Lenders and, if no Event of Default is continuing, to the Borrower. Such right shall be exercised by the Required Term Lenders giving a written notice (the “Purchase Notice”) to the Agents. A Purchase Notice once delivered shall be irrevocable and must contain the name of the successor Revolver Agent. Upon delivery of the Purchase Notice, each Term Lender shall have the right to purchase its pro rata share of the Revolving Purchase Obligations and assume its pro rata share of the Revolving Commitments, and Term Lenders exercising such rights may exercise the rights of non-exercising Term Lenders, in each case on a pro rata basis as among exercising Term Lenders until such rights have been exercised as to all Revolving Purchase Obligations and all Revolving Commitments (in any case, prior to issuance of the Purchase Notice).

 

168

 

 

(b)            Purchase Option Closing. On the date specified in the Purchase Notice (which shall not be less than 3 Business Days nor more than 5 Business Days, after delivery to the Agents of the Purchase Notice), the Revolving Lenders shall sell to the exercising Term Lenders, and the exercising Term Lenders shall purchase from the Revolving Lenders, all, but not less than all, of the Revolving Purchase Obligations, and the Revolving Lenders shall assign to the exercising Term Lenders, and the exercising Term Lenders shall assume from the Revolving Lenders all, but not less than all, of the then existing Revolving Commitments and, with the effect and as more particularly provided in Section 8.09, the Revolver Agent and Issuing Bank shall resign and shall be succeeded by the successor Revolver Agent and Issuing Bank nominated by the exercising Term Lenders, who shall assume the duties of Revolver Agent as a successor Revolver Agent.

 

(c)            Purchase Price. The purchase, sale and assumption pursuant to this Section 9.20 shall be made by execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent, the Revolver Agent, Revolving Lenders, and exercising Term Lenders of an Assignment and Assumption. Upon the date of such purchase and sale, the exercising Term Lenders shall (a) pay to the Revolver Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders as the purchase price therefor the sum of (i) the full amount of all the Revolving Loan Obligations, Cash Management Obligations and Obligations arising with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements owing to any Lender that is a Revolving Lender or one of its Affiliates then outstanding and unpaid (including principal, interest, fees, indemnities and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses), (b) furnish cash collateral to the Revolver Agent with respect to (i) the outstanding L/C Reimbursement Obligations in such amounts as are required under Section 2.05(j) (to the same extent as if an Event of Default were continuing) and (ii) any unreimbursed contingent obligations with respect to indemnification obligations, Cash Management Obligations, and Obligations arising with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements in such amount as the Revolver Agent shall determine is reasonably necessary to secure such Obligations and (c) agree to reimburse the Revolving Lenders for any loss, cost, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses) in connection with any commissions, fees, costs or expenses related to any issued and outstanding L/C Reimbursement Obligations as described above and any checks or other payments provisionally credited to the Revolving Loan Obligations, and/or as to which the Revolving Lenders have not yet received final payment. Such purchase price and cash collateral shall be remitted by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Revolver Agent in accordance with Section 2.18, solely for the account of the Revolving Lenders. Interest and fees shall be calculated to but excluding the Business Day on which such purchase and sale shall occur if the amounts so paid by the Term Lenders are received by the Revolver Agent prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time and interest and fees may, at the Revolver Agent’s discretion, be calculated to and including such Business Day if the amounts so paid by the Term Lenders are received by the Revolver Agent later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time.

 

(d)            Nature of Sale. The purchase and sale pursuant to this Section 9.20 shall be expressly made without representation or warranty of any kind by the Revolving Lenders as to the Revolving Loan Obligations or otherwise and without recourse to the Revolving Lenders, except for representations and warranties as to the following: (a) the amount of the Revolving Loan Obligations being purchased (including as to the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on such Revolving Loan Obligations, fees and expenses thereof), (b) that the Revolving Lenders own the Revolving Loan Obligations free and clear of any Liens and (c) each Revolving Lender has the full right and power to assign its Revolving Loan Obligations and such assignment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action by such Revolving Lender.

 

169

 

 

Section 9.21     Separate Obligations. Each Term Creditor acknowledges and agrees that because of their differing rights in proceeds of the Collateral, the Term Loan Obligations are fundamentally different from the Revolving Loan Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or confirmed in connection with or following any Bankruptcy Event involving any Borrower or Guarantor as a debtor. No Term Creditor shall seek in any proceeding related to any such Bankruptcy Event to be treated as part of the same class of creditors as the Revolving Creditors or shall oppose any pleading or motion by the Revolving Creditors for the Revolving Creditors and the Term Creditors to be treated as separate classes of creditors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and regardless of whether the Term Loan Obligations and the Revolving Loan Obligations are separately classified in any such plan of reorganization, the Term Creditors hereby acknowledge and agree that to the extent that the aggregate value of the Collateral exceeds the amount of the Revolving Loan Obligations, the Revolving Creditors shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of interest, and fees, costs and charges incurred subsequent to the commencement of the applicable proceeding related to the applicable Bankruptcy Event (regardless of whether such interest, and fees, costs and charges incurred subsequent to the commencement of the applicable proceeding related to the applicable Bankruptcy Event is allowed as part of the claims of the Revolving Creditors under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) before any distribution (whether pursuant to a plan of reorganization or otherwise) is made in respect of any of the claims held by the Term Creditors. The Term Creditors hereby acknowledge and agree to hold in trust for the benefit of the Revolving Creditors and to turn over to the Revolving Creditors all distributions received or receivable by them in any proceeding related to an applicable Bankruptcy Event (whether pursuant to a plan of reorganization or otherwise) to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of the preceding sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the claim or recovery of the Term Creditors.

 

Section 9.22     Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Existing Credit Agreement and, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement as provided in Section 4.01, the terms and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement shall, subject to this Section 9.22, be superseded hereby. All references to the “Credit Agreement” contained in the Loan Documents (whether delivered in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement or this Agreement) shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement by this Agreement, the Obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of the Third A&R Effective Date shall, except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, remain outstanding and shall constitute continuing Obligations hereunder, and shall continue as such to be secured by the Collateral. Such Obligations shall in all respects be continuing and this Agreement shall not be deemed to evidence or result in a novation or repayment and reborrowing of such Obligations. The Liens securing payment of the Obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended and restated in the form of this Agreement, shall in all respects be continuing, securing the payment of all Obligations.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

170

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  TOTAL COMMUNITY OPTIONS, INC., as Borrower
   
  By: /s/ Maureen Hewitt    
    Name: Maureen Hewitt
    Title: President
   
  TCO INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC., as Holdings
   
  By: /s/ Maureen Hewitt
    Name: Maureen Hewitt
    Title: President

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

171 

 

 

 

CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent,

Revolver Agent and a Lender

 
  By:  /s/ Anthony Sendik
    Name: Anthony Sendik
    Title: Duly Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

UNITRANCHE LOAN TRANSACTION, LLC,

as a Lender By: Capital One, National Association,

as Manager

   
  By: Capital One, National Association, as Manager
   
  By: /s/ Christopher Essen
    Name: Christopher Essen
    Title: Duly Authorized Signatory
   
  By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, as Manager
   
  By: /s/ Aman Malik
    Name: Aman Malik
    Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2021 between InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [●] (“Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws of the Company (as amended or restated, the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers of the Company and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity; Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified[.][; and]

 

 

 

 

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by Apax Partners, L.P. (“Apax”) or affiliates of Apax which Indemnitee and Apax intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board].1

 

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (“WCAS”) or affiliates of WCAS which Indemnitee and WCAS intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]2

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.            Indemnity of Indemnitee. Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, if Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, or otherwise becomes involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined). In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a)         Proceedings other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in, or otherwise becomes involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)         Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

 

1NTD: Bracketed language to be included in form for Apax directors.
2NTD: Bracketed language to be included in form for WCAS directors.

 

2

 

 

(c)          Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to or participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

(d)         [Indemnification of Nominating Member. If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more investment partnerships that has invested directly or indirectly in the Company (a “Nominating Member”), (ii) the Nominating Member is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, and (iii) the Nominating Member’s involvement in the Proceeding results from any claim based on the Indemnitee’s service to the Company as a director or other fiduciary of the Company, the Nominating Member will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses to the same extent as Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of Nominating Member. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each Nominating Member is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 1(d).]3

 

2.          Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company). The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, other than those set forth in Section 9 hereof, shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

 

3NTD: Bracketed language to be included in forms for Apax and WCAS directors.

 

3

 

 

3.           Contribution.

 

(a)         Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not, without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent, enter into any such settlement of any action, suit or proceeding (in whole or in part) unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee.

 

(b)         Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

(c)          To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

(d)         To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding, and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

4

 

 

4.            Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, or is otherwise asked to participate, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

5.           Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 9), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee with the prior approval of the Board as provided in Section 9(d), within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. Any advances pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. In accordance with Section 7(d) of this Agreement, advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. This Section 5 shall not apply to claim by Indemnitee for expenses in a matter for which indemnity and advancement of expenses is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

 

6.           Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a)         To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

 

5

 

 

(b)          Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum; (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum; (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(c)          In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). If a Change in Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If a Change in Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board within 20 days after notification by Indemnitee. If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6, and (ii) within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (including as a result of an objection to the selected Independent Counsel), either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

6

 

 

(d)         In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall to the fullest extent permitted by law presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(e)          Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(f)           If the Person empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the Person making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

7

 

 

(g)         Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(h)          The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(i)           The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

7.            Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)          In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

8

 

 

(b)          In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b). In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose other than to establish its compliance with the terms of this Agreement. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 5 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

(c)          If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)          In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, incurs costs, in a judicial or arbitration proceeding or otherwise, attempting to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 12 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such efforts, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder.

 

(e)          The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

9

 

 

8.            Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Insurance; Subrogation.

 

 

(a)          The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as amended or restated, the “Charter”), the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)          The Company shall, if commercially reasonable, obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such officer or director under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers. At the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)          [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Apax][WCAS] and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, [Apax][WCAS] (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). With respect to any amounts that are subject to indemnity under this Agreement and also subject to an indemnity obligation owed by Fund Indemnitors, the Company hereby agrees (i) that, as compared to the Fund Indemnitors, it is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any rights to indemnification provided to Indemnitee herein (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]4

 

 

4NTD: Bracketed language to be included in forms for Apax and WCAS directors.

 

10

 

 

 

(d)          [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(e)          [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement of Expenses is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(f)           [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

9.           Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or advancement of expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)          for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; [provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;] or

 

11

 

 

(b)          for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c)          for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, in each case as required under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

 

(d)          in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or;

 

(e)          any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act.

 

10.         Non−Disclosure of Payments. Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

 

11.         Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) twenty (20) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 7 Proceeding). Termination of this Agreement shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such termination. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

12

 

 

12.         Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)          Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

(b)          Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

(i)  Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below), other than Apax and its affiliates or WCAS and its affiliates, and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

(ii)  Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 12(b)(i), 12(b)(iii) or 12(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

13

 

 

(iii)  Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; and

 

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

 

(c)         Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

(d)          Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e)         Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(f)           Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(g)         Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

14

 

 

(h)          Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(i)           Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(j)           Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

13.         Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee and Nominating Member indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.

 

15

 

 

14.         Enforcement and Binding Effect.

 

(a)          The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

 

(b)          Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)          The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

 

(d)          The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

(e)          The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

 

16

 

 

15.         Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

16.          Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

17.         Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

 

(a)          To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

 

(b)To the Company at:

 

InnovAge Holding Corp.

8950 E. Lowry Boulevard
Denver, Colorado 80230

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

E-mail: [****]

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

18.         Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17

 

 

19.         Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

20.         Usage of Pronouns. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

 

21.         Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

[The Remainder of This Page Is Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

18

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.

 

  InnovAge Holding Corp.
   
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
   
 
INDEMNITEE
   
   
  Name:
   
  Address:
   
   
   
   

 

Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Director NOMINATION Agreement

 

THIS Director NOMINATION Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2021, by and among InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Ignite Aggregator LP, a Delaware limited partnership (together with its affiliated investment entities, “Apax Partners”), Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII, L.P., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware, L.P., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware II, L.P., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Cayman, L.P., WCAS XII Co-Investors LLC, WCAS Management Corporation and WCAS Co-Invest Holdco, L.P. (together with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII, L.P., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware, L.P., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware II, L.P., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Cayman, L.P., WCAS XII Co-Investors LLC, WCAS Management Corporation, “WCAS” and, together with Apax Partners, the “Sponsors”). This Agreement shall become effective (the “Effective Date”) upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Sponsors collectively own a majority of the outstanding equity interests of TCO Group Holdings, L.P.;

 

WHEREAS, the Sponsors are contemplating causing the Company to effect the IPO;

 

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Sponsors agreeing to undertake the IPO, the Company has agreed to permit the Sponsors to designate persons for nomination for election to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) following the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the parties to this Agreement agrees as follows:

 

1.            Board Nomination Rights.

 

(a)From the Effective Date, the Sponsors have the right to designate (i) all of the nominees for election to the Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own at least 40% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock collectively beneficially owned by the Sponsors upon completion of the IPO (including the underwriters’ exercise of any option to purchase additional shares contemplated on the cover page of the prospectus relating to the IPO), as adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or similar changes in the Company’s capitalization (the “Original Amount”); (ii) 40% of the nominees for election to the Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 40% but at least 30% of the Original Amount; (iii) 30% of the nominees for election to the Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 30% but at least 20% of the Original Amount; (iv) 20% of the nominees for election to the Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 20% but at least 10% of the Original Amount; and (v) one (1) of the nominees for election to the Board for so long as the Sponsors collectively beneficially own at least 5% of the Original Amount (such persons, the “Nominees”). If TCO Group Holdings, L.P. is dissolved after IPO, then each of Apax Partners and WCAS will be permitted to nominate (A) up to three (3) Directors (as defined below) so long as it owns at least 25% of the Original Amount, (B) up to two (2) Directors so long as it owns at least 15% of the Original Amount and (C) one (1) Director so long as it owns at least 5% of the Original Amount. The Sponsors may assign such nomination rights to their Affiliates (as defined below).

 

 

 

 

(b)In the event that any Sponsor has nominated less than the total number of designees that such Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 1(a), such Sponsor shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporation action, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to (x) enable such Sponsor to nominate and effect the election or appointment of such additional individuals, whether by increasing the size of the Board, or otherwise and (y) to designate such additional individuals nominated by such Sponsor to fill such newly created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.

 

(c)The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Nominee in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a Director and in connection with his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board.

 

(d)Beneficially Own” shall mean that a specified person has or shares the right, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to vote shares of capital stock of the Company. “Affiliate” of any person shall mean any other person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person; where “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

 

(e)Director” means any member of the Board.

 

(f)No reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock that each Sponsor Beneficially Owns shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. At the Effective Date, the Board shall be comprised of ten (10) members and the initial members shall be Maureen Hewitt, John Ellis Bush, Andrew Cavanna, Caroline Dechert, Edward Kennedy, Jr., Pavithra Mahesh, Thomas Scully, Marilyn Tavenner, Sean Traynor and Richard Zoretic. Andrew Cavanna and Pavithra Mahesh shall constitute the “Apax Nominees” and Caroline Dechert, Thomas Scully and Sean Traynor shall constitute the “WCAS Nominees.” The Sponsors may change the respective individuals designated as such Apax Nominees and WCAS Nominees by providing notice to the Company.

 

2 

 

 

(g)In the event that any Nominee shall cease to serve for any reason, the Sponsor that nominated such Nominee shall be entitled to designate such person’s successor in accordance with this Agreement (regardless of each Sponsor’s Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock at the time of such vacancy) and the Board shall promptly fill the vacancy with such successor nominee; it being understood that any such designee shall serve the remainder of the term of the Director whom such designee replaces.

 

(h)If a Nominee is not appointed or elected to the Board because of such person’s death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a Nominee or for other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, the applicable Sponsor shall be entitled to designate promptly another Nominee and the director position for which the original Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation.

 

(i)So long as a Sponsor has the right to nominate at least one Nominee under this Section 1 or any such Nominee is serving on the Board, the Company shall maintain in effect at all times directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage reasonably satisfactory to the Sponsors, and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) shall at all times provide for indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

 

(j)At any time that a Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under this Section 1, the Company shall not increase or decrease the number of Directors serving on the Board without the prior written consent of the Sponsors having such rights.

 

(k)At such time as the Company ceases to be a “controlled company” and is required by applicable law or Nasdaq (the “Exchange”) listing standards to have a majority of the Board comprised of “independent directors” (subject in each case to any applicable phase-in periods), the Nominees shall include a number of persons that qualify as “independent directors” under applicable law and the Exchange listing standards such that, together with any other “independent directors” then serving on the Board that are not Nominees, the Board is comprised of a majority of “independent directors”; provided that at any time that a Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under this Section 1, (i) each such Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate at least one (1) Nominee who does not qualify as an “independent director” and (ii) the number of “independent directors” required to be nominated by any Sponsor pursuant to this provision shall not be greater than the number of Nominees required to be “independent directors” pursuant to this provision to be nominated by any other Sponsor with the right to nominate the same number of, or more, Nominees as such Sponsor; provided, however, in the event that the number of required “independent directors” is odd, the Sponsors agree to work in good faith to collectively nominate one such “independent director;” provided, further, however, that to the extent a mutually agreeable “independent director” cannot be agreed upon, that the Board shall have the right to expand its size by one and to nominate and appoint such required “independent director” to fill the resulting vacancy, provided that such nominee is acceptable to each Sponsor.

 

3 

 

 

(l)At any time that a Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under this Section 1, the Company shall not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect a Sponsor’s rights under this Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the adversely affected Sponsor.

 

(m)Each Sponsor hereby agrees to be present in person or by proxy and vote or cause to be voted all Common Stock Beneficially Owned by such Sponsor at each annual or special meeting of the Company at which Directors of the Company are to be elected, in favor of, or to take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting as are necessary, or other necessary action, to cause the election of the Nominees described in Section 1(a) in accordance with, and otherwise to achieve the composition of the Board and effect the intent of, the provisions of this Section 1.

 

(n)The Company recognizes that Nominees (i) will from time to time receive non-public information concerning the Company, and (ii) may share such information with other individuals associated with the Sponsor that designated such Nominee. The Company hereby irrevocably consents to such sharing. Each Sponsor agrees that it will keep confidential and not disclose or divulge to any third party any confidential information regarding the Company it receives from the Company or a Nominee, unless such information (x) is known or becomes known to the public in general, (y) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Sponsor without use of the Company’s confidential information or (z) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Sponsor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have; provided, however, that a Sponsor may disclose confidential information (I) to its Affiliates (other than portfolio companies), (II) to each of its and its Affiliate’s (other than portfolio companies) attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with evaluating the information, or (III) as may be required by law or legal, judicial or regulatory process or requested by any regulatory or self-regulatory authority or examiner, provided that such Sponsor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any required disclosure described in this clause (III).

 

4 

 

 

2.            Company Obligations. The Company agrees that prior to the date that each Sponsor and its Affiliates cease to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the Original Amount, (i) each Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders (the “Board’s Slate”) for each election of Directors; and (ii) each Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board (each, a “Director Election Proxy Statement”), and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of members of the Board. Each Sponsor will promptly report to the Company after such Sponsor ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the Original Amount, such that Company is informed of when this obligation terminates. The calculation of the number of Nominees that each Sponsor is entitled to nominate to the Board’s Slate for any election of Directors shall be based on the percentage of the Original Amount Beneficially Owned by each Sponsor immediately prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission). Unless a Sponsor notifies the Company otherwise prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to an election of Directors, the Nominees for such election shall be presumed to be the same Nominees currently serving on the Board, and no further action shall be required of any Sponsor for the Board to include such Nominees on the Board’s Slate; provided that, in the event a Sponsor is no longer entitled to nominate the full number of Nominees then serving on the Board, such Sponsor shall provide advance written notice to the Company, of which currently servicing Nominee(s) shall be excluded from the Board’s Slate, and of any other changes to the list of Nominees. If a Sponsor fails to provide such notice prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), a majority of the independent directors then serving on the Board shall determine which of the Nominees of such Sponsor then serving on the Board will be included in the Board’s Slate. Furthermore, the Company agrees for so long as the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” under the rules of the Exchange the Company will elect to be a “controlled company” for purposes of the Exchange and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy statement that it is a “controlled company” and the basis for that determination. The Company and the Sponsors acknowledge and agree that, as of the Effective Date, the Company is a “controlled company.” The Company agrees to provide written notice of the preparation of a Director Election Proxy Statement to the Sponsors at least 20 business days, but no more than 40 business days, prior to the earlier of the mailing and the filing date of any Director Election Proxy Statement.

 

3.            Governance.

 

(a)Protective Provisions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in addition to the approval of the Directors, the following actions described in this Section 3(a) (collectively, the “Consent Matters”) shall require the prior written consent of Apax Partners and/or WCAS as set out below:

 

i.none of the following actions shall be taken by the Company, including any proposal by the Board to be put to the vote of the stockholders of the Company with respect thereto, without (A) the prior written consent of Apax Partners for so long as Apax Partners owns at least 5% of the Original Amount and (B) the prior written consent of WCAS for so long as WCAS owns at least 5% of the Original Amount (except as set forth in the proviso in Section 3(a)(I)):

 

5 

 

 

I.amending, altering or changing, or waiving any rights under, this Agreement, the organizational documents, including the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, (which shall also be subject to Section 5) and/or the organizational documents of any subsidiary of the Company; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as Apax Partners or WCAS, as applicable, own any outstanding Common Stock, any amendment, alteration, or change to, or waiver under, other organizational documents, including the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, and/or the organizational documents of any subsidiary of the Company that would adversely affect in any respect any rights specific to Apax Partners or WCAS shall (subject to applicable law) require the written consent of Apax Partners or WCAS, as applicable;

 

II.authorizing or issuing any equity securities of the Company having rights, preferences or privileges that are superior or senior to the outstanding Common Stock (or any securities convertible or exchangeable therefor pursuant to their terms);

 

III.any transaction with any stockholder or Affiliate of a stockholder or any Director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than employment agreements with officers not otherwise affiliated with a stockholder);

 

IV.winding up the Company; and

 

V.entering into any agreement with respect to the matters described in the foregoing clauses (I) through (IV) or taking any such action indirectly.

 

ii.none of the following actions shall be taken by the Company, including any proposal by the Board to be put to the vote of the stockholders of the Company with respect thereto, without (A) the prior written consent of Apax Partners for so long as Apax Partners owns at least 20% of the Original Amount and (B) the prior written consent of WCAS for so long as WCAS owns at least 20% of the Original Amount:

 

I.the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution to the stockholders by the Company or redemption, repurchase or exchange (as applicable) of any equity securities of the Company;

 

6 

 

 

II.issuing or granting any equity securities of the Company or its subsidiaries, other than grants under the Company’s 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan;

 

III.engaging in any mergers, acquisitions, business combinations or similar transactions or entering into any arrangements or agreements relating to joint ventures or strategic partnerships with a value of such transaction or arrangement exceeding $10.0 million; and

 

IV.entry by the Company into any agreement with respect to the matters described in the foregoing clauses (I) through (III) or taking any such action indirectly.

 

4.            Committees. From and after the Effective Date hereof until such time as each Sponsor and its Affiliates cease to Beneficially Own Common Stock representing at least 5% of the Original Amount, each Sponsor shall have the right to designate one member of each committee of the Board, provided that any such designee shall be a Director and shall be eligible to serve on the applicable committee under applicable law or listing standards of the Exchange, including any applicable independence requirements (subject in each case to any applicable exceptions, including those for newly public companies and for “controlled companies,” and any applicable phase-in periods). Any additional members shall be determined by the Board. Nominees designated to serve on a Board committee shall have the right to remain on such committee until the next election of Directors, regardless of the number of shares of Common Stock the Sponsor Beneficially Owns following such designation. Unless a Sponsor notifies the Company otherwise prior to the time the Board takes action to change the composition of a Board committee, and to the extent the applicable Sponsor Beneficially Owns the requisite percentage of the Original Amount for such Sponsor to nominate a Board committee member at the time the Board takes action to change the composition of any such Board committee, any Nominee currently designated by the applicable Sponsor to serve on a committee shall be presumed to be re-designated for such committee.

 

5.            Amendment and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and each Sponsor owning at least 5% of the Original Amount, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. The Sponsors shall not be obligated to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees they are entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement for any election of Directors but the failure to do so shall not constitute a waiver of their rights hereunder with respect to future elections; provided, however, that in the event a Sponsor fails to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board shall be entitled to nominate individuals in lieu of such Nominees for inclusion in the Board’s Slate and the applicable Director Election Proxy Statement with respect to the election for which such failure occurred and such Sponsor shall be deemed to have waived its rights hereunder with respect to such election; provided, further, however, that any such waiver shall only be effective if the Company has provided written notice to such Sponsor of such Director Election Proxy Statement no less than 20 business days, and no more than 40 business days, prior to the earlier of the mailing or filing date of such Director Election Proxy Statement. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

7 

 

 

6.            Benefit of Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Sponsor that Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the Original Amount. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 7, nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.

 

7.            Assignment. Upon written notice to the Company, each Sponsor may assign to any Affiliate (other than a portfolio company) all of its rights hereunder and, following such assignment, such assignee shall be deemed to be a “Sponsor” for all purposes hereunder.

 

8 

 

 

8.            Indemnification.

 

(a)            The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Sponsors, their respective Affiliates, partners, employees, agents, directors, managers, officers and controlling Persons (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses, or obligations of any kind or nature (whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent) in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnified Parties before or after the date of this Agreement (each, an “Action”) arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) any Sponsor’s or its respective Affiliates’ Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company or control or ability to influence the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than any such Actions (x) to the extent such Actions arise out of any breach of this Agreement by an Indemnified Party or its Affiliates or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnified Party to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or Affiliates or (y) to the extent such Actions are directly caused by such Person’s willful misconduct), (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) any services provided prior, on or after the date of this Agreement by any Sponsor or its respective Affiliates to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company shall defend at its own cost and expense in respect of any Action which may be brought against the Company and/or its Affiliates and the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall defend at its own cost and expense any and all Actions which may be brought in which the Indemnified Parties may be impleaded with others upon any Action by the Indemnified Parties, except that if such damage shall be proven to be the direct result of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by any of the Indemnified Parties, then such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Company for the costs of defense and other costs incurred by the Company in proportion to such Indemnified Party’s culpability as proven. In the event of the assertion against any Indemnified Party of any Action or the commencement of any Action, the Company shall be entitled to participate in such Action and in the investigation of such Action and, after written notice from the Company to such Indemnified Party, to assume the investigation or defense of such Action with counsel of the Company’s choice at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may retain one firm of counsel to represent all Indemnified Parties in such Action; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ a single firm of separate counsel (and any necessary local counsel) and to participate in the defense or investigation of such Action and the Company shall bear the expense of such separate counsel (and local counsel, if applicable), if (x) in the opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party use of counsel of the Company’s choice could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest, (y) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of the assertion of any such Action or (z) the Company shall authorize the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the Company’s expense. The Company further agrees that with respect to any Indemnified Party who is employed, retained or otherwise associated with, or appointed or nominated by, the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates and who acts or serves as a director, officer, manager, fiduciary, employee, consultant, advisor or agent of, for or to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, that the Company or such subsidiaries, as applicable, shall be primarily liable for all indemnification, reimbursements, advancements or similar payments (the “Indemnity Obligations”) afforded to such Indemnified Party acting in such capacity or capacities on behalf or at the request of the Company, whether the Indemnity Obligations are created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise. The Company hereby agrees that in no event shall the Company or any of its subsidiaries have any right or claim against any Sponsor for contribution or have rights of subrogation against any Sponsor through an Indemnified Party for any payment made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to any Indemnity Obligation. In addition, the Company hereby agrees that in the event that any Sponsor pay or advance an Indemnified Party any expenses with respect to an Indemnity Obligation, the Company will, or will cause its subsidiaries to, as applicable, promptly reimburse any such Sponsor, respectively, for such payment or advance upon request; subject to the receipt by the Company of a written undertaking executed by the Indemnified Party and the Sponsors, as applicable, that makes such payment or advance to repay any such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The foregoing right to indemnity shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or any termination of the engagement. If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to any Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless as and to the extent contemplated by this Section 8, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such Action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

9 

 

 

(b)            The Company hereby acknowledges that the certain of the Indemnified Parties have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by investment funds managed by Apax Partners and WCAS and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees with respect to any indemnification, hold harmless obligation, expense advancement or reimbursement provision or any other similar obligation whether pursuant to or with respect to this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other agreement, as applicable, (i) that the Company and its subsidiaries are the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., their obligations to the Indemnified Parties are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for claims, expenses or obligations arising out of the same or similar facts and circumstances suffered by any Indemnified Party are secondary), (ii) that the Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by any Indemnified Party and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, liabilities, obligations, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other agreement, as applicable, without regard to any rights any Indemnified Party may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that the Company, on behalf of itself and each of its subsidiaries, irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all Actions against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any Indemnified Party with respect to any Action for which any Indemnified Party has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of any Indemnified Party against the Company. The Company agrees that the Fund Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(b).

 

9.            Headings. Headings are for ease of reference only and shall not form a part of this Agreement.

 

10.          Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

11.          Jurisdiction. Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties agrees that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 18, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.

 

10 

 

 

12.            WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

13.            Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

14.            Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective when each party shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by each of the other parties. An executed copy or counterpart hereof delivered by facsimile shall be deemed an original instrument.

 

15.            Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

16.            Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

 

17.            Specific Performance. Each of the parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

18.            Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party or to the Company shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

 

If to the Company:

 

InnovAge Holding Corp.

8950 E. Lowry Boulevard

Denver, Colorado 80230

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

   Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

 

11 

 

 

If to any member of Apax Partners or any of its Nominees:

 

c/o Apax Partners, L.P.

601 Lexington Avenue

53rd Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Andrew Cavanna

Email: andrew.cavanna@apax.com

 

If to any member of WCAS or any of its Nominees:

 

c/o Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, L.P.

599 Lexington Avenue

Suite 1800

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Tom Scully

Email: tscully@wcas.com

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

   Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

 

or to such other address or telecopier number as such party or the Company may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties and the Company. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this Section 18 during regular business hours.

 

19.            Enforcement. Each of the parties hereto covenants and agrees that the disinterested members of the Board have the right to enforce, waive or take any other action with respect to this Agreement on behalf of the Company.

 

  * * * * *  

 

12 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

  INNOVAGE HOLDING CORP.
     
  By:                                 
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Sponsor Director Nomination Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  ignite aggregator lp
   
  By:     Ignite GP Inc., its general partner
     
  By:                                 
  Name: Andrew Cavanna
  Title: President

 

[Signature Page to Sponsor Director Nomination Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII, L.P.
   
  By: WCAS XII Associates LLC, its general partner
     
  By:                                 
  Name: Thomas Scully
  Title: Managing Member

 

  Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware, L.P.
   
  By: WCAS XII Associates Cayman, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: WCAS XII Associates LLC, its general partner
     
  By:                                 
  Name: Thomas Scully
  Title: Managing Member

 

  Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware II, L.P.
   
  By:     WCAS XII Associates LLC, its general partner
   
  By:                                 
  Name: Thomas Scully
  Title: Managing Member
   

 

[Signature Page to Sponsor Director Nomination Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Cayman, L.P.
   
  By: WCAS XII Associates Cayman, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: WCAS XII Associates LLC, its general partner
     
  By:                                 
  Name: Thomas Scully
  Title: Managing Member

 

  WCAS XII Co-Investors LLC
     
  By:                                 
  Name: Jonathan Rather
  Title: Managing Member

 

  WCAS Management Corporation
     
  By:                                 
  Name: Jonathan Rather
  Title: Treasurer

 

  WCAS Co-Invest Holdco, L.P.
   
  By: WCAS Co-Invest Associates LLC, its general partner
     
  By:                                 
  Name: Jonathan Rather
  Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Sponsor Director Nomination Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

TCO GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.           DEFINED TERMS

 

Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference, defines the terms used in the Plan and sets forth certain operational rules related to those terms.

 

2.           PURPOSE

 

The Plan has been established to advance the interests of the Company by providing for the grant to Participants of Stock-based and other incentive Awards.

 

3.           ADMINISTRATION

 

The Administrator has discretionary authority, subject only to the express provisions of the Plan, to interpret the Plan; determine eligibility for and grant Awards; determine, modify or waive the terms and conditions of any Award; prescribe forms, rules and procedures; and otherwise do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. Determinations of the Administrator made under the Plan will be conclusive and will bind all parties.

 

4.           LIMITS ON AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

 

(a)       Number of Shares. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of Awards under the Plan is 17,836,636 shares. Up to the total number of shares available for Awards to employee Participants may be issued in satisfaction of ISOs, but nothing in this Section 4(a) will be construed as requiring that any, or any fixed number of, ISOs be awarded under the Plan. The limits set forth in this Section 4(a) shall be construed to comply with Section 422 of the Code. For purposes of this Section 4(a), the number of shares of Stock delivered in satisfaction of Awards will be determined net of shares of Stock withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price or purchase price of the Award or in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements with respect to the Award and, for the avoidance of doubt, without including any shares of Stock underlying Awards that are settled in cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Stock underlying Awards that otherwise expire or become unexercisable without having been exercised, or that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, shall again be eligible to be delivered in satisfaction of Awards under the Plan. To the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 422 and the regulations thereunder, Stock issued under awards of an acquired company that are converted, replaced or adjusted in connection with the acquisition will not reduce the number of shares available for Awards under the Plan.

 

(b)      Type of Shares. Stock delivered by the Company under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Stock or previously issued Stock acquired by the Company. No fractional shares of Stock will be delivered under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

5.           ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

The Administrator will select Participants from among those key Employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, the Company and its subsidiaries who, in the opinion of the Administrator, are in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of the Company and its subsidiaries. Eligibility for ISOs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 5 who are employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code. Eligibility for Stock Options other than ISOs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 5 who are providing direct services on the date of grant of the Stock Option to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company that would be described in the first sentence of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E).

 

6.           RULES APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

(a)       All Awards.

 

(1)       Award Provisions. The Administrator will determine the terms of all Awards, subject to the limitations provided herein. By accepting (or, under such rules as the Administrator may prescribe, being deemed to have accepted) an Award, the Participant shall be deemed to have agreed to the terms of the Award and the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, awards of an acquired company that are converted, replaced or adjusted in connection with the acquisition may contain terms and conditions that are inconsistent with the terms and conditions specified herein, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(2)       Term of Plan. No Awards may be made after ten (10) years from the Date of Adoption, but previously granted Awards may continue beyond that date in accordance with their terms.

 

(3)       Transferability. Neither ISOs nor, except as the Administrator otherwise expressly provides in accordance with the second sentence of this Section 6(a)(3), other Awards may be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during a Participant’s lifetime ISOs (and, except as the Administrator otherwise expressly provides in accordance with the second sentence of this Section 6(a)(3), other Awards requiring exercise) may be exercised only by the Participant. The Administrator may permit Awards other than ISOs to be transferred by gift, subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, to the extent applicable, and such other limitations as the Administrator may impose.

 

(4)       Vesting, etc. The Administrator may determine the time or times at which an Award will vest or become exercisable and the terms on which an Award requiring exercise will remain exercisable. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator may at any time (but need not) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an Award, regardless of any adverse or potentially adverse tax or other consequences resulting from such acceleration. Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, however, the following rules will apply if a Participant’s Employment ceases:

 

(A)        Immediately upon the cessation of the Participant’s Employment, each Award requiring exercise that is then held by the Participant or by the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, will cease to be exercisable and will terminate, except to the extent otherwise provided in (B), (C), (D) or (E) below, and all other Awards that are then held by the Participant or by the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, to the extent not already vested will be forfeited.

 

-2-

 

 

(B)        Subject to (C), (D), and (E) below, all Stock Options and SARs held by the Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) a period of 75 days and (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR, as the case may be, could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate

 

(C)        Subject to (D) and (E) below, all Stock Options and SARs held by the Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment by the Company other than for Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) a period of 90 days or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

(D)       All Stock Options and SARs held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment due to his or her death or due to the termination of the Participant’s Employment by the Company due to his or her Disability, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) a period of one year ending with the first anniversary of the termination of the Participant’s Employment as a result of such death or Disability, or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

(E)       All Stock Options and SARs (whether or not vested) held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment will immediately terminate upon such cessation of Participant’s Employment due to a termination for Cause.

 

(5)nbsp;     Additional Restrictions. The Administrator may cancel, rescind, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict any Award at any time if the Participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Award agreement and the Plan, or if the Participant breaches any agreement with the Company or its Affiliates with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality.

 

(6)      Taxes. The delivery, vesting and retention of Stock under an Award are conditioned upon full satisfaction by the Participant of all tax withholding requirements with respect to the Award. The Administrator will prescribe such rules for the withholding of taxes as it deems necessary. The Administrator may, but need not, hold back shares of Stock from an Award or permit a Participant to tender previously owned shares of Stock in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the minimum withholding required by law).

 

-3-

 

 

(7)      Dividend Equivalents, etc. The Administrator may provide for the payment of amounts (on terms and subject to conditions established by the Administrator) in lieu of cash dividends or other cash distributions with respect to Stock subject to an Award whether or not the holder of such Award is otherwise entitled to share in the actual dividend or distribution in respect of such Award. Any entitlement to dividend equivalents or similar entitlements shall be established and administered either consistent with an exemption from, or in compliance with, the requirements of Section 409A. In addition, any amounts payable in respect of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units may be subject to such limits or restrictions as the Administrator may impose.

 

(8)     Rights Limited. Nothing in the Plan will be construed as giving any person the right to continued employment or service with the Company or its Affiliates, or any rights as a stockholder except as to shares of Stock actually issued under the Plan. The loss of existing or potential profit in Awards will not constitute an element of damages in the event of a termination of Employment for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or any Affiliate to the Participant.

 

(9)      Coordination with Other Plans. Awards under the Plan may be granted in tandem with, or in satisfaction of or substitution for, other Awards under the Plan or awards made under other compensatory plans or programs of the Company or its Affiliates. For example, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, awards under other compensatory plans or programs of the Company or its subsidiaries may be settled in Stock (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Stock) if the Administrator so determines, in which case the shares delivered will be treated as awarded under the Plan (and will reduce the number of shares thereafter available under the Plan in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 4).

 

(10)    Section 409A. Each Award may contain such terms as the Administrator determines, and shall be construed and administered, such that the Award either (i) qualifies for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A, or (ii) satisfies such requirements.

 

(11)    Certain Requirements of Corporate Law. Awards shall be granted and administered consistent with the requirements of applicable Delaware law relating to the issuance of stock and the consideration to be received therefor, and with the applicable requirements of the stock exchanges or other trading systems on which the Stock is listed or entered for trading, in each case as determined by the Administrator.

 

(12)    Fair Market Value. In determining the fair market value of any share of Stock under the Plan, the Administrator shall make the determination in good faith consistent with the rules of Section 422 and Section 409A to the extent applicable.

 

(13)    Stockholders Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided, all Awards issued under the Plan and all Stock issued thereunder will be subject to the Stockholders Agreement to the extent applicable. No Award will be granted to a Participant and no Stock will be delivered to a Participant, in either case, until the Participant has executed the Stockholders Agreement.

 

-4-

 

 

(b)         Stock Options and SARs.

 

(1)       Time And Manner Of Exercise. Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, no Stock Option or SAR will be deemed to have been exercised until the Administrator receives a notice of exercise (in form acceptable to the Administrator), which may be an electronic notice, signed (including electronic signature in form acceptable to the Administrator) by the appropriate person and accompanied by any payment required under the Award. A Stock Option or SAR exercised by any person other than the Participant will not be deemed to have been exercised until the Administrator has received such evidence as it may require that the person exercising the Award has the right to do so. The Administrator may impose conditions on the exercisability of Awards, including limitations on the time periods during which Awards may be exercised or settled.

 

(2)        Exercise Price. The exercise price (or the base value from which appreciation is to be measured) of each Award requiring exercise will be 100% (in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent shareholder within the meaning of subsection (b)(6) of Section 422, 110%) of the fair market value of the Stock subject to the Award, determined as of the date of grant, or such higher amount as the Administrator may determine in connection with the grant. No such Awards, once granted, may be repriced other than in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Plan, including Section 9.

 

(3)        Payment Of Exercise Price. Where the exercise of an Award is to be accompanied by payment, payment of the exercise price shall be by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, or, if so permitted by the Administrator and if legally permissible, (i) through the delivery of unrestricted shares of Stock that have a fair market value equal to the exercise price, subject to such minimum holding period requirements, if any, as the Administrator may prescribe, (ii) at such time, if any, as the Stock is publicly traded, through a broker-assisted exercise program acceptable to the Administrator, (iii) by other means acceptable to the Administrator, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment. No Award requiring exercise or portion thereof may be exercised unless, at the time of exercise, the fair market value of the shares of Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof exceeds the exercise price for the Award or such portion. The delivery of shares in payment of the exercise price under clause (i) above may be accomplished either by actual delivery or by constructive delivery through attestation of ownership, subject to such rules as the Administrator may prescribe.

 

(4)       Maximum Term. Awards requiring exercise will have a maximum term not to exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant (five (5) years from the date of grant in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent shareholder described in Section 6(b)(2) above).

 

7.            EFFECT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

 

(a)        Mergers, etc. Except as otherwise provided in an Award, the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine the effect of a Covered Transaction on Awards, which determination may include, but is not limited to, taking the following actions:

 

(1)        Assumption or Substitution. If the Covered Transaction is one in which there is an acquiring or surviving entity, the Administrator may provide for the assumption or continuation of some or all outstanding Awards or for the grant of new awards in substitution therefor by the acquiror or survivor or an affiliate of the acquiror or survivor.

 

-5-

 

 

(2)       Cash-Out of Awards. If the Covered Transaction is one in which holders of Stock will receive upon consummation a payment (whether cash, non-cash or a combination of the foregoing), then subject to Section 7(a)(5) below the Administrator may provide for payment (a “cash-out”), with respect to some or all Awards or any portion thereof, equal in the case of each affected Award or portion thereof to the excess, if any, of (A) the fair market value of one share of Stock (as determined by the Administrator in its reasonable discretion) times the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award or such portion, over (B) the aggregate exercise or purchase price, if any, under the Award or such portion (in the case of an SAR, the aggregate base value above which appreciation is measured), in each case on such payment terms (which need not be the same as the terms of payment to holders of Stock) and other terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Administrator determines; it being understood that if the exercise or purchase price (or base value) of an Award is equal to or greater than the fair market value of one share of Stock, the Award may be cancelled with no payment due hereunder. The Administrator may not exercise its discretion under this Section 7(a)(2) with respect to an Award or portion thereof providing for “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A in a manner that would constitute an extension or acceleration of, or other change in, payment terms if such change would be inconsistent with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

 

(3)      Acceleration of Certain Awards. If the Covered Transaction (whether or not there is an acquiring or surviving entity) is one in which there is no assumption, continuation, substitution or cash-out, then subject to Section 7(a)(5) below the Administrator may provide that each Award requiring exercise will become fully exercisable, and the delivery of any shares of Stock remaining deliverable under each outstanding Award of Stock Units (including Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards to the extent consisting of Stock Units) will be accelerated and such shares will be delivered, prior to the Covered Transaction, in each case on a basis that gives the holder of the Award a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Administrator, following exercise of the Award or the delivery of the shares, as the case may be, to participate as a stockholder in the Covered Transaction; provided, that to the extent acceleration pursuant to this Section 7(a)(3) of an Award subject to Section 409A would cause the Award to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, the Award may not be accelerated and the Administrator in lieu thereof shall take such steps as are necessary to ensure that payment of the Award is made in a medium other than Stock and on terms that as nearly as possible, but taking into account adjustments required or permitted by this Section 7, replicate the prior terms of the Award.

 

(4)       Termination of Awards Upon Consummation of Covered Transaction. Each Award will terminate upon consummation of the Covered Transaction, other than the following: (i) Awards assumed pursuant to Section 7(a)(1) above; (ii) Awards converted pursuant to the proviso in Section 7(a)(3) above into an ongoing right to receive payment other than in Stock; and (iii) outstanding shares of Restricted Stock (which will be treated in the same manner as other shares of Stock, subject to Section 7(a)(5) below).

 

(5)      Additional Limitations. Any share of Stock and any cash or other property delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(2) or Section 7(a)(3) above with respect to an Award may, in the discretion of the Administrator, contain such restrictions, if any, as the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect any performance or other vesting conditions to which the Award was subject and that did not lapse (and were not satisfied) in connection with the Covered Transaction. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, a cash-out under Section 7(a)(2) above or the acceleration of exercisability of an Award under Section 7(a)(3) above shall not, in and of itself, be treated as the lapsing (or satisfaction) of a performance or other vesting condition. In the case of Restricted Stock that does not vest in connection with the Covered Transaction, the Administrator may require that any amounts delivered, exchanged or otherwise paid in respect of such Stock in connection with the Covered Transaction be placed in escrow or otherwise made subject to such restrictions as the Administrator deems appropriate to carry out the intent of the Plan.

 

-6-

 

 

(b)         Changes in and Distributions With Respect to Stock.

 

(1)       Basic Adjustment Provisions. In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares (including a reverse stock split), recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure that constitutes an equity restructuring within the meaning of SFAS No. 123(R), the Administrator shall make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares specified in Section 4(a) that may be delivered under the Plan and shall also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to Awards then outstanding or subsequently granted, any exercise prices relating to Awards and any other provision of Awards affected by such change.

 

(2)        Certain Other Adjustments. The Administrator may also make adjustments of the type described in Section 7(b)(1) above to take into account distributions to stockholders other than those provided for in Section 7(a) and 7(b)(1), or any other event, if the Administrator determines that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan and to preserve the value of Awards made hereunder, having due regard for the qualification of ISOs under Section 422 and the requirements of Section 409A, where applicable.

 

(3)       Continuing Application of Plan Terms. References in the Plan to shares of Stock will be construed to include any stock or securities resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8.            LEGAL CONDITIONS ON DELIVERY OF STOCK

 

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan or remove any restriction from shares of Stock previously delivered under the Plan until: (i) the Company is satisfied that all legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been addressed and resolved; (ii) if the outstanding Stock is at the time of delivery listed on any stock exchange or national market system, the shares to be delivered have been listed or authorized to be listed on such exchange or system upon official notice of issuance; and (iii) all conditions of the Award have been satisfied or waived. If the sale of Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act, the Company may require, as a condition to exercise of the Award, such representations or agreements as counsel for the Company may consider appropriate to avoid violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state or foreign securities laws. The Company may require that certificates evidencing Stock issued under the Plan bear an appropriate legend reflecting any restriction on transfer applicable to such Stock, and the Company may hold the certificates pending lapse of the applicable restrictions.

 

-7-

 

 

9.AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

The Administrator may at any time or times amend the Plan or any outstanding Award for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law, and may at any time terminate the Plan as to any future grants of Awards; provided, that except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan the Administrator may not, without the Participant’s consent, alter the terms of an Award so as to affect materially and adversely the Participant’s rights under the Award, unless the Administrator expressly reserved the right to do so at the time the Award was granted and such reservation of right is set forth in the Award. Any amendments to the Plan will be conditioned upon stockholder approval only to the extent, if any, such approval is required by law (including the Code), as determined by the Administrator.

 

10.OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

 

The existence of the Plan or the grant of any Award will not in any way affect the Company’s right to award a person bonuses or other compensation in addition to Awards under the Plan.

 

11.MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a)       Waiver of Jury Trial. By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under the Plan and any Award, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim shall be tried before a court and not before a jury. By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant certifies that no officer, representative, or attorney of the Company has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Company would not, in the event of any action, proceeding or counterclaim, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers.

 

(b)       Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, neither the Company, nor any Affiliate, nor the Administrator, nor any person acting on behalf of the Company, any Affiliate, or the Administrator, will be liable to any Participant or to the estate or beneficiary of any Participant or to any other holder of an Award by reason of any acceleration of income, or any additional tax (including any interest and penalties), asserted by reason of the failure of an Award to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 or Section 409A or by reason of Section 4999 of the Code, or otherwise asserted with respect to the Award.

 

12.ESTABLISHMENT OF SUB-PLANS

 

The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable blue sky, securities or tax laws of various jurisdictions. The Board will establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan setting forth (i) such limitations on the Administrator’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable and (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board will be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement will apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company will not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction that is not affected.

 

-8-

 

 

13.GOVERNING LAW

 

Except as otherwise provided by the express terms of an Award agreement or under a sub-plan described in Section 12, the provisions of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan and all claims or disputes arising out of our based upon the Plan or any Award under the Plan or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof will be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

-9-

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Definition of Terms

 

The following terms, when used in the Plan, will have the meanings and be subject to the provisions set forth below:

 

Administrator”: The Board, except that the Board may delegate its authority under the Plan to a committee of the Board (or one or more members of the Board), in which case references herein to the Board will refer to such committee (or members of the Board). The Board may delegate (i) to one or more of its members such of its duties, powers and responsibilities as it may determine; (ii) to one or more officers of the Company the power to grant rights or options to the extent permitted by Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and (iii) to such Employees or other persons as it determines such ministerial tasks as it deems appropriate. In the event of any delegation described in the preceding sentence, the term “Administrator” will include the person or persons so delegated to the extent of such delegation.

 

Affiliate”: Any corporation or other entity that would be treated as an “Affiliate” of the Company under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement.

 

Award”: Any or a combination of the following:

 

(i)Stock Options.

 

(ii)SARs.

 

(iii)Restricted Stock

 

(iv)Unrestricted Stock.

 

(v)Stock Units, including Restricted Stock Units.

 

(vi)Performance Awards.

 

(vii)Awards (other than Awards described in (i) through (vi) above) that are convertible into or otherwise based on Stock.

 

Board”: The Board of Directors of the Company.

 

-10-

 

 

Cause”: means, with respect to any Participant, any of the following: (a) the material breach by such Participant under the Plan or any Award thereunder which is not cured within thirty (30) days following notice of such breach to such Participant; provided, that if such breach is not capable of being cured, no such cure period shall be applicable, (b) the material breach by such Participant of any agreement relating to employment, non-competition or non-solicitation with the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not cured within thirty (30) days following notice of such breach to such Participant; provided, that if such breach is not capable of being cured, no such cure period shall be applicable, (c) the repeated failure, after notice, to follow the reasonable directives of a supervisor or the Board (or the equivalent governing body of any subsidiary of the Company that is the employer of such Participant), (d) the repeated failure, after notice, to observe all material policies of the Company or any of its subsidiaries generally applicable to employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as the case may be, (e) the gross negligence or intentional misconduct by such Participant in the performance of his or her duties which is harmful to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including conduct that is harassing or discriminating to or against other employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (f) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation of property or dishonesty against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any felony or act involving moral turpitude; provided, that, in the event that such Participant is a party to a written employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary thereof and there are any terms of any definition of “Cause” contained such employment agreement then such definition of “Cause” contained in such employment agreement shall control and shall be incorporated herein by reference.

 

Code”: The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as from time to time amended and in effect, or any successor statute as from time to time in effect.

 

Company”: TCO Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Covered Transaction”: Any of (i) a consolidation, merger, or similar transaction or series of related transactions, including a sale or other disposition of stock, in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s then outstanding common stock by a single person or entity or by a group of persons and/or entities acting in concert, (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets, or (iii) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company. Where a Covered Transaction involves a tender offer that is reasonably expected to be followed by a merger described in clause (i) (as determined by the Administrator), the Covered Transaction will be deemed to have occurred upon consummation of the tender offer.

 

Date of Adoption”: The date the Plan was adopted by the Board.

 

“Disability”: In the case of any Participant who is a party to an employment or severance-benefit agreement that contains a definition of “Disability,” the definition set forth in such agreement will apply with respect to such Participant under the Plan. In the case of any other Participant, “Disability” will mean a disability that would entitle a Participant to long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan to which the Participant participates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any case in which a benefit that constitutes or includes “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A would be payable by reason of Disability, the term “Disability” will mean a disability described in Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i)(A).

 

Employee”: Any person who is employed by the Company or by a subsidiary of the Company.

 

-11-

 

 

Employment”: A Participant’s employment or other service relationship with the Company and its subsidiaries. Employment will be deemed to continue, unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, so long as the Participant is employed by, or otherwise is providing services in a capacity described in Section 5 to the Company or one of its subsidiaries. If a Participant’s employment or other service relationship is with a subsidiary and that entity ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company, the Participant’s Employment will be deemed to have terminated when the entity ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company unless the Participant transfers Employment to the Company or one of its remaining subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in construing the provisions of any Award relating to the payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (subject to Section 409A) upon a termination or cessation of Employment, references to termination or cessation of employment, separation from service, retirement or similar or correlative terms shall be construed to require a “separation from service” (as that term is defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations) from the Company and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations. The Company may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election shall be deemed a part of the Plan.

 

Good Reason”: In the case of any Participant who is party to an employment, severance-benefit, change in control or similar agreement that contains a definition of “Good Reason,” the definition set forth in such agreement will apply with respect to such Participant under the Plan. In the case of any other Participant, “Good Reason” will mean (i) a material diminution in the nature or scope of the Participant’s duties, authority and/or responsibilities, (ii) a requirement that the Participant relocate to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the location where the Participant is then providing services, (iii) a material reduction in Participant’s base salary, unless a similar reduction is made across the board to similarly situated employees; or (iv) a material breach of any written agreement between the Company and the Executive; provided, in each case, that the Participant shall have given notice of such event or condition within a period not to exceed thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such event or condition and the Company shall not have remedied such event or condition within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice.

 

ISO”: A Stock Option intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422. Each Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan will be treated as providing by its terms that it is to be a non-incentive Stock Option unless, as of the date of grant, it is expressly designated as an ISO.

 

Participant”: A person who is granted an Award under the Plan.

 

Performance Award”: An Award subject to specified criteria, other than the mere continuation of Employment or the mere passage of time, the satisfaction of which is a condition for the grant, exercisability, vesting or full enjoyment of the Award.

 

Plan”: The TCO Group Holdings, Inc., 2015 Equity Incentive Plan as from time to time amended and in effect.

 

Restricted Stock”: Stock subject to restrictions requiring that it be redelivered or offered for sale to the Company if specified conditions are not satisfied.

 

-12-

 

 

Restricted Stock Unit”: A Stock Unit that is, or as to which the delivery of Stock or cash in lieu of Stock is, subject to the satisfaction of specified performance or other vesting conditions.

 

SAR”: A right entitling the holder upon exercise to receive an amount (payable in cash or in shares of Stock of equivalent value) equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares of Stock subject to the right over the base value from which appreciation under the SAR is to be measured.

 

Section 409A”: Section 409A of the Code.

 

Section 422”: Section 422 of the Code.

 

Securities Act”: Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Stock”: Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Stockholders Agreement”: the Stockholders Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016 among the Company and certain affiliates, stockholders and Participants, as amended or modified from time to time.

 

Stock Option”: An option entitling the holder to acquire shares of Stock upon payment of the exercise price.

 

Stock Unit”: An unfunded and unsecured promise, denominated in shares of Stock, to deliver Stock or cash measured by the value of Stock in the future.

 

Unrestricted Stock”: Stock not subject to any restrictions under the terms of the Award.

 

-13-

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

InnovAge Holding Corp.
2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

1.            Purpose.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates and promoting the creation of long-term value for stockholders of the Company by closely aligning the interests of such individuals with those of such stockholders. The Plan authorizes the award of Stock-based and cash-based incentives to Eligible Persons to encourage such Eligible Persons to expend maximum effort in the creation of stockholder value.

 

2.            Definitions.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a)           Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

 

(b)           Award” means any Option, award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right, or other Stock-based or cash-based award granted under the Plan.

 

(c)            Award Agreement” means an Option Agreement, a Restricted Stock Agreement, an RSU Agreement, a SAR Agreement, or an agreement governing the grant of any other Award granted under the Plan.

 

(d)           Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)            Cause” means, with respect to a Participant and in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Cause, (1) the Participant’s plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, conviction of, or indictment for, any crime (whether or not involving the Company or its Affiliates) (i) constituting a felony or (ii) that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Service Recipient, or otherwise has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates; (2) conduct of the Participant, in connection with his or her employment or service, that has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in injury to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates; (3) any material violation of the policies of the Service Recipient, including, but not limited to, those relating to sexual harassment, ethics, discrimination, or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals, or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (4) the Participant’s act(s) of negligence or willful misconduct in the course of his or her employment or service with the Service Recipient; (5) misappropriation by the Participant of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or its Affiliates; (6) embezzlement or fraud committed by the Participant, at the Participant’s direction, or with the Participant’s prior actual knowledge; or (7) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties. If, subsequent to the Termination of a Participant for any or no reason (other than a Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause), it is discovered that grounds to terminate the Participant’s employment or service for Cause existed, such Participant’s employment or service shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be deemed to have been terminated by the Service Recipient for Cause for all purposes under the Plan, and the Participant shall be required to repay or return to the Company all amounts and benefits received by him or her in respect of any Award following such Termination that would have been forfeited under the Plan had such Termination been by the Service Recipient for Cause. In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Cause, “Cause” shall have the meaning provided in such agreement, and a Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause hereunder shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all applicable notice and cure periods in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement are complied with.

 

 

 

 

(f)            Change in Control” means:

 

(1)            a change in the ownership or control of the Company effected through a transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or similar non-U.S. regulatory agency or pursuant to a Non-Control Transaction) whereby any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or any two or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or any of its Affiliates, an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates (or its related trust), or any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, directly or indirectly acquire, other than pursuant to a Reorganization (as defined in subclause (3) below) that does not constitute a Change in Control under such subclause (3), “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities eligible to vote in the election of the Board (“Company Voting Securities”);

 

(2)            the date, within any consecutive 24-month period commencing on or after the Effective Date, upon which individuals who constitute the Board as of the Effective Date (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a director subsequent to the Effective Date and whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders or appointment was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such individual is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

- 2

 

 

(3)            the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Affiliates that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders (whether for such transaction, the issuance of securities in the transaction, or otherwise) (a “Reorganization”), unless, immediately following such Reorganization, (i) more than 50% of the total voting power of (A) the corporation resulting from such Reorganization (the “Surviving Company”), or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that has, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Reorganization), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among holders thereof immediately prior to such Reorganization, (ii) no person, other than an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company (or its related trust), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company, and (iii) following the consummation of such Reorganization, at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company are members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Reorganization (any Reorganization which satisfies all of the criteria specified in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above shall be a “Non-Control Transaction”); or

 

(4)           the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) to any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or to any two (2) or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company’s Affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the Company Voting Securities as a result of an acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company that reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided that, if after such acquisition by the Company, such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then be deemed to occur, and (y) with respect to the payment of any amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code payable upon a Change in Control, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred, unless the Change in Control constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.

 

(g)           Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

 

- 3

 

 

(h)           Committee” means the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee consisting of two or more individuals appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and each other individual or committee of individuals designated to exercise authority under the Plan.

 

(i)            Company” means InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

 

(j)            Corporate Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) hereof.

 

(k)           Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(g) hereof.

 

(l)            Disability” means, in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Disability, the permanent and total disability of such Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Disability, “Disability” shall have the meaning provided in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement.

 

(m)           Disqualifying Disposition” means any disposition (including any sale) of Stock acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option made within the period that ends either (1) two years after the date on which the Participant was granted the Incentive Stock Option or (2) one year after the date upon which the Participant acquired the Stock.

 

(n)           Effective Date” means [DATE], 2021, which is the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board.

 

(o)           Eligible Person” means (1) each employee and officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (2) each non-employee director of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (3) each other natural Person who provides substantial services to the Company or any of its Affiliates as a consultant or advisor (or a wholly owned alter ego entity of the natural Person providing such services of which such Person is an employee, stockholder, or partner) and who is designated as eligible by the Committee; and (4) each natural Person who has been offered employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided that such prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such Person has commenced employment or service with the Company or its Affiliates; provided, further, however, that (i) with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify as a “stock right” that does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the term “Affiliate” as used in this Section 2(o) shall include only those corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company where each of the corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain, other than the last corporation or other entity, owns stock possessing at least 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations or other entities in the chain, and (ii) with respect to any Award that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, the term “Affiliate” as used in this Section 2(o) shall include only those entities that qualify as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. An employee on an approved leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.

 

- 4

 

 

(p)           Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

 

(q)           Expiration Date” means, with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the date on which the term of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires, as determined under Sections 5(b) or 8(b) hereof, as applicable.

 

(r)            Fair Market Value” means, as of any date when the Stock is listed on one or more national securities exchange(s), the closing price reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Stock is listed and traded on the date of determination or, if the closing price is not reported on such date of determination, the closing price reported on the most recent date prior to the date of determination. If the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the amount determined by the Board in good faith, and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, to be the fair market value per share of Stock.

 

(s)            GAAP” means the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, as in effect from time to time.

 

(t)            Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(u)           Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(v)          Option” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 5 hereof, to purchase Stock at a specified price during a specified time period.

 

(w)          Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option Award.

 

(x)           Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan or, if applicable, such other Person who holds an Award.

 

(y)          Participant Agreement” means an employment or other services agreement between a Participant and the Service Recipient that describes the terms and conditions of such Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient and is effective as of the date of determination.

 

(z)           Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

 

(aa)         Plan” means this InnovAge Holding Corp. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

- 5

 

 

(bb)     Qualified Member” means a member of the Committee who is a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” as defined under, as applicable, the NASDAQ Listing Rules, the NYSE Listed Company Manual, or other applicable stock exchange rules.

 

(cc)      Qualifying Committee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

 

(dd)     Restricted Stock” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6 hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

(ee)      Restricted Stock Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Restricted Stock Award.

 

(ff)       Restricted Stock Unit” means a notional unit representing the right to receive one share of Stock (or the cash value of one share of Stock, if so determined by the Committee) on a specified settlement date.

 

(gg)     RSU Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(hh)     SAR Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(ii)         Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

 

(jj)       Service Recipient” means, with respect to a Participant holding an Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

 

(kk)      Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for such stock pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

 

(ll)       Stock Appreciation Right” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 8 hereof, to receive an amount equal to the value of the appreciation in the Stock over a specified period. Except in the event of extraordinary circumstances, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, or pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be settled in Stock.

 

(mm)    Substitute Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

- 6

 

 

(nn)     Termination” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient; provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee at the time of any change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (e.g., a Participant ceases to be an employee and begins providing services as a consultant, or vice versa), such change in status will not be deemed a Termination hereunder. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute the Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant’s change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (for example, a change from employee to consultant) shall not be deemed a Termination hereunder with respect to any Awards constituting “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination, unless such change in status constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments in respect of an Award constituting nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination shall be delayed for such period as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. On the first business day following the expiration of such period, the Participant shall be paid, in a single lump sum without interest, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule applicable to such Award.

 

3.            Administration.

 

(a)          Authority of the Committee. Except as otherwise provided below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case, subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to (1) select Eligible Persons to become Participants; (2) grant Awards; (3) determine the type, number, and type of shares of Stock subject to, other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards; (4) prescribe Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; (5) construe and interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, and reconcile inconsistencies therein; (6) suspend the right to exercise Awards during any period that the Committee deems appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws, and thereafter extend the exercise period of an Award by an equivalent period of time or such shorter period required by, or necessary to comply with, applicable law; and (7) make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all Persons, including, without limitation, the Company, its stockholders and Affiliates, Eligible Persons, Participants, and beneficiaries of Participants. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the ability to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Award at any time and for any reason, including upon a Corporate Event, subject to Section 10(d), or in the event of a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient other than for Cause, or due to the Participant’s death, Disability, or retirement (as such term may be defined in an applicable Award Agreement or Participant Agreement or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Company’s then-current employment policies and guidelines). For the avoidance of doubt, the Board shall have the authority to take all actions under the Plan that the Committee is permitted to take.

 

- 7

 

 

(b)          Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority. At any time that a member of the Committee is not a Qualified Member, any action of the Committee relating to an Award granted or to be granted to a Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company must be taken by the remaining members of the Committee or a subcommittee, designated by the Committee or the Board, composed solely of two or more Qualified Members (a “Qualifying Committee”). Any action authorized by such a Qualifying Committee shall be deemed the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan. The express grant of any specific power to a Qualifying Committee, and the taking of any action by such a Qualifying Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee.

 

(c)          Delegation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to officers or employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions under the Plan, including, but not limited to, administrative functions, as the Committee may determine appropriate. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan. Any actions taken by an officer or employee delegated authority pursuant to this Section 3(c) within the scope of such delegation shall, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to be an action taken by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Award granted under the Plan to any Eligible Person who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including any non-employee director of the Company or any Affiliate) or to any Eligible Person who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be expressly approved by the Committee or Qualifying Committee in accordance with Section 3(b) above.

 

(d)          Sections 409A and 457A. The Committee shall take into account compliance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code in connection with any grant of an Award under the Plan, to the extent applicable. While the Awards granted hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the imposition of any penalty taxes under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or any of its Affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest, or penalties that may be imposed on a Participant as a result of Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any similar state or local laws (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code).

 

- 8

 

 

4.            Shares Available Under the Plan; Other Limitations.

 

(a)          Number of Shares Available for Delivery. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 hereof, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall equal [NUMBER OF SHARES]. Shares of Stock delivered under the Plan shall consist of authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company on the open market or by private purchase. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code, the number of shares of Stock available for issuance hereunder shall not be reduced by shares issued pursuant to Awards issued or assumed in connection with a merger or acquisition as contemplated by, as applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) and IM-5635-1, AMEX Company Guide Section 711, or other applicable stock exchange rules, and their respective successor rules and listing exchange promulgations (each such Award, a “Substitute Award”), and (ii) shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash.

 

(b)          Share Counting Rules. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double-counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem awards or Substitute Awards), and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award. Other than with respect to a Substitute Award, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares of Stock will again be available for grant. Shares of Stock withheld or surrendered in payment of taxes relating to an Award shall not be deemed to constitute shares delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for delivery under the Plan. Shares of Stock withheld or surrendered in payment of the exercise price relating to an Award shall be deemed to constitute shares delivered to the Participant and shall not be deemed to again be available for delivery under the Plan.

 

(c)           Incentive Stock Options. No more than [NUMBER OF SHARES] shares of Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 hereof) reserved for issuance hereunder may be issued or transferred upon exercise or settlement of Incentive Stock Options.

 

- 9

 

 

(d)           Shares Available Under Acquired Plans. To the extent permitted by NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c), or other applicable stock exchange rules, subject to applicable law, in the event that a company acquired by the Company, or with which the Company combines, has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio of formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan; provided, that, Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards could have been made under the terms of such pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

(e)           Minimum Vesting. No Award may vest earlier than the first anniversary of the date of grant; provided, however, that the foregoing minimum vesting period shall not apply to (i) a Substitute Award that does not reduce the vesting period of the award being replaced or assumed, or (ii) Awards involving an aggregate number of shares of Stock not in excess of 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with Awards (as set forth in Section 4 hereof).

 

(f)           Limitation on Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the maximum value of any Awards granted to a non-employee director of the Company in any one calendar year, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during such calendar year in respect of the non-employee director’s services as a member of the Board during such year, shall not exceed $[750,000] (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes); provided, that, the Committee may make exceptions to this limit, except that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.

 

5.            Options.

 

(a)          General. Certain Options granted under the Plan may be intended to be Incentive Stock Options; however, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted hereunder following the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, and (ii) the date the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan. Options may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company or an Affiliate (as such definition is limited pursuant to Section 2(o) hereof) of the Company. The provisions of separate Options shall be set forth in separate Option Agreements, which agreements need not be identical. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options.

  

- 10

 

 

(b)           Term. The term of each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Option shall expire, ten years from the date it was granted.

 

(c)           Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, subject to Section 5(g) hereof in the case of any Incentive Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of Stock for such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; provided, that, such exercise price is determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(d)          Payment for Stock. Payment for shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Option granted hereunder shall be made in full upon exercise of the Option in a manner approved by the Committee, which may include any of the following payment methods: (1) in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check; (2)  by delivery of shares of Stock having a value equal to the exercise price; (3) by a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with procedures approved by the Committee, whereby payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with shares of Stock subject to the Option by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate exercise price and, if applicable, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligations; or (4) by any other means approved by the Committee (including, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, pursuant to which the Participant shall receive (i) the number of shares of Stock underlying the Option so exercised, reduced by (ii) the number of shares of Stock equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price of the Option divided by (B) the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any form of payment available hereunder would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such form of payment shall not be available.

 

(e)           Vesting. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an Option Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Option shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires, is canceled, or otherwise terminates.

 

- 11

 

 

(f)           Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in an Option Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise:

 

(1)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (i) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (ii) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options outstanding shall cease; (B) all of such Participant’s unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination; and (C) all of such Participant’s vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date, and (y) the date that is 90 days after the date of such Termination.

 

(2)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options outstanding shall cease; (ii) all of such Participant’s unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination; and (iii) all of such Participant’s vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date, and (y) the date that is 12 months after the date of such Termination.

 

(3)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participant’s Options outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

 

(g)          Special Provisions Applicable to Incentive Stock Options.

 

(1)           No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to any Eligible Person who, at the time the Option is granted, owns directly, or indirectly within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, Stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary thereof, unless such Incentive Stock Option (i) has an exercise price of at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of the grant of such Option, and (ii) cannot be exercised more than five years after the date it is granted.

 

(2)           To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

(3)           Each Participant who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

- 12

 

 

6.            Restricted Stock.

 

(a)           General. Restricted Stock may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Awards of Restricted Stock shall be set forth in separate Restricted Stock Agreements, which Restricted Stock Agreements need not be identical. Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, and except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, cash dividends and stock dividends, if any, with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld.

 

(b)          Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Restricted Stock shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Award of Restricted Stock shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment. In addition to any other restrictions set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber the Restricted Stock prior to the time the Restricted Stock has vested pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

(c)          Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in a Restricted Stock Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock has vested, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock outstanding shall cease; and (2) as soon as practicable following such Termination, the Company shall repurchase from the Participant, and the Participant shall sell, all of such Participant’s unvested shares of Restricted Stock at a purchase price equal to the lesser of (A) the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock (as adjusted for any subsequent changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company), less any dividends or other distributions or bonus received (or to be received) by the Participant (or any transferee) in respect of such Restricted Stock prior to the date of repurchase, and (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of such repurchase; provided that, if the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock is equal to zero dollars ($0), such unvested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

 

- 13

 

 

7.             Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)            General. Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Restricted Stock Units shall be set forth in separate RSU Agreements, which RSU Agreements need not be identical.

 

(b)            Vesting. Restricted Stock Units shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment.

 

(c)            Settlement. Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in Stock, cash, or property, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, on the date or dates determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s RSU Agreement, a Participant shall not be entitled to dividends, if any, or dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units prior to settlement.

 

(d)            Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in an RSU Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units have been settled, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units outstanding shall cease; (2) all of such Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units outstanding shall be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination; and (3) any shares remaining undelivered with respect to vested Restricted Stock Units then held by such Participant shall be delivered on the delivery date or dates specified in the RSU Agreement.

 

8.             Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)            General. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Stock Appreciation Rights shall be set forth in separate SAR Agreements, which SAR Agreements need not be identical. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(b)           Term. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Stock Appreciation Right shall expire, ten years from the date it was granted.

 

- 14

 

 

(c)            Base Price. The base price per share of Stock for each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the base price per share of Stock for such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; provided, that, such base price is determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(d)            Vesting. Stock Appreciation Rights shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a SAR Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Stock Appreciation Right shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment. If a Stock Appreciation Right is exercisable in installments, such installments, or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Stock Appreciation Right expires, is canceled, or otherwise terminates.

 

(e)            Payment upon Exercise. Payment upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right may be made in cash, Stock, or property, as specified in the SAR Agreement or determined by the Committee, in each case, having a value in respect of each share of Stock underlying the portion of the Stock Appreciation Right so exercised, equal to the difference between the base price of such Stock Appreciation Right and the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date. For purposes of clarity, each share of Stock to be issued in settlement of a Stock Appreciation Right is deemed to have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date. In no event shall fractional shares be issuable upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, and in the event that fractional shares would otherwise be issuable, the number of shares issuable will be rounded down to the next lower whole number of shares, and the Participant will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the value of such fractional share.

 

(f)            Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in a SAR Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise:

 

(1)            In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (i) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (ii) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall cease; (B) all of such Participant’s unvested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination; and (C) all of such Participant’s vested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date, and (y) the date that is 90 days after the date of such Termination.

 

- 15

 

 

(2)            In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall cease; (ii) all of such Participant’s unvested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination; and (iii) all of such Participant’s vested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date, and (y) the date that is 12 months after the date of such Termination. In the event of a Participant’s death, such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights shall remain exercisable by the Person or Persons to whom such Participant’s rights under the Stock Appreciation Rights pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution until the applicable Expiration Date, but only to the extent that the Stock Appreciation Rights were vested at the time of such Termination.

 

(3)            In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

 

9.            Other Stock-Based Awards.

 

The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based upon or related to Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Committee may also grant Stock as a bonus (whether or not subject to any vesting requirements or other restrictions on transfer), and may grant other Awards in lieu of obligations of the Company or an Affiliate to pay cash or deliver other property under the Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms as shall be determined by the Committee. The terms and conditions applicable to such Awards shall be determined by the Committee and evidenced by Award Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.

 

10.            Adjustment for Recapitalization, Merger, etc.

 

(a)            Capitalization Adjustments. The aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with Awards (as set forth in Section 4 hereof), the numerical share limits in Section ‎4(a) hereof, the number of shares of Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the price per share of Stock underlying each such Award shall be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as to the number, price, or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards, (1) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of grant of any such Award (including any Corporate Event); (2) in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of shares of Stock, whether payable in the form of cash, stock, or any other form of consideration; or (3) in the event of any change in applicable laws or circumstances that results in or could result in, in either case, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants in the Plan. In lieu of or in addition to any adjustment pursuant to this Section 10, if deemed appropriate, the Committee may provide that an adjustment take the form of a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award with respect to all or part of an outstanding Award, which payment shall be subject to such terms and conditions (including timing of payment(s), vesting, and forfeiture conditions) as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion. The Committee will make such adjustments, substitutions, or payment, and its determination will be final, binding, and conclusive. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.

 

- 16

 

 

(b)            Corporate Events. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise, in connection with (i) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation; (ii) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation or other property or cash; (iii) a Change in Control; or (iv) the reorganization, dissolution, or liquidation of the Company (each, a “Corporate Event”), the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:

 

(1)            The assumption or substitution of any or all Awards in connection with such Corporate Event, in which case the Awards shall be subject to the adjustment set forth in Section 10(a) hereof, and to the extent that such Awards vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria, such performance criteria shall be deemed earned at target level (or if no target is specified, the maximum level) and will be converted into solely service based vesting awards that will vest during the performance period, if any, during which the original performance criteria would have been measured;

 

(2)            The acceleration of vesting of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event, subject to the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided that unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, any Awards that vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria will be deemed earned at target level (or if no target is specified, the maximum level), provided, further, that a Participant has not experienced a Termination prior to such Corporate Event;

 

(3)            The cancellation of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event, together with the payment to the Participants holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest upon the Corporate Event but for such cancellation) so canceled of an amount in respect of cancellation equal to an amount based upon the per-share consideration being paid for the Stock in connection with such Corporate Event, less, in the case of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise or base price; provided, however, that holders of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise shall be entitled to consideration in respect of cancellation of such Awards only if the per-share consideration less the applicable exercise or base price is greater than zero dollars ($0), and to the extent that the per-share consideration is less than or equal to the applicable exercise or base price, such Awards shall be canceled for no consideration;

 

- 17

 

 

(4)            The cancellation of any or all Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided, that, all Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards to be so canceled pursuant to this paragraph ‎(4) shall first become exercisable for a period of at least ten days prior to such Corporate Event, with any exercise during such period of any unvested Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, or other Awards to be (A) contingent upon and subject to the occurrence of the Corporate Event, and (B) effectuated by such means as are approved by the Committee; and

 

(5)            The replacement of any or all Awards (other than Awards that are intended to qualify as “stock rights” that do not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the Awards so replaced (determined as of the consummation of the Corporate Event), with subsequent payment of cash incentives subject to the same vesting conditions as applicable to the Awards so replaced and payment to be made within 30 days of the applicable vesting date.

 

Payments to holders pursuant to paragraph ‎(3) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, and to the extent applicable, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or a combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable exercise or base price). In addition, in connection with any Corporate Event, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section ‎10(b), the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his or her Awards; (B) bear such Participant’s pro-rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock; and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.

 

(c)            Fractional Shares. Any adjustment provided under this Section 10 may, in the Committee’s discretion, provide for the elimination of any fractional share that might otherwise become subject to an Award. No cash settlements shall be made with respect to fractional shares so eliminated.

 

(d)            Double-Trigger Vesting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, an Award Agreement, or a Participant Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Award that is assumed or substituted in connection with a Change in Control, the vesting, payment, purchase, or distribution of such Award may not be accelerated by reason of the Change in Control for any Participant, unless the Participant also experiences an involuntary Termination as a result of the Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided for in an Award Agreement or a Participant Agreement, all Awards held by a Participant who experiences an involuntary Termination as a result of a Change in Control shall immediately vest as of the date of such Termination. For purposes of this Section 10(d), a Participant will be deemed to experience an involuntary Termination as a result of a Change in Control if the Participant experiences a Termination by the Service Recipient other than for Cause, or otherwise experiences a Termination under circumstances which entitle the Participant to mandatory severance payment(s) pursuant to applicable law, or, in the case of a non-employee director of the Company, if the non-employee director’s service on the Board terminates in connection with or as a result of a Change in Control, in each case, at any time beginning on the date of the Change in Control up to and including the second anniversary of the Change in Control.

 

- 18

 

 

11.            Use of Proceeds.

 

The proceeds received from the sale of Stock pursuant to the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

12.            Rights and Privileges as a Stockholder.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to the rights and privileges of Stock ownership in respect of shares of Stock that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that Person.

 

13.            Transferability of Awards.

 

Awards may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and to the extent subject to exercise, Awards may not be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee other than by the grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to Incentive Stock Options, Awards and a Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be transferable for no value to the extent provided in an Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee.

 

14.            Employment or Service Rights.

 

No individual shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for the grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

15.            Compliance with Laws.

 

The obligation of the Company to deliver Stock upon issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award, unless such shares have been properly registered for sale with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (or with a similar non-U.S. regulatory agency pursuant to a similar law or regulation), or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale or resale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan or any shares of Stock to be issued upon exercise or settlement of Awards. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

 

- 19

 

 

16.            Withholding Obligations.

 

As a condition to the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award (or upon the making of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code), the Committee may require that a Participant satisfy, through deduction or withholding from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, or through such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee, the amount of all federal, state, and local income and other taxes of any kind required or permitted to be withheld in connection with such issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement (or election). The Committee, in its discretion, may permit shares of Stock to be used to satisfy tax withholding requirements, and such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement date of the Award, as applicable. Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold by considering the applicable minimum statutorily required withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates in the applicable Participant’s jurisdiction, including maximum applicable rates that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and is permitted under applicable withholding rules promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service or another applicable governmental entity.

 

17.            Amendment of the Plan or Awards.

 

(a)            Amendment of Plan. The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time.

 

(b)            Amendment of Awards. The Board or the Committee may amend the terms of any one or more Awards at any time and from time to time.

 

(c)            Stockholder Approval; No Material Impairment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall be effective without stockholder approval to the extent that such approval is required pursuant to applicable law or the applicable rules of each national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed. Additionally, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall materially impair a Participant’s rights under any Award unless the Participant consents in writing (it being understood that no action taken by the Board or the Committee that is expressly permitted under the Plan, including, without limitation, any actions described in Section 10 hereof, shall constitute an amendment to the Plan or an Award for such purpose). Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without an affected Participant’s consent, the Board or the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan or any one or more Awards from time to time as necessary to bring such Awards into compliance with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code.

 

- 20

 

 

(d)            No Repricing of Awards Without Stockholder Approval. Notwithstanding Sections 17(a) or 17(b) above, or any other provision of the Plan, the repricing of Awards shall not be permitted without stockholder approval. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (1) changing the terms of an Award to lower its exercise or base price (other than on account of capital adjustments resulting from share splits, etc., as described in Section 10(a) hereof); (2) any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP; and (3) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Award in exchange for another Award at a time when its exercise or base price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with an event set forth in Section 10(b) hereof.

 

18.            Termination or Suspension of the Plan.

 

The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated; provided, however, that following any suspension or termination of the Plan, the Plan shall remain in effect for the purpose of governing all Awards then outstanding hereunder until such time as all Awards under the Plan have been terminated, forfeited, or otherwise canceled, or earned, exercised, settled, or otherwise paid out, in accordance with their terms.

 

19.            Effective Date of the Plan.

 

The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date, subject to stockholder approval.

 

20.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Treatment of Dividends and Dividend Equivalents on Unvested Awards. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that provides for or includes a right to dividends or dividend equivalents, if dividends are declared during the period that an equity Award is outstanding, such dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall either (i) not be paid or credited with respect to such Award, or (ii) be accumulated but remain subject to vesting requirement(s) to the same extent as the applicable Award and shall only be paid at the time or times such vesting requirement(s) are satisfied. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(b)            Certificates. Stock acquired pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such a manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that (1) such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Stock; (2) the Company retain physical possession of the certificates; and (3) the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that the Stock shall be held in book-entry form rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of any applicable restrictions.

 

- 21

 

 

(c)            Other Benefits. No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefits under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

 

(d)            Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Committee consents, resolutions, or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule, or number of shares of Stock) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in connection with the preparation of the Award Agreement, the corporate records will control, and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement.

 

(e)            Clawback/Recoupment Policy. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all Awards granted under the Plan shall be and remain subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect or as may be adopted by the Board (or a committee or subcommittee of the Board) and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time. No such policy adoption or amendment shall in any event require the prior consent of any Participant. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates. In the event that an Award is subject to more than one such policy, the policy with the most restrictive clawback or recoupment provisions shall govern such Award, subject to applicable law.

 

(f)            Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option is granted to an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates in the United States who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option will not be first exercisable for any shares of Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option (although the Option may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (1) if such employee dies or suffers a Disability; (2) upon a Corporate Event in which such Option is not assumed, continued, or substituted; (3) upon a Change in Control; or (4) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the applicable Award Agreement or a Participant Agreement or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options held by such employee may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting, or issuance of any shares under any other Award will be exempt from such employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section ‎20(f) will apply to all Awards.

 

- 22

 

 

(g)            Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 20(g) by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and details of all Awards (the “Data”). In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, the Company and its Affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. Recipients of the Data may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of Stock. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel the Participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committee’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

 

(h)            Participants Outside of the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by non–U.S. tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence, employment, or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Award to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States. An Award may be modified under this Section 20(h) in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are non–U.S. nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United States.

 

- 23

 

 

(i)            Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company or any of its Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an employee of the Company and the employee has a change in status from a full-time employee to a part-time employee) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Committee has the right in its sole discretion to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares of Stock subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

(j)            No Liability of Committee Members. Neither any member of the Committee nor any of the Committee’s permitted delegates shall be liable personally by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Committee or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against all costs and expenses (including counsel fees) and liabilities (including sums paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, unless arising out of such Person’s own fraud or willful misconduct; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such Person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such Persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, each as may be amended from time to time, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

(k)            Payments Following Accidents or Illness. If the Committee shall find that any Person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such Person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such Person, or any other Person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such Person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

 

- 24

 

 

(l)            Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of State of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

(m)            Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document or “writing” will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled or authorized by the Company to which the Participant has access) to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(n)            Arbitration. All disputes and claims of any nature that a Participant (or such Participant’s transferee or estate) may have against the Company arising out of or in any way related to the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by binding arbitration conducted in the State of Delaware (or such other location as the parties thereto may agree) in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and the arbitration shall be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with such rules (except that in the event of any inconsistency between such rules and this Section 20(n), the provisions of this Section 20(n) shall control). The arbitration panel may not modify the arbitration rules specified above without the prior written approval of all parties to the arbitration. Within ten business days after the receipt of a written demand, each party shall designate one arbitrator, each of whom shall have experience involving complex business or legal matters, but shall not have any prior, existing. or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration. The two arbitrators so designated shall select a third arbitrator, who shall preside over the arbitration, shall be similarly qualified as the two arbitrators, and shall have no prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration; provided, that, if the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the selection of such third arbitrator, such third arbitrator shall be designated in accordance with the arbitration rules referred to above. The arbitrators will decide the dispute by majority decision, and the decision shall be rendered in writing and shall bear the signatures of the arbitrators and the party or parties who shall be charged therewith, or the allocation of the expenses among the parties in the discretion of the panel. The arbitration decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but in any event not later than 120 days after the constitution of the arbitration panel. The arbitration decision shall be final and binding upon all parties to the arbitration. The parties hereto agree that judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or any Delaware state court sitting in the State of Delaware. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the parties hereby irrevocably waive any right of appeal from any judgment rendered upon any such arbitration award in any such court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may seek injunctive relief in any such court.

 

(o)            Statute of Limitations. A Participant or any other person filing a claim for benefits under the Plan must file the claim within one year of the date the Participant or other person knew or should have known of the facts giving rise to the claim. This one-year statute of limitations will apply in any forum where a Participant or any other person may file a claim and, unless the Company waives the time limits set forth above in its sole discretion, any claim not brought within the time periods specified shall be waived and forever barred.

 

- 25

 

 

(p)            Funding. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be required to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees and service providers under general law.

 

(q)            Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting, or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted, or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any Person or Persons other than such member.

 

(r)            Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

*      *      *

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors: _______, 2021
Approved by the Stockholders: _______, 2021
Termination Date: _______, 20
31

 

- 26

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 30th day of October, 2015 by and between TCO Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor entity thereto (the “Company”), and Maureen Hewitt (the “Executive”), and effective as of the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement to be entered into by and among the Company, TCO Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Total Community Options, Inc., a Colorado corporation, and Total Community Options Foundation, a Colorado nonprofit corporation (the “Purchase Agreement”)). The Closing Date is referred to in this Agreement as the “Effective Date”. This Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the occurrence of the Closing (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement); should the Closing not occur, this Agreement shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

RECITALS

 

The Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be employed on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. In consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree:

 

1.            Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby offers and the Executive hereby accepts continued employment.

 

2.            Term. This Agreement will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 5 hereof. The term of this Agreement is hereafter referred to as “the term of this Agreement” or “the term hereof.”

 

3.            Capacity and Performance.

 

(a)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall serve the Company as its President and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, and without further compensation, the Executive shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of TCO Group Holdings, Inc. (collectively, the “Board”), and as a director and/or officer of one or more of the Company’s Affiliates if so elected or appointed from time to time.

 

(b)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall be employed by the Company on a full-time basis and shall have the duties, responsibilities and authorities consistent with the Executive’s title as President and Chief Executive Officer, including, without limitation, the authority to manage the day to day operations of the Company and its Affiliates and the right to approve the hiring and discharge of any senior executive of the Company or any of the Executive’s direct reports, in each case following consultation with the Chairman of the Board. At all times during the term hereof, the Executive shall report to the Board and shall perform such duties as requested by the Board (including any committees thereof), provided such duties are consistent with the Executive’s role and title as President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

1

 

 

(c)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall devote substantially all of her full business time and her best efforts, business judgment, skill and knowledge to the advancement of the business and interests of the Company and its Affiliates and to the discharge of her duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall not engage in any other business activity or serve in any industry, trade, professional, governmental or academic position during the term of this Agreement, except as may be expressly approved in advance by the Board in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that the Executive may without advance consent participate in charitable activities and passive personal investment activities including, without limitation, Executive’s current service on the Board of Directors of the Colorado Latino Leadership, Advocacy and Research Organization, provided that such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement, are not in conflict with the business interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates and do not violate Sections 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement.

 

(d)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall comply with all of the Company’s written policies, practices and codes of conduct applicable to the Executive’s position, as in effect from time to time.

 

4.            Compensation and Benefits. As compensation for all services performed by the Executive hereunder during the term hereof, and subject to performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Company shall pay the Executive as follows:

 

(a)            Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at the rate of Six-Hundred and Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($675,000.00) per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company as in effect from time to time (but no less frequently than monthly), as from time to time adjusted, is hereafter referred to as the “Base Salary”. The Board shall review the Base Salary each year for increase, but shall not decrease the Base Salary.

 

(b)            Annual Bonus Compensation. For each fiscal year occurring during the term hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”). For the 2016 fiscal year, the Executive’s bonus shall be determined as follows: (1) for the period beginning on the first day of the 2016 fiscal year and ending on the day immediately prior to the Effective Date, the pro-rata portion of your Annual Bonus attributable to such period will be calculated based on your base salary and target annual bonus as in effect prior to the Effective Date; and (2) for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the 2016 fiscal year, the pro-rata portion of your bonus attributable to such period will be calculated based on a target of sixty percent (60%) of the Base Salary. Beginning fiscal 2017, the Annual Bonus shall be targeted at sixty percent (60%) of the Base Salary, with the actual amount of the Annual Bonus, if any, to be determined by the Board acting in good faith and based on the achievement of pre-established performance criteria. The performance criteria shall be based on criteria established by the Board in consultation with the Executive no later than the 60th day of the fiscal year. Except as otherwise provided for in Section 5, in order to receive the Annual Bonus for any fiscal year, the Executive must be employed by the Company through the last day of the fiscal year.

 

2

 

 

(c)            Paid Time Off. During the term hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to earn five (5) weeks of paid time off (“PTO”) per annum (in addition to Company holidays), to be taken at such times and intervals as shall be determined by the Executive, subject to the reasonable business needs of the Company. PTO shall otherwise be governed by the policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time.

 

(d)            Employee Benefit Plans. During the term hereof and subject to any contribution therefore generally required of similarly-situated employees of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any and all Employee Benefit Plans from time to time in effect for employees of the Company generally, except to the extent any Employee Benefit Plan provides for benefits otherwise provided to the Executive hereunder (e.g., a severance pay plan). Such participation shall be subject to (i) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (ii) generally applicable Company policies and (iii) the discretion of the Board or any administrative or other committee provided for under or contemplated by such plan. For purposes of this Agreement, “Employee Benefit Plan” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(3) of ERISA, as amended from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall continue to pay for the full premium required to be paid to continue Executive’s coverage under the Company’s healthcare plan during her employment and the full premium of Executive’s life insurance policy; provided, however, that in the event that such payments would, in the determination of the Board or its delegate, subject the Executive, the Company or any of its Affiliates to any tax or penalty under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (as amended from time to time, the “ACA”) or Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 105(h)”, or applicable regulations or guidance issued under the ACA or Section 105(h), such payments shall be treated as taxable payments and be subject to imputed income tax treatment to the extent necessary to eliminate any such adverse consequences under the ACA or Section 105(h). The Executive shall have no recourse against the Company under this Agreement in the event that the Company should alter or modify, any or all of its Employee Benefit Plans, or in the event that the Company is required to add or eliminate any of its Employee Benefit Plans to comply with applicable law. Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall at all times maintain for the benefit of the Executive Employee Benefit Plans providing comparable coverage and benefits to those plans in effect as of the Effective Date in a manner consistent and compliant with applicable law.

 

(e)            Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for reasonable, customary and necessary business expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in the performance of her duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to such reasonable substantiation and documentation and to travel and other policies as may be required by the Company from time to time.

 

5.            Termination of Employment and Severance Benefits. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate under the following circumstances:

 

3

 

 

(a)            Death. In the event of the Executive’s death during the term hereof, the date of death shall be the date of termination, and the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if no beneficiary has been designated by the Executive in a notice received by the Company, to her estate: (i) any Base Salary earned but not paid through the date of termination, (ii) pay for any vacation time earned but not used through the date of termination, (iii) any business expenses incurred by the Executive but unreimbursed on the date of termination, provided that such expenses and required substantiation and documentation are submitted within one hundred twenty (120) days following termination, that such expenses are reimbursable under Company policy, and that any such expenses subject to Section 5(g)(iv) shall be paid not later than the deadline specified therein, (iv) any Annual Bonus from the prior fiscal year that has not yet been paid (all of the foregoing, payable subject to the timing limitations described herein, “Final Compensation”), and (v) a pro-rata portion of the Executive’s Annual Bonus for the year in which termination occurs, based on the Executive’s actual performance through the date of such termination and determined in accordance with Section 4(b) hereof (“Pro-Rata Bonus”), with such pro-rata amount based on the number of days Executive was employed during the fiscal year. The Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation and the Pro-Rata Bonus shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or estate at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of death.

 

(b)            Disability.

 

(i)            The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder, upon notice to the Executive, in the event that the Executive becomes disabled during her employment hereunder through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature and, as a result, is unable to perform substantially all of her duties and responsibilities hereunder (notwithstanding the provision of any reasonable accommodation exclusive of the leave of absence provided hereunder) for ninety (90) consecutive days, or one- hundred and eighty (180) non-consecutive days during any period of three hundred and sixty- five (365) consecutive calendar days. In the event of such termination, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for payment of any Final Compensation due the Executive and the Pro-Rata Bonus. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation and the Pro Rata Bonus shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment.

 

(ii)            The Board may designate another employee to act in the Executive’s place during any period of the Executive’s disability. Notwithstanding any such designation, the Executive shall continue to receive the Base Salary in accordance with Section 4(a) and to participate in Employee Benefit Plans in accordance with Section 4(d), to the extent permitted by the then-current terms of the applicable Employee Benefit Plans, until the Executive becomes eligible for disability income benefits under the Company’s disability income plan, if any, or until the termination of her employment, whichever shall first occur. If Executive receives any disability income payments under the Company’s disability income plan, the Base Salary under Section 4(a) shall be reduced by the amount of such disability income. Executive shall continue to participate in the Employee Benefit Plans in accordance with Section 4(d) and to the extent permitted by and subject to the then-current terms of such plans, until the termination of her employment hereunder.

 

4

 

 

(iii)            If any question shall arise as to whether the Executive is disabled through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature so as to be unable to perform substantially all of her duties and responsibilities hereunder, the Executive may, and at the reasonable request of the Company shall, submit to a medical examination by a physician mutually agreed to by the Company and the Executive (or her duly appointed guardian, if any), and such determination for the purposes of this Agreement shall be conclusive. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit to such medical examination, the Company’s determination of the issue shall be binding on the Executive.

 

(c)            By the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause at any time upon delivery of written notice to the Executive. The following, as determined in the Company’s reasonable discretion, shall constitute Cause for termination:

 

(i)            The Executive’s failure to perform her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its Affiliates that are consistent with Executive’s title and authorities;

 

(ii)            The Executive’s material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company or any of its Affiliates, resulting in material harm to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or

 

(iii)            The Executive’s material breach of any fiduciary duty that the Executive has to the Company or any of its Affiliates;

 

(iv)            The Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct or unethical or improper behavior by the Executive resulting in material harm to the business, interests or reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates;

 

(v)            The Executive’s commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; or

 

(vi)            The Executive’s commission of conduct involving fraud, embezzlement, sexual harassment, material misappropriation of property or other substantial misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

Any termination of the Executive’s employment for bases set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) shall not constitute a termination for Cause unless the Company shall have provided written notice to the Executive no later than thirty (30) days from Executive’s act or omission constituting Cause setting forth in reasonable detail such acts or omissions, and the Executive shall have failed to cure such acts or omissions within thirty (30) days following receipt of written notice. In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for any Final Compensation due to the Executive. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment.

 

5

 

 

(d)            By the Company Other Than for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause at any time upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Executive. In the event of such termination, in addition to any Final Compensation due to the Executive, the Company will pay the Executive (i) severance pay, at the same rate as the Base Salary, for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the date of termination of her employment, (ii) an amount equal one point five (1.5) times the Executive’s Annual Bonus at the target amount (together with the payments of Base Salary in the foregoing clause (i), the “Severance Payments”), (iii) a Pro-Rata Bonus, and (iv) continued payment on Executive’s behalf of the premium required to be paid for Executive’s continued participation in the Company’s health care plan for a period of twenty-four (24) months following termination (the “Healthcare Payments” and collectively with the Pro-Rata Bonus and the Severance Payments, the “Severance Benefits”). Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment. Any obligation of the Company to provide the Severance Benefits is conditioned, however, on the Executive signing and returning to the Company (without revoking) a timely and effective general release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release of Claims”), all of which (including the lapse of the period for revoking the release of claims as specified in the release of claims) shall have occurred no later than the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date of termination and on the Executive’s continued compliance with the obligations of the Executive to the Company and its Affiliates that survive termination of her employment, including without limitation under Sections 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement. Subject to Section 5(g) below, (A) the Severance Payments to which the Executive is entitled hereunder shall be in the form of salary continuation, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, and (B) the Healthcare Payments shall be paid monthly, and in both cases with the first payment, which shall be retroactive to the day immediately following the date the Executive’s employment terminated, being due and payable on the Company’s next regular payday for executives that follows the expiration of sixty (60) calendar days from the date the Executive’s employment terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Healthcare Payments would, in the determination of the Board or its delegate, subject the Executive, the Company or any of its Affiliates to any tax or penalty under the ACA or Section 105(h), or applicable regulations or guidance issued under the ACA or Section 105(h), the Healthcare Payments shall be treated as taxable payments and be subject to imputed income tax treatment to the extent necessary to eliminate any such adverse consequences under the ACA or Section 105(h). The Pro-Rata Bonus will be paid in a lump sum at the time that annual bonuses for the applicable fiscal year are paid by the Company generally.

 

(e)            By the Executive for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder for Good Reason by (A) providing written notice to the Company specifying in reasonable detail the condition giving rise to the Good Reason no later than the thirtieth (30th) day following the occurrence of that condition, and (B) providing the Company a period of thirty (30) days to remedy the condition, if such condition may be remedied. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason will be effective on the thirty first (31st) calendar day following the expiration of the period to remedy if the Company has failed to remedy the condition or on the date of such notice of Good Reason if the condition may not be remedied. The following, if occurring without the Executive’s written consent, shall constitute “Good Reason” for termination by the Executive:

 

(i)            a change in Executive’s title;

 

6

 

 

(ii)            a material diminution in the nature or scope of the Executive’s duties, authority and/or responsibilities, or the Executive no longer reports directly to the Board;

 

(iii)            a requirement that the Executive relocate to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the location where the Executive is then providing services;

 

(iv)            a reduction in Base Salary or bonus opportunity, as set forth in Section 4(a) hereof;

 

(v)            the removal of the Executive from the Board; or

 

(vi)            material breach of any of the terms of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and the Executive.

 

In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with this Section 5(e), the Executive will be entitled to all amounts she would have been entitled to receive had her employment been terminated by the Company other than for Cause pursuant to Section 5(d) above, provided that the Executive signs and returns (without revoking) a timely and effective Release of Claims as set forth in Section 5(d).

 

(f)            By the Executive without Good Reason. The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder without Good Reason at any time upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Company. In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with this Section 5(f), the Board may elect to waive the period of notice, or any portion thereof, and, if the Board so elects, the Company will pay the Executive the Base Salary for the period so waived. The Company shall also pay the Executive any Final Compensation due her (other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii)) at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of the termination of employment.

 

(g)            Timing of Payments and Section 409A.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined below, any and all amounts payable under this Section 5 on account of such separation from service that constitute deferred compensation and would (but for this provision) be payable within six (6) months following the date of termination, shall instead be paid on the next business day following the expiration of such six (6) month period or, if earlier, upon the Executive’s death; except (A) to the extent of amounts that do not constitute a deferral of compensation within the meaning of Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-l(b) (including without limitation by reason of the safe harbor set forth in Section 1.409A-1 (b)(9)(iii), as determined by the Company in its reasonable good faith discretion); (B) benefits that qualify as excepted welfare benefits pursuant to Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5); or (C) other amounts or benefits that are not subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).

 

7

 

 

(ii)            For purposes of this Agreement, all references to “termination of employment” and correlative phrases shall be construed to require a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury regulations after giving effect to the presumptions contained therein), and the term “specified employee” means an individual determined by the Company to be a specified employee under Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-l(i).

 

(iii)            Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

 

(iv)            Any payment of or reimbursement for expenses that would constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall be subject to the following additional rules: (i) no reimbursement or payment of any such expense shall affect the Executive’s right to reimbursement or payment of any such expense in any other calendar year;

 

(v)            reimbursement or payment of the expense shall be made, if at all, promptly, but not later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and

 

(vi)            the right to reimbursement or payment shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(vii)            In no event shall the Company have any liability relating to the failure or alleged failure of any payment or benefit under this Agreement to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(h)            Exclusive Right to Severance. The Executive agrees that the Severance Benefits to be provided to her in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement are intended to be exclusive. The Executive hereby knowingly and voluntarily waives any right she might otherwise have to participate in or receive payments or benefits under any other plan, program or policy of the Company providing for severance or termination pay or other termination benefits (other than any benefits payable pursuant to a long-term disability or other similar insurance program, which shall be governed by the terms and provisions of the applicable plan or program).

 

6.            Effect of Termination. The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply to any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, whether pursuant to Section 5 or otherwise.

 

(a)            Provision by the Company of Final Compensation and Severance Benefits, if any, that are due to the Executive in each case under the applicable termination provisions of Section 5 shall constitute the entire obligation of the Company to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

8

 

 

(b)            Except for any right of the Executive to continue group health plan participation in accordance with applicable law, the Executive’s participation in all Employee Benefit Plans shall terminate pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan documents based on the date of termination of the Executive’s employment without regard to any Base Salary for notice waived pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof or to any Severance Benefits or other payment made to or on behalf of the Executive following such termination date.

 

(c)            Provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive’s employment if so provided herein or if necessary or desirable fully to accomplish the purposes of other surviving provisions, including without limitation the obligations of the Executive under Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The obligation of the Company to provide Severance Benefits hereunder, and Executive’s right to retain such payments, is expressly conditioned on the Executive’s continued full performance in accordance with Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The Executive recognizes that, except as expressly provided in Section 5(d), or with respect to Base Salary paid for notice waived pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof, no compensation or benefits will be earned after termination of employment.

 

7.            Confidential Information.

 

(a)            The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates continually develop Confidential Information, that the Executive has developed and will continue to develop Confidential Information for the Company or its Affiliates and that the Executive has learned of and will continue to learn of Confidential Information during the course of employment. The Executive agrees that all Confidential Information which the Executive creates or to which she has access as a result of her employment or other associations with the Company or any of its Affiliates is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its Affiliate, as applicable. The Executive shall comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and its Affiliates for protecting Confidential Information and shall never disclose to any Person (except as required by applicable law or for the proper performance of her duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates), or use for her own benefit or gain or the benefit or gain of any other Person, any Confidential Information obtained by the Executive incident to her employment or any other association with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Executive understands that this restriction shall continue to apply after her employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. Further, the Executive agrees to furnish prompt notice to the Company of any required disclosure of Confidential Information sought pursuant to subpoena, court order or any other legal process or requirement, and agrees to provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek protection of the Confidential Information prior to any such disclosure. The confidentiality obligation under this Section 7 shall not apply to information that has become generally known through no wrongful act on the part of the Executive or any other Person having an obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any of its Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive acknowledges that nothing contained herein limits, restricts or in any other way affects her communicating with any governmental agency or entity, or communicating with any official or staff person of a governmental agency or entity, concerning matters relevant to the governmental agency or entity.

 

9

 

 

(b)            All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company or any of its Affiliates and any copies or derivatives (including without limitation electronic), in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by the Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its Affiliates. Except as necessary for the proper performance of the Executive’s regular duties for the Company or as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Board or its expressly authorized designee, the Executive will not copy any Documents or remove any Documents or copies or derivatives thereof from the premises of the Company. The Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time her employment terminates, and at such earlier time or times as the Board or its designee may specify, all Documents and other property of the Company or any of its Affiliates and all documents, records and files of the customers and other Persons with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates does business (“Third Party Documents”) and each individually a “Third Party Document” then in the Executive’s possession or control and not accessible by the Company; provided, however, that if a Document or Third-Party Document is on electronic media, the Executive may, in lieu of surrendering the Document or Third-Party Document, provide a copy to the Company on electronic media and delete and overwrite all other electronic media copies thereof. The Executive also agrees that, upon request of any duly authorized officer of the Company, the Executive shall disclose all passwords and passcodes necessary or desirable to enable the Company or any of its Affiliates or the Persons with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates do business to obtain access to the Documents and Third-Party Documents.

 

8.            Assignment of Rights to Intellectual Property. The Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) the Executive’s full right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property. The Executive agrees to execute any and all applications for domestic and foreign patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights and to do such other acts (including without limitation the execution and delivery of instruments of further assurance or confirmation) requested by the Company to assign the Intellectual Property to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) and to permit the Company to enforce any patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights to the Intellectual Property. The Executive will not charge the Company for time spent in complying with these obligations. All copyrightable works that the Executive creates shall be considered “work made for hire” and shall, upon creation, be owned exclusively by the Company.

 

9.            Restricted Activities. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that (a) she is an executive or management employee of the Company and is provided access to the Company’s “Trade Secrets” defined as the whole or any portion or phase of any scientific or technical information, design, process, procedure, formula, improvement, confidential business or financial information, listing of names, addresses, or telephone numbers, or other information relating to the Company which is secret and of value, and (b) the following restrictions on her activities during and after employment with the Company are necessary to protect the Company’s Trade Secrets and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates:

 

(a)            While the Executive is employed by the Company and during the two (2) year period immediately following termination of the Executive’s employment (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, independent contractor, co-venturer or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, compete with the Business (as defined below), or any portion of the Business, in the United States of America (the “Restricted Area”) or undertake any planning for any business competitive with all or a portion of the Business in the Restricted Area. Specifically, but without limiting the foregoing, the Executive agrees not to work or provide services, in any capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, to any Person that is engaged in all or any portion of the Business, as conducted or in active planning to be conducted during the Executive’s employment with the Company or, with respect to the portion of the Restricted Period that follows the termination of the Executive’s employment, at the time the Executive’s employment terminates, in the Restricted Area. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall (x) prevent Executive from providing services to a consulting firm that provides services to any business that competes with the Business, (y) preclude Executive from owning up to 2% of the publicly traded securities of any business, or (z) prevent the Executive from providing services to an entity that contains a business that competes with the Business, provided the Executive is not responsible for (and does not engage or participate in) the day-to-day management, oversight or supervision of such business and provided the Executive does not have direct supervision over the individual or individuals who are so responsible for such day-to-day management, oversight or supervision.

 

10

 

 

(b)            During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not directly or indirectly (i) solicit or encourage any customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them; or (ii) seek to persuade any such customer or prospective customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates to conduct with anyone else any business or activity which such customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that these restrictions shall apply (y) only with respect to those Persons who are or have been a customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time within the immediately preceding two (2) year period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates by any of their officers, employees or agents within such two (2) year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (z) only if the Executive has performed work for such Person during the Executive’s employment with the Company or one of its Affiliates or been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such Person as a result of the Executive’s employment or other associations with the Company or one of its Affiliates or has had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the Executive’s solicitation of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10(b) to the contrary, Executive may solicit customers and prospective customers for purposes of providing or selling products or services that that do not compete with the Business.

 

(c)            During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not, and will not assist any other person to, (i) hire or solicit for hiring any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates or seek to persuade any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discontinue employment or (ii) solicit or encourage any independent contractor providing services to the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them. For the purposes of this Agreement, an “employee” or an “independent contractor” of the Company or any of its Affiliates is any Person who was such at any time within the preceding two (2) years.

 

10.            Enforcement of Covenants. The Executive acknowledges that she has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed upon her pursuant to Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The Executive agrees without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates; that each and every one of these restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area; and that these restraints, individually or in the aggregate, will not prevent her from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which the Executive is bound by them. The Executive further agrees that she will never assert, or permit to be asserted on her behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. The Executive further acknowledges that, were she to breach any of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8 or 9 hereof, the damage to the Company and its Affiliates would be irreparable. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company, in addition and not in the alternative to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of said covenants, without having to post bond. The parties further agree that, in the event that any provision of Section 7, 8 or 9 hereof shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Executive agrees that the Restricted Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which she is in violation of the terms thereof, in order that the Company and its Affiliates shall have all of the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein. No breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company, or any other claimed breach of contract or violation of law, or change in the nature or scope of the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company, shall operate to extinguish the Executive’s obligation to comply with Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. Each of the Company’s Affiliates shall have the right to enforce all of the Executive’s obligations to that Affiliate under this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to Section 7, 8 or 9 hereof.

 

11

 

 

11.            No Conflicting Agreements. The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of her obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Executive is a party or is bound and that the Executive is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or any other obligations to any Person or to any court order, judgment or decree that would affect the performance of her obligations hereunder. The Executive will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company any proprietary information of a third party without such party’s consent.

 

12.            Definitions. Capitalized words or phrases shall have the meanings provided in this Section 12 and as provided elsewhere herein:

 

(a)            Affiliate” means any person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by the Company, where control may be by either management authority or equity interest.

 

(b)            Business” means the business of delivery of services to the frail and elderly population through the operation of PACE Programs.

 

(c)            Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company and its Affiliates that is not generally available to the public, and any and all information, publicly known in whole or in part or not, which, if disclosed by the Company or any of its Affiliates, would assist in competition against any of them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to (i) the development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) the Services, (iii)the costs, sources of supply, financial performance and strategic plans of the Company and its Affiliates, (iv) the identity and special needs of the patients of the Company and its Affiliates and (v) the people and organizations with whom the Company and its Affiliates have business relationships and the nature and substance of those relationships. Confidential Information also includes information that the Company or any of its Affiliates has received, or may receive hereafter, belonging to others or that was received by the Company or any of its Affiliates with any understanding, express or implied, that it would not be disclosed.

 

12

 

 

(d)            Intellectual Property” means inventions, discoveries, developments, methods, processes, compositions, works, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable or constituting trade secrets) conceived, made, created, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (whether alone or with others, whether or not during normal business hours or on or off Company premises) during the Executive’s employment and during the period of six (6) months immediately following termination of her employment that relate either to the Services or to any prospective activity of the Company or any of its Affiliates or that result from any work performed by the Executive for the Company or any of its Affiliates or that make use of Confidential Information or any of the equipment or facilities of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

(e)            Person” means a natural person, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

(f)            Services” means all services planned, researched, developed, tested, sold, licensed, leased, or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company or any of its Affiliates, together with all products provided or otherwise planned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, during the Executive’s employment.

 

13.            Indemnification. During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify and hold Executive and her heirs and representatives harmless against any and all damages, costs, liabilities, losses and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) as a result of any claim or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), against Executive that arises out of or relates to Executive’s service as an officer, director or employee, as the case may be, of the Company, or Executive’s service in any such capacity or similar capacity with any Affiliate of the Company or other entity at the Company’s request, except, however, the Company’s indemnity shall not apply with respect to matters where the Executive has been grossly negligent, reckless, or intentionally violated the rights of the Company or of any third party unless at the direction of the Company, or where the Executive fails to cooperate fully with the Company in the Company’s defense of any claim or proceeding. The Company agrees to promptly advance to Executive or her heirs or representatives the expenses, including attorneys’ fees and litigation costs, upon written request with documentation of such expenses satisfactory to the Company and upon receipt of an undertaking by Executive or on Executive’s behalf that such amounts will be promptly repaid should it ultimately be determined that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The Executive agrees to assist and cooperate with the Company, both during Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, in the defense of any legal action related to the Executive’s employment upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times and places. During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Company also shall provide Executive with coverage under its current directors’ and officers’ liability policy to the same extent that it provides such coverage to its other executive officers or directors and shall be entitled to the same rights of indemnification provided to such other executive officers or directors under the Company’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation, or other governing documents. This Section 13 shall continue in effect after the termination of Executive’s employment or the termination of this Agreement.

 

14.            Withholding. All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be reduced by any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

13

 

 

15.            Assignment. Neither the Company nor the Executive may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the Executive to one of its Affiliates or in the event that the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization with, consolidate with, or merge into, an Affiliate or any Person or transfer all or substantially all of its properties, stock, or assets to an Affiliate or any Person. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Executive, and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

16.            Severability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.            Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.            Notices. Any and all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person, consigned to a reputable national courier service or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Executive at her last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its principal place of business, attention of the Chair of the Board, or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other actually received.

 

19.            Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes and terminates all prior communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company, including without limitation the Employment Agreement between the Executive and Total Community Options, Inc. dated January 1, 2012 (the “Prior Agreement”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not supersede any effective assignment of intellectual property to the Company or any of its Affiliates pursuant to the Prior Agreements or constitute a waiver by the Company or any of its Affiliates of any rights they may have under the Prior Agreement with respect to confidentiality, intellectual property, or similar obligations imposed upon the Executive.

 

20.            Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by an expressly authorized representative of the Company.

 

21.            Headings. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

 

22.            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

23.            Governing Law. This is a Colorado contract and shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Colorado, without regard to any conflict of laws principles that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

14

 

 

[The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally.]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Company, by its duly authorized representative, and by the Executive, as of the date first above written.

 

THE EXECUTIVE THE COMPANY
   
/s/ Maureen Hewitt /s/ Thomas A. Scully
Maureen Hewitt By: /s/ Thomas A. Scully
  Title: President

 

15

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 13th day of April, 2017 by and between Total Community Options, Inc., dba InnovAge. a Colorado corporation, and any successor entity thereto (the “Company”), and Barbara Gutierrez (the “Executive”), and effective as of May 15, 2017 (the “Effective Date”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company desires to offer employment to the Executive and the Executive desires to be employed on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. In consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree:

 

1.            Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby offers and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company.

 

2.            Term. This Agreement will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 5 hereof. The term of this Agreement is hereafter referred to as “the term of this Agreement” or “the term hereof”.

 

3.            Capacity and Performance.

 

(a)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall serve the Company as its Chief Financial Officer.

 

(b)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall be employed by the Company on a full-time basis and shall have the duties, responsibilities and authorities consistent with the Executive’s title as Chief Financial Officer. Executive shall report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

(c)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall devote substantially all of her full business time and her best efforts, business judgment, skill and knowledge to the advancement of the business and interests of the Company and its Affiliates and to the discharge of her duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall not engage in any other business activity or serve in any industry, trade, professional, governmental or academic position during the term of this Agreement, except as may be expressly approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that the Executive may without advance consent participate in charitable activities and passive personal investment activities, provided that such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement, are not in conflict with the business interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates and do not violate Sections 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement.

 

 

 

(d)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall comply with all of the Company’s written policies, practices and codes of conduct applicable to the Executive’s position, as in effect from time to time.

 

4.            Compensation and Benefits. As compensation for all services performed by the Executive hereunder during the term hereof, and subject to performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Company

 

(a)            Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at the rate of Three Hundred Twenty Thousand ($320,000.00) per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company as in effect from time to time (but no less frequently than monthly), as from time to time adjusted, is hereafter referred to as the “Base Salary”. The Chief Executive officer, following consultation with the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), shall review the Base Salary each year for increase, but shall not decrease the Base Salary.

 

(b)            Annual Bonus Compensation. For each fiscal year occurring during the term hereof, the Executive shall be eligible, but not entitled to receive, a discretionary annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”). The Annual Bonus shall be targeted at thirty percent (30%) of the Base Salary, with the actual amount of the Annual Bonus, if any, to be determined solely by the Chief Executive Officer, following consultation with the Board, acting in good faith and based on the achievement of pre-established performance criteria. The performance criteria shall be based on criteria established by Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the Board each fiscal year. Executive acknowledges and understands that there is no guarantee or entitlement to an Annual Bonus of any amount for any fiscal year and any such Annual Bonus is at the sole discretion of the Company. Except as otherwise provided for in Section 5, in order to receive the Annual Bonus for any fiscal year, the Executive must be employed by the Company through the last day of the fiscal year.

 

(c)            Paid Time Off. During the term hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to earn four (4) weeks of paid time off (“PTO”) per annum (in addition to Company holidays), to be taken at such times and intervals as shall be determined by the Executive, subject to the reasonable business needs of the Company. PTO shall otherwise be governed by the policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time.

 

(d)            Employee Benefit Plans. During the term hereof and subject to any contribution therefore generally required of similarly-situated employees of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any and all Employee Benefit Plans from time to time in effect for employees of the Company generally, except to the extent any Employee Benefit Plan provides for benefits otherwise provided to the Executive hereunder (e.g., a severance pay plan). Such participation shall be subject to (i) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (ii) generally applicable Company policies and (iii) the discretion of the Company or any administrative or other committee provided for under or contemplated by such plan.

 

2

 

 

(e)            Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for reasonable, customary and necessary business expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in the performance of her duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to such reasonable substantiation and documentation and to travel and other policies as may be required by the Company from time to time.

 

5.            Termination of Employment and Severance Benefits. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate under the following circumstances:

 

(a)            Death. In the event of the Executive’s death during the term hereof, the date of death shall be the date of termination, and the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if no beneficiary has been designated by the Executive in a notice received by the Company, to her estate: (i) any Base Salary earned but not paid through the date of termination, (ii) pay for any vacation time earned but not used through the date of termination, (iii) any business expenses incurred by the Executive but unreimbursed on the date of termination, provided that such expenses and required substantiation and documentation are submitted within one hundred twenty (120) days following termination, that such expenses are reimbursable under Company policy, and that any such expenses subject to Section 5(g)(iv) shall be paid not later than the deadline specified therein, and (iv) any Annual Bonus from the prior fiscal year that has not yet been paid (all of the foregoing, payable subject to the timing limitations described herein, “Final Compensation”), The Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or estate at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of death.

 

(b)            Disability.

 

(i)            The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder, upon notice to the Executive, in the event that the Executive becomes disabled during her employment hereunder through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature and, as a result, is unable to perform substantially all of her duties and responsibilities hereunder (notwithstanding the provision of any reasonable accommodation exclusive of the leave of absence provided hereunder) for ninety (90) consecutive days, or one- hundred and eighty (180) non-consecutive days during any period of three hundred and sixty- five (365) consecutive calendar days. In the event of such termination, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for payment of any Final Compensation due the Executive. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment.

 

3

 

 

(ii)            The Chief Executive Officer may designate another employee to act in the Executive’s place during any period of the Executive’s disability. Notwithstanding any such designation, the Executive shall continue to receive the Base Salary in accordance with Section 4(a) and to participate in Employee Benefit Plans in accordance with Section 4(d), to the extent permitted by the then-current terms of the applicable Employee Benefit Plans, until the Executive becomes eligible for disability income benefits under the Company’s disability income plan, if any, or until the termination of her employment, whichever shall first occur. If Executive receives any disability income payments under the Company’s disability income plan, the Base Salary under Section 4(a) shall be reduced by the amount of such disability income. Executive shall continue to participate in the Employee Benefit Plans in accordance with Section 4(d) and to the extent permitted by and subject to the then-current terms of such plans, until the termination of her employment hereunder.

 

(iii)          If any question shall arise as to whether the Executive is disabled through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature so as to be unable to perform substantially all of her duties and responsibilities hereunder, the Executive may, and at the reasonable request of the Company shall, submit to a medical examination by a physician mutually agreed to by the Company and the Executive (or her duly appointed guardian, if any), and such determination for the purposes of this Agreement shall be conclusive. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit to such medical examination, the Company’s determination of the issue shall be binding on the Executive.

 

(c)            By the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause at any time upon delivery of written notice to the Executive. The following, as determined in the Company’s reasonable discretion, shall constitute Cause for termination:

 

(i)            The Executive’s failure to perform her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its Affiliates that are consistent with Executive’s title and authorities;

 

(ii)           The Executive’s material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company or any of its Affiliates, resulting in material harm to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or

 

(iii)          The Executive’s material breach of any fiduciary duty that the Executive has to the Company or any of its Affiliates;

 

(iv)          The Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct or unethical or improper behavior by the Executive resulting in material harm to the business, interests or reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates;

 

(v)           The Executive’s commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; or

 

4

 

 

(vi)            The Executive’s commission of conduct involving fraud, embezzlement, sexual harassment, material misappropriation of property or other substantial misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

Any termination of the Executive’s employment for bases set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) shall not constitute a termination for Cause unless the Company shall have provided written notice to the Executive no later than fifteen (15) days from Executive’s act or omission constituting Cause setting forth in reasonable detail such acts or omissions, and the Executive shall have failed to cure such acts or omissions within fifteen (15) days following receipt of written notice. In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for any Final Compensation due to the Executive. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment.

 

(d)            By the Company Other Than for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Executive. If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment other than for Cause prior to the date that is three (3) months after the Effective Date, the Executive shall be entitled to the Final Compensation only. In the event of such termination on or after the date that is three (3) months after the Effective Date, in addition to any Final Compensation due to the Executive, the Company will pay the Executive (i) severance pay, at the same rate as the Base Salary, for a period of twelve (12) months following the date of termination of her employment, (ii) an amount equal one (1) times the Executive’s Annual Bonus described in Section 4(b) above for the last completed fiscal year (together with the payments of Base Salary (the “Severance Payments”) and (iii) continued payment on Executive’s behalf of the premium required to be paid for Executive’s continued participation in the Company’s health care plan for a period of twelve (12) months following termination, or unless the Executive is employed by another company, and in such instance, future payment for the health insurance premiums will cease (the “Healthcare Payments” and collectively with the Severance Payments, the “Severance Benefits”). Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment. Any obligation of the Company to provide the Severance Benefits is conditioned, however, on the Executive signing and returning to the Company (without revoking) a timely and effective general release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release of Claims”), all of which (including the lapse of the period for revoking the release of claims as specified in the release of claims) shall have occurred no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of termination and on the Executive’s continued compliance with the obligations of the Executive to the Company and its Affiliates that survive termination of her employment, including without limitation under Sections 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement. Subject to Section 5(g) below, (A) the Severance Payments to which the Executive is entitled hereunder shall be in the form of salary continuation, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, and (B) the Healthcare Payments shall be paid monthly, and in both cases with the first payment, which shall be retroactive to the day immediately following the date the Executive’s employment terminated, being due and payable on the Company’s next regular payday for executives that follows the expiration of sixty (60) calendar days from the date the Executive’s employment terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Healthcare Payments would, in the determination of the Board or its delegate, subject the Executive, the Company or any of its Affiliates to any tax or penalty under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (as amended from time to time, the “ACA”) or Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 105(h)”), or applicable regulations or guidance issued under the ACA or Section 105(h), the Healthcare Payments shall be treated as taxable payments and be subject to imputed income tax treatment to the extent necessary to eliminate any such adverse consequences under the ACA or Section 105(h).

 

5

 

 

(e)            By the Executive for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder for Good Reason by (A) providing written notice to the Company specifying in reasonable detail the condition giving rise to the Good Reason no later than the thirtieth (30th) day following the occurrence of that condition, and (B) providing the Company a period of thirty (30) days to remedy the condition, if such condition may be remedied. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason will be effective on the thirty first (31st) calendar day following the expiration of the period to remedy if the Company has failed to remedy the condition or on the date of such notice of Good Reason if the condition may not be remedied. The following, if occurring without the Executive’s written consent, shall constitute “Good Reason” for termination by the Executive:

 

(i)            a material diminution in the nature or scope of the Executive’s duties, authority and/or responsibilities:;

 

(ii)           a requirement that the Executive relocate to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the location where the Executive is then providing services;

 

(iii)          a reduction in Base Salary, as set forth in Section 4(a) hereof; or

 

(iv)          material breach of any of the terms of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and the Executive.

 

In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with this Section 5(e) on or after the date that is three (3) months following the Effective Date, the Executive will be entitled to all amounts she would have been entitled to receive had her employment been terminated by the Company other than for Cause pursuant to Section 5(d) above, provided that the Executive signs and returns (without revoking) a timely and effective Release of Claims as set forth in Section 5(d). In the event of such termination prior to the date that is three (3) months after the Effective Date, Executive shall receive the Final Compensation only.

 

(f)            By the Executive without Good Reason. The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder without Good Reason at any time upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Company. In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with this Section 5(f), the Chief Executive Officer may elect to waive the period of notice, or any portion thereof, and, if the Chief Executive Officer so elects, the Company will pay the Executive the Base Salary for the period so waived. The Company shall also pay the Executive any Final Compensation due her (other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii)) at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of the termination of employment.

 

6

 

 

(g)            Timing of Payments and Section 409A.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined below, any and all amounts payable under this Section 5 on account of such separation from service that constitute deferred compensation and would (but for this provision) be payable within six (6) months following the date of termination, shall instead be paid on the next business day following the expiration of such six (6) month period or, if earlier, upon the Executive’s death; except (A) to the extent of amounts that do not constitute a deferral of compensation within the meaning of Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-l(b) (including without limitation by reason of the safe harbor set forth in Section 1.409A-l (b)(9)(iii), as determined by the Company in its reasonable good faith discretion); (B) benefits that qualify as excepted welfare benefits pursuant to Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-1 (a)(5); or (C) other amounts or benefits that are not subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).

 

(ii)           For purposes of this Agreement, all references to “termination of employment” and correlative phrases shall be construed to require a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 1.409A-l(h) of the Treasury regulations after giving effect to the presumptions contained therein), and the term “specified employee” means an individual determined by the Company to be a specified employee under Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-l(i).

 

(iii)          Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

 

(iv)          Any payment of or reimbursement for expenses that would constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall be subject to the following additional rules: (i) no reimbursement or payment of any such expense shall affect the Executive’s right to reimbursement or payment of any such expense in any other calendar year;

 

(v)           reimbursement or payment of the expense shall be made, if at all, promptly, but not later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and

 

(vi)          the right to reimbursement or payment shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

7

 

 

(vii)         In no event shall the Company have any liability relating to the failure or alleged failure of any payment or benefit under this Agreement to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(h)            Exclusive Right to Severance. The Executive agrees that the Severance Benefits to be provided to her in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement are intended to be exclusive. The Executive hereby knowingly and voluntarily waives any right she might otherwise have to participate in or receive payments or benefits under any other plan, program or policy of the Company providing for severance or termination pay or other termination benefits (other than any benefits payable pursuant to a long-term disability or other similar insurance program, which shall be governed by the terms and provisions of the applicable plan or program).

 

6.            Effect of Termination. The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply to any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, whether pursuant to Section 5 or otherwise.

 

(a)            Provision by the Company of Final Compensation and Severance Benefits, if any, that are due to the Executive in each case under the applicable termination provisions of Section 5 shall constitute the entire obligation of the Company to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(b)           Except for any right of the Executive to continue group health plan participation in accordance with applicable law, the Executive’s participation in all Employee Benefit Plans shall terminate pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan documents based on the date of termination of the Executive’s employment without regard to any Base Salary for notice waived pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof or to any Severance Benefits or other payment made to or on behalf of the Executive following such termination date.

 

(c)            Provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive’s employment if so provided herein or if necessary or desirable fully to accomplish the purposes of other surviving provisions, including without limitation the obligations of the Executive under Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The obligation of the Company to provide Severance Benefits hereunder, and Executive’s right to retain such payments, is expressly conditioned on the Executive’s continued full performance in accordance with Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The Executive recognizes that, except as expressly provided in Section 5(d), or with respect to Base Salary paid for notice waived pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof, no compensation or benefits will be earned after termination of employment.

 

8

 

 

7.            Confidential Information.

 

(a)            The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates continually develop Confidential Information, that the Executive has developed and will continue to develop Confidential Information for the Company or its Affiliates and that the Executive has learned of and will continue to learn of Confidential Information during the course of employment. The Executive agrees that all Confidential Information which the Executive creates or to which she has access as a result of her employment or other associations with the Company or any of its Affiliates is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its Affiliate, as applicable. The Executive shall comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and its Affiliates for protecting Confidential Information and shall never disclose to any Person (except as required by applicable law or for the proper performance of her duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates), or use for her own benefit or gain or the benefit or gain of any other Person, any Confidential Information obtained by the Executive incident to her employment or any other association with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Executive understands that this restriction shall continue to apply after her employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. Further, the Executive agrees to furnish prompt notice to the Company of any required disclosure of Confidential Information sought pursuant to subpoena, court order or any other legal process or requirement, and agrees to provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek protection of the Confidential Information prior to any such disclosure. The confidentiality obligation under this Section 7 shall not apply to information that has become generally known through no wrongful act on the part of the Executive or any other Person having an obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any of its Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive acknowledges that nothing contained herein limits, restricts or in any other way affects her communicating with any governmental agency or entity, or communicating with any official or staff person of a governmental agency or entity, concerning matters relevant to the governmental agency or entity.

 

(b)            All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company or any of its Affiliates and any copies or derivatives (including without limitation electronic), in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by the Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its Affiliates. Except as necessary for the proper performance of the Executive’s regular duties for the Company or as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Company or its expressly authorized designee, the Executive will not copy any Documents or remove any Documents or copies or derivatives thereof from the premises of the Company. The Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time her employment terminates, and at such earlier time or times as the Company or its designee may specify, all Documents and other property of the Company or any of its Affiliates and all documents, records and files of the customers and other Persons with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates does business (“Third Party Documents”) and each individually a “Third Party Document”) then in the Executive’s possession or control and not accessible by the Company; provided, however, that if a Document or Third-Party Document is on electronic media, the Executive may, in lieu of surrendering the Document or Third-Party Document, provide a copy to the Company on electronic media and delete and overwrite all other electronic media copies thereof. The Executive also agrees that, upon request of any duly authorized officer of the Company, the Executive shall disclose all passwords and passcodes necessary or desirable to enable the Company or any of its Affiliates or the Persons with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates do business to obtain access to the Documents and Third- Party Documents.

 

9

 

 

8.            Assignment of Rights to Intellectual Property. The Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) the Executive’s full right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property. The Executive agrees to execute any and all applications for domestic and foreign patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights and to do such other acts (including without limitation the execution and delivery’ of instruments of further assurance or confirmation) requested by the Company to assign the Intellectual Property to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) and to permit the Company to enforce any patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights to the Intellectual Property. The Executive will not charge the Company for time spent in complying with these obligations. All copyrightable works that the Executive creates shall be considered “work made for hire” and shall, upon creation, be owned exclusively by the Company.

 

9.            Restricted Activities. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that (a) she is an executive or management employee of the Company and is provided access to the Company’s “Trade Secrets,” defined as the whole or any portion or phase of any scientific or technical information, design, process, procedure, formula, improvement, confidential business or financial information, listing of names, addresses, or telephone numbers, or other information relating to the Company which is secret and of value, and (b) the following restrictions on her activities during and after employment with the Company are necessary to protect the Company’s Trade Secrets and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates:

 

(a)            While the Executive is employed by the Company and during the one (1) year period immediately following termination of the Executive’s employment (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, independent contractor, co-venturer or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, compete with the Business (as defined below), or any portion of the Business, in the United States of America (the “Restricted Area”) or undertake any planning for any business competitive with all or a portion of the Business in the Restricted Area. Specifically, but without limiting the foregoing, the Executive agrees not to work or provide services, in any capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, to any Person that is engaged in all or any portion of the Business, as conducted or in active planning to be conducted during the Executive’s employment with the Company or, with respect to the portion of the Restricted Period that follows the termination of the Executive’s employment, at the time the Executive’s employment terminates, in the Restricted Area. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall (x) prevent Executive from providing services to a consulting firm that provides services to any business that competes with the Business, (y) preclude Executive from owning up to 2% of the publicly traded securities of any business, or (z) prevent the Executive from providing services to an entity that contains a business that competes with the Business, provided the Executive is not responsible for (and does not engage or participate in) the day-to-day management, oversight or supervision of such business and provided the Executive does not have direct supervision over the individual or individuals who are so responsible for such day-to-day management, oversight or supervision.

 

10

 

 

(b)            During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not directly or indirectly (i) solicit or encourage any customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them; or (ii) seek to persuade any such customer or prospective customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates to conduct with anyone else any business or activity which such customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that these restrictions shall apply (y) only with respect to those Persons who are or have been a customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time within the immediately preceding two (2) year period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates by any of their officers, employees or agents within such two (2) year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (z) only if the Executive has performed work for such Person during the Executive’s employment with the Company or one of its Affiliates or been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such Person as a result of the Executive’s employment or other associations with the Company or one of its Affiliates or has had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the Executive’s solicitation of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10(b) to the contrary, Executive may solicit customers and prospective customers for purposes of providing or selling products or services that that do not compete with the Business.

 

(c)            During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not, and will not assist any other person to, (i) hire or solicit for hiring any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates or seek to persuade any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discontinue employment or (ii) solicit or encourage any independent contractor providing services to the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them. For the purposes of this Agreement, an “employee” or an “independent contractor” of the Company or any of its Affiliates is any Person who was such at any time within the preceding two (2) years.

 

10.          Enforcement of Covenants. The Executive acknowledges that she has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed upon her pursuant to Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The Executive agrees without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates; that each and every one of these restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area; and that these restraints, individually or in the aggregate, will not prevent her from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which the Executive is bound by them. The Executive further agrees that she will never assert, or permit to be asserted on her behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. The Executive further acknowledges that, were she to breach any of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8 or 9 hereof, the damage to the Company and its Affiliates would be irreparable. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company, in addition and not in the alternative to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of said covenants, without having to post bond. The parties further agree that, in the event that any provision of Section 7, 8 or 9 hereof shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Executive agrees that the Restricted Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which she is in violation of the terms thereof, in order that the Company and its Affiliates shall have all of the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein. No breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company, or any other claimed breach of contract or violation of law, or change in the nature or scope of the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company, shall operate to extinguish the Executive’s obligation to comply with Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. Each of the Company’s Affiliates shall have the right to enforce all of the Executive’s obligations to that Affiliate under this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to Section 7, 8 or 9 hereof.

 

11

 

 

11.          No Conflicting Agreements. The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of her obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Executive is a party or is bound and that the Executive is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or any other obligations to any Person or to any court order, judgment or decree that would affect the performance of her obligations hereunder. The Executive will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company any proprietary information of a third party without such party’s consent.

 

12.          Definitions. Capitalized words or phrases shall have the meanings provided in this Section 12 and as provided elsewhere herein:

 

(a)            Affiliate” means any person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by the Company, where control may be by either management authority or equity interest.

 

(b)            Business” means the business of delivery of services to the frail and elderly population through the operation of PACE Programs.

 

(c)            Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company and its Affiliates that is not generally available to the public, and any and all information, which, if disclosed by the Company or any of its Affiliates, would assist in competition against any of them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to (i) the development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) the Services, (iii) the costs, sources of supply, financial performance and strategic plans of the Company and its Affiliates, (iv) the identity and special needs of the patients of the Company and its Affiliates and (v) the people and organizations with whom the Company and its Affiliates have business relationships and the nature and substance of those relationships. Confidential Information also includes information that the Company or any of its Affiliates has received, or may receive hereafter, belonging to others or that was received by the Company or any of its Affiliates with any understanding, express or implied, that it would not be disclosed.

 

(d)            Intellectual Property” means inventions, discoveries, developments, methods, processes, compositions, works, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable or constituting trade secrets) conceived, made, created, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (whether alone or with others, whether or not during normal business hours or on or off Company premises) during the Executive’s employment and during the period of six (6) months immediately following termination of her employment that relate either to the Services or to any prospective activity of the Company or any of its Affiliates or that result from any work performed by the Executive for the Company or any of its Affiliates or that make use of Confidential Information or any of the equipment or facilities of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

12

 

 

(e)            Person” means a natural person, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

(f)            Services” means all services planned, researched, developed, tested, sold, licensed, leased, or other-wise distributed or put into use by the Company or any of its Affiliates, together with all products provided or otherwise planned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, during the Executive’s employment.

 

13.          Indemnification. During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify and hold Executive and her heirs and representatives harmless against any and all damages, costs, liabilities, losses and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) as a result of any claim or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), against Executive that arises out of or relates to Executive’s service as an officer, director or employee, as the case may be, of the Company, or Executive’s service in any such capacity or similar capacity with any Affiliate of the Company or other entity at the Company’s request, except, however, the Company’s indemnity shall not apply with respect to matters where the Executive has been grossly negligent, reckless, or intentionally violated the rights of the Company or of any third party unless at the direction of the Company, or where the Executive fails to cooperate fully with the Company in the Company’s defense of any claim or proceeding. The Company agrees to promptly advance to Executive or her heirs or representatives the expenses, including attorneys’ fees and litigation costs, upon written request with documentation of such expenses satisfactory to the Company and upon receipt of an undertaking by Executive or on Executive’s behalf that such amounts will be promptly repaid should it ultimately be determined that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The Executive agrees to assist and cooperate with the Company, both during Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, in the defense of any legal action related to the Executive’s employment upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times and places. During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Company also shall provide Executive with coverage under its current directors’ and officers’ liability policy to the same extent that it provides such coverage to its other executive officers or directors and shall be entitled to the same rights of indemnification provided to such other executive officers or directors under the Company’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation, or other governing documents. This Section 13 shall continue in effect after the termination of Executive’s employment or the termination of this Agreement.

 

14.          Withholding. All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be reduced by any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

13

 

 

15.          Assignment. Neither the Company nor the Executive may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the Executive to one of its Affiliates or in the event that the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization with, consolidate with, or merge into, an Affiliate or any Person or transfer all or substantially all of its properties, stock, or assets to an Affiliate or any Person. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Executive, and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

16.          Severability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.          Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.          Notices. Any and all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person, consigned to a reputable national courier service or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Executive at her last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its principal place of business, attention of the Chief Executive Officer, or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other actually received.

 

19.          Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes and terminates all prior communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

20.          Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by an expressly authorized representative of the Company.

 

21.          Headings. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

 

22.          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

23.          Governing Law. This is a Colorado contract and shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Colorado, without regard to any conflict of laws principles that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

14

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Company, by its duly authorized representative, and by the Executive, as of the date first above written.

 

THE EXECUTIVE   THE COMPANY:
     
     
/s/ Barbara Gutierrez   /s/ Maureen Hewitt
Barbara Gutierrez   By: Maureen Hewitt
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 30th day of October, 2015 by and between TCO Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor entity thereto (the “Company”), and Gina DeBlassie (the “Executive”), and effective as of the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement to be entered into by and among the Company, TCO Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Total Community Options, Inc., a Colorado corporation, and Total Community Options Foundation, a Colorado nonprofit corporation (the “Purchase Agreement”). The Closing Date is referred to in this Agreement as the “Effective Date”. This Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the occurrence of the Closing (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement); should the Closing not occur, this Agreement shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

RECITALS

 

The Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be employed on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. In consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree:

 

1.            Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby offers and the Executive hereby accepts continued employment.

 

2.            Term. This Agreement will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 5 hereof. The term of this Agreement is hereafter referred to as “the term of this Agreement” or “the term hereof’.

 

3.            Capacity and Performance.

 

(a)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall serve the Company as its Chief Operating Officer.

 

(b)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall be employed by the Company on a full-time basis and shall have the duties, responsibilities and authorities consistent with the Executive’s title as Chief Operating Officer. Executive shall report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

(c)            During the term hereof, the Executive shall devote substantially all of her full business time and her best efforts, business judgment, skill and knowledge to the advancement of the business and interests of the Company and its Affiliates and to the discharge of her duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall not engage in any other business activity or serve in any industry, trade, professional, governmental or academic position during the term of this Agreement, except as may be expressly approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that the Executive may without advance consent participate in charitable activities and passive personal investment activities, provided that such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement, are not in conflict with the business interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates and do not violate Sections 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement.

 

 

 

(d)           During the term hereof, the Executive shall comply with all of the Company’s written policies, practices and codes of conduct applicable to the Executive’s position, as in effect from time to time.

 

4.            Compensation and Benefits. As compensation for all services performed by the Executive hereunder during the term hereof, and subject to performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Company shall pay the Executive as follows:

 

(a)           Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at the rate of Two-Hundred and Seventy-Eight Thousand and Seven Hundred and Eighty Dollars ($278,780.00) per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company as in effect from time to time (but no less frequently than monthly), as from time to time adjusted, is hereafter referred to as the “Base Salary”. The Chief Executive Officer, following consultation with the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), shall review the Base Salary each year for increase, but shall not decrease the Base Salary.

 

(b)           Annual Bonus Compensation. For each fiscal year occurring during the term hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”). For the 2016 fiscal year, the Executive’s bonus shall be determined as follows: (1) for the period beginning on the first day of the 2016 fiscal year and ending on the day immediately prior to the Effective Date, the pro-rata portion of your Annual Bonus attributable to such period will be calculated based on your base salary and target annual bonus as in effect prior to the Effective Date; and (2) for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the 2016 fiscal year, the pro-rata portion of your bonus attributable to such period will be calculated based on a target of thirty percent (30%) of the Base Salary. Beginning fiscal 2017, the Annual Bonus shall be targeted at thirty percent (30%) of the Base Salary, with the actual amount of the Annual Bonus, if any, to be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, following consultation with the Board, acting in good faith and based on the achievement of pre- established performance criteria. The performance criteria shall be based on criteria established by the Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the Board no later than the 60th day of the fiscal year. Except as otherwise provided for in Section 5, in order to receive the Annual Bonus for any fiscal year, the Executive must be employed by the Company through the last day of the fiscal year.

 

(c)            Paid Time Off. During the term hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to earn four (4) weeks of paid time off (“PTO”) per annum (in addition to Company holidays), to be taken at such times and intervals as shall be determined by the Executive, subject to the reasonable business needs of the Company. PTO shall otherwise be governed by the policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time.

 

2

 

 

(d)           Employee Benefit Plans. During the term hereof and subject to any contribution therefore generally required of similarly-situated employees of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any and all Employee Benefit Plans from time to time in effect for employees of the Company generally, except to the extent any Employee Benefit Plan provides for benefits otherwise provided to the Executive hereunder (e.g.. a severance pay plan). Such participation shall be subject to (i) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (ii) generally applicable Company policies and (iii) the discretion of the Company or any administrative or other committee provided for under or contemplated by such plan.

 

(e)           Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for reasonable, customary and necessary business expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in the performance of her duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to such reasonable substantiation and documentation and to travel and other policies as may be required by the Company from time to time.

 

5.            Termination of Employment and Severance Benefits. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate under the following circumstances:

 

(a)           Death. In the event of the Executive’s death during the term hereof, the date of death shall be the date of termination, and the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if no beneficiary has been designated by the Executive in a notice received by the Company, to her estate: (i) any Base Salary earned but not paid through the date of termination, (ii) pay for any vacation time earned but not used through the date of termination, (iii) any business expenses incurred by the Executive but unreimbursed on the date of termination, provided that such expenses and required substantiation and documentation are submitted within one hundred twenty (120) days following termination, that such expenses are reimbursable under Company policy, and that any such expenses subject to Section 5(g)(iv) shall be paid not later than the deadline specified therein, (iv) any Annual Bonus from the prior fiscal year that has not yet been paid (all of the foregoing, payable subject to the timing limitations described herein, “Final Compensation”), and (v) a pro-rata portion of the Executive’s Annual Bonus for the year in which termination occurs, based on the Executive’s actual performance through the date of such termination and determined in accordance with Section 4(b) hereof (“Pro-Rata Bonus”), with such pro-rata amount based on the number of days Executive was employed during the fiscal year. The Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation and the Pro-Rata Bonus shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or estate at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of death.

 

(b)           Disability.

 

(i)            The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder, upon notice to the Executive, in the event that the Executive becomes disabled during her employment hereunder through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature and, as a result, is unable to perform substantially all of her duties and responsibilities hereunder (notwithstanding the provision of any reasonable accommodation exclusive of the leave of absence provided hereunder) for ninety (90) consecutive days, or one- hundred and eighty (180) non-consecutive days during any period of three hundred and sixty- five (365) consecutive calendar days. In the event of such termination, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for payment of any Final Compensation due the Executive and the Pro-Rata Bonus. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation and the Pro Rata Bonus shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment.

 

3

 

 

(ii)            The Chief Executive Officer may designate another employee to act in the Executive’s place during any period of the Executive’s disability. Notwithstanding any such designation, the Executive shall continue to receive the Base Salary in accordance with Section 4(a) and to participate in Employee Benefit Plans in accordance with Section 4(d), to the extent permitted by the then-current terms of the applicable Employee Benefit Plans, until the Executive becomes eligible for disability income benefits under the Company’s disability income plan, if any, or until the termination of her employment, whichever shall first occur. If Executive receives any disability income payments under the Company’s disability income plan, the Base Salary under Section 4(a) shall be reduced by the amount of such disability income. Executive shall continue to participate in the Employee Benefit Plans in accordance with Section 4(d) and to the extent permitted by and subject to the then-current terms of such plans, until the termination of her employment hereunder.

 

(iii)            If any question shall arise as to whether the Executive is disabled through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature so as to be unable to perform substantially all of her duties and responsibilities hereunder, the Executive may, and at the reasonable request of the Company shall, submit to a medical examination by a physician mutually agreed to by the Company and the Executive (or her duly appointed guardian, if any), and such determination for the purposes of this Agreement shall be conclusive. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit to such medical examination, the Company’s determination of the issue shall be binding on the Executive.

 

(c)           By the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause at any time upon delivery of written notice to the Executive. The following, as determined in the Company’s reasonable discretion, shall constitute Cause for termination:

 

(i)            The Executive’s failure to perform her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its Affiliates that are consistent with Executive’s title and authorities;

 

4

 

 

(ii)            The Executive’s material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company or any of its Affiliates, resulting in material harm to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or

 

(iii)            The Executive’s material breach of any fiduciary duty that the Executive has to the Company or any of its Affiliates;

 

(iv)            The Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct or unethical or improper behavior by the Executive resulting in material harm to the business, interests or reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates;

 

(v)            The Executive’s commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; or

 

(vi)            The Executive’s commission of conduct involving fraud, embezzlement, sexual harassment, material misappropriation of property or other substantial misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

Any termination of the Executive’s employment for bases set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) shall not constitute a termination for Cause unless the Company shall have provided written notice to the Executive no later than thirty (30) days from Executive’s act or omission constituting Cause setting forth in reasonable detail such acts or omissions, and the Executive shall have failed to cure such acts or omissions within thirty (30) days following receipt of written notice. In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for any Final Compensation due to the Executive. Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment.

 

(d)            By the Company Other Than for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause at any time upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Executive. If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment other than for Cause prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Effective Date, the Executive shall be entitled to the Final Compensation only. In the event of such termination on or after the date that is six (6) months after the Effective Date, in addition to any Final Compensation due to the Executive, the Company will pay the Executive (i) severance pay, at the same rate as the Base Salary, for a period of twelve (12) months following the date of termination of her employment, (ii) an amount equal one (1) times the Executive’s Annual Bonus for the last completed fiscal year (together with the payments of Base Salary in the foregoing clause (i), the “Severance Payments”), (iii) a Pro-Rata Bonus, and (iv) continued payment on Executive’s behalf of the premium required to be paid for Executive’s continued participation in the Company’s health care plan for a period of twelve (12) months following termination (the “Healthcare Payments” and collectively with the Pro-Rata Bonus and the Severance Payments, the “Severance Benefits”) . Other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii), Final Compensation shall be paid to the Executive at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of employment. Any obligation of the Company to provide the Severance Benefits is conditioned, however, on the Executive signing and returning to the Company (without revoking) a timely and effective general release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release of Claims”), all of which (including the lapse of the period for revoking the release of claims as specified in the release of claims) shall have occurred no later than the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date of termination and on the Executive’s continued compliance with the obligations of the Executive to the Company and its Affiliates that survive termination of her employment, including without limitation under Sections 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement. Subject to Section 5(g) below, (A) the Severance Payments to which the Executive is entitled hereunder shall be in the form of salary continuation, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, and (B) the Healthcare Payments shall be paid monthly, and in both cases with the first payment, which shall be retroactive to the day immediately following the date the Executive’s employment terminated, being due and payable on the Company’s next regular payday for executives that follows the expiration of sixty (60) calendar days from the date the Executive’s employment terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Healthcare Payments would, in the determination of the Board or its delegate, subject the Executive, the Company or any of its Affiliates to any tax or penalty under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (as amended from time to time, the “ACA”) or Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 105(h)”), or applicable regulations or guidance issued under the ACA or Section 105(h), the Healthcare Payments shall be treated as taxable payments and be subject to imputed income tax treatment to the extent necessary to eliminate any such adverse consequences under the ACA or Section 105(h). The Pro-Rata Bonus will be paid in a lump sum at the time that annual bonuses for the applicable fiscal year are paid by the Company generally.

 

5

 

 

(e)           By the Executive for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder for Good Reason by (A) providing written notice to the Company specifying in reasonable detail the condition giving rise to the Good Reason no later than the thirtieth (30th) day following the occurrence of that condition, and (B) providing the Company a period of thirty (30) days to remedy the condition, if such condition may be remedied. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason will be effective on the thirty first (31st) calendar day following the expiration of the period to remedy if the Company has failed to remedy the condition or on the date of such notice of Good Reason if the condition may not be remedied. The following, if occurring without the Executive’s written consent, shall constitute “Good Reason” for termination by the Executive:

 

(i)            a change in Executive’s title;

 

(ii)           a material diminution in the nature or scope of the Executive’s duties, authority and/or responsibilities, or the Executive no longer reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer;

 

(iii)          a requirement that the Executive relocate to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the location where the Executive is then providing services;

 

6

 

 

(iv)          a reduction in Base Salary or bonus opportunity, as set forth in Section 4(a) hereof; or

 

(v)           material breach of any of the terms of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and the Executive.

 

In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with this Section 5(e) on or after the date that is six (6) months following the Effective Date, the Executive will be entitled to all amounts she would have been entitled to receive had her employment been terminated by the Company other than for Cause pursuant to Section 5(d) above, provided that the Executive signs and returns (without revoking) a timely and effective Release of Claims as set forth in Section 5(d). In the event of such termination prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Effective Date, Executive shall receive the Final Compensation only.

 

(f)           By the Executive without Good Reason. The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder without Good Reason at any time upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Company. In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with this Section 5(f), the Chief Executive Officer may elect to waive the period of notice, or any portion thereof, and, if the Chief Executive Officer so elects, the Company will pay the Executive the Base Salary for the period so waived. The Company shall also pay the Executive any Final Compensation due her (other than business expenses described in Section 5(a)(iii)) at the time prescribed by applicable law and in all events within thirty (30) days following the date of the termination of employment.

 

(g)           Timing of Payments and Section 409A.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined below, any and all amounts payable under this Section 5 on account of such separation from service that constitute deferred compensation and would (but for this provision) be payable within six (6) months following the date of termination, shall instead be paid on the next business day following the expiration of such six (6) month period or, if earlier, upon the Executive’s death; except (A) to the extent of amounts that do not constitute a deferral of compensation within the meaning of Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-l(b) (including without limitation by reason of the safe harbor set forth in Section 1.409A-1 (b)(9)(iii), as determined by the Company in its reasonable good faith discretion); (B) benefits that qualify as excepted welfare benefits pursuant to Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5); or (C) other amounts or benefits that are not subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).

 

(ii)            For purposes of this Agreement, all references to “termination of employment” and correlative phrases shall be construed to require a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury regulations after giving effect to the presumptions contained therein), and the term “specified employee” means an individual determined by the Company to be a specified employee under Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-l(i).

 

7

 

 

(iii)           Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

 

(iv)           Any payment of or reimbursement for expenses that would constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall be subject to the following additional rules: (i) no reimbursement or payment of any such expense shall affect the Executive’s right to reimbursement or payment of any such expense in any other calendar year;

 

(v)            reimbursement or payment of the expense shall be made, if at all, promptly, but not later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and

 

(vi)           the right to reimbursement or payment shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(vii)          In no event shall the Company have any liability relating to the failure or alleged failure of any payment or benefit under this Agreement to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(h)           Exclusive Right to Severance. The Executive agrees that the Severance Benefits to be provided to her in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement are intended to be exclusive. The Executive hereby knowingly and voluntarily waives any right she might otherwise have to participate in or receive payments or benefits under any other plan, program or policy of the Company providing for severance or termination pay or other termination benefits (other than any benefits payable pursuant to a long-term disability or other similar insurance program, which shall be governed by the terms and provisions of the applicable plan or program).

 

6.           Effect of Termination. The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply to any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, whether pursuant to Section 5 or otherwise.

 

(a)            Provision by the Company of Final Compensation and Severance Benefits, if any, that are due to the Executive in each case under the applicable termination provisions of Section 5 shall constitute the entire obligation of the Company to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(b)            Except for any right of the Executive to continue group health plan participation in accordance with applicable law, the Executive’s participation in all Employee Benefit Plans shall terminate pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan documents based on the date of termination of the Executive’s employment without regard to any Base Salary for notice waived pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof or to any Severance Benefits or other payment made to or on behalf of the Executive following such termination date.

 

8

 

 

(c)            Provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive’s employment if so provided herein or if necessary or desirable fully to accomplish the purposes of other surviving provisions, including without limitation the obligations of the Executive under Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The obligation of the Company to provide Severance Benefits hereunder, and Executive’s right to retain such payments, is expressly conditioned on the Executive’s continued full performance in accordance with Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The Executive recognizes that, except as expressly provided in Section 5(d), or with respect to Base Salary paid for notice waived pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof, no compensation or benefits will be earned after termination of employment.

 

7.            Confidential Information.

 

(a)            The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates continually develop Confidential Information, that the Executive has developed and will continue to develop Confidential Information for the Company or its Affiliates and that the Executive has learned of and will continue to learn of Confidential Information during the course of employment. The Executive agrees that all Confidential Information which the Executive creates or to which she has access as a result of her employment or other associations with the Company or any of its Affiliates is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its Affiliate, as applicable. The Executive shall comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and its Affiliates for protecting Confidential Information and shall never disclose to any Person (except as required by applicable law or for the proper performance of her duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates), or use for her own benefit or gain or the benefit or gain of any other Person, any Confidential Information obtained by the Executive incident to her employment or any other association with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Executive understands that this restriction shall continue to apply after her employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. Further, the Executive agrees to furnish prompt notice to the Company of any required disclosure of Confidential Information sought pursuant to subpoena, court order or any other legal process or requirement, and agrees to provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to seek protection of the Confidential Information prior to any such disclosure. The confidentiality obligation under this Section 7 shall not apply to information that has become generally known through no wrongful act on the part of the Executive or any other Person having an obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any of its Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive acknowledges that nothing contained herein limits, restricts or in any other way affects her communicating with any governmental agency or entity, or communicating with any official or staff person of a governmental agency or entity, concerning matters relevant to the governmental agency or entity.

 

9

 

 

(b)            All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company or any of its Affiliates and any copies or derivatives (including without limitation electronic), in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by the Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its Affiliates. Except as necessary for the proper performance of the Executive’s regular duties for the Company or as expressly authorized in writing in advance by the Company or its expressly authorized designee, the Executive will not copy any Documents or remove any Documents or copies or derivatives thereof from the premises of the Company. The Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time her employment terminates, and at such earlier time or times as the Company or its designee may specify, all Documents and other property of the Company or any of its Affiliates and all documents, records and files of the customers and other Persons with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates does business (“Third Party Documents”) and each individually a “Third Party Document”) then in the Executive’s possession or control and not accessible by the Company; provided, however, that if a Document or Third-Party Document is on electronic media, the Executive may, in lieu of surrendering the Document or Third-Party Document, provide a copy to the Company on electronic media and delete and overwrite all other electronic media copies thereof. The Executive also agrees that, upon request of any duly authorized officer of the Company, the Executive shall disclose all passwords and passcodes necessary or desirable to enable the Company or any of its Affiliates or the Persons with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates do business to obtain access to the Documents and Third- Party Documents.

 

8.           Assignment of Rights to Intellectual Property. The Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) the Executive’s full right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property. The Executive agrees to execute any and all applications for domestic and foreign patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights and to do such other acts (including without limitation the execution and delivery of instruments of further assurance or confirmation) requested by the Company to assign the Intellectual Property to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) and to permit the Company to enforce any patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights to the Intellectual Property. The Executive will not charge the Company for time spent in complying with these obligations. All copyrightable works that the Executive creates shall be considered “work made for hire” and shall, upon creation, be owned exclusively by the Company.

 

9.           Restricted Activities. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that (a) she is an executive or management employee of the Company and is provided access to the Company’s “Trade Secrets,” defined as the whole or any portion or phase of any scientific or technical information, design, process, procedure, formula, improvement, confidential business or financial information, listing of names, addresses, or telephone numbers, or other information relating to the Company which is secret and of value, and (b) the following restrictions on her activities during and after employment with the Company are necessary to protect the Company’s Trade Secrets and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates:

 

10

 

 

(a)            While the Executive is employed by the Company and during the one (1) year period immediately following termination of the Executive’s employment (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, independent contractor, co-venturer or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, compete with the Business (as defined below), or any portion of the Business, in the United States of America (the “Restricted Area”) or undertake any planning for any business competitive with all or a portion of the Business in the Restricted Area. Specifically, but without limiting the foregoing, the Executive agrees not to work or provide services, in any capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, to any Person that is engaged in all or any portion of the Business, as conducted or in active planning to be conducted during the Executive’s employment with the Company or, with respect to the portion of the Restricted Period that follows the termination of the Executive’s employment, at the time the Executive’s employment terminates, in the Restricted Area. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall (x) prevent Executive from providing services to a consulting firm that provides services to any business that competes with the Business, (y) preclude Executive from owning up to 2% of the publicly traded securities of any business, or (z) prevent the Executive from providing services to an entity that contains a business that competes with the Business, provided the Executive is not responsible for (and does not engage or participate in) the day-to-day management, oversight or supervision of such business and provided the Executive does not have direct supervision over the individual or individuals who are so responsible for such day-to-day management, oversight or supervision.

 

(b)            During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not directly or indirectly (i) solicit or encourage any customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them; or (ii) seek to persuade any such customer or prospective customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates to conduct with anyone else any business or activity which such customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that these restrictions shall apply (y) only with respect to those Persons who are or have been a customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time within the immediately preceding two (2) year period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates by any of their officers, employees or agents within such two (2) year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (z) only if the Executive has performed work for such Person during the Executive’s employment with the Company or one of its Affiliates or been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such Person as a result of the Executive’s employment or other associations with the Company or one of its Affiliates or has had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the Executive’s solicitation of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10(b) to the contrary, Executive may solicit customers and prospective customers for purposes of providing or selling products or services that that do not compete with the Business.

 

(c)            During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not, and will not assist any other person to, (i) hire or solicit for hiring any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates or seek to persuade any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discontinue employment or (ii) solicit or encourage any independent contractor providing services to the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them. For the purposes of this Agreement, an “employee” or an “independent contractor” of the Company or any of its Affiliates is any Person who was such at any time within the preceding two (2) years.

 

11

 

 

10.           Enforcement of Covenants. The Executive acknowledges that she has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed upon her pursuant to Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. The Executive agrees without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates; that each and every one of these restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area; and that these restraints, individually or in the aggregate, will not prevent her from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which the Executive is bound by them. The Executive further agrees that she will never assert, or permit to be asserted on her behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. The Executive further acknowledges that, were she to breach any of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8 or 9 hereof, the damage to the Company and its Affiliates would be irreparable. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company, in addition and not in the alternative to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of said covenants, without having to post bond. The parties further agree that, in the event that any provision of Section 7, 8 or 9 hereof shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Executive agrees that the Restricted Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which she is in violation of the terms thereof, in order that the Company and its Affiliates shall have all of the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein. No breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company, or any other claimed breach of contract or violation of law, or change in the nature or scope of the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company, shall operate to extinguish the Executive’s obligation to comply with Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof. Each of the Company’s Affiliates shall have the right to enforce all of the Executive’s obligations to that Affiliate under this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to Section 7, 8 or 9 hereof.

 

11.           No Conflicting Agreements. The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of her obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Executive is a party or is bound and that the Executive is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or any other obligations to any Person or to any court order, judgment or decree that would affect the performance of her obligations hereunder. The Executive will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company any proprietary information of a third party without such party’s consent.

 

12.           Definitions. Capitalized words or phrases shall have the meanings provided in this Section 12 and as provided elsewhere herein:

 

(a)            Affiliate” means any person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by the Company, where control may be by either management authority or equity interest.

 

(b)            Business” means the business of delivery of services to the frail and elderly population through the operation of PACE Programs.

 

12

 

 

(c)            Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company and its Affiliates that is not generally available to the public, and any and all information, publicly known in whole or in part or not, which, if disclosed by the Company or any of its Affiliates, would assist in competition against any of them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to (i) the development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) the Services, (iii) the costs, sources of supply, financial performance and strategic plans of the Company and its Affiliates, (iv) the identity and special needs of the patients of the Company and its Affiliates and (v) the people and organizations with whom the Company and its Affiliates have business relationships and the nature and substance of those relationships. Confidential Information also includes information that the Company or any of its Affiliates has received, or may receive hereafter, belonging to others or that was received by the Company or any of its Affiliates with any understanding, express or implied, that it would not be disclosed.

 

(d)            Intellectual Property” means inventions, discoveries, developments, methods, processes, compositions, works, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable or constituting trade secrets) conceived, made, created, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (whether alone or with others, whether or not during normal business hours or on or off Company premises) during the Executive’s employment and during the period of six (6) months immediately following termination of her employment that relate either to the Services or to any prospective activity of the Company or any of its Affiliates or that result from any work performed by the Executive for the Company or any of its Affiliates or that make use of Confidential Information or any of the equipment or facilities of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

(e)            Person” means a natural person, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

(f)             Services” means all services planned, researched, developed, tested, sold, licensed, leased, or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company or any of its Affiliates, together with all products provided or otherwise planned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, during the Executive’s employment.

 

13.           Indemnification. During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify and hold Executive and her heirs and representatives harmless against any and all damages, costs, liabilities, losses and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) as a result of any claim or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), against Executive that arises out of or relates to Executive’s service as an officer, director or employee, as the case may be, of the Company, or Executive’s service in any such capacity or similar capacity with any Affiliate of the Company or other entity at the Company’s request, except, however, the Company’s indemnity shall not apply with respect to matters where the Executive has been grossly negligent, reckless, or intentionally violated the rights of the Company or of any third party unless at the direction of the Company, or where the Executive fails to cooperate fully with the Company in the Company’s defense of any claim or proceeding. The Company agrees to promptly advance to Executive or her heirs or representatives the expenses, including attorneys’ fees and litigation costs, upon written request with documentation of such expenses satisfactory to the Company and upon receipt of an undertaking by Executive or on Executive’s behalf that such amounts will be promptly repaid should it ultimately be determined that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The Executive agrees to assist and cooperate with the Company, both during Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, in the defense of any legal action related to the Executive’s employment upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times and places. During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Company also shall provide Executive with coverage under its current directors’ and officers’ liability policy to the same extent that it provides such coverage to its other executive officers or directors and shall be entitled to the same rights of indemnification provided to such other executive officers or directors under the Company’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation, or other governing documents. This Section 13 shall continue in effect after the termination of Executive’s employment or the termination of this Agreement.

 

13

 

 

14.            Withholding. All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be reduced by any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

15.            Assignment. Neither the Company nor the Executive may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the Executive to one of its Affiliates or in the event that the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization with, consolidate with, or merge into, an Affiliate or any Person or transfer all or substantially all of its properties, stock, or assets to an Affiliate or any Person. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Executive, and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

16.            Severability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.            Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.            Notices. Any and all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person, consigned to a reputable national courier service or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Executive at her last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its principal place of business, attention of the Chief Executive Officer, or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other actually received.

 

14

 

 

19.            Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes and terminates all prior communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company, including without limitation the Employment Agreement between the Executive and Total Community Options, Inc. dated June 25, 2013 (the “Prior Agreement”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not supersede any effective assignment of intellectual property to the Company or any of its Affiliates pursuant to the Prior Agreements or constitute a waiver by the Company or any of its Affiliates of any rights they have or may have under the Prior Agreement with respect to confidentiality, intellectual property, or similar obligations imposed upon the Executive.

 

20.            Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by an expressly authorized representative of the Company.

 

21.            Headings. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

 

22.            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

23.            Governing Law. This is a Colorado contract and shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Colorado, without regard to any conflict of laws principles that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

15

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Company, by its duly authorized representative, and by the Executive, as of the date first above written.

 

THE EXECUTIVE   THE COMPANY
       
       
/s/ Gina DeBlassie   /s/ Thomas A. Scully
Gina DeBlassie   By: Thomas A. Scully
    Title: President

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of InnovAge Holding Corp.

 

Name Jurisdiction of Formation
TCO Intermediate Holdings, Inc. Delaware
Total Community Options, Inc. Colorado
InnovAge Investment Holdings, LLC Delaware
TCO Eastern Holdings, LLC Delaware
InnovAge Pennsylvania LIFE, LLC Pennsylvania
InnovAge Virginia PACE – Roanoke Valley, LLC Virginia
InnovAge Virginia PACE II, LLC Virginia
InnovAge Virginia PACE – Charlottesville, LLC Virginia
Total Longterm Care Solutions, LLC Colorado
Total Longterm Care, Inc. Colorado
InnovAge Greater Colorado PACE-Loveland, LLC Colorado
Continental Community Housing, Inc. Colorado
Pinewood Lodge LLLP Colorado
TLC Inland, LLC Delaware
Innovative Care Management, Inc. Delaware
Senior Life at Home, LLC Colorado
Senior Life at Home II, LLC Colorado
InnovAge Senior Housing-Thornton II, LLC Colorado
Seniors! Inc. Colorado
InnovAge Home Care North, LLC Colorado
InnovAge Home Care – Aspen, LLC Colorado

 

 

 

InnovAge Senior Housing- Thornton (Managing Member), LLC Colorado
InnovAge Senior Housing- Thornton, LLC Colorado
Total Community Care, LLC Colorado
TCO Western Holdings, LLC Delaware
InnovAge California PACE – Sacramento, LLC Delaware
InnovAge Kentucky PACE, LLC Delaware
InnovAge Florida PACE, LLC Delaware
InnovAge Florida II, LLC Delaware
InnovAge Washington DC, LLC   Delaware
InnovAge California PACE-Los Angeles, LLC Delaware

 

2

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated December 16, 2020, relating to the financial statements of TCO Group Holdings, Inc. (now known as InnovAge Holding Corp.) and subsidiaries. We also consent to the reference of us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Denver, Colorado

February 8, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(a)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ John Ellis Bush
  Name: John Ellis Bush
  Date: February 8, 2020

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(b)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Andrew Cavanna
  Name: Andrew Cavanna
  Date: February 8, 2020

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(c)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Caroline Dechert
  Name: Caroline Dechert
  Date: February 8, 2020

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(d)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Edward Kennedy, Jr.
  Name: Edward Kennedy, Jr.
  Date: February 8, 2020

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(e)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Pavithra Mahesh
  Name: Pavithra Mahesh
  Date: February 8, 2020

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(f)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Thomas Scully
  Name: Thomas Scully
  Date: February 8, 2020

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(g)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Marilyn Tavanner
  Name: Marilyn Tavenner
  Date: February 8, 2020

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(h)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Sean Traynor
  Name: Sean Traynor
  Date: February 8, 2020

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1(i)

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of InnovAge Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Richard Zoretic
  Name: Richard Zoretic
  Date: February 8, 2020